MORRISON HEALTH CARE INC
10-K/A, 1998-09-03
EATING PLACES
Previous: VARIABLE ANNUITY 1 SERIES ACCOUNT, 497, 1998-09-03
Next: IXC COMMUNICATIONS INC, 8-K, 1998-09-03






                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                    FORM 10-K/A

(Mark One)
     X Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of The Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 (No Fee Required)

For the fiscal year ended May 31, 1998

                                       OR

       Transition  Report Pursuant  to  Section  13 or  15(d)  of The Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (No Fee Required)

For the transition period from                 to                 

                         Commission file number 1-14194

                           MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.
               (Exact name of Registrant as specified in charter)


  GEORGIA                                                    63-1155966
 (State or other jurisdiction of     (I.R.S. Employer identification No.)
  incorporation or organization)                  

  1955 Lake Park Drive, Suite 400, Smyrna, GA                30080-8855
   (Address of principal executive offices)                   (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:      (770) 437-3300 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of The Act:

                                                    Name of each exchange
           Title of each class                       on which registered
- ------------------------------------------          -----------------------

$0.01 par value Common Stock                        New York Stock Exchange

Rights to Purchase Series A Participating           New York Stock Exchange
 Preferred  Stock

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of The Act:

                                      None 
                               (Title of class)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. YES[_X_]  NO[__]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.[ X ]

The  aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the
Registrant, based upon the closing sale price of Common Stock on August 14, 1998
as  reported on the New York Stock  Exchange,  was  approximately  $215,874,329.
Shares of Common Stock held by each  executive  officer and director and by each
person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in
that  such  persons  may be  deemed  to be  affiliates.  This  determination  of
affiliate  status  is not  necessarily  a  conclusive  determination  for  other
purposes.

The number of shares of the Registrant's  common stock outstanding at August 14,
1998 was 12,084,408.

Portions of the  Registrant's  Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year
ended May 31, 1998 are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II.

Portions of the  Registrant's  definitive  proxy statement dated August 31, 1998
are incorporated by reference into Part III.

This form 10-K/A is being filed to amend and restate the Registrant's Form 10-K 
for  the  fiscal  year ended May 31, 1998 in its  entirety  to correct  certain
typographical and formatting errors. 

<PAGE>


                                      INDEX

                                    PART I
                                                                       Page
                                                                       Number
Item 1.         Business..............................................  3-6

Item 2.         Properties............................................   6

Item 3.         Legal Proceedings.....................................   6

Item 4.         Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders...   7

                Executive Officers of the Company.....................  7-8

                                   PART II

Item 5.         Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and
                Related Shareholder Matters...........................   9

Item 6.         Selected Financial Data...............................   9

Item 7.         Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                Condition and Results of Operations...................   9

Item 7A.        Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
                Market Risk...........................................   9

Item 8.         Financial Statements and Supplementary Data...........   9

Item 9.         Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                Accounting and Financial Disclosure...................   9

                                   PART III

Item 10.        Directors and Executive Officers of the Company.......   10

Item 11.        Executive Compensation................................   10

Item 12.        Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
                Management............................................   10

Item 13.        Certain Relationships and Related Transactions........   10

                                   PART IV

Item 14.        Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports
                on Form 8-K........................................... 11-14


<PAGE>


PART I
ITEM 1.     BUSINESS.


General

Morrison  Health Care,  Inc., a Georgia  corporation  (the "Company" or "MHCI"),
became an  independent,  publicly owned company in March 1996 as a result of the
distribution  (the  "Distribution")  by Morrison  Restaurants  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation  ("MRI"),  to its  shareholders  of all the issued  and  outstanding
shares of common stock of the Company.  As a result of the  Distribution,  MRI's
shareholders  received one share of Company  common stock for every three shares
of MRI held.

MHCI is the largest  independent  company focused  exclusively on providing food
and nutrition services to health care facilities. Its clients include acute care
hospitals,   health  systems,  nursing  homes  and  retirement  facilities.  The
Company's  mission is to be the leading provider of food and nutrition  services
to the health care industry,  fully committed to maximizing quality and value in
everything  the  Company  does for its  clients,  customers,  team  members  and
shareowners. With contracts in 33 states and Washington D.C., MHCI is one of the
leading  providers of food and nutrition  services to  hospitals,  senior living
facilities and other health care facilities across North America.

The Company's health care foodservice  operations originated in the early 1950s.
The  Company  has  expanded  through  its own  marketing  and sales force and by
acquiring other foodservice businesses. In August 1994, the Company sold certain
of its education,  business and industry ("B&I") contracts and assets and closed
the remaining B&I accounts.  This  divestiture left the Company with only health
care contracts and allowed the Company to concentrate its capital and management
team in the health care and senior living industry,  which  Management  believes
have a better opportunity for growth and profitability.

The Company  believes the senior living market is the fastest growing segment of
the health care industry,  due to changing  demographics  and lifestyles and the
number of retirement  facilities being  constructed.  The Company has emphasized
its  commitment  to provide  food and  nutrition  services to the senior  living
market by acquiring two companies in the field: Drake Management Services,  Inc.
in January 1998 which services the Southwest and Spectra Services, Inc. in March
1998   which   services   the   Mid-west.   Believing   that  this   market  is
under-penetrated  and rapidly expanding,  the Company plans for future growth in
the senior living market to result from acquisitions and internal development.

Operations

The Company  operates the food and nutrition  services  departments of hospitals
and other health care facilities.  These  departments  typically  include retail
outlets for staff and  visitors and patient food and  nutrition  services.  MHCI
health  care  accounts  range  in size  from  100  bed  specialty  hospitals  to
facilities  with over 2,100 beds.  Senior living accounts range in size from 100
residents  to 750  residents.  The  Company  has  operations  in 33  states  and
Washington,  D.C. Approximately 68% of the accounts are in hospitals, while over
24% of the accounts are in senior living facilities.

The  Company  provides  its clients  with the  flexibility  to adjust  programs,
staffing and service plans to meet the changing needs of the industry.  MHCI has
capitalized  on  its  retail  heritage  of  operating  restaurants  to  bring  a
retail-oriented  mentality to health care and senior living clients. MHCI offers
its clients programs  designed to reduce costs and increase  customer  (patients

<PAGE>

and staff)  satisfaction.  To better  serve its clients  and  provide  them with
specialized expertise,  MHCI's staff is organized into regional teams. Teams may
include a regional vice  president,  regional  director of operations,  regional
director of nutrition services,  regional director of culinary,  human resources
director,  support services coordinator and a director of business  development,
each of whom is dedicated to sharing the best industry practices and performance
improvement  ideas.  The regional teams are supported by a corporate  staff that
includes nutrition services,  marketing, sales, vending, human resources, legal,
finance, layout and design and culinary services.

MHCI offers its services  pursuant to two general types of contracts:(i)  profit
and loss (or guaranteed cost)  contracts,  where MHCI assumes the risk of profit
or loss for the foodservice  operation and (ii) management fee contracts,  where
the client reimburses MHCI for all or nearly all costs incurred in providing the
services  contracted  plus a  negotiated  management  fee  for  supervising  the
client's food and nutrition services  operations.  In addition,  some management
fee contracts include  incentives and penalties,  pursuant to which MHCI manages
the client's food and nutrition  operations on a management fee basis,  with the
amount of the management  fee determined in whole or in part by the  achievement
of  predetermined  goals.  Approximately  69% of MHCI's  accounts  are  operated
pursuant to management fee contracts.  Management fee contracts with  incentives
and penalties are becoming more popular.  The majority of MHCI's  contracts were
awarded through bidding processes.

In addition,  MHCI operates "branded  concept"  restaurants such as Pizza Hut(R)
and Taco  Bell(R)  on client  premises.  These  branded  concept   accounts  are
operated  pursuant  to  license  arrangements  with the  appropriate  restaurant
company.  Currently,  MHCI  has 13  license  arrangements  with  nationally  and
regionally recognized restaurant companies.

The Company has created a new program to develop  advanced food  preparation and
delivery systems.  These systems are designed to increase customer  satisfaction
by  enhancing  production   consistencies  while  generating   significant  cost
reductions and providing quality services for health care facilities nationwide.

MHCI markets its services nationwide through its business development directors.
Each business  development  director focuses on potential  clients in a specific
territory  pursuant to a marketing  plan.  The business  development  directors,
along with a vice president of sales and marketing,  also market MHCI's services
to large national health care accounts.  In addition,  MHCI personnel  market to
existing clients to expand its foodservice  responsibilities  and increase sales
of existing services to complement the facility's foodservices  department.  The
Company is planning to continue  its  expansion  into the senior  living  market
through internal growth and development as well as through key acquisitions.

Research and Development

The Company does not engage in any material research and development activities.
Numerous  studies are made,  however,  on a continuing  basis, to improve menus,
equipment and methods of operations.

Raw Materials

Raw materials  essential to the operation of the Company's business are obtained
principally  through  national food  distributors.  The Company uses  short-term
purchase  commitment  contracts to stabilize the  potentially  volatile  pricing
<PAGE>

associated  with certain  commodities.  Because of the relatively  short storage
life of inventories,  limited storage facilities at customer  locations,  MHCI's
requirements  for freshness and the numerous  sources of goods, a minimum amount
of inventory is maintained at customer  locations.  If necessary,  all essential
food,  beverage and operational  products are available and can be obtained from
alternative suppliers in all cities where the Company operates.  The Company has
entered into a purchasing arrangement with Ruby Tuesday, Inc. ("RTI"), successor
to MRI's casual dining business and Morrison Fresh Cooking, Inc. ("MFCI"), which
held  the family  dining  assets of MRI and was spun off  along with the Company
in the  Distribution,  to maintain  the volume  purchasing  bargaining  position
enjoyed by the Company prior to the Distribution.

Trademarks of the Company

The Company has registered  certain trademarks and service marks with the United
States Patent and Trademark Office including the Pro-Health Dining(R) trademark.
The Company  believes  that this and other  related  marks are  important to its
business.  Registrations of the Company's  trademarks  expire from 2000 to 2009,
unless renewed.

Seasonality

The Company's revenues are not seasonal to any significant degree.

Working Capital Practices

Cash provided by operations, along with borrowings under the Company's revolving
lines of credit,  are used to pay  dividends,  invest in new units and  renovate
existing units.

Additional  information  concerning  the  working  capital  of  the  Company  is
incorporated herein by reference to information  presented within the "Liquidity
and Capital  Resources"  section of  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  of the  Company's  1998 Annual
Report to Shareholders.

Customer Dependence

No  material  part of the  business of the  Company is  dependent  upon a single
customer,  or a very few  customers,  the loss of any one of which  would have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

Government Contracts

There is no  material  portion  of the  Company's  business  that is  subject to
renegotiation  of profits or  termination of contracts or  sub-contracts  at the
election of the Government.

Competition

The health care food and nutrition services business is highly competitive.  The
Company  competes with national and regional food contract  companies that offer
the same type of services as the Company.  Management  believes that competition
in health  care food and  nutrition  services  is based on  pricing,  quality of

<PAGE>

services and reputation. Management believes that it compares favorably with its
competition in these areas.

Government Compliance

The Company is subject to various regulations at both the state and local levels
for items such as sanitation,  health and fire safety, all of which could affect
the operation of existing  accounts.  The Company's  business is also subject to
various other  regulations at the federal level such as fair labor standards and
occupational  safety and health  regulations.  Compliance with these regulations
has not had,  and is not  expected  to have,  a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's operations.

Environmental Compliance

Compliance with federal,  state and local laws and  regulations  which have been
enacted or adopted  regulating the discharge of materials into the  environment,
or otherwise  relating to the protection of the environment,  is not expected to
have a material  effect upon the capital  expenditures,  earnings or competitive
position of the Company.

Personnel

The Company employs  approximately 4,300 full-time and part-time employees.  The
Company believes that working conditions are favorable and employee compensation
is comparable with its competition.


ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES.

MHCI professionally manages foodservice  departments on client-owned  properties
and,  therefore,  does not own any  significant  amounts  of  property.  Vending
services on client-owned  facilities  complement the foodservice program.  Under
the terms of certain  contracts,  MHCI is required to make rent  payments to its
clients.

The corporate  headquarters are located in approximately 15,000 square feet of a
leased building in a suburb of Atlanta,  Georgia.  The headquarters'  lease term
ends in 2001 with  remaining  average  annual  lease  payments of  approximately
$278,000.  The Company also has  administrative  offices in a leased building in
Mobile,  Alabama.  This  office has a lease term  ending in 2001 with  remaining
average annual lease payments of approximately $108,000. In addition,  there are
nine regional offices across the United States,  each of which is generally less
than 1,500 square feet,  with total average  annual lease  payments of less than
$145,000.

During the fiscal  year,  MHCI  constructed  of two  advanced  food  preparation
facilities.  The first facility,  located in Tampa, Florida,  provides for about
5,000 square feet of light industrial space with a lease term ending in 2002 and
average annual lease payments of about $29,000. The second facility,  located in
Baltimore,   Maryland,  includes  approximately  15,000  square  feet  of  light
industrial  and regional  office space and has average  annual lease payments of
about $98,000

Facilities and equipment are repaired and  maintained to assure their  adequacy,
productive capacity and utilization.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

The Company is presently,  and from time to time,  subject to pending claims and
suits  arising  in the  ordinary  course  of its  business.  In the  opinion  of
Management,  the ultimate resolution of these pending legal proceedings will not
have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  operations  or  consolidated
financial position.

<PAGE>


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

None.


Executive Officers of the Company

Executive  officers of the Company are appointed by and serve at the  discretion
of the  Company's  Board  of  Directors.  Information  regarding  the  Company's
executive officers as of August 14, 1998 is provided below.


Name                   Age       Position with the Company


G. A. Davenport         44    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
K. W. Engwall           50    Senior Vice President, Finance and Assistant 
                                Secretary
J. E. Fountain          47    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
J. D. Underhill         53    Senior Vice President, Operations
G. L. Gaddy             45    Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing
F. G. Michels           60    Senior Vice President, Support Services
R. C. Roberson          54    Divisional Vice President




<PAGE>


Glenn A. Davenport has been President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
since the  Distribution  in March  1996.  He was  President  of the Health  Care
Division of MRI's  Morrison Group from November 1993 until the  Distribution  in
March 1996. Prior thereto, he served as Senior Vice President, Hospitality Group
of MRI from February 1990 through  November 1993 and in various other capacities
since joining MRI in November 1973.

K. Wyatt Engwall has been Senior Vice President, Finance and Assistant Secretary
of the Company since the Distribution in March 1996. Prior thereto,  he was Vice
President,  Controller of MRI's Ruby Tuesday Group from January 1994 until March
1996. He served as Vice President of Financial Planning of MRI from January 1993
through  January 1994,  Vice President and  Controller of MRI's Contract  Dining
Division  from  October 1991 through  January  1993 and as  Controller  of MRI's
former Morrison's  Management  Services  (Contract Dining) Division from October
1986 through October 1991. Mr. Engwall joined MRI in 1983 as a Financial Systems
Analyst.

John E. Fountain has been Vice  President,  General Counsel and Secretary of the
Company since the  Distribution in March 1996. He was Vice  President,  Legal of
MRI's  Morrison  Group from August  1994 until  March 1996.  He served as Senior
Attorney of MRI from December 1991 through August 1994. Prior thereto, he served
as Staff Attorney of MRI from October 1978 through December 1991.

Jerry D.  Underhill  has been Senior Vice  President,  Operations of the Company
since the  Distribution  in March 1996.  He was Senior  Vice  President,  Retail
Development  of the Health Care Division of MRI's  Morrison Group from September
1995   until  March  1996.   Prior  thereto,  he   was  Senior  Vice  President,

<PAGE>

Development  of the Family Dining  Division of MRI's  Morrison  Group from March
1993 to September 1995. Mr. Underhill was President of Mid-Continent Restaurants
(currently known as Bravo Restaurants) from July 1988 to March 1993.

Gary L. Gaddy has been Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing of the Company
since  March 1998. Prior thereto, he was Vice President, Health  Systems for the
Company since July 1997. Mr. Gaddy was Vice President of Sales and Marketing for
EmCare,  Inc., an emergency  medicine contract  management  company from January
1995 to July 1997. He was Vice President/General Manager of Business Development
for HMSS Management, Inc., a home infusion company, from August 1990 to December
1994.  Mr.  Gaddy has over 20 years of sales  and  marketing  experience  in the
healthcare industry.

Frances G.  Michels  has been  Senior Vice  President,  Support  Services of the
Company  since the  Distribution  in March 1996. She  was Senior Vice President,
Support  Services  of the Health  Care  Division  of MRI's  Morrison  Group from
January  1996 until March 1996.  Prior  thereto,  she served  MRI's  Health Care
Division  in  various  capacities,  including  as Vice  President  of  Nutrition
Services from December 1984 through  January 1996,  Area Manager for  Operations
and  Nutrition  Services  from January 1982 through  December  1984,  Consulting
Dietitian  for the Health Care  Division  from June 1974 through  January  1982,
Foodservice  Director  from July 1973 through June 1974,  and Chief  Therapeutic
Dietitian from June 1970 through July 1973.

Richard C.  Roberson has been a Division  Vice  President  of the Company  since
October  1997.  He was a  Regional  Vice  President  of the  Company  since  the
Distribution in March 1996. Prior thereto,  he served MRI's Health Care Division
in various capacities,  including as a Regional Vice President, District Manager
and Foodservice Director.


<PAGE>


PART II


ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
         SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.

Certain information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to
information  contained  under  the  caption  "Common  Stock  Market  Prices  and
Dividends" of the Registrant's Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year
ended May 31,  1998.  The Company  intends to continue to pay  dividends  in the
future.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

The  information  contained under the caption  "Selected  Financial Data" of the
Registrant's  Annual  Report to  Shareholders  for the fiscal year ended May 31,
1998 is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
         CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The  information  contained  under  the  caption  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations" of the  Registrant's
Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  for the  fiscal  year  ended  May 31,  1998 is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Not Applicable.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The following  consolidated  financial  statements and the related report of the
Company's  independent  auditors contained in the Registrant's  Annual Report to
Shareholders for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1998, are incorporated  herein by
reference:

     Consolidated  Statements  of Income - Fiscal years ended May 31, 1998,  May
     31, 1997 and June 1, 1996.

     Consolidated Balance Sheets - As of May 31, 1998 and May 31, 1997.

     Consolidated  Statements of  Stockholders'  Equity - Fiscal years ended May
     31, 1998, May 31, 1997 and June 1, 1996.

     Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows - Fiscal  years ended May 31, 1998,
     May 31, 1997 and June 1, 1996.

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

<PAGE>


PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) The information regarding directors of the Company is incorporated herein by
reference to the  information  set forth in the table  captioned  "Director  and
Director  Nominee  Information"  under "Election of Directors" in the definitive
proxy  statement  of the  Registrant  dated  August 31,  1998,  relating  to the
Registrant's annual meeting of shareholders to be held on September 29, 1998.

(b) Pursuant to Form 10-K General  Instruction  G(3), the information  regarding
executive  officers of the  Company  has been  included in Part I of this Report
under the caption "Executive Officers of the Company."

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information  required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to
the  information  set forth  under the  captions  "Executive  Compensation"  and
"Election of Directors - Directors' Fees and Attendance" in the definitive proxy
statement of the Registrant  dated August 31, 1998 relating to the  Registrant's
annual meeting of shareholders to be held on September 29, 1998.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

The information  required by this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to
the information set forth in the table captioned "Beneficial Ownership of Common
Stock" under  "Election of Directors" in the definitive  proxy  statement of the
Registrant dated August 31, 1998, relating to the Registrant's annual meeting of
shareholders to be held on September 29, 1998.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

None.



<PAGE>


PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

 (a) The following  documents are incorporated by reference into or are filed as
part of this report:

     1.  Financial Statements:

          The following  consolidated  financial  statements and the independent
          auditors' report thereon,  included in the Registrant's  Annual Report
          to  Shareholders  for the fiscal  year ended May 31,  1998,  a copy of
          which is contained in the  exhibits to this report,  are  incorporated
          herein by reference:

                                                    Page Reference
                                                    in paper version
                                                    of Annual Report
                                                    to Shareholders  
         Consolidated Statements of Income for
         the fiscal years ended May 31, 1998,
         May 31, 1997 and June 1, 1996...................... 18

         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
         May 31, 1998 and May 31, 1997...................... 19

         Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
         for the fiscal years ended May 31, 1998,
         May 31, 1997 and June 1, 1996...................... 21

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
         for the fiscal years ended May 31, 1998,
         May 31, 1997 and June 1, 1996...................... 20

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements......... 22 - 31

         Report of Independent Auditors..................... 32

                                                       Page Reference
                                                         in Form 10-K  
     2. Financial statement schedules:

         Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying
         Accounts for the fiscal years ended
         May 31, 1998, May 31, 1997 and
         June 1, 1996...................................... 17

               Financial  statement  schedules  other than those shown above are
               omitted  because  they are either not  required  or the  required
               information  is  shown  in  the  financial  statements  or  notes
               thereto.

3.     Exhibits

         The following exhibits are filed as part of this report:


<PAGE>

                           MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.
                                LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number                                   Description                          

3.1       Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Morrison Health
          Care, Inc.*

3.2       Bylaws, as amended, of Morrison Health Care, Inc.**

4.1       Specimen Common Stock Certificate.+

4.2       Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Morrison Health
          Care, Inc. (see Exhibit 3.1 hereto).

4.3       Bylaws, as amended, of Morrison Health Care, Inc. (see Exhibit
          3.2 hereto).

4.4       Form of Rights Agreement between Morrison Health Care, Inc. and
          AmSouth Bank of Alabama, as Rights Agent.+

4.5       Form of  Rights  Certificate  (attached  as  Exhibit  B to the  Rights
          Agreement filed as Exhibit 4.4 hereto).

4.6       Form of First Amendment to Rights Agreement.

10.1      Form of Distribution Agreement among Morrison Restaurants Inc.,
          Morrison Fresh Cooking, Inc. and Morrison Health Care, Inc.*

10.2      Form of  Amended  and  Restated  Tax  Allocation  and  Indemnification
          Agreement  among  Morrison   Restaurants   Inc.,   Custom   Management
          Corporation of Pennsylvania,  Custom Management  Corporation,  John C.
          Metz & Associates, Inc., Morrison International, Inc., Morrison Custom
          Management Corporation of Pennsylvania,  Morrison Fresh Cooking, Inc.,
          Ruby Tuesday,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation,  Ruby Tuesday (Georgia),
          Inc., a Georgia  corporation,  Galaxy  Management,  Inc.,  Manask Food
          Service,  Inc., Morrison of New Jersey,  Inc., Tias, Inc. and Morrison
          Health Care, Inc.*

10.3      Form of Agreement Respecting Employee Benefit Matters among
          Morrison  Restaurants  Inc.,  Morrison  Fresh  Cooking,  Inc. and
          Morrison Health Care, Inc.+

10.4      Form of License Agreement between Morrison Fresh Cooking, Inc.
          and Morrison Health Care, Inc.*

10.5      Form of License Agreement between Ruby Tuesday, Inc. and Morrison
          Health Care, Inc.*

10.6      Form of Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of MRT
          Purchasing,  LLC among Morrison  Restaurants  Inc., Ruby Tuesday,
          Inc.,  Morrison  Fresh  Cooking,  Inc. and Morrison  Health Care,
          Inc.*
<PAGE>

10.7***   Form of Morrison Health Care, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.+

10.8***   Form of Morrison Health Care, Inc. Stock Incentive and Deferred
          Compensation Plan for Directors.+

10.9***   Form of 1996 Non-Executive Stock Incentive Plan.+

10.10***  Form of Morrison Health Care, Inc. Executive Supplemental Pension 
          Plan.+

10.11***  Form of Morrison Health Care, Inc. Management Retirement Plan.+

10.12***  Form of Morrison  Health Care,  Inc. Salary Deferral Plan together
          with related form of Trust Agreement.+

10.13***  Form of Morrison Health Care, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan and
          related form of Trust Agreement.+

10.14***  Form of Morrison Health Care, Inc. Executive Group Life and Executive
          Accidental Death and Dismemberment Plan.+

10.15***  Form of Morrison Health Care, Inc. Executive Life Insurance Plan.+

10.16     Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into with executive
          officers and directors.*

10.17***  Form of Change of Control  Agreement to be entered into with executive
          officers.+

10.18     Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Morrison Restaurants 
          Inc. and Eugene E. Bishop.+

10.19     Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Morrison Restaurants
          Inc. and Samuel E. Beall, III.+

10.20     Form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 2, 1998, 
          together with related Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Notes, 
          Amended and Restated Swing Line Note and Subsidiary Guaranty.

10.21***  Form of First Amendment to the Morrison Health Care, Inc.
          Executive Supplemental Pension Plan.++

10.22***  Form of First Amendment to the Morrison Health Care, Inc.
          Management Retirement Plan.++

10.23***  Form of First Amendment to the Morrison Health Care, Inc. Salary
          Deferral Plan.++

10.24***  Form of Second Amendment to the Morrison Health Care, Inc.
          Salary Deferral Plan.++
<PAGE>

10.25***  Form of First Amendment to the Morrison Health Care, Inc.
          Deferred Compensation Plan.++

10.26***  Form of Second Amendment to the Morrison Health Care, Inc.
          Deferred Compensation Plan.++

10.27***  Form of Morrison Health Care, Inc. Salary Deferral Plan together with
          related form of Amended Trust Agreement.

10.28***  Form of Morrison Health Care, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan and
          related form of Amended Trust Agreement.

10.29***  Form of First Amendment to the 1996 Executive Stock Incentive Plan.

10.30***  Form of First Amendment to the 1996 Non-Executive Stock Incentive
          Plan.

10.31***  Form of Second Amendment to the 1996 Executive Stock Incentive Plan.

10.32***  Form of Second Amendment to the 1996 Non-Executive Stock Incentive
          Plan.

10.33***  Form of Third Amendment to the. Morrison Health Care, Inc. Salary
          Deferral Plan.

10.34     Stock Purchase Agreement of Drake Management Services, Inc.

10.35     Asset Purchase Agreement of Spectra Services, Inc.

11        Statement regarding computation of per share earnings.

13        Annual Report to  Shareholders  for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1998
          (Only portions specifically incorporated by reference in the
          Form 10-K are incorporated herewith.)

21.1      List of subsidiaries of Morrison Health Care, Inc.

23        Consent of Independent Auditors.

27        Financial Data Schedule.


*    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit of the same number in the Registrant's
     Registration  Statement on Form 10 filed with the Commission on February 8,
     1996.

**   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit of the same number in the Registrant's
     Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998.

***  Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

+    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit of the same number in the Registrant's
     amendment to Registration  Statement on Form 10/A filed with the Commission
     on February 29, 1996.

++   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit of the same number in the Registrant's
     Annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1997.

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K

     There were no reports  filed on Form 8-K  during  the most  recent  fiscal
     quarter.



<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934,  the Registrant has duly caused this report to be
         signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                    MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.


         Date 09/3/98               By:/s/ Glenn A. Davenport      
                                    Glenn A. Davenport
                                    President, Chief Executive Officer
                                    and Director



         
<PAGE>



<TABLE>

Morrison Health Care, Inc.
Schedule II - VALUATION  AND  QUALIFYING  ACCOUNTS For the Periods Ended May 31, 1998,
May 31, 1997 and June 1, 1996
(Dollars in Thousands)

             Column A                Column B         Column C        Column D (A)  Column E
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Additions
                                               -----------------------
                                     Balance     Charged    Charged                 Balance
                                        at          to         to                      at
                                    Beginning   Costs and    Other                    End
            Description             of Period   Expenses   Accounts    Deductions  of Period
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                   <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>    


Year ended May 31, 1998:
Trade receivables:
   Allowance for doubtful accounts    $ 744       $   0      $ 196       $  53        $  887
                                   ===========================================================

Year ended May 31, 1997:
Trade receivables:
   Allowance for doubtful accounts    $1,122      $   0      $   0       $ 378        $  744
                                   ===========================================================

Year ended June 1, 1996:
Trade receivables:
   Allowance for doubtful accounts    $1,641      $   0      $   0       $ 519        $1,122
                                   ===========================================================

</TABLE>

Notes: (A) Write-off of trade receivables determined to be uncollectible against
the allowance for doubtful accounts.






EXHIBIT 4.6


                              AMENDMENT NUMBER 1 TO
                                RIGHTS AGREEMENT



     This  Amendment,  made this 29th day of May, 1998 between  Morrison  Health
Care, Inc., a Georgia  corporation (the "Company"),  and SunTrust Bank,  Atlanta
("SunTrust"),  amends  that  certain  Rights  Agreement  between the Company and
AmSouth  Bank of  Alabama  ("AmSouth"),  dated as of March 2, 1996 (the  "Rights
Agreement").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS,  pursuant to Section 21 of the Rights  Agreement,  the Company has
removed AmSouth as Rights Agent under the Rights Agreement, effective as of June
1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"); and

     WHEREAS,  the Company desires to appoint SunTrust,  and SunTrust desires to
serve as, Successor Rights Agent under the Rights Agreement, effective as of the
Effective Date.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises  contained  herein,  and
other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

     1.  Appointment  of Successor  Rights Agent.  The Company  hereby  appoints
SunTrust to serve as the Successor Rights Agent under the Rights  Agreement,  to
be  effective  as of the  Effective  Date,  and  SunTrust  hereby  accepts  such
appointment.

     2. Amendment of Rights  Agreement.  The Rights  Agreement is hereby amended
effective  as of the  Effective  Date such that all  references  to the  "Rights
Agent" under the Rights Agreement shall refer to SunTrust rather than AmSouth.

     3.  Undertakings.  Each of the  parties  hereto  agrees to take any and all
actions  necessary  to cause  SunTrust to serve as Rights Agent under the Rights
Agreement,  including,  without limitation, the Company sending notice, prior to
the Effective  Date, to AmSouth and each transfer  agent of the Company's  stock
that  SunTrust  has been  appointed  Successor  Rights  Agent  under the  Rights
Agreement.

     4.  Continuation of Rights Agreement.  Except as explicitly  amended above,
the Rights Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  executed and  delivered  this
Amendment as of the date first above written.

                                          MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.



                                          By:/s/John E. Fountain

                                          Title:Vice President and General
                                                Counsel

                                          SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA



                                          By:/s/ Sue Hampton

                                          Title:Assistant Vice President

<PAGE>



EXHIBIT 10.20


                                                         EXECUTION COUNTERPART







==================================================================

                             AMENDED AND RESTATED
                               CREDIT AGREEMENT


                           dated as of July 2, 1998


                                     among


                          MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.,


                          THE LENDERS LISTED HEREIN,

                   SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA, as Issuing Bank,

                     SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA, as Agent, and

                       WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as Co-Agent

                     for the Issuing Bank and the Lenders

==================================================================


                              TABLE OF CONTENTS





                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                          Page

ARTICLE I.  DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION ........................................1
      Section 1.01  Definitions...............................................1
      Section 1.02  Accounting Terms and Determination...................... 16
      Section 1.03  Other Definitional Terms.................................16
      Section 1.04  Exhibits and Schedules...................................16

ARTICLE II.  LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT.....................................17
      Section 2.01  Commitments; Use of Proceeds.............................17
      Section 2.02  Swing Line Subfacility...................................18
      Section 2.03  Letter of Credit Subfacility.............................20
      Section 2.04  Notes; Repayment of Principal............................23
      Section 2.05  Voluntary Reduction of Commitments.......................23
      Section 2.06  Increase of the Commitments..............................24

ARTICLE III.  GENERAL LOAN TERMS.............................................25
      Section 3.01  Funding Notices..........................................25
      Section 3.02  Disbursement of Funds....................................26
      Section 3.03  Interest.................................................28
      Section 3.04  Interest Periods.........................................29
      Section 3.05  Fees.....................................................29
      Section 3.06  Voluntary Prepayments of Borrowings......................30
      Section 3.07  Payments, etc............................................31
      Section 3.08  Interest Rate Not Ascertainable, etc.....................34
      Section 3.09  Illegality...............................................34
      Section 3.10  Increased Costs..........................................35
      Section 3.11  Lending Offices..........................................36
      Section 3.12  Funding Losses...........................................37
      Section 3.13  Assumptions Concerning Funding of Eurodollar Advances....37
      Section 3.14  Apportionment of Payments................................37
      Section 3.15  Termination of Commitments...............................38
      Section 3.16  Sharing of Payments, Etc.................................38
      Section 3.17  Capital Adequacy.........................................38
      Section 3.18  Letter of Credit Obligations Absolute....................39

ARTICLE IV.  CONDITIONS TO BORROWINGS........................................40
      Section 4.01  Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans....................40
      Section 4.02  Conditions to Each Loan..................................42

ARTICLE V.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................43
      Section 5.01  Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.................43
      Section 5.02  Corporate Power; Authorization...........................43
      Section 5.03  Possession of Franchises, Licenses, Etc..................43
      Section 5.04  Enforceable Obligations..................................44
      Section 5.05  No Legal Bar.............................................44
      Section 5.06  No Material Litigation...................................44
      Section 5.07  Investment Company Act, Etc..............................44
      Section 5.08  Margin Regulations.......................................44
      Section 5.09  Compliance With Environmental Laws.......................44
      Section 5.10  Insurance................................................45
      Section 5.11  No Default...............................................45
      Section 5.12  No Burdensome Restrictions...............................46
      Section 5.13  Taxes....................................................46
      Section 5.14  Subsidiaries.............................................46
      Section 5.15  Financial Statements.....................................46
      Section 5.16  ERISA....................................................47
      Section 5.17  Patents, Trademarks, Licenses, Etc.......................48
      Section 5.18  Ownership of Property....................................48
      Section 5.19  Indebtedness.............................................48
      Section 5.20  Financial Condition......................................48
      Section 5.21  Labor Matters............................................49
      Section 5.22  Payment or Dividend Restriction..........................49
      Section 5.23  Sharing Agreements.......................................49
      Section 5.24  Disclosure...............................................49
      Section 5.25. Year 2000 Compliant......................................50

ARTICLE VI.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS ..........................................50
      Section 6.01  Corporate Existence, Etc.................................50
      Section 6.02  Compliance with Laws, Etc................................50
      Section 6.03  Payment of Taxes and Claims, Etc.........................50
      Section 6.04  Keeping of Books.........................................50
      Section 6.05  Visitation, Inspection, Etc..............................50
      Section 6.06  Insurance; Maintenance of Properties.....................51
      Section 6.07  Reporting Covenants......................................51
      Section 6.08  Financial Covenants......................................55
      Section 6.09  Notices Under Certain Other Indebtedness.................55
      Section 6.10  Additional Credit Parties and Collateral.................55

ARTICLE VII.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.............................................56
      Section 7.01  Indebtedness.............................................56
      Section 7.02  Liens....................................................57
      Section 7.03  Mergers, Sales, Acquisitions.............................58
      Section 7.04  Investments, Loans, Etc..................................59
      Section 7.05  Letters of Credit........................................60
      Section 7.06  Sale and Leaseback Transactions..........................61
      Section 7.07  Transactions with Affiliates.............................61
      Section 7.08  Changes in Business......................................61
      Section 7.09  ERISA....................................................61
      Section 7.10. Limitation on Payment Restrictions Affecting Consolidated 
                    Companies................................................62
      Section 7.11  Actions Under Certain Documents..........................62
      Section 7.12  Additional Negative Pledges..............................62
      Section 7.13  Changes in Fiscal Year...................................62
      Section 7.14  Issuance of Stock by Subsidiaries........................62
      Section 7.15  Dividends................................................62

ARTICLE VIII.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.............................................63
      Section 8.01  Payments.................................................63
      Section 8.02  Covenants Without Notice.................................63
      Section 8.03  Other Covenants..........................................63
      Section 8.04  Representations..........................................63
      Section 8.05  Non-Payments of Other Indebtedness.......................63
      Section 8.06. Defaults Under Other Agreements; Change In Control
                    Provisions...............................................63
      Section 8.07  Bankruptcy...............................................64
      Section 8.08  ERISA....................................................64
      Section 8.09  Judgments................................................65
      Section 8.10  Ownership of Credit Parties..............................65
      Section 8.11  Change in Control of Borrower............................65
      Section 8.12  Default Under Other Credit Documents; Sharing Agreements.66

ARTICLE IX.  THE AGENT.......................................................66
      Section 9.01  Appointment of Agent.....................................66
      Section 9.02  Authorization of Agent with Respect to the Security 
                    Documents................................................67
      Section 9.03  Nature of Duties of Agent................................67
      Section 9.04  Lack of Reliance on the Agent............................67
      Section 9.05  Certain Rights of the Agent..............................68
      Section 9.06  Reliance by Agent........................................68
      Section 9.07  Indemnification of Agent.................................68
      Section 9.08  The Agent in its Individual Capacity.....................69
      Section 9.09  Holders of Notes.........................................69
      Section 9.10  Successor Agent..........................................69

ARTICLE X.  MISCELLANEOUS....................................................70
      Section 10.01  Notices.................................................70
      Section 10.02  Amendments, Etc.........................................70
      Section 10.03  No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative..........................71
      Section 10.04  Payment of Expenses, Etc................................71
      Section 10.05  Right of Setoff.........................................73
      Section 10.06  Benefit of Agreement; Assignments; Participations.......73
      Section 10.07  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction...............75
      Section 10.08  Independent Nature of Lenders' Rights...................76
      Section 10.09  Counterparts............................................76
      Section 10.10  Effectiveness; Termination of Commitments; Survival.....77
      Section 10.11  Severability............................................77
      Section 10.12  Independence of Covenants...............................77
      Section 10.13  Change in Accounting Principles, Fiscal Year or Tax 
                     Laws....................................................77
      Section 10.14  Headings Descriptive; Entire Agreement..................78




                                  SCHEDULES


Schedule 5.01           Organization and Ownership of
                           Subsidiaries
Schedule 5.05           Certain Pending and Threatened
                           Litigation
Schedule 5.09(a)        Environmental Compliance
Schedule 5.09(b)        Environmental Notices
Schedule 5.09(c)        Environmental Permits
Schedule 5.11           No Defaults
Schedule 5.12           Burdensome Restrictions
Schedule 5.13           Tax Filings and Payments
Schedule 5.14           Material Subsidiaries
Schedule 5.16           Employee Benefit Matters
Schedule 5.17           Patent, Trademark, License, and
                           Other Intellectual Property
                           Matters
Schedule 5.18           Ownership of Properties
Schedule 5.19           Labor and Employment Matters
Schedule 5.22           Dividend Restrictions
Schedule 5.23           Disclosure
Schedule 7.01           Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 7.02           Existing Liens


                         
                                   EXHIBITS

Exhibit A         -     Form of Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B         -     Form of Amended and Restated Swing Line Note
Exhibit C         -     Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement
Exhibit D         -     Form of Closing Certificate
Exhibit E         -     Form of Opinion of Powell, Goldstein,
                          Frazer & Murphy, LLP
Exhibit F         -     Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit G         -     Form of Letter of Credit Application
Exhibit H         -     Form of Compliance Certificate




                                   Exhibit A

                     AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT


            THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement") made and entered into as
of  July  2,  1998,  by and  among  MORRISON  HEALTH  CARE,  INC.,  a  Georgia
corporation (the "Borrower"),  SUNTRUST BANK,  ATLANTA, a banking  corporation
organized  under  the laws of the  State of  Georgia  ("SunTrust"),  the other
banks and lending  institutions  listed on the signature pages hereof, and any
assignees  of  SunTrust,  or such other banks and lending  institutions  which
become  "Lenders" as provided herein  (SunTrust and such other banks,  lending
institutions,   and  assignees   referred  to   collectively   herein  as  the
"Lenders"),  SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA, as the issuing bank (the "Issuing Bank"),
SUNTRUST  BANK,  ATLANTA,  as Agent (the "Agent") for the Issuing Bank and the
Lenders,  and  WACHOVIA  BANK,  N.A.,  as Co-Agent  (the  "Co-Agent")  for the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders;


                             W I T N E S S E T H:


            WHEREAS,  on  March  6,  1996,  Borrower  entered  into  a  Credit
Agreement  by and  among  Borrower,  SunTrust,  the other  banks  and  lending
institutions  listed  on the  signature  pages  thereof,  and  SunTrust  Bank,
Atlanta in its capacity as agent for such banks and lending  institutions (the
"Original Credit Agreement");

            WHEREAS,  in  connection  with  this  Agreement,   Borrower,   the
Lenders,  and  the  Agent  wish to  amend  and  restate  the  Original  Credit
Agreement to increase the revolving  credit  facility  thereunder  and provide
for a letter of credit subfacility, all as more particularly evidenced herein;

            NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants  herein  contained,  Borrower,  the Lenders,  the Issuing Bank,  the
Agent and the  Co-Agent  agree,  upon the terms and subject to the  conditions
set forth herein as follows:

                                  ARTICLE I.

                           DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

            Section I.1.   Definitions.   In   addition  to  the  other  terms
defined  herein,  the  following  terms used  herein  shall have the  meanings
herein  specified  (to be equally  applicable  to both the singular and plural
forms of the terms defined):

            "Account  Party" shall mean the Borrower or any Guarantor in whose
account a Letter of Credit is to be or has been issued.

            "Advance"  shall mean any principal  amount advanced and remaining
outstanding  at any time as (i) the Revolving  Loans,  which Advances shall be
made or outstanding as Base Rate Advances or Eurodollar Advances,  as the case
may  be,  or  (ii) a  Swing  Line  Loan,  which  Advances  shall  be  made  or
outstanding as Swing Rate Advances.

            "Affiliate"  of any  Person  means any other  Person  directly  or
indirectly  controlling,  controlled  by, or under common  control with,  such
Person,  whether  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by contract or
otherwise.  For  purposes  of  this  definition,   "control"  (including  with
correlative  meanings,  the terms  "controlling",  "controlled by", and "under
common  control  with")  as  applied  to any  Person,  means  the  possession,
directly or  indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of that Person.

            "Agent" shall mean,  SunTrust  Bank,  Atlanta,  a Georgia  banking
corporation,  as  Agent  for the  Lenders  and the  Issuing  Bank  under  this
Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents  and any  successor  agent  appointed
pursuant to Section 9.10 hereto.

            "Agreement"  shall  mean  this  Credit  Agreement,   as  hereafter
amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

            "Applicable  Margin" shall mean the  percentage  designated  below
based  on  the  Leverage  Ratio  of  the  Consolidated   Companies,   measured
quarterly,  effective in the next fiscal  quarter  immediately  following  the
date of delivery of the Compliance Certificate to the Agent:

                   ------------------------------------------

                                          Applicable Margin
                       Leverage Ratio      (LIBOR Advance)
                   ==========================================


                   Less than 1.00:1.00                 0.50%
                   ------------------------------------------

                   Greater than or equal
                   to 1.00:1.00 and less
                   than 2.00:1.00                     0.625%
                   ------------------------------------------

                   Greater than or equal
                   to 2.00:1.00 and less
                   than 2.50:1.00                      0.75%
                   ------------------------------------------

                   Greater than or equal
                   to 2.50:1.00 and less
                   than 3.00:1.00                      1.00%
                   ------------------------------------------

      For  purposes  of the  foregoing,  (i) the  Applicable  Margin as of the
Closing Date is 1.00% and shall remain 1.00% through and including  August 31,
1998 (by way of example,  as of the first day of the second fiscal  quarter of
the  Borrower  the  Applicable  Margin  shall  be  calculated  based  upon the
Leverage Ratio of the  Consolidated  Companies in the  Compliance  Certificate
delivered  by the Borrower  for the first  fiscal  quarter of such year);  and
(ii) if the Borrower fails to provide the Compliance  Certificate  and related
financial  statements  required  under Section  6.07(c)  within the applicable
time period set forth  therein,  the  Applicable  Margin  shall be adjusted to
1.00% on the first day of the following  fiscal quarter until such  Compliance
Certificate and related financial statements are delivered.

           "Assignment   and   Acceptance"   shall  mean  an  assignment  and
acceptance  entered  into by the  Issuing  Bank or a  Lender  and an  Eligible
Assignee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and  substantially  in
the form of Exhibit F.

            "Bankruptcy  Code"  shall  mean The  Bankruptcy  Code of 1978,  as
amended and in effect from time to time (11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.).

            "Base  Rate"  shall  mean  (with any change in the Base Rate to be
effective  as of the date of  change of either  of the  following  rates)  the
higher of (i) the rate which the Agent  publicly  announces  from time to time
as its  prime  lending  rate,  as in effect  from  time to time,  and (ii) the
Federal  Funds  Rate,  as in effect  from time to time,  plus  one-half of one
percent  (0.50%) per annum.  The  Agent's  prime  lending  rate is a reference
rate and does not  necessarily  represent  the  lowest or best  rate  actually
charged to customers;  the Agent may make  commercial  loans or other loans at
rates of interest at, above or below the Agent's prime lending rate.

            "Base Rate Advance"  shall mean an Advance made or  outstanding as
a Revolving Loan bearing interest based on the Base Rate.

            "Base Rate Borrowing"  shall mean a Borrowing made up of Base Rate
Advances.

            "Borrower"  shall  mean  Morrison  Health  Care,  Inc.,  a Georgia
corporation, its successors and permitted assigns.

            "Borrowing"  shall  mean the  incurrence  by  Borrower  under  the
Commitments  of Advances  of one Type  concurrently  having the same  Interest
Period  or  the  continuation  or  conversion  of  an  existing  Borrowing  or
Borrowings in whole or in part.

            "Business Day" shall mean any day excluding  Saturday,  Sunday and
any other day on which banks are required or  authorized  to close in Atlanta,
Georgia and, if the  applicable  Business Day relates to Eurodollar  Advances,
any day on which  trading is not carried on by and  between  banks in deposits
of the applicable currency in the applicable interbank Eurocurrency market.

            "Capital  Lease" shall mean,  as applied to any Person,  any lease
of any  property  (whether  real,  personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee
which  would,  in  accordance  with GAAP,  be  required to be  classified  and
accounted  for as a capital  lease on a balance  sheet of such  Person,  other
than,  in the case of  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries,  any such  lease
under which Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower is the lessor.

            "Capital  Lease  Obligation"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to  any
Capital  Lease,  the amount of the obligation of the lessee  thereunder  which
would,  in accordance  with GAAP,  appear on a balance sheet of such lessee in
respect of such Capital Lease.

            "Change in  Control  Provision"  shall mean any term or  provision
contained in any indenture,  debenture,  note, or other  agreement or document
evidencing  or  governing  Indebtedness  of  Borrower  evidencing  debt  or  a
commitment  to extend  loans in  excess  of  $500,000.00  which  requires,  or
permits the  holder(s) of such  Indebtedness  of Borrower to require that such
Indebtedness  of  Borrower  be  redeemed,  repurchased,  defeased,  prepaid or
repaid,  either in whole or in part, or the maturity of such  Indebtedness  of
Borrower  to be  accelerated  in any  respect,  as a  result  of a  change  in
ownership  of the  capital  stock of Borrower  or voting  rights with  respect
thereto.

            "Closing  Certificate"  shall mean that  certificate of an officer
of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.

            "Closing  Date"  shall  mean  July 2, 1998 or such  later  date on
which the  conditions to the initial loans set forth in Sections 4.01 and 4.02
are satisfied.

            "Co-Agent"  shall mean,  Wachovia Bank,  N.A., a national  banking
association,  as Co-Agent  for the  Lenders  and the  Issuing  Bank under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

            "Commitment"   shall  mean,  for  any  Lender  at  any  time,  the
revolving  credit  facility  severally  established by such Lender pursuant to
Section 2.01,  including,  without  duplication,  such Lender's Pro Rata Share
of the Letter of Credit  Subfacility  and, in the case of SunTrust,  the Swing
Line  Subfacility,  as the same may be decreased from time to time as a result
of any reduction  thereof  pursuant to Section 2.05, or increased from time to
time as a result  of any  increase  thereof  pursuant  to  Section  2.06,  any
assignment  thereof  pursuant  to  Section  10.06,  or any  amendment  thereof
pursuant to Section 10.02.

            "Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 
3.05(a).

            "Compliance  Certificate" shall mean the certificate  delivered by
the  Borrower  to the Agent  substantially  in the form of  Exhibit H attached
hereto.

            "Consolidated  Companies" shall mean,  collectively,  Borrower and
all of its Subsidiaries.

           "Consolidated  EBITDA" shall mean for any period,  an amount equal
to the sum for the trailing four fiscal  quarter  period of  Consolidated  Net
Income (Loss),  plus, to the extent  deducted  therefrom in  determining  such
Consolidated Net Income (Loss),  the sum of (i) taxes based on income (whether
paid or deferred),  (ii) Consolidated  Interest Expense, (iii) depreciation of
assets, and (iv) amortization.

            "Consolidated  EBITR"  shall mean for any period,  an amount equal
to the sum for the trailing four fiscal  quarter  period of  Consolidated  Net
Income (Loss) of the  Consolidated  Companies,  plus,  to the extent  deducted
therefrom  in  determining  Consolidated  Net  Income  (Loss),  the sum of (i)
Consolidated  Interest  Expense,  (ii) taxes based on income  (whether paid or
deferred), and (iii) Rental Obligations for such period.

            "Consolidated   Funded  Debt"  shall  mean,  as  of  any  date  of
determination, the Funded Debt of the Consolidated Companies.

            "Consolidated  Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, total
interest expense of the Consolidated  Companies (including without limitation,
interest  expense  attributable to Capital Leases,  all capitalized  interest,
all  commissions,  discounts  and other fees and charges  owed with respect to
bankers  acceptance  financing,  net costs (i.e.,  costs minus benefits) under
Interest  Rate  Contracts,  and  total  interest  expense  (whether  shown  as
interest  expense or as loss and  expenses  on sales of  receivables)  under a
receivables   purchase  facility)   determined  on  a  consolidated  basis  in
accordance with GAAP.

            "Consolidated  Net Income  (Loss)" shall mean,  with  reference to
any period,  the net income (or  deficit) of the  Consolidated  Companies  for
such period  (taken as a cumulative  whole),  after  deducting  all  operating
expenses,  provisions  for all  taxes and  reserves  (including  reserves  for
deferred  income  taxes) and all other proper  deductions,  all  determined in
accordance  with  GAAP  on  a  consolidated   basis,   after  eliminating  all
intercompany  transactions  and after  deducting  portions of income  properly
attributable  to minority  interests,  if any, in the stock and surplus of the
Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

            "Consolidated  Net Worth" shall mean the  shareholders'  equity of
the Borrower calculated in accordance with GAAP, less treasury stock.

            "Contractual  Obligation"  of any Person shall mean any  provision
of any  security  issued by such  Person or of any  agreement,  instrument  or
undertaking  under which such Person is obligated or by which it or any of the
property owned by it is bound.

            "Credit Documents" shall mean,  collectively,  this Agreement, the
Notes,  the  Guaranty  Agreement,  all Letter of Credit  Applications  and all
other instruments,  documents, certificates,  agreements and writings executed
in connection herewith, each as amended,  restated,  supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time.

            "Credit  Parties" shall mean,  collectively,  each of the Borrower
and the Guarantor.

            "Default" shall mean any condition or event which,  with notice or
lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

            "Dollar"  and "U.S.  Dollar"  and the sign "$" shall  mean  lawful
money of the United States of America.

            "Eligible  Assignee"  shall mean (i) a  commercial  bank organized
under the laws of the United States or any state  thereof  having total assets
in  excess of  $1,000,000,000.00  or any  commercial  finance  or  asset-based
lending Affiliate of any such commercial bank and (ii) any Lender.

            "Environmental  Laws"  shall mean all  federal,  state,  local and
foreign  statutes  and  codes  or  regulations,  rules or  ordinances  issued,
promulgated,  or approved  thereunder,  now or hereafter in effect (including,
without  limitation,  those with  respect to asbestos  or asbestos  containing
material or exposure to asbestos or asbestos  containing  material),  relating
to pollution or  protection of the  environment  and relating to public health
and safety,  relating to (i)  emissions,  discharges,  releases or  threatened
releases  of  pollutants,  contaminants,  chemicals  or  industrial  toxic  or
hazardous  constituents,  substances or wastes,  including without limitation,
any  Hazardous  Substance,  petroleum  including  crude  oil or  any  fraction
thereof,  any  petroleum  product  or other  waste,  chemicals  or  substances
regulated by any  Environmental Law into the environment  (including,  without
limitation,  ambient  air,  surface  water,  ground  water,  land  surface  or
subsurface strata), or (ii) the manufacture,  processing,  distribution,  use,
generation,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,  transport  or  handling  of  any
Hazardous  Substance,  petroleum  including crude oil or any fraction thereof,
any petroleum  product or other waste,  chemicals or  substances  regulated by
any  Environmental  Law,  and (iii)  underground  storage  tanks  and  related
piping,  and  emissions,   discharges  and  releases  or  threatened  releases
therefrom,  such  Environmental  Laws to include,  without  limitation (a) the
Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.),  (b) the Clean  Water Act  (33
U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.),  (c) the   Resource   Conservation  and Recovery 
Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.),  (d) the Toxic  Substances  Control  Act 
(15 U.S.C.  Section 2601  et seq.),  (e)   the   Comprehensive   Environmental  
Response    Compensation    and  Liability Act,  as amended by  the  Superfund 
Amendments and Reauthorization Act (42 U.S.C.  Section 9601 et seq.), and  (f)
all applicable  national  and  local  laws  or  regulations  with  respect  to 
environmental control.

            "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended and in effect from time to time.

            "ERISA  Affiliate"  shall mean,  with respect to any Person,  each
trade or business (whether or not  incorporated)  which is a member of a group
of which that Person is a member and which is under common  control within the
meaning of the regulations promulgated under Section 414 of the Tax Code.

            "Eurodollar  Advance" shall mean an Advance made or outstanding as
a Revolving Loan bearing  interest  equal to LIBOR plus the Applicable  Margin
for such Advance.

           "Eurodollar   Borrowing"   shall  mean  a  Borrowing  made  up  of
Eurodollar Advances.

            "Event of  Default"  shall have the  meaning  provided  in Article
VIII.

            "Executive  Officer"  shall mean with  respect to any Person,  the
President, Vice Presidents, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer,  Secretary and
any Person holding comparable offices or duties.

            "Federal  Funds  Rate" shall mean for any  period,  a  fluctuating
interest  rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted
average of the rates on  overnight  Federal  funds  transactions  with  member
banks of the Federal  Reserve  System  arranged by Federal funds  brokers,  as
published  for such day (or, if such day is not a Business  Day,  for the next
preceding  Business Day) by the Federal  Reserve Bank of Atlanta,  or, if such
rate is not so published  for any day which is a Business  Day, the average of
the  quotations for such day on such  transactions  received by the Agent from
three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent.

            "Fiscal Year" shall mean any twelve  calendar  month period ending
on  May  31  of  any  year;   references  to  a  Fiscal  Year  with  a  number
corresponding  to any  calendar  year (e.g.,  "Fiscal Year 1996") refer to the
Fiscal Year ending on the first Saturday occurring after May 30 of that year.

            "Fiscal Year End" shall mean the last day of any Fiscal Year.

            "Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio" shall mean,  for any period,  the
ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITR to (ii) Fixed Charges for such period.

            "Fixed   Charges"  shall  mean,  with  reference  to  any  period,
determined in accordance  with GAAP on a  consolidated  basis,  the sum of the
following for the Consolidated  Companies,  after eliminating all intercompany
items:

      (a)   Consolidated Interest Expense for such period; and

      (b)   all  Rental  Obligations  payable  as lessee  under any  operating
            lease properly  charged or chargeable to income during such period
            in accordance with GAAP;

provided  that any  interest  charges or rentals paid or accrued by any Person
acquired  by the  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  during  such  period,
through  purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise,  shall be included in
"Fixed  Charges"  only to the  extent  that the  earnings  of such  Person are
taken into account in determining EBITR for such period.

            "Funded  Debt"  shall  mean,   as  applied  to  any  Person,   all
Indebtedness  of  such  Person  which  by its  terms  or by the  terms  of any
instrument  or  agreement  relating  thereto  matures,  or which is  otherwise
payable  or  unpaid,  one year or more  from,  or is  directly  or  indirectly
renewable  or  extendable  at the  option of the  debtor to a date one year or
more  (including  an option of the debtor under a revolving  credit or similar
agreement  obligating  the lender or lenders to extend credit over a period of
one year or  more)  from,  the date of the  creation  thereof,  provided  that
Funded Debt shall  include,  as at any date of  determination,  any portion of
such  Indebtedness  outstanding on such date which matures on demand or within
one year from such date (whether by sinking fund,  other required  prepayment,
or final payment at maturity) and shall also include all  Indebtedness of such
Person for borrowed money outstanding  under a line of credit,  guidance line,
revolving  credit,  bankers  acceptance  facility or similar  arrangement  for
borrowed  money,  including,  without  limitation,  all unpaid  drawings under
letters  of  credit  and  unreimbursed  amounts  pursuant  to letter of credit
reimbursement agreements, regardless of the maturity date thereof.

            "GAAP" shall mean  generally  accepted  accounting  principles set
forth in the opinions and  pronouncements  of the Accounting  Principles Board
of the American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants and statements and
pronouncements  of the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or, if no such
statements are  promulgated,  then such other  statements by such other entity
as may be  approved by a  significant  segment of the  accounting  profession,
which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

            "Guarantors"  shall mean,  (i) Culinary  Solutions,  Inc. and (ii)
all  other  Material  Subsidiaries  of  the  Borrower,  and  their  respective
successors and permitted assigns.

            "Guaranty"  shall mean any contractual  obligation,  contingent or
otherwise  (other  than  letters of credit),  of a Person with  respect to any
Indebtedness  or other  obligation or liability of another  Person,  including
without  limitation,  any such Indebtedness,  obligation or liability directly
or  indirectly  guaranteed,  endorsed,  co-made  or  discounted  or sold  with
recourse  by that  Person,  or in respect of which  that  Person is  otherwise
directly or indirectly liable,  including contractual  obligations (contingent
or  otherwise)  arising  through any  agreement  to purchase,  repurchase,  or
otherwise acquire such  Indebtedness,  obligation or liability or any security
therefor,  or any  agreement  to provide  funds for the  payment or  discharge
thereof  (whether in the form of loans,  advances,  stock  purchases,  capital
contributions  or  otherwise),  or to  maintain  solvency,  assets,  level  of
income,  or other financial  condition,  or to make any payment other than for
value  received.  The amount of any  Guaranty  shall be deemed to be an amount
equal to the  stated or  determinable  amount  of the  primary  obligation  in
respect of which  guaranty is made or, if not so stated or  determinable,  the
maximum  reasonably  anticipated  liability in respect thereof  (assuming such
Person is  required to perform  thereunder)  as  determined  by such Person in
good faith.

            "Guaranty  Agreement" shall mean the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement
executed initially by Culinary  Solutions,  Inc. and thereafter by any and all
Material  Subsidiaries  of the Borrower in favor of the  Lenders,  the Issuing
Bank and the Agent,  substantially in the form of Exhibit C as the same may be
amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

           "Hazardous  Substances"  shall have the  meaning  assigned to that
term in the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response  Compensation and Liability
Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund  Amendments and Reauthorization  Acts
of 1986.

            "Hostile  Acquisition"  shall  mean any  Investment  resulting  in
control of a Person  involving a tender  offer or proxy  contest  that has not
been  recommended  or approved by the board of directors of the Person that is
the  subject  of the  Investment  prior to the first  public  announcement  or
disclosure relating to such Investment.

            "Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean,  without  duplication (i)
all  obligations  of such Person which in accordance  with GAAP would be shown
on the  balance  sheet  of such  Person  as a  liability  (including,  without
limitation,  obligations  for  borrowed  money and for the  deferred  purchase
price  of  property  or  services,   and   obligations   evidenced  by  bonds,
debentures,  notes or other  similar  instruments);  (ii)  all  Capital  Lease
Obligations;  (iii) all Guaranties of such Person; (iv) Indebtedness of others
secured  by any Lien  upon  property  owned  by such  Person,  whether  or not
assumed;  and (v) obligations or other liabilities  under currency  contracts,
Interest  Rate  Contracts,  or similar  agreements  or  combinations  thereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in determining the Indebtedness of any Person,
there  shall be  included  all  obligations  of such  Person of the  character
referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above deemed to be  extinguished  under
GAAP but for which such Person  remains  legally  liable  except to the extent
that such  obligations  (x) have been defeased in accordance with the terms of
the applicable  instruments  governing such  obligations  and (y) the accounts
or other  assets  dedicated to such  defeasance  are not included as assets on
the balance sheet of such Person.

            "Interest  Period" shall mean (i) as to any  Eurodollar  Advances,
the  interest  period  selected by the  Borrower  pursuant to Section  3.04(a)
hereof, and (ii) as to any Swing Rate Advances,  the interest period requested
by the  Borrower  and agreed to by the Swing Line Lender  pursuant to Section 
3.01(a)(ii) hereof.

            "Interest  Rate  Contract"  shall  mean  all  interest  rate  swap
agreements,  interest rate cap  agreements,  interest rate collar  agreements,
interest rate  insurance and other  agreements  and  arrangements  designed to
provide  protection  against  fluctuations  in interest rates, in each case as
the same may be from time to time amended, restated, renewed,  supplemented or
otherwise modified.

            "Investment"  shall  mean,  when used with  respect to any Person,
any direct or indirect advance,  loan or other extension of credit (other than
the creation of  receivables  in the  ordinary  course of business) or capital
contribution  by such Person (by means of  transfers  of property to others or
payments  for  property  or  services  for the  account or use of  others,  or
otherwise)  to any  Person,  or any  direct  or  indirect  purchase  or  other
acquisition by such Person of, or of a beneficial  interest in, capital stock,
partnership interests,  bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by
any other Person.

            "Issuing  Bank"  shall mean  SunTrust  Bank,  Atlanta or any other
Lender who  hereafter  may be  designated  as an Issuing  Bank  pursuant to an
Assignment and Acceptance Agreement or otherwise.

            "Lender" or  "Lenders"  shall mean  SunTrust,  the other banks and
lending  institutions  listed on the signature pages hereof, and each assignee
thereof, if any, pursuant to Section 10.06(c).

            "Lending  Office"  shall mean for each  Lender,  the  office  such
Lender may  designate  in writing  from time to time to Borrower and the Agent
with respect to each Type of Loan.

            "Letter  of Credit  Application"  shall mean an  "Application  and
Agreement  for Standby  Letter of Credit" duly  executed and  delivered by the
Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  substantially  in the form of Exhibit G
attached hereto.

            "Letter  of  Credit  Obligations"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to
Letters  of  Credit,  as at any  date  of  determination,  the  sum of (a) the
maximum  aggregate  amount which at such date of determination is available to
be drawn by the  beneficiaries  thereof  (assuming the  conditions for drawing
thereunder  have been met) under all Letters of Credit  outstanding,  plus (b)
the aggregate  amount of all drawings  under Letters of Credit  honored by the
Agent not theretofore reimbursed by the Borrower.

            "Letter of Credit  Subfacility"  shall mean the $5,000,000  letter
of credit  facility  established by the Lenders  pursuant to which the Issuing
Bank will  issue  Letters  of  Credit  for the  account  of an  Account  Party
pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

            "Letters  of  Credit"  shall  mean all  letters  of credit  issued
pursuant to Article II hereof  after the Closing  Date by the Issuing Bank for
the account of the Borrower pursuant to the Commitments.

            "Leverage  Ratio"  shall  mean for any  period  the  ration of (i)
Total Funded Debt to (ii) EBITDA.

           "LIBOR"  shall mean,  for any  Interest  Period,  with  respect to
Eurodollar  Advances  the offered  rate for  deposits in U.S.  Dollars,  for a
period  comparable to the Interest  Period and in an amount  comparable to the
Agent's  portion of such Advances,  appearing on the Telerate Screen Page 3750
as of  11:00  A.M.  (London,  England  time)  on the day  that  is two  London
Business  Days prior to the first day of the Interest  Period.  If two or more
of such  rates  appear on the  Reuters  Screen  LIBO  Page,  the rate for that
Interest  Period shall be the arithmetic  mean of such rates. If the foregoing
rate is  unavailable  from the  Telerate  Page for any reason,  then such rate
shall be  determined  by the Agent from  Reuters  Screen LIBO Page or, if such
rate is also  unavailable  on such  service,  then on any other  interest rate
reporting  service of recognized  standing  designated in writing by the Agent
to Borrower and the other Lenders; in any such case rounded, if necessary,  to
the next higher 1/16 of 1.0%, if the rate is not such a multiple.

            "Lien" shall mean any mortgage,  pledge, security interest,  lien,
charge,  hypothecation,  assignment,  deposit  arrangement,  title  retention,
preferential  property right,  trust or other arrangement having the practical
effect of the  foregoing  and shall include the interest of a vendor or lessor
under  any  conditional  sale  agreement,  capitalized  lease or  other  title
retention agreement.

            "Loans"  shall mean,  collectively,  the  Revolving  Loans and the
Swing Line Loans.

            "Margin  Regulations"  shall  mean  Regulation  G,  Regulation  T,
Regulation  U and  Regulation  X of the  Board  of  Governors  of the  Federal
Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time.

            "Material  Subsidiary" shall mean (i) each Credit Party other than
the Borrower,  and (ii) each other Subsidiary of the Borrower, now existing or
hereafter  established  or  acquired,  that at any time prior to the  Maturity
Date,  has or  acquires  total  assets  in excess  of  $1,000,000.00,  or that
accounted for or produced more than 5% of the  Consolidated  Net Income (Loss)
of the Borrower on a consolidated  basis during any of the three most recently
completed Fiscal Years of the Borrower,  or that is otherwise  material to the
operations or business of the Borrower or another Material Subsidiary.

            "Materially  Adverse  Effect"  shall mean any  materially  adverse
change  in (i) the  business,  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,
assets or prospects of the Consolidated Companies,  taken as a whole, (ii) the
ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement,  or (iii)
the ability of the other Credit  Parties  (taken as a whole) to perform  their
respective obligations under the Credit Documents.

            "Maturity  Date" shall mean the  earlier of (i) July 2, 2003,  and
(ii) the date on which all amounts  outstanding under this Agreement have been
declared  or  have  automatically  become  due  and  payable  pursuant  to the
provisions of Article VIII.

            "MFCI" shall mean Morrison  Fresh  Cooking,  Inc., a  wholly-owned
subsidiary of Morrison.

            "Morrison"  shall  mean  Morrison  Restaurants,  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation.

            "Moody's" shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

            "Multiemployer  Plan"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

            "Net Proceeds"  shall mean, with respect to any equity offering or
issuance of  Subordinated  Debt,  (i) all cash received with respect  thereto,
whether  by  way  of  deferred  payment  pursuant  to  a  promissory  note,  a
receivable or otherwise (and interest paid  thereon),  plus (ii) the higher of
the book value or the fair market  value of any assets  (including  any stock)
received with respect  thereto,  in each case, net of reasonable and customary
sale expenses,  fees and commissions incurred and taxes paid or expected to be
payable within the next twelve months in connection therewith.

            "Notes" shall mean,  collectively,  the Revolving Credit Notes and
the Swing Line Note.

            "Notice of Borrowing"  shall have the meaning provided in Section 
3.01(a)(i).

            "Notice  of   Conversion/Continuation"   shall  have  the  meaning
provided in Section 3.01(b)(i).

            "Notice of Swing Line Loan"  shall have the  meaning  provided  in
Section 3.01(b)(ii).

            "Obligations"  shall  mean all  amounts  owing to the  Agent,  the
Co-Agent,  the  Issuing  Bank or any  Lender  pursuant  to the  terms  of this
Agreement or any other Credit Document,  including,  without  limitation,  all
Loans (including all principal and interest  payments due thereunder),  Letter
of Credit  Obligations,  fees,  expenses,  indemnification  and  reimbursement
payments,  indebtedness,  liabilities,  and obligations of the Credit Parties,
direct or indirect,  absolute or contingent,  liquidated or unliquidated,  now
existing  or  hereafter  arising,  together  with  all  renewals,  extensions,
modifications or refinancings thereof.

            "Payment   Office"   shall  mean  with   respect  to  payments  of
principal,  interest,  fees or other amounts  relating to the Revolving Loans,
the Swing Line Loans,  Letter of Credit Obligations and all other Obligations,
the office  specified as the "Payment  Office" for the Agent on the  signature
page of the Agent,  or such other  location  as to which the Agent  shall have
given written notice to the Borrower.

            "PBGC" shall mean the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  or
any successor thereto.

            "Permitted  Liens" shall mean those Liens  expressly  permitted by
Section 7.02.

            "Person"   shall   mean   any   individual,   partnership,   firm,
corporation,  association,  joint  venture,  trust  or  other  entity,  or any
government or political  subdivision or agency,  department or instrumentality
thereof.

           "Plan"  shall  mean any  "employee  benefit  plan" (as  defined in
Section  3(3) of ERISA),  including,  but not limited to, any defined  benefit
pension plan,  profit sharing plan,  money purchase  pension plan,  savings or
thrift plan,  stock bonus plan,  employee stock ownership plan,  Multiemployer
Plan,  or any plan,  fund,  program,  arrangement  or practice  providing  for
medical  (including  post-retirement  medical),   hospitalization,   accident,
sickness, disability, or life insurance benefits.

            "Pro  Rata  Share"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to  each  of  the
Commitments  of each  Lender,  each  Revolving  Loan to be made  by,  and each
payment (including,  without limitation, any payment of principal, interest or
fees) to be made to each  Lender  with  respect to the  Revolving  Loans,  the
percentage  designated  as such  Lender's Pro Rata Share of such  Commitments,
such Loans or such  payments,  as  applicable,  set forth in Section  2.01, in
each case as such Pro Rata Share may  change  from time to time as a result of
assignments or amendments made pursuant to this Agreement.

            "Regulation  D" shall mean  Regulation D of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time.

            "Rental  Obligations"  shall mean,  with  reference to any period,
the  aggregate  amount of all rental  obligations  for which the  Consolidated
Companies  are  directly or  indirectly  liable (as lessee or as  guarantor or
other surety but without  duplication)  under all leases in effect at any time
during  such  period  (other  than  operating   leases  for  motor   vehicles,
computers,  office  equipment  and other  similar  items used in the  ordinary
course of business of the Consolidated Companies),  including all such amounts
for which any  Person was liable  during the period  immediately  prior to the
date such Person  became a  Subsidiary  of the  Borrower or was merged into or
consolidated with the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower,  as determined
in accordance with GAAP.

            "Requested  Commitment Amount" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.06(a).

            "Required  Lenders" shall mean at any time, the Lenders holding at
least 66 2/3% of the  committed  funds under the  Commitments,  whether or not
advanced,  or,  following  the  termination  of all of  the  Commitments,  the
Lenders  holding at least 66 2/3% of the  aggregate  outstanding  Advances  at
such time.

            "Requirement  of Law" for any person  shall mean the  articles  or
certificate of incorporation  and bylaws or other  organizational or governing
documents  of such  Person,  and any  law,  treaty,  rule  or  regulation,  or
determination of an arbitrator or a court or other governmental  authority, in
each case  applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or
to which such Person or any of its property is subject.


            "Reuters  Screen"  shall mean,  when used in  connection  with any
designated  page and LIBOR,  the  display  page so  designated  on the Reuters
Monitor  Money Rates  Service (or such other page as may replace  that page on
that service for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to LIBOR).

            "Revolving  Credit  Notes" shall mean,  collectively,  the amended
and restated  promissory  notes  evidencing  the  Revolving  Loans in the form
attached  hereto as Exhibit A, either as  originally  executed or as hereafter
amended, modified or supplemented.

            "Revolving  Loans" shall mean,  collectively,  the revolving loans
made to the Borrower by the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

            "RTI" shall mean Ruby Tuesday, Inc., a Georgia corporation.

            "Security  Documents"  shall  mean,  collectively,   the  Guaranty
Agreement  and  each  other  guaranty  agreement,  mortgage,  deed  of  trust,
security  agreement,   pledge  agreement,  or  other  security  or  collateral
document guaranteeing or securing the Obligations,  now or hereafter executed,
as the same may be amended, restated,  supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time.

            "Sharing  Agreements" shall mean,  collectively,  (i) that certain
Distribution Agreement,  dated as of March 2, 1996 by and among Morrison, MFCI
and  Borrower,  as amended (ii) that certain  License  Agreement,  dated as of
March 2,  1996,  by and  between  MFCI and  Borrower,  as  amended  (iii) that
certain  License  Agreement,  dated  as of  March  2,  1996,  by  and  between
Borrower  and RTI,  as amended  (iv) that  certain  Amended and  Restated  Tax
Allocation and  Indemnification  Agreement,  dated as of March 2, 1996, by and
among Morrison,  Borrower, MFCI and certain other subsidiaries of Morrison, as
amended and (v) that certain  Agreement  Respecting  Employee Benefit Matters,
dated as of March 2,  1996,  by and  among  Morrison,  MFCI and  Borrower,  as
amended.

            "Subordinated  Debt"  shall  mean  all  Indebtedness  of  Borrower
subordinated  to all obligations of Borrower or any other Credit Party arising
under  this  Agreement,  the  Notes,  and  the  Guaranty  Agreement,  created,
incurred or assumed on terms and  conditions  satisfactory  in all respects to
the Agent,  the Issuing Bank and the Lenders,  including  without  limitation,
with  respect to  interest  rates,  payment  terms,  maturities,  amortization
schedules,  covenants,  defaults,  remedies, and subordination  provisions, as
evidenced  by the  written  approval of the Agent,  the  Issuing  Bank and the
Lenders.

           "Subsidiary"   shall  mean,  with  respect  to  any  Person,   any
corporation  or other entity  (including,  without  limitation,  partnerships,
joint  ventures,   and   associations)   regardless  of  its  jurisdiction  of
organization  or formation,  at least a majority of the total combined  voting
power of all classes of voting  stock or other  ownership  interests  of which
shall,  at the time as of which any  determination  is being made, be owned by
such  Person,  either  directly  or  indirectly  through  one  or  more  other
Subsidiaries.

            "Swing Line Lender"  shall mean  SunTrust and its  successors  and
assigns.

            "Swing Line Note" shall mean the amended and  restated  promissory
note of the  Borrower  payable  to the  order of the  Swing  Line  Lender,  in
substantially  the form of Exhibit B hereto,  evidencing the maximum aggregate
principal  indebtedness  of the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender with respect
to outstanding  Swing Line Loans made by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to the
Swing Line  Subfacility,  either as  originally  executed or as it may be from
time to time supplemented, modified, amended, renewed or extended.

            "Swing Line Subfacility"  shall mean  $10,000,000,  as such amount
may be reduced  pursuant to Section  2.05 or amended or  modified  pursuant to
Section 10.02 hereof.

            "Swing Rate" shall mean,  as to any Swing Line Loan,  the interest
rate per annum  agreed to by the  Borrower  and the Swing Line Lender for such
Loan for the requested  Interest Period pursuant to the procedure set forth in
Section 3.01(a)(ii).

            "Swing Rate Advance" shall mean any Advance outstanding  hereunder
bearing interest based upon the Swing Rate.

            "Swing  Line Loan" shall mean a Loan made by the Swing Line Lender
pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof.

            "Tax  Code"  shall  mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended and in effect from time to time.

            "Taxes" shall mean any present or future taxes,  levies,  imposts,
duties,  fees,  assessments,  deductions,  withholdings  or other  charges  of
whatever nature,  including  without  limitation,  income,  receipts,  excise,
property, sales, transfer, license, payroll, withholding,  social security and
franchise  taxes now or hereafter  imposed or levied by the United States,  or
any state, local or foreign  government or by any department,  agency or other
political   subdivision  or  taxing  authority  thereof  or  therein  and  all
interest,  penalties,  additions to tax and similar  liabilities  with respect
thereto.

            "Telerate"   shall  mean,   when  used  in  connection   with  any
designated  page and LIBOR,  the display page so  designated  on the Dow Jones
Telerate  Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service
for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to LIBOR).

            "Total   Capitalization"   shall   mean,   as  of  any   date   of
determination,  the sum of (i) Total Funded Debt, plus (ii)  Consolidated  Net
Worth.

            "Total  Funded  Debt"  shall  mean,  for any  Person  Consolidated
Funded Debt plus the present  value of all minimum lease  commitments  to make
payments  with respect to operating  leases of such Person,  determined  based
upon a discount of ten percent (10%) in accordance  with the Standard & Poor's
methodology.

            "Type" of  Borrowing  shall mean a  Borrowing  consisting  of Base
Rate Advances, Eurodollar Advances or Swing Rate Advances.

            "Voting Stock" shall mean securities of any class or classes,  the
holders of which are  entitled  to elect all of the  corporate  directors  (or
Persons performing similar functions).

            "Year 2000 Compliant"  shall mean that neither the performance nor
functionality  of the operating  systems for  Borrower's or its  Subsidiaries'
computers,   all  software   applications  that  run  on  Borrower's  and  its
Subsidiaries'   computers,   and  all  of  Borrower's  and  its  Subsidiaries'
machinery and equipment,  is affected by dates prior to,  during,  spanning or
after  January  1,  2000,  and  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to (a)
accurately processing  (including,  but not limited to calculating,  comparing
and sequencing)  date and time data from, into, and between the years 1999 and
2000 and leap year calculations,  (b) functioning without error,  interruption
or decreased  performance  relating to such date and time data, (c) accurately
processing  such  date and time  data  when  used in  combination  with  other
technology,  if the other  technology  properly  exchanges date and time data,
(d) accurate date and time data century  recognition,  (e)  calculations  that
accurately  use same  century  and  multi-century  formulas  and date and time
values,  (f) date and time data  interface  values  which  reflect the correct
century,  and (g) processing,  storing,  receiving and outputting all date and
time data in a format that  accurately  indicates  the century of the date and
time data.

            Section I.2.    Accounting   Terms   and   Determination.   Unless
otherwise  defined  or  specified  herein,   all  accounting  terms  shall  be
construed herein, all accounting  determinations  hereunder shall be made, all
financial  statements  required to be delivered  hereunder  shall be prepared,
and all financial records shall be maintained in accordance with, GAAP.

            Section I.3.   Other  Definitional   Terms.  The  words  "hereof",
"herein"  and  "hereunder"  and  words of  similar  import  when  used in this
Agreement  shall refer to this  Agreement as a whole and not to any particular
provision of this Agreement, and Article, Section,  Schedule, Exhibit and like
references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

            Section I.4.    Exhibits   and   Schedules.   All   Exhibits   and
Schedules attached hereto are by reference made a part hereof.



                                 ARTICLE II.

                          LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

            Section II.1.   Commitments; Use of Proceeds.

            (a)   Commitments.  Subject  to and upon the terms and  conditions
      herein set forth,  each  Lender  severally  establishes  in favor of the
      Borrower,  from on and after the Closing Date, but prior to the Maturity
      Date, a revolving  credit facility in favor of the Borrower in aggregate
      principal  at any one time  outstanding  not to exceed the sum set forth
      opposite such Lender's  name below,  ("Commitment"),  as the same may be
      reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof:

                                                            ProRata Share of
                                          Commitments       Commitments

            SunTrust Bank, Atlanta        $25,000,000.00     33.3333%
            Wachovia Bank, N.A.           $20,000,000.00     26.6667%
            NationsBank, N.A.             $15,000,000.00     20.0000%
            First Union National Bank     $15,000,000.00     20.0000%
                                          --------------    ---------
                  Total                   $75,000,000.00    100.0000%
                                          ==============    =========
      The  Lenders,  subject  to and upon the terms and  conditions  set forth
      herein,  from  time to  time,  agree to make to the  Borrower  Revolving
      Loans in an aggregate  principal  amount  outstanding at any time not to
      exceed such  Lender's  Commitment.  Borrower  shall be entitled to repay
      and reborrow  Revolving Loans in accordance with the provisions  hereof.
      In addition to Revolving  Loans,  the Borrower may request,  from on and
      after the Closing  Date but prior to the Maturity  Date,  that the Swing
      Line Lender extend to the Borrower  Swing Line Loans subject to and upon
      the  terms  and  conditions  herein  set  forth.   Notwithstanding   any
      provision of this  Agreement to the  contrary,  within the limits of the
      Commitments,  the  Borrower  may borrow,  repay and  reborrow  under the
      terms of this  Agreement,  provided  however,  that (i) the Borrower may
      neither borrow nor reborrow  should there exist a Default or an Event of
      Default,  (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of Advances after giving
      effect to each  Borrowing  plus the Letter of Credit  Obligations  shall
      not exceed the aggregate Commitments.


            (b)   Amount and Terms of Loans.  Each  Revolving  Loan shall,  at
      the option of  Borrower,  be made or continued  as, or  converted  into,
      part of one or more Borrowings that shall consist  entirely of Base Rate
      Advances or Eurodollar  Advances.  Each Swing Line Loan shall consist of
      Swing Rate  Advances  made by the Swing Line Lender in  accordance  with
      the  procedure  described in Section  2.02.  Each  Eurodollar  Borrowing
      shall be in a principal  amount of not less than $5,000,000 or a greater
      integral  multiple of $1,000,000,  and each Base Rate Borrowing shall be
      in a principal  amount of not less than $1,000,000 or a greater integral
      multiple  of  $100,000.  At  no  time  shall  the  aggregate  number  of
      Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding under this Article II exceed six (6).

            (c)   Use of  Proceeds.  The proceeds of  Revolving  Loans,  Swing
      Line  Loans and  Letters  of Credit  shall be used  solely to  refinance
      Indebtedness  of  Borrower   existing  on  the  Closing  Date,  to  make
      Investments and finance  acquisitions  permitted by the terms hereof, to
      fund  working  capital  needs  of the  Borrower  and for  other  general
      corporate purposes of the Borrower.

            Section II.2.  Swing Line Subfacility.

            (a)   Swing  Line  Subfacility.  Subject to and upon the terms and
      conditions   herein  set  forth,   the  Swing  Line   Lender   severally
      establishes  in favor of the  Borrower,  from on and after  the  Closing
      Date, but prior to the Maturity Date, its Swing Line Subfacility  within
      its   Commitment.   Sections  3.01  and  3.02  shall  apply  equally  to
      Borrowings  made  under  the  Swing  Line   Subfacility  and  Borrowings
      requested or made through  Section 2.01. The Swing Line Lender,  subject
      to and upon the terms and  conditions  set  forth  herein,  from time to
      time,  agrees to make to the  Borrower  Swing Line Loans in an aggregate
      principal  amount  outstanding  at any time not to exceed the Swing Line
      Subfacility.  Borrower  shall be  entitled to repay and  reborrow  Swing
      Line Loans in accordance  with the  provisions  hereof.  Notwithstanding
      any  provision  of this  Agreement to the  contrary,  the sum of (x) the
      aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Revolving  Loans,  plus  (y)  the
      aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Swing  Line  Loans at any one time
      outstanding,  plus (z) the  Letter  of  Credit  Obligations,  shall  not
      exceed the aggregate Commitments.

            (b)   Amount and Terms of Swing Line  Loans.  Each Swing Line Loan
      shall be made as a Swing Rate  Advance from the Swing Line Lender at the
      Swing Rate and  Interest  Period  established  by the  Borrower  and the
      Swing Line  Lender on the date of each  request for a Swing Line Loan in
      accordance  with Section  3.01(a)(ii).  Each Swing Line Loan shall be in
      a  principal  amount of not less  than  $100,000  or a greater  integral
      multiple  of  $10,000.  At no time shall the  aggregate  number of Swing
      Line Loans outstanding under this Article II exceed two.


           (c)   Repayment  by  Revolving  Loans.  If (i) any Swing Line Loan
      shall be  outstanding  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  or
      (ii)  after  giving  effect to any  request  for a Swing  Line Loan or a
      Revolving Loan, the aggregate  principal  amount of the Revolving Loans,
      Swing  Line Loans and Letter of Credit  Obligations  outstanding  to the
      Swing Line Lender would exceed the Swing Line Lender's Commitment,  then
      each Lender hereby agrees,  upon request from the Swing Line Lender,  to
      make a Revolving  Loan (which shall be  initially  funded as a Base Rate
      Borrowing)  in an amount  equal to such  Lender's  Pro Rata Share of the
      outstanding  principal  amount of the Swing Line  Loans (the  "Refunded 
      Swing Line Loans")  outstanding on the date such notice is given.  On or
      before 11:00 a.m.  (local time for the Agent) on the first  Business Day
      following  receipt by each Lender of a request to make  Revolving  Loans
      as provided in the preceding sentence,  each such Lender (other than the
      Swing Line Lender)  shall  deposit in an account  specified by the Agent
      to the  Lenders  from time to time the amount so  requested  in same day
      funds,  whereupon such funds shall be immediately delivered to the Swing
      Line Lender  (and not the  Borrower)  and applied to repay the  Refunded
      Swing Line Loans.  On the day such  Revolving  Loans are made, the Swing
      Line  Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Refunded  Swing Line Loans shall be
      deemed to be paid with the proceeds of the  Revolving  Loans made by the
      Swing Line Lender.  Upon the making of any  Revolving  Loan  pursuant to
      this clause,  the amount so funded shall become due under such  Lender's
      Revolving  Credit  Note and shall no longer be owed under the Swing Line
      Note.  Each Lender's  obligation to make the Revolving Loans referred to
      in this clause  shall be  absolute  and  unconditional  and shall not be
      affected by any circumstance,  including,  without  limitation,  (i) any
      setoff,  counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense or other  right  which such
      Lender may have  against  the Swing Line  Lender,  the  Borrower  or any
      other  Person  for  any  reason  whatsoever;   (ii)  the  occurrence  or
      continuance  of any  Default  or Event of  Default;  (iii)  any  adverse
      change in the condition  (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any
      other Credit Party;  (iv) the  acceleration  or maturity of any Loans or
      the  termination of the  Commitments  after the making of any Swing Line
      Loan;  (v) any breach of this  Agreement  by the  Borrower  or any other
      Lender; or (vi) any other  circumstance,  happening or event whatsoever,
      whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.


            (d)   Purchase  of  Participations.  In the  event  that  (i)  the
      Borrower or any  Subsidiary  is subject to any  bankruptcy or insolvency
      proceedings  as  provided  in  Section  8.07 or (ii) if the  Swing  Line
      Lender  otherwise  requests,  each Lender shall acquire without recourse
      or warranty an undivided  participation  interest equal to such Lender's
      Pro Rata  Share of the  Commitments  of any Swing  Line  Loan  otherwise
      required to be repaid by such Lender  pursuant to the  preceding  clause
      by paying  to the Swing  Line  Lender on the date on which  such  Lender
      would  otherwise  have been required to make a Revolving Loan in respect
      of such Swing Line Loan  pursuant to the preceding  clause,  in same day
      funds,  an amount  equal to such  Lender's  Pro Rata Share of such Swing
      Line Loan, and no Revolving  Loans shall be made by such Lender pursuant
      to the  preceding  clause.  From and after the date on which any  Lender
      purchases  an  undivided  participation  interest  in a Swing  Line Loan
      pursuant to this clause,  the Swing Line Lender shall distribute to such
      Lender  (appropriately  adjusted,  in the case of interest payments,  to
      reflect  the period of time  during  which such  Lender's  participation
      interest is  outstanding  and funded) its ratable amount of all payments
      of  principal  and  interest  in respect of such Swing Line Loan in like
      funds as  received;  provided,  however,  that in the event such payment
      received  by the Swing Line  Lender is  required  to be  returned to the
      Borrower,  such Lender shall return to the Swing Line Lender the portion
      of any  amounts  which  such  Lender  had  received  from the Swing Line
      Lender in like funds.

            (e)   Swing  Line  Loans  Following  Notice  of Event of  Default.
      Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section  2.02,  no
      Lender  shall be required to make a Revolving  Loan to Borrower  for the
      purpose of  refunding  a Refunded  Swing Line Loan  pursuant to Section 
      2.02(c)  above or to purchase a  participating  interest in a Swing Line
      Loan pursuant to Section  2.02(d) above if a Default or Event of Default
      has occurred and is  continuing,  and,  prior to the making by the Swing
      Line Lender of such Swing Line Loan,  the Swing Line Lender had received
      written  notice  from the  Borrower or any Lender  specifying  that such
      Default  or  Event of  Default  had  occurred  and was  continuing  (and
      identifying the same as a Default or Event of Default hereunder).

            Section II.3.  Letter of Credit Subfacility.

            (a)   Terms of  Issuance  of Letters of  Credit.  Subject  to, and
      upon the terms  and  conditions  set  forth  herein,  the  Borrower  may
      request,  in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.03 and the
      other terms of this  Agreement,  that on and after the Closing  Date but
      prior to the  Maturity  Date,  that the Issuing  Bank,  on behalf of the
      Lenders,  and in  reliance  on the  agreements  of the Lenders set forth
      below,  issue a Letter of Credit or Letters of Credit for the account of
      the  Borrower  or any  Guarantor;  provided  that the  Borrower  or such
      Guarantor  executes  and  delivers to the Agent and the  Issuing  Bank a
      Letter of Credit  Application,  provided  further that (i) no  Letter of
      Credit shall have an  expiration  date that is later than one year after
      the date of  issuance  thereof  (provided  that a Letter of  Credit  may
      provide that it is extendible for  consecutive  one year periods);  (ii)
      the  Borrower  shall not request  that the Issuing Bank issue any Letter
      of Credit,  if, after  giving  effect to such  issuance,  the sum of the
      aggregate Letter of Credit  Obligations  plus the aggregate  outstanding
      principal  amount of the Advances  would exceed the aggregate  amount of
      the  Commitments;  and (iii) the  Borrower  shall not  request  that the
      Issuing Bank issue any Letter of Credit if after  giving  effect to such
      issuance,  the aggregate Letter of Credit  Obligations  would exceed the
      amount  of the  Letter  of  Credit  Subfacility.  To the  extent  of any
      conflict  between the terms of this  Agreement  and any Letter of Credit
      Application, this Agreement shall control.

           (b)   Notice  of  Issuance  of  Letter of  Credit;  Agreement  to 
      Issue.  Whenever  the  Borrower  desires  the  issuance  of a Letter  of
      Credit,  it shall,  in addition  to any  application  and  documentation
      procedures  reasonably  required by the Agent and the  Issuing  Bank for
      the  issuance  of such  Letter of  Credit,  deliver to the Agent and the
      Issuing  Bank a written  notice no later than  11:00 AM (local  time for
      the Agent) at least two (2)  Business  Days in  advance of the  proposed
      date of  issuance  and the Agent shall  promptly  forward a copy of such
      notice to each Lender.  Each such notice shall specify  (i) the  Account
      Party,  (ii) the  proposed  date of issuance  (which shall be a Business
      Day);   (iii) the  face  amount  of  the  Letter  of  Credit;   (iv) the
      expiration  date of the Letter of Credit;  and (v) the  name and address
      of the  beneficiary  with  respect  to such  Letter of Credit  and shall
      attach a precise  description of the  documentation  and a verbatim text
      of any  certificate to be presented by the beneficiary of such Letter of
      Credit which would  require the Issuing  Bank to make payment  under the
      Letter of Credit,  provided that the Issuing Bank may require reasonable
      changes in any such documents and  certificates  in accordance  with its
      customary  letter of credit  practices,  and provided  further,  that no
      Letter of Credit shall require payment against a conforming  draft to be
      made  thereunder  on the same  Business Day that such draft is presented
      if such  presentation  is made after 11:00 AM (Atlanta,  Georgia  time).
      In determining  whether to pay any draft under any Letter of Credit, the
      Issuing Bank shall be  responsible  only to determine that the documents
      and  certificate  required  to be  delivered  under its Letter of Credit
      have  been  delivered,  and that  they  comply  on their  face  with the
      requirements  of the  Letter of Credit.  Promptly  after  receiving  the
      notice of  issuance of a Letter of Credit,  the Agent shall  notify each
      Lender of such Lender's respective participation therein,  determined in
      accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share of the Commitments.

            (c)   Agreement  to Issue  Letters of  Credit.  The  Issuing  Bank
      agrees,   subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  this
      Agreement,  to issue for the account of such  Account  Party a Letter of
      Credit  in a face  amount  equal  to the  face  amount  requested  under
      paragraph (b)  above,  following  its  receipt of a notice  required  by
      paragraph  (d) below.  Immediately  upon the  issuance of each Letter of
      Credit,  each  Lender  shall be deemed to, and  hereby  agrees to,  have
      irrevocably  purchased  from the Issuing  Bank a  participation  in such
      Letter of Credit and any drawing  thereunder  in an amount equal to such
      Lender's  Pro  Rata  Share  of the  Commitments  multiplied  by the face
      amount  of such  Letter  of  Credit.  Upon  issuance  and  amendment  or
      extension  of any Letter of Credit,  the  Issuing  Bank shall  provide a
      copy  of  each  such  Letter  of  Credit  issued,  amended  or  extended
      hereunder to the Agent and each Lender.

            (d)   Payment of Amounts  Drawn  Under  Letters of Credit.  In the
      event of any  request  for a drawing  under any  Letter of Credit by the
      beneficiary  thereof,  the Issuing Bank shall notify the  Borrower,  the
      Agent and the  Lenders on or before the date on which the Agent  intends
      to honor such drawing,  and the Borrower and the Account Party (if other
      than the Borrower)  jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Issuing
      Bank on  the day on which  such  drawing  is  honored  in an amount,  in
      same day funds, equal to the amount of such drawing.


                 (i)   Notwithstanding  any  provision  of this  Agreement to
            the  contrary,  to the extent that any Letter of Credit or portion
            thereof  remains  outstanding on the Maturity Date, for any reason
            whatsoever,  the Borrower,  each  Guarantor and the Lenders hereby
            agree  that the  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  thereof  shall be
            deemed  to  have  made a  drawing  under  the  Commitments  of all
            available amounts  outstanding  pursuant to such Letters of Credit
            on the  Maturity  Date,  which amount shall be held by the Issuing
            Bank as cash collateral for its remaining  obligations pursuant to
            such  Letters  of  Credit.  provided  however,  that  if any  such
            Letter   of   Credit   Outstanding   on  the   Maturity   Date  is
            (i) surrendered    for    cancellation    by   the    beneficiary,
            (ii) expires,  or (iii) is terminated for any reason, prior to the
            Issuing  Bank  honoring a request for a drawing  under such Letter
            of  Credit  for less than the full  amount  available  under  such
            Letter of Credit,  the Issuing Bank shall promptly  refund (x) the
            cash  collateral  to the  extent  of the  undrawn  amount  of each
            Letter  of Credit  plus  (y) the  amount of each  Letter of Credit
            honored by the  Issuing  Bank not  theretofore  reimbursed  by the
            Borrower.   The  immediately   preceding   sentence  will  survive
            termination of this Agreement.

                  (ii)  As between the  Borrower,  any  Account  Party and the
            Issuing Bank,  the Borrower and such Account Party assume all risk
            of the acts and  omissions of, or misuse of, the Letters of Credit
            issued by the Issuing Bank,  by the  respective  beneficiaries  of
            such  Letters of  Credit,  other than  losses  resulting  from the
            gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of the Issuing Bank. In
            furtherance  and not in limitation of the foregoing but subject to
            the exception for the Issuing  Bank's gross  negligence or willful
            misconduct  set  forth  above,  the  Issuing  Bank  shall  not  be
            responsible  (i) for the form,  validity,  sufficiency,  accuracy,
            genuineness  or legal  effect  of any  document  submitted  by any
            party in connection  with the application for and issuance of such
            Letters  of  Credit,  even if it should in fact prove to be in any
            or all respects insufficient,  inaccurate, fraudulent or forged or
            otherwise  invalid;  (ii) for the validity or  sufficiency  of any
            instrument  transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or
            assign  any such  Letter  of  Credit  or the  rights  or  benefits
            thereunder  or  proceeds  thereof  in whole or in part  which  may
            prove to be  invalid  or  ineffective  for any  reason;  (iii) for
            failure of the  beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply
            fully  with the  conditions  required  in order to draw  upon such
            Letter of Credit;  (iv) for  errors,  omissions,  interruptions or
            delays in  transmission  or  delivery  of any  messages,  by mail,
            cable,  telegraph,  telex,  telecopy or  otherwise;  (v) for  good
            faith errors in  interpretation  of technical terms;  (vi) for any
            loss or delay in the  transmission  or  otherwise  of any document
            required  in order to make a  drawing  under  any such  Letter  of
            Credit or the proceeds  thereof;  (vii) for the  misapplication by
            the  beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit;  and (viii) for any
            consequences  arising  from  causes  beyond  the  control  of  the
            Issuing Bank.

            (e)   Payment  of Letter of  Credit  Draws by Banks.  In the event
      that the  Borrower or the  Account  Party  shall fail to  reimburse  the
      Issuing Bank as provided in paragraph (d) above,  the Issuing Bank shall
      promptly notify each Lender of the  unreimbursed  amount of such drawing
      and of such  Lender's  respective  participation  therein.  Each  Lender
      shall  make  available  to the  Issuing  Bank  an  amount  equal  to its
      respective participation,  in immediately available funds, at the office
      of the Issuing Bank  specified  in such notice not later than  1:00 P.M.
      (Atlanta,  Georgia  time) on the Business Day after the date notified by
      the  Issuing  Bank and such  amount  shall be deemed  to be  outstanding
      hereunder  as an Advance.  Each Lender  shall be  obligated to make such
      Advance  hereunder  regardless  of whether the  conditions  precedent in
      Article IV   are  satisfied  and  regardless  of  whether  such  Advance
      complies  with the  minimum  borrowing  requirements  hereunder.  In the
      event that any such Lender  fails to make  available to the Issuing Bank
      the amount of such Lender's  participation in such Letter of Credit, the
      Issuing  Bank shall be  entitled  to recover  such amount on demand from
      such Lender  together with interest.  The Issuing Bank shall  distribute
      to  each  Lender  which  has  paid  all  amounts   payable   under  this
      Section with  respect to any Letter of Credit,  such  Lender's  Pro Rata
      Share of all  payments  received  by the  Issuing  Bank from the Account
      Party in  reimbursement  of drawings  honored by the Issuing  Bank under
      such Letter of Credit when such payments are received.

            Section II.4.  Notes; Repayment of Principal.

            (a)   The  Borrower's  obligations  to pay the  principal  of, and
      interest  on, the  Revolving  Loans to each Lender shall be evidenced by
      the  records of the Agent and such  Lender and by the  Revolving  Credit
      Note  payable to such  Lender (or the  assignor  of such  Lender) in the
      amount of such Lender's  Commitment  completed in  conformity  with this
      Agreement.

            (b)   The  Borrower's  obligations  to pay the  principal  of, and
      interest  on, the Swing Line  Loans to the Swing  Line  Lender  shall be
      evidenced  by the  records of the Swing  Line  Lender and the Swing Line
      Note payable to such Lender (or the  assignor of such Lender)  completed
      in conformity with this Agreement.

            (c)   All  outstanding  Borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Notes
      shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

            Section II.5.  Voluntary  Reduction of Commitments.  Upon at least
three (3)  Business  Days' prior  telephonic  notice  (promptly  confirmed  in
writing)  to the Agent,  Borrower  shall have the  right,  without  premium or
penalty,  to  terminate  the  unutilized  Commitments,  in part  or in  whole,
provided  that (i) any such  termination  shall apply to  proportionately  and
permanently  reduce  the  Commitments  of each of the  Lenders,  and  (ii) any
partial termination  pursuant to this Section 2.05 shall be in an amount of at
least  $5,000,000  and integral  multiples  of  $1,000,000.  Unless  otherwise
specified by the  Borrower in the  applicable  notice,  each of the Swing Line
Subfacility and the Letter of Credit  Subfacility  shall not be reduced by any
such reduction  unless and until the aggregate  Commitments  are reduced to an
amount  less  than the sum of the Swing  Line  Subfacility  and the  Letter of
Credit  Subfacility in which case each of the Swing Line Subfacility  shall be
reduced as determined by the Borrower and the Agent.

           Section II.6.  Increase of the Commitments. 

            (a)   Borrower  may,  at any time by  written  notice to the Agent
and the  Lenders,  request that the  Commitments  be increased up to an amount
not  to  exceed  $100,000,000  in the  aggregate  (the  "Requested  Commitment
Amount") on a pro rata basis based on the Pro Rata Shares of the  Lenders.  No
Lender (or any successor  thereto)  shall have any  obligation to increase its
Commitment or its other  obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit
Documents,  and any decision by a Lender to increase its  Commitment  shall be
made in its sole discretion  independently from any other Lender, the Agent or
the Co-Agent.  Within  fifteen (15)  Business Days from each Lender's  receipt
of such  request  from the  Borrower,  each Lender  shall  notify the Agent in
writing  of whether or not it will agree to  increase  its  Commitment  and by
what  amount it will  agree to  increase  its  Commitment,  up to its Pro Rata
Share of the Requested  Commitment Amount.  Decisions to increase a Commitment
must be affirmatively  communicated in writing and shall not be presumed based
upon a failure to respond to Borrower's request.

            (b)   In the event that the aggregate  amount to which the Lenders
are  willing  to  increase  their  Commitments  is  less  than  the  Requested
Commitment  Amount  based on the written  notices  delivered by the Lenders to
the Agent,  the Agent  shall  first  offer to the  Lenders  who have agreed to
increase  their   Commitments  the  opportunity  to  further   increase  their
Commitments  up to an amount equal to the Requested  Commitment  Amount.  Such
Lenders  shall  promptly  respond in writing to the Agent of whether or not it
will agree to  further  increase  its  Commitment  and by what  amount it will
agree to further  increase  its  Commitment.  Within  five (5)  Business  Days
after receipt of all responses  from such Lenders,  the Agent shall inform the
Borrower  and all  Lenders in writing of the amount by which each  Lender will
increase its Commitment.

            (c)   In the event that the aggregate  amount to which the Lenders
are  willing  to  increase  their  Commitments  is  less  than  the  Requested
Commitment  Amount  based on the notice from the Agent to the Borrower and all
Lenders,  the  Borrower  shall  have the right,  within  sixty days (60) after
receipt of such notice from the Agent, to obtain  commitments from one or more
new banks or  financial  institutions  in an  aggregate  amount  such that the
existing  Commitments,  plus the  aggregate  principal  amount  by  which  the
Lenders  are  willing  to  increase  their  Commitments,  plus  the  aggregate
principal  amount  of the  new  commitments  by the  new  banks  or  financial
institutions  does not  exceed  the  Requested  Commitment  Amount;  provided,
however,  that (1) the new banks or financial  institutions must be acceptable
to the Agent and Required Lenders in their sole  discretion,  which acceptance
will  not be  unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed,  and (2) the new  banks  or
financial  institutions  must become parties to this  Agreement  pursuant to a
joinder  agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the Agent and the
Required  Lenders,  pursuant  to which (x) they  shall be  granted  all of the
rights that  existing  Lenders have under this  Agreement and the other Credit
Documents,  (y) they shall assume the same  liabilities and  obligations  that
the existing  Lenders have under this Agreement and (z) the  existing  Lenders
and such new banks or financial  institutions  shall agree to either  purchase
or sell  outstanding  Advances,  as the  case  may be such  that  each  Lender
(existing and new) shall have  outstanding  Advances in an amount equal to its
Pro Rate Share of all Advances then outstanding.

                                 ARTICLE III.

                              GENERAL LOAN TERMS

            Section III.1. Funding Notices.

            (a)   (i)  Whenever  Borrower  desires  to make a  Borrowing  with
      respect to the  Commitments  (other than one resulting from a conversion
      or  continuation  pursuant  to  Section  3.01(b)(i)),  it shall give the
      Agent prior written notice (or telephonic  notice promptly  confirmed in
      writing) of such  Borrowing  (a "Notice of  Borrowing"),  such Notice of
      Borrowing  to be given prior to 12:00 noon (local time for the Agent) at
      the  Payment  Office  of the  Agent  (x) one  Business  Day prior to the
      requested date of such Borrowing in the case of Base Rate Advances,  and
      (y) three  Business Days prior to the requested  date of such  Borrowing
      in the case of Eurodollar  Advances.  Notices  received after 12:00 noon
      shall be  deemed  received  on the next  Business  Day.  Each  Notice of
      Borrowing   shall  be  irrevocable   and  shall  specify  the  aggregate
      principal  amount of the Borrowing,  the date of Borrowing  (which shall
      be a Business  Day),  and  whether the  Borrowing  is to consist of Base
      Rate  Advances or  Eurodollar  Advances  and (in the case of  Eurodollar
      Advances) the Interest Period to be applicable thereto.

            (ii)  Whenever  Borrower  desires to obtain a Swing Line Loan,  it
      shall give the Swing Line Lender  prior  written  notice (or  telephonic
      notice  promptly  confirmed  in  writing)  of such  Swing  Line  Loan (a
      "Notice  of Swing  Line  Loan"),  such  Notice of Swing  Line Loan to be
      given prior to 11:00 A.M.  (local time for Agent) at the Payment  Office
      of the Swing  Line  Lender on the  Business  Day of the such  Swing Line
      Loan.  Notices  received  after 11:00 A.M.  shall be deemed  received on
      the next  Business  Day.  Each  Notice of Swing Line Loan shall  specify
      the aggregate  principal  amount of the Swing Line Loan, the date of the
      Swing  Line  Loan  (which  shall be a  Business  Day) and the  requested
      Interest Period to be applicable thereto.  The Swing Line Lender,  shall
      within two (2) hours of receipt of such notice,  provide to the Borrower
      telephonic  or  written  notice  of a  quote  of the  Swing  Rate  to be
      applicable  to such  Swing  Line Loan for the  amount  and the  Interest
      Period  requested  by the  Borrower.  Within  one (1) hour of receipt of
      such quote,  the Borrower  shall notify the Swing Line Lender whether or
      not it has  elected to accept the  offered  Swing Rate and if  accepted,
      the Swing Line Lender shall confirm such Borrowing in writing.

            (b)   (i)  Whenever  Borrower  desires to convert all or a portion
      of an outstanding  Borrowing  under the  Commitments  consisting of Base
      Rate Advances into a Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Advances,  or to
      continue  outstanding a Borrowing  consisting of Eurodollar Advances for
      a new Interest  Period,  it shall give the Agent at least three Business
      Days' prior written notice (or telephonic  notice promptly  confirmed in
      writing) of each such  Borrowing  to be  converted  into or continued as
      Eurodollar     Advances.     Such     notice    (a     "Notice    of    
      Conversion/Continuation")  shall be given  prior  to 11:00  A.M.  (local
      time for the Agent) on the date  specified at the Payment  Office of the
      Agent.   Each   such   Notice   of   Conversion/Continuation   shall  be
      irrevocable  and shall  specify the  aggregate  principal  amount of the
      Advances to be converted or  continued,  the date of such  conversion or
      continuation  and the  Interest  Period to be  applicable  thereto.  If,
      upon the  expiration of any Interest  Period in respect of any Borrowing
      consisting  of  Eurodollar  Advances,  Borrower  shall  have  failed  to
      deliver the Notice of Conversion/Continuation,  Borrower shall be deemed
      to have  elected to convert or continue  such  Borrowing  to a Borrowing
      consisting of Base Rate  Advances.  So long as any Executive  Officer of
      Borrower has  knowledge  that any Default or Event of Default shall have
      occurred  and be  continuing,  no  Borrowing  may be  converted  into or
      continued  as  (upon   expiration  of  the  current   Interest   Period)
      Eurodollar  Advances unless the Agent and each of the Lenders shall have
      otherwise  consented  in writing.  No  conversion  of any  Borrowing  of
      Eurodollar  Advances  shall be  permitted  except on the last day of the
      Interest Period in respect thereof.

            (ii) Upon the  expiration of the applicable  Interest  Period with
      respect to any Swing  Line Loan,  the  Borrower  shall  repay such Swing
      Line  Loan to the Swing  Line  Lender,  and in the event  that the other
      Lenders have purchased a participation  in such Swing Line Loan pursuant
      to Section 2.02  hereof,  the Swing Line Lender  shall  distribute  such
      payments pro rata amongst the Lenders participating therein.

            (c)   Without  in  any  way  limiting  Borrower's   obligation  to
      confirm in writing any telephonic  notice,  the Agent and the Swing Line
      Lender may act without  liability  upon the basis of  telephonic  notice
      believed  by the Agent or the Swing Line Lender in good faith to be from
      Borrower  prior to receipt of written  confirmation.  In each such case,
      Borrower  hereby  waives the right to dispute  the  Agent's or the Swing
      Line Lender's record of the terms of such telephonic notice.

            (d)   The  Agent  shall   promptly  give  each  Lender  notice  by
      telephone  (confirmed  in  writing) or by telex,  telecopy or  facsimile
      transmission  of the matters  covered by the notices  given to the Agent
      pursuant to this Section 3.01 with respect to the Commitments.

            Section III.2. Disbursement of Funds.

           (a)   No later than 12:00 noon  (local  time for the Agent) on the
      date of each  Borrowing  pursuant  to the  Commitments  (other  than one
      resulting  from a  conversion  or  continuation  pursuant  to  Section  
      3.01(b)(i)),  each Lender will make  available its Pro Rata Share of the
      amount of such Borrowing in immediately  available  funds at the Payment
      Office of the  Agent.  The Agent will make  available  to  Borrower  the
      aggregate  of the amounts (if any) so made  available  by the Lenders to
      the Agent in a timely  manner by crediting  such  amounts to  Borrower's
      demand  deposit  account  maintained  with the  Agent  or at  Borrower's
      option,  by  effecting  a wire  transfer of such  amounts to  Borrower's
      account  specified  by the  Borrower,  by the close of  business on such
      Business  Day.  In the event that the  Lenders do not make such  amounts
      available to the Agent by the time prescribed  above, but such amount is
      received  later that day, such amount may be credited to Borrower in the
      manner  described  in the  preceding  sentence on the next  Business Day
      (with interest on such amount to begin  accruing  hereunder on such next
      Business Day).

            (b)   No later  than 3:00  p.m.  (local  time for the  Swing  Line
      Lender) on the date of each Swing Line Loan  (other  than one  resulting
      from a continuation of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to  3.01(b)(ii)),  the
      Swing  Line  Lender  will make  available  the amount of such Swing Line
      Loan in  immediately  available  funds by  crediting  such amount to the
      Borrower's demand deposit account  maintained with the Swing Line Lender
      or, at Borrower's  option,  by effecting a wire transfer of such amounts
      to Borrower's account specified by the Borrower.

            (c)   Unless  the Agent  shall  have been  notified  by any Lender
      prior to the date of a  Borrowing  that such  Lender  does not intend to
      make  available to the Agent such  Lender's  portion of the Borrowing to
      be made on such  date,  the Agent may assume  that such  Lender has made
      such amount  available  to the Agent on such date and the Agent may make
      available  to Borrower a  corresponding  amount.  If such  corresponding
      amount is not in fact made  available to the Agent by such Lender on the
      date  of  Borrowing,  the  Agent  shall  be  entitled  to  recover  such
      corresponding  amount on demand from such Lender  together with interest
      at  the  Federal   Funds  Rate.   If  such  Lender  does  not  pay  such
      corresponding  amount  forthwith upon the Agent's demand  therefor,  the
      Agent shall promptly  notify  Borrower,  and Borrower shall  immediately
      pay such  corresponding  amount to the Agent  together  with interest at
      the rate  specified  for the Borrowing  which  includes such amount paid
      and  any  amounts  due  under  Section  3.12  hereof.  Nothing  in  this
      subsection  shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to
      fund  its  Commitments  or its  obligations  pursuant  to  Section  2.02
      hereunder  or to prejudice  any rights  which  Borrower may have against
      any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

            (d)   All Borrowings under the Commitments  (other than Swing Line
      Loans)  shall be  loaned by the  Lenders  on the basis of their Pro Rata
      Share  of the  Commitments.  No  Lender  shall  be  responsible  for any
      default  by any other  Lender  in its  obligations  hereunder,  and each
      Lender shall be  obligated  to make the Loans  provided to be made by it
      hereunder,  regardless  of the  failure of any other  Lender to fund its
      Commitments hereunder.


            Section III.3. Interest.

            (a)   Borrower  agrees to pay  interest  in  respect of all unpaid
      principal  amounts of the Revolving Loans from the respective dates such
      principal  amounts were advanced to maturity  (whether by  acceleration,
      notice of  prepayment  or  otherwise)  at rates  per annum  equal to the
      applicable rates indicated below:

                  (i)   For Base Rate  Advances--The  Base Rate in effect from
            time to time; and

                  (ii)  For  Eurodollar  Advances--LIBOR  plus the  Applicable
            Margin.

            (b)   Borrower  agrees to pay  interest  in  respect of all unpaid
      principal  amounts of the Swing Line  Loans  made to  Borrower  from the
      respective  dates such  principal  amounts  were  advanced  to  maturity
      (whether by  acceleration,  notice of  prepayment  or  otherwise) at the
      Swing Rate agreed to by the  Borrower and the Swing Line Lender for each
      such Swing Line Loan.

            (c)   Overdue  principal  and,  to the  extent not  prohibited  by
      applicable  law,  overdue  interest,  in respect  of the Loans,  and all
      other  overdue  amounts owing  hereunder,  shall bear interest from each
      date that such  amounts  are  overdue  at the  applicable  rate plus two
      percent  (2%)  per  annum,  provided  however  that  for any  Eurodollar
      Advance  or  Swing  Line  Loan,  at the end of the  applicable  Interest
      Period, interest shall accrue at the Base Rate plus two percent (2%).

            (d)   Interest on each Loan shall  accrue from and  including  the
      date of such Loan to but excluding  the date of any  repayment  thereof;
      provided  that,  if a Loan is  repaid  on the same day  made,  one day's
      interest shall be paid on such Loan.  Interest on all  outstanding  Base
      Rate Advances  shall be payable  quarterly in arrears on the last day of
      each fiscal  quarter,  commencing  on August 31,  1998.  Interest on all
      outstanding  Eurodollar  Advances  shall be  payable  on the last day of
      each Interest Period applicable thereto,  and, in the case of Eurodollar
      Advances  having an Interest  Period in excess of three months,  on each
      three month  anniversary  of the initial date of such  Interest  Period.
      Interest  on all  outstanding  Swing  Rate  Advances  shall  be  payable
      monthly in arrears on the last day of each  fiscal  quarter,  commencing
      on August  31,  1998.  Interest  on all Loans  shall be  payable  on any
      conversion  of any  Advances  comprising  such  Loans into  Advances  of
      another Type,  prepayment (on the amount prepaid),  at maturity (whether
      by   acceleration,   notice  of  prepayment  or  otherwise)  and,  after
      maturity, on demand.

            (e)   The Agent,  upon determining  LIBOR for any Interest Period,
      shall promptly notify by telephone  (confirmed in writing) or in writing
      Borrower and the other Lenders.  Any such  determination  shall,  absent
      manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.

           Section III.4. Interest Periods.

            (a)   In  connection  with  the  making  or  continuation  of,  or
      conversion into, each Borrowing of Eurodollar  Advances,  Borrower shall
      select an Interest Period to be applicable to such Eurodollar  Advances,
      which Interest Period shall be either a 1, 2, 3 or 6 month period.

            (b)   In connection  with the making or continuation of each Swing
      Line Loan,  Borrower  shall request an Interest  Period to be applicable
      to such Swing  Line Loan for a period  equal to a minimum of one (1) day
      and a maximum of thirty  (30) days which  request may be accepted by the
      Swing Line Lender as provided herein.

            (c)   Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.04:

                  (i)   The  initial  Interest  Period  for any  Borrowing  of
            Eurodollar  Advances  shall commence on the date of such Borrowing
            (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing  consisting
            of  Base  Rate  Advances)  and  each  Interest  Period   occurring
            thereafter in respect of such Borrowing  shall commence on the day
            on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

                  (ii)  If any  Interest  Period would  otherwise  expire on a
            day  which is not a  Business  Day,  such  Interest  Period  shall
            expire on the next succeeding  Business Day,  provided that if any
            Interest Period in respect of Eurodollar  Advances would otherwise
            expire  on a day  that is not a  Business  Day but is a day of the
            month  after which no further  Business  Day occurs in such month,
            such Interest  Period shall expire on the next preceding  Business
            Day;

                  (iii) Any Interest Period in respect of Eurodollar  Advances
            which  begins  on  a  day  for  which  there  is  no   numerically
            corresponding  day in  the  calendar  month  at  the  end of  such
            Interest  Period shall,  subject to part (v) below,  expire on the
            last Business Day of such calendar month; and

                  (iv)  No  Interest  Period  with  respect to the Loans shall
            extend beyond the Maturity Date.

            Section III.5. Fees.

            (a)   Commitment  Fee.  Borrower  shall pay to the Agent,  for the
      ratable benefit of each Lender, a commitment fee (the "Commitment  Fee")
      for the period  commencing  on the  Closing  Date to and  including  the
      Maturity  Date,  payable  quarterly  in  arrears on the last day of each
      fiscal  quarter,  commencing  on August 31,  1998,  and on the  Maturity
      Date,  equal to the percentage per annum  designated  below based on the
      Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Companies,  multiplied by the average
      daily unused portion of the Commitment of each Lender:

             -----------------------------------------------------

             Leverage Ratio              Commitment Fee
             =====================================================

             Less than 2.00:1.00         0.20%
             -----------------------------------------------------

             Greater than or equal to    0.25%
             2.00:1.00 and less than
             2.50:1.00
             -----------------------------------------------------

             Greater than or equal to    0.30%
             2.50:1.00 and less than
             3.0:1.00
             -----------------------------------------------------

      For the  purposes of  computing  the  Commitment  Fee,  (i)  outstanding
      Letter of Credit  Obligations shall not be usage of the Commitment,  and
      (ii) in addition to the utilization by Revolving  Loans,  the Commitment
      of each  Lender  shall be deemed to be  utilized  by the amount of Swing
      Line  Loans  extended  by such  Lender  (or in  which  such  Lender  has
      purchased a participation)  but in no event shall the computation of any
      other  Lender's  Commitment  Fee be  affected  by the Swing  Line  Loans
      extended by the Swing Line Lender  unless and until a  participation  in
      such Swing Line Loans is  purchased  by the other  Lenders  pursuant  to
      Section 2.02(d)  hereof,  and (iii) if the Borrower fails to provide the
      Compliance  Certificate and related financial  statements required under
      Section  6.07(c)  within the  applicable  time period set forth therein,
      the  Commitment  Fee shall be  adjusted to 0.30% on the first day of the
      following  fiscal quarter until such Compliance  Certificate and related
      financial statements are delivered.

            (b)   Administrative  Fees.  The  Borrower  shall pay to the Agent
      an  administrative  fee in the amount and on the dates previously agreed
      in writing by Borrower  with the Agent.  The Borrower  shall also pay to
      each  Issuing  Bank,  following  receipt of an  invoice,  in  reasonable
      detail  therefor,  any  customary  fees charged by such Issuing Bank for
      issuance and  administration of its Letters of Credit,  which fees shall
      be fully earned when due, and non-refundable when paid.

            Section III.6. Voluntary Prepayments of Borrowings.

           (a)   Borrower may, at its option,  prepay  Borrowings  consisting
      of Base  Rate  Advances  at any time in  whole,  or from time to time in
      part,  in  amounts  aggregating   $1,000,000  or  any  greater  integral
      multiple  of  $100,000,  by paying  the  principal  amount to be prepaid
      together  with  interest  accrued  and  unpaid  thereon  to the  date of
      prepayment.  Borrowings consisting of Swing Rate Advances may be prepaid
      at any  time in  whole,  or  from  time to  time  in  part,  in  amounts
      aggregating  $100,000 or any greater  integral  multiple of $10,000,  by
      paying  the  principal  amount  to be  prepaid  together  with  interest
      accrued  and  unpaid  thereon  to the  date  of  prepayment.  Borrowings
      consisting of Eurodollar  Advances may be prepaid, at Borrower's option,
      in  whole,  or  from  time  to  time in  part,  in  amounts  aggregating
      $5,000,000 or any greater  integral  multiple of  $1,000,000,  by paying
      the principal  amount to be prepaid,  together with interest accrued and
      unpaid thereon to the date of prepayment,  and all compensation payments
      pursuant  to  Section  3.12 if such  prepayment  is made on a date other
      than the last day of an Interest Period  applicable  thereto.  Each such
      optional  prepayment shall be applied in accordance with Section 3.06(c)
      below.

            (b)   Borrower  shall give written  notice (or  telephonic  notice
      confirmed  in writing) to the Agent of any  intended  prepayment  of the
      Revolving  Loans  not  less  than  three  Business  Days  prior  to  any
      prepayment of Base Rate Advances or Eurodollar Advances.  Borrower shall
      give written notice (or telephonic  notice  confirmed in writing) to the
      Agent of any intended  prepayment  of the Swing Line Loans not less than
      one (1)  Business  Day  prior  to such  prepayment  of such  Swing  Line
      Loans.  Such  notice,  once given,  shall be  irrevocable.  Upon receipt
      of such  notice of  prepayment  pursuant  to the first  sentence of this
      paragraph  (b),  the Agent  shall  promptly  notify  each  Lender of the
      contents  of such  notice  and of such  Lender's  Pro Rata Share of such
      prepayment.  Upon  receipt of any notice of  prepayment  pursuant to the
      second  sentence of this paragraph (b), the Agent shall promptly  notify
      each  Lender  participating  in such Swing Line Loan of the  contents of
      such notice and of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such prepayment.

            (c)   Borrower,  when providing  notice of prepayment  pursuant to
      Section  3.06(b),  may  designate the Types of Advances and the specific
      Borrowing or  Borrowings  which are to be prepaid,  provided that (i) if
      any  prepayment  of  Eurodollar  Advances  made  pursuant  to  a  single
      Borrowing of the Revolving Loans shall reduce the  outstanding  Advances
      made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than $5,000,000,  such
      Borrowing  shall  immediately be converted into Base Rate Advances;  and
      (ii)  each  prepayment  made  pursuant  to a single  Borrowing  shall be
      applied pro rata among the Advances  comprising such  Borrowing.  In the
      absence of a designation  by Borrower,  the Agent shall,  subject to the
      foregoing,  make such designation in its discretion but using reasonable
      efforts to avoid  funding  losses to the  Lenders  pursuant  to Section 
      3.12.  All  voluntary  prepayments  shall be applied  to the  payment of
      interest before application to principal.

            Section III.7. Payments, etc.

            (a)   Except  as  otherwise   specifically  provided  herein,  all
      payments  under this Agreement and the other Credit  Documents  shall be
      made without  defense,  set-off or  counterclaim  to the Agent not later
      than  11:00  A.M.  (local  time for the  Agent) on the date when due and
      shall be made in Dollars in immediately  available  funds at its Payment
      Office.

            (b)   (i) All such  payments  shall be made  free and clear of and
      without  deduction  or  withholding  for any  Taxes in  respect  of this
      Agreement,  the Notes or other  Credit  Documents,  or any  payments  of
      principal,   interest,  fees  or  other  amounts  payable  hereunder  or
      thereunder  (but  excluding,  except  as  provided  in  paragraph  (iii)
      hereof,  any Taxes  imposed on the  overall net income of the Lenders or
      the Issuing Bank pursuant to the laws of the  jurisdiction  in which the
      principal  executive office or appropriate Lending Office of such Lender
      or the  Issuing  Bank  is  located).  If any  Taxes  are  so  levied  or
      imposed,  Borrower agrees (A) to pay the full amount of such Taxes,  and
      such  additional  amounts as may be  necessary so that every net payment
      of all  amounts  due  hereunder  and under  the  Notes and other  Credit
      Documents,  after withholding or deduction for or on account of any such
      Taxes (including  additional sums payable under this Section 3.07), will
      not be less  than  the  full  amount  provided  for  herein  had no such
      deduction or withholding been required,  (B) to make such withholding or
      deduction  and (C) to pay  the  full  amount  deducted  to the  relevant
      authority in accordance with  applicable  law.  Borrower will furnish to
      the Agent, the Co-Agent and the Issuing Bank and each Lender,  within 30
      days  after  the date  the  payment  of any  Taxes  is due  pursuant  to
      applicable  law,  certified  copies  of  tax  receipts  evidencing  such
      payment by  Borrower.  Borrower  will  indemnify  and hold  harmless the
      Agent, the Co-Agent,  the Issuing Bank and each Lender and reimburse the
      Agent,  the  Co-Agent,  the Issuing  Bank and each  Lender upon  written
      request  for the  amount of any Taxes so levied or  imposed  and paid by
      the  Agent,  the  Co-Agent,  the  Issuing  Bank or such  Lender  and any
      liability   (including   penalties,   interest  and  expenses)   arising
      therefrom  or with  respect  thereto,  whether  or not such  Taxes  were
      correctly  or  illegally  asserted.  A  certificate  as to the amount of
      such  payment  by such  Lender,  the  Issuing  Bank,  the  Agent  or the
      Co-Agent absent manifest error,  shall be final,  conclusive and binding
      for all purposes  provided  that the Agent,  the  Co-Agent,  the Issuing
      Bank and each Lender shall use  reasonable  efforts to furnish  Borrower
      notice  of  the   imposition  of  any  Taxes  as  soon  as   practicable
      thereafter;  provided, however, that no delay or failure to furnish such
      notice  shall  in any  event  release  or  discharge  Borrower  from its
      obligations to the Agent, the Co-Agent,  the Issuing Bank or such Lender
      pursuant to Section 3.07(b) or otherwise  result in any liability of the
      Agent,  the  Co-Agent,  the Issuing Bank or such Lender;  provided  that
      such notice is provided to the Borrower  within  forty-five (45) days of
      such Lender or the Issuing Bank obtaining  knowledge of the  application
      of such Taxes to payments under this Agreement.

          (ii) Each Lender or Issuing Bank that is  organized  under the laws of
     any  jurisdiction  other  than the  United  States of  America or any State
     thereof  (including the District of Columbia) agrees to furnish to Borrower
     and the  Agent,  prior to the time it  becomes  a Lender  or  Issuing  Bank
     hereunder,  two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 or
     U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service Form 1001 or any  successor  forms thereto
     (wherein  such Lender  claims  entitlement  to complete  exemption  from or
     reduced rate of U.S.  Federal  withholding tax on interest paid by Borrower
     hereunder) and to provide to Borrower and the Agent a new Form 4224 or Form
     1001 or any successor  forms thereto if any  previously  delivered  form is
     found to be  incomplete  or incorrect  in any material  respect or upon the
     obsolescence of any previously delivered form; provided,  however,  that no
     Lender or  Issuing  Bank  shall be  required  to  furnish a form under this
     paragraph  (ii)  after the date that it  becomes a Lender or  Issuing  Bank
     hereunder  if it is not  entitled to claim an  exemption  from or a reduced
     rate of withholding under applicable law.

            (iii)  Borrower  shall also  reimburse each Lender and the Issuing
      Bank, upon written      request,   for  any  Taxes  imposed  (including,
      without  limitation,  Taxes  imposed on the  overall  net income of such
      Lender or Issuing Bank or its respective  Lending Office pursuant to the
      laws of the jurisdiction in which the principal  executive office or the
      applicable  Lending  Office  of  such  Lender  or the  Issuing  Bank  is
      located) as such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall  determine are payable
      by such Lender or the Issuing  Bank in respect of amounts  paid by or on
      behalf of Borrower  to or on behalf of such  Lender or the Issuing  Bank
      pursuant to paragraph (i) hereof.

            (c)   Subject to Section  3.04(c)(ii),  whenever any payment to be
      made  hereunder  or under  any Note  shall be  stated to be due on a day
      which is not a Business  Day, the due date thereof  shall be extended to
      the next  succeeding  Business  Day and,  with  respect to  payments  of
      principal,  interest  thereon  shall be payable at the  applicable  rate
      during such extension.

            (d)   All  computations  of interest and fees shall be made on the
      basis of a year of 360 days for the  actual  number  of days  (including
      the first day but  excluding  the last day)  occurring in the period for
      which such  interest or fees are payable (to the extent  computed on the
      basis  of  days  elapsed).  Interest  on Base  Rate  Advances  shall  be
      calculated  based on the Base Rate from and  including  the date of such
      Loan to but excluding  the date of the repayment or conversion  thereof.
      Interest  on  Eurodollar  Advances  and  Swing  Rate  Advances  shall be
      calculated as to each  Interest  Period from and including the first day
      thereof to but excluding  the last day thereof.  Each  determination  by
      the Agent of an  interest  rate or fee  hereunder  shall be made in good
      faith and,  except for manifest  error,  shall be final,  conclusive and
      binding for all purposes.

            (e)   Payment by the Borrower to the Agent in accordance  with the
      terms of this Agreement  shall, as to the Borrower,  constitute  payment
      to the Lenders under this Agreement.

           Section III.8. Interest  Rate  Not  Ascertainable,   etc.  In  the
event that the Agent shall have determined (which  determination shall be made
in good faith and,  absent  manifest  error,  shall be final,  conclusive  and
binding  upon all  parties)  that on any date for  determining  LIBOR  for any
Interest  Period,  by reason  of any  changes  arising  after the date of this
Agreement  affecting the London interbank  market,  or the Agent's position in
such  market,  adequate  and fair  means do not  exist  for  ascertaining  the
applicable  interest  rate on the  basis  provided  for in the  definition  of
LIBOR,  then, and in any such event, the Agent shall forthwith give notice (by
telephone  confirmed  in  writing)  to Borrower  and to the  Lenders,  of such
determination  and a summary  of the basis for such  determination.  Until the
Agent notifies Borrower that the  circumstances  giving rise to the suspension
described  herein no longer exist,  the  obligations of the Lenders to make or
permit  portions of the Revolving  Loans to remain  outstanding  past the last
day of the then  current  Interest  Periods as  Eurodollar  Advances  shall be
suspended,  and such  affected  Advances  shall bear the same interest as Base
Rate Advances.

            Section III.9. Illegality.

            (a)   In the event that any Lender or the Issuing  Bank shall have
      determined (which  determination shall be made in good faith and, absent
      manifest  error,  shall  be  final,  conclusive  and  binding  upon  all
      parties) at any time that the making or  continuance  of any  Eurodollar
      Advance or Letter of Credit has become  unlawful by  compliance  by such
      Lender  or  Issuing  Bank  in  good  faith  with  any  applicable   law,
      governmental  rule,  regulation,  guideline  or  order  (whether  or not
      having the force of law and whether or not  failure to comply  therewith
      would be unlawful),  then, in any such event, the Lender or Issuing Bank
      shall  give  prompt  notice  (by  telephone  confirmed  in  writing)  to
      Borrower  and to the Agent of such  determination  and a summary  of the
      basis for such  determination  (which  notice the Agent  shall  promptly
      transmit to the other Lenders).

            (b)   Upon the giving of the  notice to  Borrower  referred  to in
      subsection (a) above,  (i) Borrower's right to request and such Lender's
      obligation to make  Eurodollar  Advances or  participate in such Letters
      of  Credit,  as the case may be, or the  Issuing  Bank's  obligation  to
      issue Letters of Credit shall be immediately suspended,  and such Lender
      shall make an Advance as part of the  requested  Borrowing of Eurodollar
      Advances as a Base Rate Advance,  which Base Rate Advance shall, for all
      other purposes,  be considered  part of such Borrowing,  and (ii) if the
      affected  Eurodollar Advance or Advances are then outstanding,  Borrower
      shall  immediately,  or if  permitted by  applicable  law, no later than
      the date  permitted  thereby,  upon at least one Business  Day's written
      notice to the Agent and the affected  Lender,  convert each such Advance
      into a Base Rate  Advance or  Advances,  provided  that if more than one
      Lender  is  affected  at any time,  then all  affected  Lenders  must be
      treated the same pursuant to this Section 3.09(b).

            (c)   Notwithstanding   any  other  provision  contained  in  this
      Agreement,  the Issuing  Bank shall not be obligated to issue any Letter
      of  Credit,   nor  shall  any  Lender  be   obligated  to  purchase  its
      participation  in any  Letter of Credit to be issued  hereunder,  if the
      issuance  of such  Letter of Credit or  purchase  of such  participation
      shall have become  unlawful or  prohibited  by compliance by the Issuing
      Bank or such  Lender  in good  faith  with any law,  governmental  rule,
      guideline,  request, order,  injunction,  judgment or decree (whether or
      not  having  the  force  of  law);  provided  that  in the  case  of the
      obligation  of a Lender to  purchase  such  participation,  such  Lender
      shall have  notified  the Issuing Bank to such effect at least three (3)
      Business Days' prior to the issuance  thereof by the Issuing Bank, which
      notice shall  relieve the Issuing Bank of its  obligation  to issue such
      Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

            Section III.10.   Increased Costs.

            (a)   If,  by  reason   of  (x)   after  the  date   hereof,   the
      introduction  of or  any  change  (including,  without  limitation,  any
      change by way of imposition or increase of reserve  requirements)  in or
      in the  interpretation  of any law or regulation,  or (y) the compliance
      with  any   guideline   or  request  from  any  central  bank  or  other
      governmental   authority  or  quasi-governmental   authority  exercising
      control over banks or financial  institutions  generally  made after the
      date hereof (whether or not having the force of law):

                  (i)   any Lender (or its  applicable  Lending  Office) shall
            be subject to any tax,  duty or other  charge with  respect to its
            Eurodollar  Advances or its obligation to make Eurodollar Advances
            or  the  basis  of  taxation  of  payments  to any  Lender  of the
            principal  of or  interest  on  its  Eurodollar  Advances  or  its
            obligation to make Eurodollar  Advances shall have changed (except
            for  changes in the tax on the  overall  net income of such Lender
            or its applicable  Lending Office imposed by the  jurisdiction  in
            which  such  Lender's  principal  executive  office or  applicable
            Lending Office is located); or

                  (ii)  any  reserve  (including,   without  limitation,   any
            imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System),
            special  deposit  or  similar   requirement   against  assets  of,
            deposits  with or for the account of, or credit  extended  by, any
            Lender's  applicable  Lending  Office  shall be  imposed or deemed
            applicable  or  any  other  condition   affecting  its  Eurodollar
            Advances or its  obligation to make  Eurodollar  Advances shall be
            imposed  on any  Lender or its  applicable  Lending  Office or the
            London interbank market;

and as a  result  thereof  there  shall  be any  increase  in the cost to such
Lender of  agreeing  to make or  making,  funding  or  maintaining  Eurodollar
Advances  (except to the extent already  included in the  determination of the
applicable  interest rate for  Eurodollar  Advances) or its obligation to make
Eurodollar  Advances,  or there shall be a reduction in the amount received or
receivable  by such Lender or its  applicable  Lending  Office,  then Borrower
shall  from  time to time  (subject,  in the  case of  certain  Taxes,  to the
applicable  provisions  of Section  3.07(b)),  upon  written  notice  from and
demand by such  Lender on  Borrower  (with a copy of such notice and demand to
the  Agent),  pay to the Agent for the  account  of such  Lender  within  five
Business  Days after the date of such  notice and demand,  additional  amounts
sufficient  to  indemnify  such  Lender   against  such   increased   cost.  A
certificate  as to the amount of such  increased  cost,  submitted to Borrower
and the Agent by such  Lender in good  faith and  accompanied  by a  statement
prepared  by such Lender  describing  in  reasonable  detail the basis for and
calculation of such  increased  cost,  shall,  except for manifest  error,  be
final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.

            (b)   If any  Lender  shall  advise  the  Agent  that at any time,
      because of the circumstances described in clauses (x) or (y) in Section 
      3.10(a)  or any other  circumstances  beyond  such  Lender's  reasonable
      control  arising after the date of this Agreement  affecting such Lender
      or the  London  interbank  market  or  such  Lender's  position  in such
      market,  LIBOR as determined by the Agent will not adequately and fairly
      reflect  the cost to such  Lender of funding  its  Eurodollar  Advances,
      then, and in any such event:

                  (i)   the Agent shall  forthwith  give notice (by  telephone
            confirmed  in  writing) to  Borrower  and to the other  Lenders of
            such advice;

                  (ii)  Borrower's   right  to  request   and  such   Lender's
            obligation  to make or  permit  portions  of the  Loans to  remain
            outstanding  past  the  last  day of  the  then  current  Interest
            Periods as Eurodollar Advances shall be immediately suspended; and

                  (iii) such  Lender   shall  make  a  Loan  as  part  of  the
            requested   Borrowing  of  Eurodollar  Advances  as  a  Base  Rate
            Advance,  which  such  Base  Rate  Advance  shall,  for all  other
            purposes, be considered part of such Borrowing.

            Section III.11.   Lending Offices.

            (a)   Each Lender agrees that,  if requested by Borrower,  it will
      use  reasonable  efforts  (subject to overall policy  considerations  of
      such Lender) to designate  an alternate  Lending  Office with respect to
      any of its Eurodollar  Advances affected by the matters or circumstances
      described  in  Sections  3.07(b),  3.08,  3.09  or 3.10  to  reduce  the
      liability of Borrower or avoid the results provided thereunder,  so long
      as such designation is not  disadvantageous to such Lender as reasonably
      determined by such Lender,  which  determination shall be conclusive and
      binding  on all  parties  hereto.  Nothing  in this  Section  3.11 shall
      affect or postpone  any of the  obligations  of Borrower or any right of
      any Lender provided hereunder.

            (b)   If the Issuing  Bank or any Lender that is  organized  under
      the laws of any jurisdiction  other than the United States of America or
      any State thereof  (including the District of Columbia)  issues a public
      announcement  with respect to the closing of its lending  offices in the
      United States such that any  withholdings  or deductions  and additional
      payments  with  respect to Taxes may be  required to be made by Borrower
      thereafter pursuant to Section 3.07(b),  such Lender or the Issuing Bank
      shall use reasonable  efforts to furnish Borrower notice thereof as soon
      as practicable thereafter;  provided,  however, that no delay or failure
      to furnish such notice shall in any event release or discharge  Borrower
      from its  obligations  to such  Lender or the Issuing  Bank  pursuant to
      Section  3.07(b) or otherwise  result in any liability of such Lender or
      the Issuing Bank;  provided that such notice is provided to the Borrower
      within  forty-five  (45)  days  of  such  Lender  or  the  Issuing  Bank
      obtaining  knowledge of the  application of such Taxes to payments under
      this Agreement.

            Section III.12.   Funding Losses.  Borrower shall  compensate each
Lender,  upon its written  request to Borrower  (which request shall set forth
the basis for requesting  such amounts in reasonable  detail and which request
shall be made in good  faith  and,  absent  manifest  error,  shall be  final,
conclusive  and  binding  upon all of the  parties  hereto),  for all  losses,
expenses and liabilities (including,  without limitation, any interest paid by
such  Lender  to  lenders  of  funds  borrowed  by it to  make  or  carry  its
Eurodollar  Advances to the extent not  recovered by such Lender in connection
with  the  re-employment  of such  funds  and  including  loss of  anticipated
profits),  which the Lender may sustain:  (i) if for any reason  (other than a
default by such Lender) a borrowing of, or conversion to or  continuation  of,
Eurodollar  Advances to Borrower does not occur on the date specified therefor
in a Notice of Borrowing, a Notice of Conversion/Continuation  (whether or not
withdrawn),  (ii) if any repayment  (including  mandatory  prepayments and any
conversions  pursuant  to  Section  3.09(b))  of any  Eurodollar  Advances  to
Borrower  occurs  on a date  which is not the last day of an  Interest  Period
applicable  thereto,  or (iii), if, for any reason,  Borrower  defaults in its
obligation  to repay its  Eurodollar  Advances  when  required by the terms of
this Agreement.

            Section III.13.   Assumptions  Concerning  Funding of  Eurodollar 
Advances.  Calculation  of all amounts  payable to a Lender under this Article
IV shall be made as though  that  Lender  had  actually  funded  its  relevant
Eurodollar  Advances  through the purchase of deposits in the relevant  market
bearing  interest at the rate  applicable  to such  Eurodollar  Advances in an
amount  equal to the amount of the  Eurodollar  Advances and having a maturity
comparable  to the relevant  Interest  Period and through the transfer of such
Eurodollar  Advances  from an  offshore  office of that  Lender to a  domestic
office of that  Lender in the United  States of  America;  provided,  however,
that each  Lender may fund each of its  Eurodollar  Advances  in any manner it
sees fit and the foregoing  assumption  shall be used only for  calculation of
amounts payable under this Article IV.

            Section III.14.   Apportionment of Payments.  Aggregate  principal
and interest  payments in respect of Revolving Loans and Commitment Fees shall
be apportioned among all outstanding  Commitments and Revolving Loans to which
such payments  relate,  proportionately  to the Lenders'  respective  Pro Rata
Share of such  Commitments and outstanding  Revolving  Loans.  Each payment of
principal  and interest of any Swing Line Loan shall be payable  solely to the
Swing Line  Lender  except as  provided  in Section  2.02(d).  The Agent shall
promptly  distribute to each Lender at its payment office set forth beside its
name on the  appropriate  signature  page hereof or such other  address as any
Lender may request its share of all such payments received by the Agent.

            Section III.15.   Termination    of    Commitments    The   unpaid
principal  balance and all  accrued  and unpaid  interest on the Notes will be
due and payable upon the first of the following dates or events to occur:  (i)
acceleration  of the  maturity  of any Note in  accordance  with the  remedies
contained in Article VIII of this  Agreement,  or (ii) upon the  expiration of
the Commitments.

            Section III.16.   Sharing of  Payments,  Etc. If any Lender or the
Issuing  Bank  shall  obtain  any  payment or  reduction  (including,  without
limitation,  any amounts received as adequate  protection of a deposit treated
as cash  collateral  under the Bankruptcy  Code) of the  Obligations  (whether
voluntary,  involuntary,  through the  exercise  of any right of  set-off,  or
otherwise)  in excess  of its Pro Rata  Share of  payments  or  reductions  on
account of such  obligations  obtained by all the Lenders (other than payments
of  principal,  interest  and fees with  respect to the Swing Line Loans which
are payable solely to the Swing Line Lender or Lenders  participating  therein
pursuant to Section 2.02(d)),  such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall forthwith
(i)  notify  each of the  other  Lenders,  the  Issuing  Bank,  Agent  and the
Co-Agent of such  receipt,  and (ii)  purchase  from the other  Lenders or the
Issuing  Bank such  participations  in the  affected  obligations  as shall be
necessary  to cause such  purchasing  Lender or the Issuing  Bank to share the
excess payment or reduction,  net of costs  incurred in connection  therewith,
ratably with each of them,  provided that if all or any portion of such excess
payment or reduction is thereafter  recovered from such  purchasing  Lender or
the Issuing Bank or  additional  costs are  incurred,  the  purchase  shall be
rescinded  and the purchase  price  restored to the extent of such recovery or
such additional  costs,  but without interest unless the Lender or the Issuing
Bank is  obligated  to return such funds is  required to pay  interest on such
funds.  Borrower  agrees that any Lender or the Issuing  Bank so  purchasing a
participation  from  another  Lender  or the  Issuing  Bank  pursuant  to this
Section 3.16 may, to the fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  exercise all its
rights of  payment  (including  the right of  set-off)  with  respect  to such
participation  as fully as if such Lender or the Issuing  Bank were the direct
creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation.

            Section III.17.   Capital  Adequacy.  Without  limiting  any other
provision of this Agreement,  in the event that any Lender or the Issuing Bank
shall   have   determined   that   any   law,    treaty,    governmental   (or
quasi-governmental)  rule,  regulation,  guideline or order regarding  capital
adequacy not  currently in effect or fully  applicable as of the Closing Date,
or any change  therein or in the  interpretation  or application  thereof,  or
compliance  by such  Lender or  Issuing  Bank with any  request  or  directive
regarding  capital  adequacy not currently in effect or fully applicable as of
the  Closing  Date  (whether or not having the force of law and whether or not
failure  to  comply  therewith  would  be  unlawful)  from a  central  bank or
governmental  authority  or body having  jurisdiction,  does or shall have the
effect of  reducing  the rate of return on such  Lender's  or  Issuing  Bank's
capital as a consequence  of its  obligations  hereunder to a level below that
which such  Lender or  Issuing  Bank  could  have  achieved  but for such law,
treaty,  rule,  regulation,  guideline or order,  or such change or compliance
(taking into  consideration  such  Lender's or Issuing  Bank's  policies  with
respect to capital  adequacy)  by an amount  deemed by such  Lender or Issuing
Bank to be material,  then within ten (10) Business Days after written  notice
and demand by such Lender or Issuing Bank (with copies  thereof to the Agent),
Borrower  shall  from  time  to  time  pay to  such  Lender  or  Issuing  Bank
additional  amounts  sufficient to compensate  such Lender or Issuing Bank for
such reduction  (but, in the case of outstanding  Base Rate Advances,  without
duplication  of any amounts  already  recovered by such Lender or Issuing Bank
by reason of an adjustment in the applicable Base Rate).  Each  certificate as
to the amount  payable  under this Section 3.17 (which  certificate  shall set
forth the basis for requesting such amounts in reasonable  detail),  submitted
to  Borrower  by any  Lender or  Issuing  Bank in good  faith,  shall,  absent
manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.

            Section III.18.   Letter  of  Credit  Obligations  Absolute.   The
obligation  of each Account  Party to reimburse  the Issuing Bank for drawings
made under  Letters of Credit  issued for the account of the Account Party and
the Lenders' obligation to honor their participations  purchased therein shall
be  unconditional  and  irrevocable  and shall be paid  strictly in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement under all  circumstances,  including  without
limitation, the following circumstances:

            (a)   Any lack of  validity  or  enforceability  of any  Letter of
Credit;

            (b)   The existence of any claim, set-off,  defense or other right
which the Borrower or any  Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower may have at
any time against a beneficiary  or any  transferee of any Letter of Credit (or
any Persons or entities for whom any such  beneficiary  or  transferee  may be
acting),  any  Lender or any other  Person,  whether in  connection  with this
Agreement,  the transactions  contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction
(including without limitation any underlying  transaction between the Borrower
or any of its  Subsidiaries  and Affiliates and the beneficiary for which such
Letter of Credit was procured);

            (c)   Any  draft,  demand,   certificate  or  any  other  document
presented  under any  Letter of Credit  proving to be  forged,  fraudulent  or
invalid in any respect or any statement  therein being untrue or inaccurate in
any respect;

            (d)   Payment  by the  Issuing  Bank  under  any  Letter of Credit
against  presentation  of a demand,  draft or  certificate  or other  document
which does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

            (e)   Any other  circumstance  or  happening  whatsoever  which is
similar to any of the foregoing; or

            (f)   the fact that a Default  or an Event of  Default  shall have
occurred and be continuing.

Nothing in this Section 3.17  shall prevent an action against the Issuing Bank
for its gross  negligence or willful  misconduct in honoring  drafts under the
Letters of Credit.

                                  ARTICLE IV.

                           CONDITIONS TO BORROWINGS

            The  obligations  of each  Lender  to make  Advances  to  Borrower
hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

            Section IV.1.  Conditions  Precedent  to  Initial  Loans.  At  the
time of the making of the initial  Loans  hereunder on the Closing  Date,  all
obligations  of Borrower  hereunder  incurred  prior to the initial  Loans and
prior to the  obligation  of the Issuing  Bank to issue the initial  Letter of
Credit (including,  without  limitation,  Borrower's  obligations to reimburse
fees and expenses  payable to the Agent as previously  agreed with  Borrower),
shall  have  been  paid in  full,  and  the  Agent  shall  have  received  the
following,  in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory in all respects to
the Agent:

            (a)   the duly executed counterparts of this Agreement;

            (b)   the duly  executed  Revolving  Credit Notes  evidencing  the
      Revolving  Credit  Commitments  and the duly  executed  Swing  Line Note
      evidencing the Swing Line Subfacility;

            (c)   the duly executed Guaranty Agreement;

            (d)   the duly executed Closing Certificate;

            (e)   certificates of the Secretaries or Assistant  Secretaries of
      the Credit Parties  attaching and certifying  copies of the  resolutions
      of  the  board  of  directors  of the  Credit  Parties,  authorizing  as
      applicable  the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of  the  Credit
      Documents by the Credit Parties party thereto;

            (f)   certificates  of the  Secretaries or an Assistant  Secretary
      of the Credit Parties  certifying (i) the name, title and true signature
      of each officer of the Credit  Parties  executing the Credit  Documents,
      and (ii) the bylaws of the Credit Parties;

            (g)   certified   copies  of  the  articles  or   certificate   of
      incorporation  of the Credit  Parties  certified by the  Secretaries  of
      State and by the  Secretaries  or  Assistant  Secretaries  of the Credit
      Parties,  together with  certificates of good standing or existence,  as
      may be available from the  Secretaries of State of the  jurisdiction  of
      incorporation  or  organization  of the  Credit  Parties  and each other
      jurisdiction  where the Credit  Parties  ownership  of  property  or the
      conduct of its  business  require  it to be  qualified,  except  where a
      failure to be so qualified would not have a Materially Adverse Effect;

            (h)   acknowledgments  from CSC  Corporation as to its appointment
      as agent for service of process for the Credit Parties;

            (i)   the  favorable  opinion  of  Powell,  Goldstein,   Frazer  &
      Murphy,  LLP,  counsel  to  the  Borrower  in the  form  of  Exhibit  E,
      addressed to the Agent, the Co-Agent and each of the Lenders.

            (j)   copies  of all  documents  and  instruments,  including  all
      consents,  authorizations  and filings,  required or advisable under any
      Requirement  of Law or by any  material  Contractual  Obligation  of the
      Credit   Parties,   in   connection   with  the   execution,   delivery,
      performance,  validity and  enforceability  of the Credit  Documents and
      the other  documents to be executed and  delivered  hereunder,  and such
      consents, authorizations,  filings and orders shall be in full force and
      effect and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired;

            (k)   certificates,  reports  and other  information  as the Agent
      may  reasonably  request  from  any  Consolidated  Company  in  order to
      satisfy  the Lenders as to the absence of any  material  liabilities  or
      obligations   arising  from   matters   relating  to  employees  of  the
      Consolidated   Companies,   including  employee  relations,   collective
      bargaining  agreements,   Plans  and  other  compensation  and  employee
      benefit plans;

            (l)   [Reserved]

            (m)   certified copies of the Sharing Agreements;

            (n)   certificate of insurance issued by the Borrower's  insurers,
describing in reasonable detail the insurance maintained by the Borrower.

            (o)   the Agent  shall have  received,  for its own  account,  all
costs and expenses  incurred  which have been  invoiced and are payable on the
date hereof,  including  without  limitation,  all costs and expenses actually
incurred  associated with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
other  documents  contemplated  hereby.  The Agent shall have received for the
account of King & Spalding,  counsel to the Agent,  all  reasonable  costs and
expenses  actually  incurred  which have been invoiced and are due and payable
as of the date  hereof.

            (p)   certificates,  reports  and other  information  as the Agent
may  reasonably  request  from any  Consolidated  Company  in order to satisfy
the  Lenders as to the  absence of any  material  liabilities  or  obligations
arising from litigation (including without limitation,  products liability and
patent  infringement  claims) pending or threatened  against the  Consolidated
Companies; and

            (q)   evidence  assuring  the Agent,  the Co-Agent and the Lenders
that all corporate  proceedings and all other legal matters in connection with
the  authorization,  legality,  validity  and  enforceability  of  the  Credit
Documents and the  Transaction  are in form and substance  satisfactory to the
Lenders.

            Section IV.2.  Conditions  to  Each  Loan.  At  the  time  of  the
making of each Loan (but not including the  continuation  or conversion of any
Revolving Loan or in the same principal  amount or any Revolving Loan pursuant
to Section  2.02(c)),  including the initial Loans hereunder,  (before as well
as  immediately  after giving  effect to such Loans and to the proposed use of
the proceeds thereof),  the following  conditions shall have been satisfied or
shall exist:

            (a)   there  shall  exist no Default  or Event of  Default  and no
      Default or Event of Default  shall result  after  giving  effect to such
      Loan;

            (b)   all  representations  and  warranties by Borrower  contained
      herein shall be true and correct in all material  respects with the same
      effect as though such  representations  and  warranties had been made on
      and as of the date of such Loans;

            (c)   the Loans to be made and the use of proceeds  thereof  shall
      not  contravene,  violate or conflict  with,  or involve the Agent,  the
      Co-Agent or any Lender in a violation of, any law, rule, injunction,  or
      regulation,  or determination of any court of law or other  governmental
      authority applicable to Borrower;

            (d)   since the date of the most recent  financial  statements  of
      the  Consolidated  Companies  described  in Section 5.15 or delivered to
      the Agent  pursuant  to Section  6.07,  there  shall have been no change
      which  has had or could  reasonably  be  expected  to have a  Materially
      Adverse Effect; and

            (e)   the Agent shall have received such other  documents or legal
      opinions as the Agent or any Lender may reasonably request,  all in form
      and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

            Each  request  for a  Borrowing  or a  Swing  Line  Loan  and  the
acceptance   by  Borrower  of  the  proceeds   thereof   shall   constitute  a
representation  and  warranty  by  Borrower,  as of  the  date  of  the  Loans
comprising  such  Borrowing,  that  the  applicable  conditions  specified  in
Sections 4.01 and 4.02 have been satisfied.


                                 ARTICLE V.

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

            Borrower  (as to  itself  and all  other  Consolidated  Companies)
represents and warrants as follows.

            Section V.1.   Corporate  Existence;  Compliance with Law. Each of
the Consolidated Companies is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing,
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its  incorporation,
and each of the  Consolidated  Companies has the corporate power and authority
and the  legal  right to own and  operate  its  property  and to  conduct  its
business.  Each of the Consolidated  Companies (i) has the corporate power and
authority  and the legal right to own and operate its  property and to conduct
its  business,  (ii) is duly  qualified as a foreign  corporation  and in good
standing under the laws of each  jurisdiction  where its ownership of property
or the conduct of its business  requires such  qualification,  and (iii) is in
compliance  with all  Requirements  of Law, where (a) the failure to have such
power,  authority  and legal right as set forth in clause (i), (b) the failure
to be so  qualified or in good  standing as set forth in clause  (ii),  or (c)
the failure to comply with  Requirements  of Law as set forth in clause (iii),
would reasonably be expected,  in the aggregate,  to have a Materially Adverse
Effect.  The jurisdiction of incorporation or organization,  and the ownership
of all issued and  outstanding  capital stock,  for each  Subsidiary as of the
date of this Agreement is accurately described on Schedule 5.01.

            Section V.2.   Corporate   Power;   Authorization.   Each  of  the
Credit  Parties has the  corporate  power and  authority to make,  deliver and
perform  the  Credit  Documents  to  which  it is a party  and has  taken  all
necessary   corporate   action  to  authorize  the  execution,   delivery  and
performance  of such  Credit  Documents.  No consent or  authorization  of, or
filing with,  any Person  (including,  without  limitation,  any  governmental
authority),  is  required  in  connection  with  the  execution,  delivery  or
performance  by any Credit Party,  or the validity or  enforceability  against
any  Credit  Party,  of  the  Credit  Documents,  other  than  such  consents,
authorizations or filings which have been made or obtained.

            Section V.3.   Possession of  Franchises,  Licenses,  Etc.  Except
as set  forth on  Schedule  5.03 or as  otherwise  would not  have a  Material
Adverse  Effect,  (a) each of the Credit  Parties  possesses  all  franchises,
certificates,  licenses,  permits and other  authorizations  from governmental
political  subdivisions  or regulatory  authorities  that are necessary in any
material  respect  for  the  ownership,   maintenance  and  operation  of  its
properties and assets,  and (b) no Credit Party is in violation of any thereof
in any material respect.

            Section V.4.   Enforceable  Obligations.  This  Agreement has been
duly  executed  and  delivered,  and each other Credit  Document  will be duly
executed and delivered,  by the respective Credit Parties,  and this Agreement
constitutes,  and each other Credit  Document when executed and delivered will
constitute,  legal,  valid and  binding  obligations  of the  Credit  Parties,
respectively,  enforceable against the Credit Parties in accordance with their
respective  terms,  except  as  may  be  limited  by  applicable   bankruptcy,
insolvency,   reorganization,   moratorium,  or  similar  laws  affecting  the
enforcement  of  creditors'  rights  generally  and by general  principles  of
equity.

            Section V.5.   No  Legal  Bar.   The   execution,   delivery   and
performance  by the Credit  Parties of the Credit  Documents  will not violate
any  Requirement  of Law or  cause a  breach  or  default  under  any of their
respective material Contractual Obligations.

            Section V.6.   No  Material  Litigation.  Except  as set  forth on
Schedule  5.06 or in any notice  furnished to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank
pursuant  to  Section  6.07(e)  at  or  prior  to  the  respective  times  the
representations  and  warranties  set forth in this  Section  5.06 are made or
deemed to be made hereunder,  no litigation,  investigations or proceedings of
or before any courts,  tribunals,  arbitrators or governmental authorities are
pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower,  threatened by or against any of the
Consolidated  Companies,  or against  any of their  respective  properties  or
revenues,  which, if adversely determined would reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.

            Section V.7.    Investment  Company Act,  Etc.  None of the Credit
Parties  is  an  "investment   company"  or  a  company   "controlled"  by  an
"investment  company"  (as each of the quoted  terms is defined or used in the
Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended).  None of the Credit  Parties is
subject to regulation  under the Public Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935,
the Federal Power Act, or any foreign,  federal or local statute or regulation
limiting its ability to incur indebtedness for money borrowed,  guarantee such
indebtedness,   or  pledge  its  assets  to  secure  such   indebtedness,   as
contemplated hereby or by any other Credit Document.

            Section V.8.   Margin  Regulations.  No  part of the  proceeds  of
any of the Loans will be used for any purpose which  violates,  or which would
be  inconsistent  or not in compliance  with, the provisions of the applicable
Margin Regulations.

            Section V.9.   Compliance With Environmental Laws.

           (a)   The  Consolidated  Companies  have  received  no  notices of
      claims or potential  liability  under,  and are in compliance  with, all
      applicable  Environmental Laws, where such claims and liabilities under,
      and  failures  to  comply  with,  such  statutes,   regulations,  rules,
      ordinances,  laws or licenses, would reasonably be expected to result in
      penalties,  fines,  claims  or  other  liabilities  to the  Consolidated
      Companies in amounts in excess of $2,500,000,  either individually or in
      the  aggregate   (including  any  such  penalties,   fines,  claims,  or
      liabilities  relating to the  matters  set forth on  Schedule  5.09(a)),
      except as set forth on Schedule  5.09(a) or in any notice  furnished  to
      the  Lenders  and the Issuing  Bank  pursuant  to Section  6.07(f) at or
      prior to the  respective  times the  representations  and warranties set
      forth in this Section 5.09(a) are made or deemed to be made hereunder.

            (b)   Except as set forth on  Schedule  5.09(b)  or in any  notice
      furnished  to the  Lenders  and the  Issuing  Bank  pursuant to Section 
      6.07(f)  at or prior to the  respective  times the  representations  and
      warranties  set forth in this  Section  5.09(b) are made or deemed to be
      made  hereunder,  none of the  Consolidated  Companies  has received any
      notice of  violation,  or  notice  of any  action,  either  judicial  or
      administrative,  from any governmental  authority (whether United States
      or  foreign)  relating  to  the  actual  or  alleged  violation  of  any
      Environmental  Law,  including,  without  limitation,  any notice of any
      actual  or  alleged  spill,  leak,  or other  release  of any  Hazardous
      Substance,  waste or hazardous waste by any Consolidated  Company or its
      employees or agents,  or as to the existence of any contamination on any
      properties owned by any Consolidated Company,  where any such violation,
      spill,  leak,  release or contamination  would reasonably be expected to
      result  in  penalties,   fines,  claims  or  other  liabilities  to  the
      Consolidated  Companies  in  amounts  in  excess of  $2,500,000,  either
      individually or in the aggregate.

            (c)   Except as set forth on Schedule  5.09(c),  the  Consolidated
      Companies  have obtained all necessary  governmental  permits,  licenses
      and approvals  which are material to the  operations  conducted on their
      respective  properties,   including  without  limitation,  all  required
      material  permits,  licenses and  approvals  for (i) the emission of air
      pollutants  or  contaminants,  (ii) the  treatment or  pretreatment  and
      discharge of waste water or storm water,  (iii) the treatment,  storage,
      disposal or  generation of hazardous  wastes,  (iv) the  withdrawal  and
      usage of ground  water or surface  water,  and (v) the disposal of solid
      wastes.

            Section V.10.  Insurance.  The  Consolidated  Companies  currently
maintain   insurance   with  respect  to  their   respective   properties  and
businesses,  with financially sound and reputable  insurers,  having coverages
against  losses  or  damages  of the  kinds  customarily  insured  against  by
reputable  companies in the same or similar  businesses,  such insurance being
in amounts no less than those amounts  which are customary for such  companies
under  similar  circumstances.   The  Consolidated  Companies  have  paid  all
material  amounts of  insurance  premiums  now due and owing  with  respect to
such insurance policies and coverages,  and such policies and coverages are in
full force and effect.

            Section V.11.  No Default.  Except as set forth on Schedule  5.11,
none of the Consolidated  Companies is in default under or with respect to any
Contractual  Obligation  in any respect  which  default or  defaults  would be
reasonably expected in the aggregate to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

            Section V.12.   No  Burdensome  Restrictions.  Except as set forth
on  Schedule  5.12 or in any notice  furnished  to the Lenders and the Issuing
Bank  pursuant  to  Section  6.07(k) at or prior to the  respective  times the
representations  and  warranties  set forth in this  Section  5.12 are made or
deemed to be made hereunder,  none of the Consolidated Companies is a party to
or bound by any Contractual  Obligation or Requirement of Law which has had or
would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

            Section V.13.  Taxes.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.13,  each
of  the  Consolidated   Companies  have  filed  or  caused  to  be  filed  all
declarations,  reports and tax returns  which are required to have been filed,
and  has  paid  all  taxes,  custom  duties,   levies,   charges  and  similar
contributions  ("taxes" in this  Section  5.13) shown to be due and payable on
said returns or on any assessments made against it or its properties,  and all
other taxes,  fees or other charges  imposed on it or any of its properties by
any  governmental  authority (other than those the amount or validity of which
is currently  being  contested in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and
with respect to which  reserves in conformity  with GAAP have been provided in
its  books);  and no tax liens  have  been  filed  and,  to the  knowledge  of
Borrower,  no claims are being  asserted with respect to any such taxes,  fees
or other charges.

            Section V.14.  Subsidiaries.  Except  as  disclosed  on  Schedule 
5.01, on the date of this Agreement,  Borrower has no Subsidiaries and neither
Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a joint venture  partner or general  partner in
any  partnership.  Except  as  disclosed  on  Schedule  5.14 or in any  notice
furnished to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank  pursuant to Section  6.07(l) at
or prior to the respective times the  representations and warranties set forth
in this Section 5.14 are made or deemed to be made hereunder,  Borrower has no
Material Subsidiaries.

            Section V.15.  Financial  Statements.  Borrower  has  furnished to
the Agent, the Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders:

            (a)   Audited Reports.  The audited  consolidated balance sheet as
      of  May  31,  1997  of  the  Consolidated   Companies  and  the  related
      consolidated  statements of income,  shareholders' equity and cash flows
      for the Fiscal  Years then  ended,  including  in each case the  related
      schedules and notes,  setting forth in each case in comparative form the
      figures  for the  previous  Fiscal Year of the  Consolidated  Companies.
      The  foregoing  financial  statements  fairly  present  in all  material
      respects  the  consolidated  financial  condition  of  the  Consolidated
      Companies  as at the dates  thereof and results of  operations  for such
      periods in conformity with GAAP consistently applied;

            (b)   No  Material   Adverse   Change.   Since  the  date  of  the
      preparation  of the  financial  statements  set forth above,  there have
      been no changes with  respect to the  Consolidated  Companies  which has
      had or  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  have a  Materially  Adverse
      Effect.

           Section V.16.  ERISA.  Except as disclosed on Schedule  5.16 or in
any notice  furnished to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 
6.07(g)  at  or  prior  to  the  respective  times  the   representations  and
warranties  set  forth in this  Section  5.16 are  made or  deemed  to be made
hereunder:

            (1)   Identification   of   Plans.   None   of  the   Consolidated
Companies  nor  any  of  their  respective   ERISA  Affiliates   maintains  or
contributes  to, or has during the past seven years  maintained or contributed
to, any Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA;

            (2)   Compliance.   Each  Plan  maintained  by  the   Consolidated
Companies have at all times been maintained,  by their terms and in operation,
in compliance  with all applicable  laws, and the  Consolidated  Companies are
subject to no tax or  penalty  with  respect to any Plan of such  Consolidated
Company or any ERISA Affiliate thereof,  including without limitation, any tax
or penalty  under Title I or Title IV of ERISA or under  Chapter 43 of the Tax
Code, or any tax or penalty  resulting from a loss of deduction under Sections
162, 404, or 419 of the Tax Code,  where the failure to comply with such laws,
and such taxes and penalties,  together with all other liabilities referred to
in this  Section  5.16  (taken  as a  whole),  would in the  aggregate  have a
Materially Adverse Effect;

            (3)   Liabilities.  The  Consolidated  Companies are subject to no
liabilities  (including  withdrawal  liabilities) with respect to any Plans of
such  Consolidated  Companies  or any of  their  ERISA  Affiliates,  including
without  limitation,  any  liabilities  arising  from Titles I or IV of ERISA,
other than  obligations  to fund  benefits  under an  ongoing  Plan and to pay
current  contributions,  expenses  and  premiums  with  respect to such Plans,
where such  liabilities,  together with all other  liabilities  referred to in
this  Section  6.15  (taken  as a  whole),  would  in  the  aggregate  have  a
Materially Adverse Effect;


            (4)   Funding.  The  Consolidated  Companies  and, with respect to
any Plan  which is  subject  to Title IV of  ERISA,  each of their  respective
ERISA  Affiliates,  have made  full and  timely  payment  of all  amounts  (A)
required to be contributed  under the terms of each Plan and  applicable  law,
and (B) required to be paid as expenses  (including PBGC or other premiums) of
each Plan,  where the  failure  to pay such  amounts  (when  taken as a whole,
including any penalties  attributable to such amounts) would have a Materially
Adverse  Effect.  No  Plan  subject  to  Title  IV  of  ERISA  (other  than  a
Multiemployer  Plan) has an  "amount  of  unfunded  benefit  liabilities"  (as
defined  in  Section  4001(a)(18)  of  ERISA),  determined  as  if  such  Plan
terminated  on any date on which this  representation  and  warranty is deemed
made, in any amount which,  together with all other liabilities referred to in
this Section 5.16 (taken as a whole),  would have a Materially  Adverse Effect
if such amount were then due and payable.  None of the Consolidated  Companies
would be subject to  withdrawal  liability  with respect to any  Multiemployer
Plan,  determined  as if the  event  resulting  in such  withdrawal  liability
occurred  on any date on which  this  representation  is made or  deemed to be
made based on the most  recent  actuarial  valuation  data made  available  to
employers  participating  in the  Multiemployer  Plan,  in any  amount  which,
together  with all other  liabilities  referred to in this Section 5.16 (taken
as a whole),  would have a Materially Adverse Effect if such amounts were then
due and payable.  The  Consolidated  Companies  are subject to no  liabilities
with  respect  to  post-retirement  medical  benefits  in any  amounts  which,
together  with all other  liabilities  referred to in this Section 5.16 (taken
as a whole),  would have a Materially Adverse Effect if such amounts were then
due and payable.

            Section V.17.   Patents,  Trademarks,  Licenses,  Etc.  Except  as
set forth on Schedule 5.17, (i) the  Consolidated  Companies have obtained and
hold in full  force and  effect  all  material  patents,  trademarks,  service
marks,  trade names,  copyrights,  licenses  and other such rights,  free from
material  burdensome  restrictions,  which are  necessary for the operation of
their respective  businesses as presently  conducted,  and (ii) to the best of
Borrower's  knowledge,  no  product,  process,  method,  service or other item
presently sold by or employed by any  Consolidated  Company in connection with
such business  infringes  any patents,  trademark,  service mark,  trade name,
copyright,  license or other right owned by any other  person and there is not
presently pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower,  threatened,  any claim or
litigation  against or affecting  any  Consolidated  Company  contesting  such
Person's right to sell or use any such product,  process, method, substance or
other item where the result of such  failure to obtain and hold such  benefits
or such infringement would have a Materially Adverse Effect.

            Section V.18.  Ownership  of  Property.  Except  as set  forth  on
Schedule 5.18,  each  Consolidated  Company has good and marketable fee simple
title to or a valid  leasehold  interest in all of its real  property and good
title to, or a valid  leasehold  interest  in, all of its other  property,  as
such  properties  are  reflected in the  financial  statements  referred to in
Section 5.15(a),  other than properties  disposed of in the ordinary course of
business  since  such  date or as  otherwise  permitted  by the  terms of this
Agreement,  subject to no Lien or title defect of any kind,  except  Permitted
Liens.  The Consolidated  Companies enjoy peaceful and undisturbed  possession
under all of their respective material leases.

            Section V.19.  Indebtedness.  As of the Closing  Date,  except for
the  Indebtedness  set  forth  on  Schedule  7.01,  none  of the  Consolidated
Companies is an obligor in respect of any  Indebtedness  for borrowed money or
any commitment to create or incur any Indebtedness for borrowed money.

            Section V.20.   Financial   Condition.   On  the   Closing   Date,
including  without  limitation,  the  use of the  proceeds  of  the  Loans  as
provided  in  Section  2.01,  (i) the  assets  of each  Credit  Party  at fair
valuation and based on their present fair saleable value  (including,  without
limitation,  the fair and realistic  value of any  contribution or subrogation
rights in respect of any Guaranty  Agreement  given by such Credit Party) will
exceed such Credit Party's debts,  including  contingent  liabilities (as such
liabilities  may be limited under the express terms of any Guaranty  Agreement
of such Credit  Party),  (ii) the remaining  capital of such Credit Party will
not be unreasonably  small to conduct the Credit Party's  business,  and (iii)
such Credit  Party will not have  incurred  debts,  or have  intended to incur
debts,  beyond the Credit  Party's  ability to pay such debts as they  mature.
For purposes of this Section 5.20,  "debt" means any liability on a claim, and
"claim"  means (a) the right to payment,  whether or not such right is reduced
to judgment, liquidated,  unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured,
disputed,  undisputed,  legal,  equitable,  secured or  unsecured,  or (b) the
right to an equitable  remedy for breach of  performance  if such breach gives
rise to a right to payment,  whether or not such right to an equitable  remedy
is reduced to  judgment,  fixed,  contingent,  matured,  unmatured,  disputed,
undisputed, secured or unsecured.

            Section V.21.  Labor  Matters.  Except as set  forth in  Schedule 
5.21 or in any notice  furnished to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank  pursuant
to Section  6.07(k) at or prior to the  respective  times the  representations
and  warranties  set forth in this  Section 5.21 are made or deemed to be made
hereunder,  the  Consolidated  Companies have  experienced  no strikes,  labor
disputes,  slow downs or work stoppages due to labor  disagreements which have
had, or would  reasonably  be expected to have, a Materially  Adverse  Effect,
and, to the best knowledge of Borrower,  there are no such strikes,  disputes,
slow downs or work  stoppages  threatened  against any  Consolidated  Company.
The hours worked and payment made to employees of the  Consolidated  Companies
have  not  been  in  violation  in any  material  respect  of the  Fair  Labor
Standards  Act or any other  applicable  law dealing  with such  matters.  All
payments due from the  Consolidated  Companies,  or for which any claim may be
made  against the  Consolidated  Companies,  on account of wages and  employee
health and welfare  insurance and other  benefits have been paid or accrued as
liabilities on the books of the  Consolidated  Companies  where the failure to
pay or  accrue  such  liabilities  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  have a
Materially Adverse Effect.

            Section V.22.  Payment  or   Dividend   Restrictions.   Except  as
described on Schedule 5.22, none of the Consolidated  Companies is party to or
subject to any agreement or understanding  restricting or limiting the payment
of any dividends or other distributions by any such Consolidated Company.

            Section V.23.  Sharing    Agreements.    Each   of   the   Sharing
Agreements  is in  full  force  and  effect  and no  material  default  exists
thereunder.

            Section V.24.  Disclosure.    No    representation   or   warranty
contained in this Agreement  (including the Schedules  attached  hereto) or in
any other  document  furnished from time to time pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement,  contains or will contain any untrue  statement of a material  fact
or omits  or will  omit to  state  any  material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements  herein or therein not misleading in any material respect as of the
date made or deemed to be made.  Except as may be set forth herein  (including
the Schedules  attached hereto),  there is no fact known to Borrower which has
had, or is reasonably expected to have, a Materially Adverse Effect.


            Section V.25.    Year   2000    Compliant.    Borrower  and   its
            Subsidiaries  shall be Year 2000 Compliant by December 31, 1999,  
except where a failure to be Year 2000 Compliant will not have a Materially
Adverse Effect.


                                  ARTICLE VI.

                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

            So long as any Commitment  remains in effect hereunder or any Note
shall remain unpaid, Borrower will:

            Section VI.1.  Corporate  Existence,  Etc.  Preserve and maintain,
and cause each of its  Material  Subsidiaries  to preserve and  maintain,  its
corporate existence,  its material rights,  franchises,  and licenses, and its
material  patents  and  copyrights  (for  the  scheduled   duration  thereof),
trademarks,  trade  names,  and service  marks,  necessary or desirable in the
normal  conduct of its  business,  and its  qualification  to do business as a
foreign  corporation in all jurisdictions  where it conducts business or other
activities  making such  qualification  necessary,  where the failure to be so
qualified would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

            Section VI.2.  Compliance with Laws, Etc.  Comply,  and cause each
of its  Subsidiaries  to  comply  with  all  Requirements  of Law  (including,
without limitation,  the Environmental Laws subject to the exception set forth
in Section 5.09 where the  penalties,  claims,  fines,  and other  liabilities
resulting  from  noncompliance  with such  Environmental  Laws do not  involve
amounts in excess of $2,500,000 in the aggregate) and Contractual  Obligations
applicable  to or binding on any of them where the failure to comply with such
Requirements of Law and Contractual  Obligations  would reasonably be expected
to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

            Section VI.3.  Payment of Taxes and Claims,  Etc.  Pay,  and cause
each of its  Subsidiaries to pay, (i) all taxes,  assessments and governmental
charges imposed upon it or upon its property,  and (ii) all claims (including,
without limitation,  claims for labor, materials,  supplies or services) which
might, if unpaid,  become a Lien upon its property,  unless, in each case, the
validity or amount  thereof is being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate
proceedings and adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto.

            Section VI.4.  Keeping  of  Books.  Keep,  and  cause  each of its
Subsidiaries to keep, proper books of record and account,  containing complete
and  accurate  entries  of  all  their   respective   financial  and  business
transactions.


            Section VI.5.  Visitation,  Inspection,  Etc.  Permit,  and  cause
each of its  Subsidiaries  to permit,  any  representative  of the Agent,  the
Co-Agent,  the  Issuing  Bank or any  Lender to visit and  inspect  any of its
property,  to  examine  its  books and  records  and to make  copies  and take
extracts  therefrom,  and to discuss its affairs,  finances and accounts  with
its  officers,  all at such  reasonable  times and as often as the Agent,  the
Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender may reasonably request.

            Section VI.6.  Insurance; Maintenance of Properties.

            (a)   Maintain or cause to be maintained  with  financially  sound
      and reputable  insurers,  insurance  with respect to its  properties and
      business,  and the properties and business of its Subsidiaries,  against
      loss or damage of the kinds  customarily  insured  against by  reputable
      companies  in the same or similar  businesses,  such  insurance to be of
      such types and in such amounts as is customary for such companies  under
      similar  circumstances;  provided,  however,  that in any event Borrower
      shall  use its best  efforts  to  maintain,  or cause to be  maintained,
      insurance in amounts and with  coverages not  materially  less favorable
      to any Consolidated Company as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

            (b)   Cause,  and  cause  each of the  Consolidated  Companies  to
      cause,  all properties  used or useful in the conduct of its business to
      be maintained and kept in good  condition,  repair and working order and
      supplied  with all  necessary  equipment  and will  cause to be made all
      necessary repairs, renewals, replacements,  settlements and improvements
      thereof,  all as in the  judgment of Borrower  may be  necessary so that
      the  business  carried on in  connection  therewith  may be properly and
      advantageously conducted at all times.

            Section VI.7.  Reporting  Covenants.  Furnish  to each  Lender and
the Issuing Bank:

            (a)   Annual  Financial  Statements.  As soon as available  and in
      any  event  within  90 days  after  each  Fiscal  Year End of  Borrower,
      balance  sheets  of the  Consolidated  Companies  as at the  end of such
      year,  presented on a consolidated  basis, and the related statements of
      income,  shareholders'  equity,  and  cash  flows  of  the  Consolidated
      Companies  for such Fiscal  Year,  presented  on a  consolidated  basis,
      setting  forth in each  case in  comparative  form the  figures  for the
      previous  Fiscal Year,  all in reasonable  detail and  accompanied  by a
      report  thereon of Ernst & Young,  L.L.P.  or other  independent  public
      accountants  of  comparable  recognized  national  standing,  which such
      report shall be  unqualified  as to going concern and scope of audit and
      shall  state  that  such  financial  statements  present  fairly  in all
      material  respects the financial  condition as at the end of such Fiscal
      Year  on a  consolidated  basis,  and  the  results  of  operations  and
      statements of cash flows of the  Consolidated  Companies for such Fiscal
      Year  in  accordance   with  GAAP  and  that  the  examination  by  such
      accountants in connection with such  consolidated  financial  statements
      has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards;

           (b)   Quarterly  Financial  Statements.  As soon as available  and
      in any event  within 45 days  after the end of each  fiscal  quarter  of
      Borrower (other than the fourth fiscal  quarter),  balance sheets of the
      Consolidated  Companies  as at the end of such  quarter  presented  on a
      consolidated basis and the related  statements of income,  shareholders'
      equity,  and cash flows of the  Consolidated  Companies  for such fiscal
      quarter and for the portion of  Borrower's  Fiscal Year ended at the end
      of such  quarter,  presented on a  consolidated  basis  setting forth in
      each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding  quarter
      and the  corresponding  portion of Borrower's  previous Fiscal Year, all
      in  reasonable  detail and certified by the chief  financial  officer or
      principal   accounting   officer  of   Borrower   that  such   financial
      statements  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial
      condition  of the  Consolidated  Companies  as at the end of such fiscal
      quarter on a  consolidated  basis,  and the  results of  operations  and
      statements of cash flows of the  Consolidated  Companies for such fiscal
      quarter and such portion of Borrower's  Fiscal Year, in accordance  with
      GAAP consistently  applied (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments
      and the absence of certain footnotes);

            (c)   No   Default/Compliance   Certificate.   Together  with  the
      financial  statements  required  pursuant  to  subsections  (a)  and (b)
      above,  a  certificate  of the treasurer or chief  financial  officer of
      Borrower (i) to the effect that,  based upon a review of the  activities
      of the Consolidated  Companies and such financial  statements during the
      period covered thereby,  there exists no Event of Default and no Default
      under  this  Agreement,  or if there  exists  an Event of  Default  or a
      Default  hereunder,  specifying  the  nature  thereof  and the  proposed
      response   thereto,   and  (ii)   demonstrating  in  reasonable   detail
      compliance  as at the end of such  Fiscal  Year or such  fiscal  quarter
      with Section 6.08 and Sections 7.01 through 7.05;

            (d)   Notice of Default.  Promptly after any Executive  Officer of
      Borrower  has  notice  or  knowledge  of the  occurrence  of an Event of
      Default or a Default,  a certificate of the chief  financial  officer or
      principal  accounting officer of Borrower  specifying the nature thereof
      and the proposed response thereto;

            (e)   Litigation.  Promptly  after  (i)  the  occurrence  thereof,
      notice of the institution of or any material adverse  development in any
      material action,  suit or proceeding or any  governmental  investigation
      or any  arbitration,  before any court or arbitrator or any governmental
      or  administrative  body,  agency or official,  against any Consolidated
      Company,  or any material  property of any thereof seeking money damages
      in excess  of  $2,500,000  or  which,  if  adversely  determined,  would
      otherwise  reasonably be expected to have a Materially  Adverse  Effect,
      or (ii)  actual  knowledge  thereof,  notice  of the  threat of any such
      action, suit, proceeding, investigation or arbitration;


            (f)   Environmental  Notices.   Promptly  after  receipt  thereof,
      notice of any  actual or  alleged  violation,  or notice of any  action,
      claim or request for  information,  either  judicial or  administrative,
      from any  governmental  authority  relating  to any  actual  or  alleged
      claim,  notice of  potential  responsibility  under or  violation of any
      Environmental  Law, or any actual or alleged  spill,  leak,  disposal or
      other release of any waste,  petroleum  product,  or hazardous  waste or
      Hazardous  Substance by any  Consolidated  Company which could result in
      penalties,  fines,  claims  or  other  liabilities  to any  Consolidated
      Company in amounts in excess of $2,500,000;

            (g)   ERISA.  (i)  Promptly  after  the  occurrence  thereof  with
      respect to any Plan of any  Consolidated  Company or any ERISA Affiliate
      thereof,  or  any  trust  established   thereunder,   notice  of  (A)  a
      "reportable   event"   described  in  Section  4043  of  ERISA  and  the
      regulations   issued  from  time  to  time  thereunder   (other  than  a
      "reportable  event" not subject to the  provisions  for 30-day notice to
      the PBGC under such  regulations),  or (B) any other  event  which could
      subject  any  Consolidated  Company  to any tax,  penalty  or  liability
      under  Title I or Title IV of ERISA or  Chapter  43 of the Tax Code,  or
      any tax or penalty  resulting  from a loss of deduction  under  Sections
      162,  404 or 419 of the Tax Code,  where any such  taxes,  penalties  or
      liabilities exceed or could exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate;

                  (ii)  Promptly  after such  notice  must be  provided to the
      PBGC, or to a Plan  participant,  beneficiary or alternative  payee, any
      notice   required   under   Section   101(d),   302(f)(4),   303,   307,
      4041(b)(1)(A) or  4041(c)(1)(A) of ERISA or under Section  401(a)(29) or
      412 of the  Tax  Code  with  respect  to any  Plan  of any  Consolidated
      Company or any ERISA Affiliate thereof;

                  (iii) Promptly  after  receipt,  any notice  received by any
      Consolidated  Company  or any ERISA  Affiliate  thereof  concerning  the
      intent of the PBGC or any other  governmental  authority  to terminate a
      Plan of such  Company  or ERISA  Affiliate  thereof  which is subject to
      Title IV of ERISA,  to impose  any  liability  on such  Company or ERISA
      Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA or Chapter 43 of the Tax Code;

                  (iv)  Upon  the  request  of the  Agent,  promptly  upon the
      filing  thereof  with  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS")  or  the
      Department  of Labor  ("DOL"),  a copy of IRS Form 5500 or annual report
      for each Plan of any  Consolidated  Company or ERISA  Affiliate  thereof
      which is subject to Title IV of ERISA;

                  (v)   Upon the request of the Agent,  (A) true and  complete
      copies  of  any  and  all   documents,   government   reports   and  IRS
      determination  or  opinion  letters  or  rulings  for  any  Plan  of any
      Consolidated  Company from the IRS,  PBGC or DOL, (B) any reports  filed
      with the IRS,  PBGC or DOL with  respect  to a Plan of the  Consolidated
      Companies or any ERISA Affiliate thereof,  or (C) a current statement of
      withdrawal  liability for each  Multiemployer  Plan of any  Consolidated
      Company or any ERISA Affiliate thereof;

            (h)   Liens.  Promptly  upon  any  Consolidated  Compnay  becoming 
      aware thereof,  notice of the filing of any federal  statutory Lien, tax
      or other  state or local  government  Lien or any other  Lien  affecting
      their respective properties, other than Permitted Liens;

            (i)   Public  Filings,  Etc.  Promptly upon the filing  thereof or
      otherwise  becoming  available,  copies  of  all  financial  statements,
      annual,  quarterly and special  reports,  proxy  statements  and notices
      sent or made  available  generally  by Borrower  to its public  security
      holders,  of all  regular  and  periodic  reports  and all  registration
      statements  and  prospectuses,  if any,  filed  by any of them  with any
      securities  exchange,  and of all press  releases  and other  statements
      made available generally to the public containing material  developments
      in the  business  or  financial  condition  of  Borrower  and the  other
      Consolidated Companies;

            (j)   Accountants'   Reports.   Promptly  upon  receipt   thereof,
      copies of all  financial  statements  of, and all reports  submitted by,
      independent  public  accountants  to  Borrower in  connection  with each
      annual,  interim, or special audit of Borrower's  financial  statements,
      including  without  limitation,  the comment  letter  submitted  by such
      accountants to management in connection with their annual audit;

            (k)   Burdensome  Restrictions,  Etc.  Promptly upon the existence
      or occurrence thereof,  notice of the existence or occurrence of (i) any
      Contractual  Obligation or Requirement of Law described in Section 5.12,
      (ii)  failure  of any  Consolidated  Company  to hold in full  force and
      effect those material trademarks,  service marks, patents,  trade names,
      copyrights,  licenses and similar rights necessary in the normal conduct
      of its business,  and (iii) any strike, labor dispute, slow down or work
      stoppage as described in Section 5.21;

            (l)   New  Material   Subsidiaries.   Within  30  days  after  the
      formation or acquisition of any Material Subsidiary,  or any other event
      resulting in the creation of a new  Material  Subsidiary,  notice of the
      formation  or   acquisition   of  such   Material   Subsidiary  or  such
      occurrence,  including a description  of the assets of such entity,  the
      activities in which it will be engaged,  and such other  information  as
      the Agent,  the  Co-Agent,  the Issuing  Bank and any of the Lenders may
      request;

            (m)   Intercompany  Asset Transfers.  Promptly upon the occurrence
      thereof,  notice of the  transfer of any assets from any Credit Party to
      any  other  Consolidated  Company  that  is not a  Credit  Party  in any
      transaction  or series of related  transactions,  where  either the book
      value  or  the  fair  market  value  of  such  assets  is  greater  than
      $2,500,000  (excluding  sales  or  other  transfers  of  assets  in  the
      ordinary course of business); and

            (n)   Other Information.  With reasonable  promptness,  such other
      information   about  the  Consolidated   Companies  as  the  Agent,  the
      Co-Agent,  the Issuing  Bank or any Lender may  reasonably  request from
      time to time.


            Section VI.8.   Financial Covenants.

            (a)   Fixed  Charge  Coverage.  Maintain a Fixed  Charge  Coverage
      Ratio at all times greater than  3.00:1.00,  measured as of the last day
      of each fiscal  quarter of the  Borrower,  commencing on the last day of
      the  fiscal  quarter  ending on August  31,  1998,  for the  immediately
      preceding four quarters ending on such date.

            (b)   Leverage  Ratio.  Maintain a Leverage  Ratio at all times of
      not more  than  3.00:1.0,  measured  as of the  last day of each  fiscal
      quarter  of the  Borrower,  commencing  on the  last  day of the  fiscal
      quarter  ending on August 31, 1998, for the  immediately  preceding four
      quarters ending on such date.

            Section VI.9.  Notices   Under    Certain   Other    Indebtedness.
Immediately upon its receipt thereof,  Borrower shall furnish the Agent a copy
of any  notice  received  by it or any  other  Consolidated  Company  from the
holder(s) of  Indebtedness  referred to in Section  7.01(b),  (c), (f), (g) or
(i) (or from any trustee,  agent, attorney, or other party acting on behalf of
such  holder(s)) in an amount which,  in the  aggregate,  exceeds  $2,500,000,
where such notice  states or claims (i) the  existence  or  occurrence  of any
default or event of default with respect to such Indebtedness  under the terms
of any  indenture,  loan  or  credit  agreement,  debenture,  note,  or  other
document  evidencing or governing such Indebtedness,  or (ii) the existence or
occurrence of any event or condition  which  requires or permits  holder(s) of
any Indebtedness to exercise rights under any Change in Control Provision.

            Section VI.10. Additional    Credit   Parties   and    Collateral.
Promptly  after (i) the formation or  acquisition  of any Material  Subsidiary
not listed on Schedule 5.14,  (ii) the transfer of assets to any  Consolidated
Company if notice thereof is required to be given pursuant to Section  6.07(m)
and as a result  thereof  the  recipient  of such  assets  becomes a  Material
Subsidiary,  or  (iii)  the  occurrence  of any  other  event  creating  a new
Material  Subsidiary,  Borrower  shall  cause to be executed  and  delivered a
Supplement  to  Subsidiary   Guaranty   Agreement   from  each  such  Material
Subsidiary,   together  with  related   corporate   authorization   documents,
organizational  documents,  secretary's certificates and opinions, all in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Lenders.



                                  ARTICLE VII.
                                 

                              NEGATIVE COVENANTS

            So long as any Commitment  remains in effect hereunder or any Note
shall remain unpaid, Borrower will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to:

            Section VII.1. Indebtedness.  Create,  incur,  assume,  guarantee,
suffer to exist or otherwise  become liable on or with respect to, directly or
indirectly, any Indebtedness, other than:

            (a)   Indebtedness  of the Borrower  under this  Agreement  and of
      the Material Subsidiary of Borrower pursuant to the Guaranty Agreement;

            (b)   Indebtedness  outstanding  or incurred  on the Closing  Date
      and described on Schedule 7.01

            (c)   purchase money  Indebtedness to the extent secured by a Lien
      permitted  by Section  7.02(b) in an aggregate  principal  amount at any
      time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000;

            (d)   unsecured  current  liabilities  (other than liabilities for
      borrowed money or liabilities  evidenced by promissory  notes,  bonds or
      similar  instruments)  incurred in the  ordinary  course of business and
      either  (i) not more than 30 days past due,  or (ii) being  disputed  in
      good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  with reserves for such disputed
      liability maintained in conformity with GAAP;

            (e)   Indebtedness  of Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  under
      Interest Rate Contracts;

            (f)   Subordinated  Debt of the Borrower (but not  Subsidiaries of
      the Borrower) expressly approved in writing by the Lenders;

            (g)   Guarantees  of  advances to officers  and  employees  in the
      ordinary course of business,  or Guarantees  otherwise  disclosed to and
      approved in writing by the Agent and the Required Lenders;

            (h)   Endorsements  of  instruments  for deposit or  collection in
      the ordinary course of business;

            (i)   Unsecured  Indebtedness  of the  Borrower  pursuant to short
      term lines of credit in an  aggregate  principal  amount at any one time
      outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000;


            Section 7.05;

            (k)   Up to  $25,000,000  of additional  Indebtedness  at any time
      outstanding  for the  purpose of issuing  variable  or fixed rate demand
      notes or bonds for the benefit of  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries
      to finance one or more advanced culinary center.

            Section VII.2. Liens.  Create,  incur,  assume  or suffer to exist
any Lien on any of its property now owned or hereafter  acquired to secure any
Indebtedness other than:

            (a)   Liens   existing  on  the  Closing  Date  and  disclosed  on
      Schedule 7.02;

            (b)   any  Lien on any  property  and  proceeds  thereof  securing
      Indebtedness  permitted by Section  7.01(c) or 7.01(k) above incurred or
      assumed  for the  purpose  of  financing  all or any part of the cost of
      acquiring,  developing,  constructing,   installing  or  equipping  such
      property and any refinancing  thereof,  provided that such Lien does not
      extend to any other property (other than the proceeds of such property);

            (c)   Liens for  taxes  not yet due,  and Liens for taxes or Liens
      imposed by ERISA which are being  contested in good faith by appropriate
      proceedings  and with  respect  to which  adequate  reserves  are  being
      maintained in accordance with GAAP;

            (d)    statutory   Liens  of  landlords  and  Liens  of  carriers,
      warehousemen,  mechanics, materialmen and other Liens imposed by law and
      created in the  ordinary  course of business  for amounts not yet due or
      which are being  contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings and
      with  respect  to  which  adequate  reserves  are  being  maintained  in
      accordance with GAAP;

            (e)   Liens  incurred or deposits  made in the ordinary  course of
      business  in  connection   with  workers'   compensation,   unemployment
      insurance  and  other  types  of  social  security,  or  to  secure  the
      performance of tenders, statutory obligations,  surety and appeal bonds,
      bids,  leases,  government  contracts,  performance and  return-of-money
      bonds and other similar  obligations  (exclusive of obligations  for the
      payment of borrowed money);

            (f)   zoning,  easements  and  restrictions  on the  use  of  real
      property which do not materially impair the use of such property; and

            (g)   rights in property  reserved  or vested in any  governmental
      authority which do not materially impair the use of such property.



           
            Section VII.3. Mergers, Sales, Acquisitions.

            (a)   Merge or  consolidate  with any other  Person,  except  that
      this Section 7.03 shall not apply to:

                  (i)   any  merger  or  consolidation  of  Borrower  with any
            other  Person   provided   that  the  Borrower  is  the  surviving
            corporation after such merger or consolidation,

                  (ii)  any merger or  consolidation  of any of the Borrower's
            Subsidiaries   with  any  other  Person  provided  that  any  such
            Subsidiary  shall be the surviving  corporation  after such merger
            or consolidation, or

                  (iii) any merger between Subsidiaries of Borrower; or

            (b)    sell,   lease,   transfer  or  otherwise   dispose  of  its
      accounts,  property  or other  assets  (including  capital  stock of any
      Subsidiary of  Borrower),  except that this Section 7.03 shall not apply
      to:

                  (i)   any sale,  lease,  transfer  or other  disposition  of
            assets of any  Subsidiary  of the  Borrower to the Borrower or any
            of its Material Subsidiaries,

                  (ii)  sales of inventory in the ordinary  course of business
            of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,

                  (iii) disposition  of equipment or inventory  determined  in
            good faith to be  obsolete  or  unusable  by the  Borrower  or its
            Subsidiaries, or

                  (iv)  any other  sale of the  Borrower's  assets  during the
            term of this  Agreement;  provided  that,  such assets (x) have an
            aggregate book value,  which when  aggregated  with all other such
            sales since the Closing  Date,  do not exceed  seven and  one-half
            percent  (7.5%)  of  the  aggregate  book  value  of  all  of  the
            Borrower's  assets  on the  date of such  transfer,  and (y)  when
            aggregated  with all other  assets of  Borrower  sold  during such
            Fiscal Year,  did not produce or  otherwise  account for more than
            ten percent  (10%) of  Consolidated  EBITDA  during the  preceding
            Fiscal  Year (or in the case of the first year of this  Agreement,
            any of the four preceding fiscal quarters of the Borrower);

            (c)   purchase,  lease or  otherwise  acquire  for cash,  stock or
      other  consideration,  the stock of any Person or all or any substantial
      portion of the assets of any Person,  unless such stock, assets or other
      considerations  have fair market value in any one transaction  less than
      $10,000,000,  or less than $20,000,000 in the aggregate per Fiscal Year,
      and the Borrower provides to the Lenders the following information:


                  (i)   a  description  in  reasonable  detail  of the  assets
            proposed to be purchased in the transaction; and

                  (ii)  a certificate  by the Chief  Financial  Officer of the
            Borrower   stating   that  (1)  after   giving   effect  any  such
            transaction  in this Section  7.03(c) the  covenants  described in
            Section  6.08  have been met and (2) that no  Default  or Event of
            Default will exist as a result of the transaction;

provided,  however, that no transaction pursuant to clause (a), clause (b)(i),
clause  (b)(iv) or clause (c) above shall be permitted if any Default or Event
of Default  exists at the time of such  transaction or would exist as a result
of such transaction.

            Section VII.4. Investments,  Loans,  Etc. Make, permit or hold any
Investments  in any Person,  or  otherwise  acquire or hold any  Subsidiaries,
other than:

            (a)   Investments in  (i) Subsidiaries  of Borrower existing as of
      the Closing Date,  (ii) Material  Subsidiaries with respect to which the
      Borrower has complied with Section 6.10,  and (iii) Subsidiaries created
      or acquired  thereafter in connection with any acquisition  permitted by
      Section 7.03(c)  to the extent  permitted by  Section 7.03 in any Fiscal
      Year.

            (b)   Investments  in the  stock  or  other  assets  of any  other
      Person that is engaged in a business  permitted  by Section  7.08 hereof
      that, as a result of such Investment,  becomes a wholly-owned Subsidiary
      of Borrower (other than Hostile Acquisitions);  provided,  however, that
      the aggregate  amount of  Investments  made pursuant to this  subsection
      (b) shall not exceed,  (x) in the case of the  acquisition  of the stock
      or assets of any  Person or  related  Persons,  an  aggregate  amount of
      $1,500,000,  and (y) an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 during any Fiscal
      Year of the Borrower;

            (c)   marketable  direct  obligations  of the United States or any
      agency  thereof,  or obligations  guaranteed by the United States or any
      agency  thereof,  in each case supported by the full faith and credit of
      the  United  States  and  maturing  within  one  year  from  the date of
      creation thereof;

            (d)   Investments  received in settlement of Indebtedness  created
      in the ordinary course of business;

           (e)   marketable  direct  obligations  issued  by any state of the
      United States of America or any political  subdivision of any such state
      or any  public  instrumentality  thereof,  the  interest  from  which is
      exempt from  Federal  income  taxes,  maturing  within one year from the
      date  of  acquisition  thereof  and  either  having  as at any  date  of
      determination the one of the two highest ratings  obtainable from either
      Standard & Poor's or Moody's;

            (f)   unsecured  commercial  paper,  the  interest  from  which is
      exempt from Federal  income  taxes,  maturing no more than 270 days from
      the date of creation and having as at any date of  determination  either
      the highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor's or Moody's;

            (g)   commercial paper issued by  corporations,  each of which has
      a consolidated net worth of not less than  $500,000,000,  and conducts a
      substantial  portion of its  business  in the United  States of America,
      maturing no more than 365 days from the date of acquisition  thereof and
      having as at any date of  determination  the highest  rating  obtainable
      from either Standard & Poor's or Moody's; and

            (h)   money market or similar  depository  accounts,  certificates
      of deposit or bankers  acceptances,  in each case redeemable upon demand
      or  maturing  within  one year  from the  date of  acquisition  thereof,
      issued by  commercial  banks  incorporated  under the laws of the United
      States of America  or any state  thereof or the  District  of  Columbia,
      provided  (x) each such bank has at any date of  determination  combined
      capital and surplus of not less than  $1,000,000,000 and a rating of its
      long-term  debt of at  least A by  Standard  &  Poor's  or at least A by
      Moody's or a long-term  deposit  rating of at least A issued by Standard
      & Poor's or at least A issued by Moody's,  (y) the  aggregate  amount of
      all such  certificates  of deposit issued by such bank are fully insured
      at all times by the Federal Deposit Insurance Company;

provided  however,   notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Borrower  and  any
Subsidiary  may continue to own any  Investment  which (A)  complied  with the
provisions  of clauses  (f), (g) or (h) at the time such  Investment  was made
and (B) at any date of  determination  does not so comply  solely  because (x)
such  Investment  no longer has the rating  required from Standard & Poor's or
Moody's  or (y) the bank  having  the money  market or  depository  account or
issuing the  certificate of deposit or bankers  acceptance  ceases to have the
required  level of capital  and  surplus or to have a rating of its  long-term
debt of at least A by  Standard & Poor's or at least A by Moody's or to have a
long-term  deposit  rating of at least A by Standard & Poor's or at least A by
Moody's,  if, and for so long as, in the good faith  judgment of the  relevant
Executive  Officer,  no loss of the principal  amount of such Investment would
occur as the result of the Borrower or such Subsidiary  continuing to own such
Investment to maturity.  Nothing  contained in the foregoing  proviso shall be
deemed to be  applicable  to any new or  renewed  Investment  at the time such
Investment is made or renewed.

            Section VII.5. Letters of Credit.  Create,  incur, issue,  assume,
guarantee,  suffer to exist or otherwise  become liable on or with respect to,
directly or indirectly,  letters of credit other than Letters of Credit issued
pursuant to this  Agreement and letters of credit issued to provide  credit or
liquidity  support,  or both in  connection  with  Indebtedness  permitted  by
Section 7.01(k),  where the  maximum  amount  available  to be drawn under all
such letters of credit would exceed, at any one time outstanding,  $20,000,000
in the aggregate.

            Section VII.6. Sale and Leaseback  Transactions.  Sell or transfer
any property,  real or personal,  whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and
thereafter   rent  or  lease  such  property  or  other   property  which  any
Consolidated  Company  intends to use for  substantially  the same  purpose or
purposes as the property being sold or transferred.

            Section VII.7. Transactions with Affiliates.

            (a)   Enter   into  any   transaction   or   series   of   related
      transactions  which in the aggregate  would be material,  whether or not
      in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,   with  any  Affiliate  of  any
      Consolidated  Company  (but  excluding  any  Affiliate  which  is also a
      wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of Borrower and any  compensation  arrangement
      with an officer or  director of the  Borrower or any other  Consolidated
      Company entered into in the ordinary course of business),  other than on
      terms and  conditions  substantially  as favorable to such  Consolidated
      Company as would be  obtained by such  Consolidated  Company at the time
      in a  comparable  arm's-length  transaction  with a Person other than an
      Affiliate.

            (b)   Convey or transfer to any other Person  (including any other
      Consolidated Company) any real property,  buildings, or fixtures used in
      the manufacturing or production  operations of any Consolidated Company,
      or  convey  or  transfer  to any other  Consolidated  Company  any other
      assets  (excluding  conveyances  or transfers in the ordinary  course of
      business) if at the time of such  conveyance  or transfer any Default or
      Event of Default  exists or would  exist as a result of such  conveyance
      or transfer.

            Section VII.8.  Changes in  Business.  Enter into or engage in any
business which is substantially  different from the business engaged in by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.

            Section VII.9. ERISA.  Take  or  fail  to  take  any  action  with
respect to any Plan of any Consolidated  Company or, with respect to its ERISA
Affiliates,  any  Plans  which  are  subject  to  Title  IV  of  ERISA  or  to
continuation  health care  requirements  for group  health plans under the Tax
Code,  including  without  limitation  (i)  establishing  any such Plan,  (ii)
amending any such Plan (except where required to comply with applicable  law),
(iii)  terminating  or  withdrawing  from any such Plan, or (iv)  incurring an
amount of unfunded benefit  liabilities,  as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of
ERISA,  or any  withdrawal  liability  under Title IV of ERISA with respect to
any such Plan,  which  together with any other action or omission  referred to
in this  Section  7.09  (taken as a whole)  would  have a  Materially  Adverse
Effect, without first obtaining the written approval of the Required Lenders.

           Section VII.10.   Limitation  on Payment  Restrictions  Affecting 
Consolidated  Companies.  Create  or  otherwise  cause or  suffer  to exist or
become effective,  any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of
any Consolidated  Company to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions
on any stock of a Subsidiary  of the  Borrower,  or (ii) pay any  intercompany
debt owed to Borrower or any other  Consolidated  Company,  or (iii)  transfer
any of its property or assets to Borrower or any other  Consolidated  Company,
except any consensual  encumbrance  or restriction  existing as of the Closing
Date.

            Section VII.11.   Actions  Under  Certain  Documents.  Without the
prior written  consent of the Required  Lenders (i) modify,  amend,  cancel or
rescind any agreements or documents evidencing or governing  Subordinated Debt
or  intercompany  debt,  (ii) make any payment  with  respect to  Subordinated
Debt,  except that current  interest accrued on such  Subordinated  Debt as of
the date of this  Agreement  and all interest  subsequently  accruing  thereon
(whether  or not paid  currently)  may be paid  unless a  Default  or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing,  (iii) voluntarily  prepay any portion
of  intercompany  debt, or (iv) amend or modify any of the Sharing  Agreements
to materially  increase the  obligations or  liabilities  of the  Consolidated
Companies thereunder.

            Section VII.12.   Additional    Negative   Pledges.    Create   or
otherwise  cause  or  suffer  to  exist  or  become  effective,   directly  or
indirectly,  any  prohibition  or  restriction on the creation or existence of
any Lien upon any asset of any  Consolidated  Company,  other than pursuant to
(i)  Section  7.02,  (ii) the  terms  of any  agreement,  instrument  or other
document  pursuant to which any Indebtedness  permitted by Sections 7.01(k) or
7.02(b) is incurred by any Consolidated  Company,  so long as such prohibition
or  restriction   (in  the  case  of   Indebtedness   permitted   pursuant  to
Section 7.02(b))  applies only to the property or asset being financed by such
Indebtedness,  and (iii) any  requirement  of applicable law or any regulatory
authority having jurisdiction over any of the Consolidated Companies.

            Section VII.13.   Changes in Fiscal Year.  Change the  calculation
of the Fiscal Year of the Borrower.

            Section VII.14.   Issuance  of Stock by  Subsidiaries.  Permit any
Subsidiary  (either  directly  or  indirectly  by the  issuance  of  rights or
options for, or  securities  convertible  into such shares) to issue,  sell or
dispose  of any  shares  of its  stock of any  class  (other  than  directors'
qualifying shares, if any) except to the Borrower or another Subsidiary.

            Section VII.15.   Dividends.  In  any  Fiscal  Year  the  Borrower
shall not pay or declare  dividends in an aggregate amount in excess of twenty
percent (20%) of its Consolidated Net Income.


                               ARTICLE VIII.

                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

            Upon the  occurrence  and  during  the  continuance  of any of the
following specified events (each an "Event of Default"):

            Section VIII.1.    Payments.   Borrower   shall   fail   to   make
promptly when due (including,  without  limitation,  by mandatory  prepayment)
any  principal  payment with respect to the Loans,  or Borrower  shall fail to
make any payment of interest,  fee or other amount  payable  hereunder  within
five (5) days of its due date;

            Section VIII.2.   Covenants  Without  Notice.  Borrower shall fail
to observe or perform any  covenant or agreement  contained in Sections  6.01,
6.05, 6.07, 6.08, 6.09 or Article VII;

            Section VIII.3.   Other   Covenants.   Borrower   shall   fail  to
observe or perform any  covenant or  agreement  contained  in this  Agreement,
other than those  referred  to in Sections  8.01 and 8.02,  and, if capable of
being  remedied,  such failure shall remain  unremedied  for 30 days after the
earlier of (i) Borrower's  obtaining knowledge thereof, or (ii) written notice
thereof shall have been given to Borrower by Agent, the Co-Agent,  the Issuing
Bank or any Lender;

            Section VIII.4.    Representations.    Any    representation    or
warranty  made or deemed to be made by Borrower or any other  Credit  Party or
by any of its  officers  under this  Agreement  or any other  Credit  Document
(including  the  Schedules  attached  thereto),  or any  certificate  or other
document  submitted  to the  Agent,  the  Co-Agent,  the  Issuing  Bank or the
Lenders by any such  Person  pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  or any
other Credit  Document,  shall be incorrect in any material  respect when made
or deemed to be made or submitted;

            Section VIII.5.   Non-Payments   of   Other   Indebtedness.    Any
Consolidated  Company shall fail to make when due (whether at stated maturity,
by  acceleration,  on demand or  otherwise,  and  after  giving  effect to any
applicable  grace  period)  any  payment of  principal  of or  interest on any
Indebtedness (other than the Obligations)  exceeding  $2,500,000  individually
or in the aggregate;

            Section VIII.6.   Defaults  Under  Other  Agreements;  Change  In 
Control  Provisions.  (a) Any  Consolidated  Company  shall fail to observe or
perform any covenants or agreements  (whether or not waived)  contained in any
agreements  or  instruments  relating  to any of  its  Indebtedness  exceeding
$500,000  individually or in the aggregate,  or any other event shall occur if
the effect of such failure or other event is to accelerate,  or with notice or
passage  of time or both,  to permit the  holder of such  Indebtedness  or any
other Person to  accelerate,  the maturity of such  Indebtedness;  or any such
Indebtedness  shall be  required  to be  prepaid  (other  than by a  regularly
scheduled  required  prepayment)  in  whole  or in part  prior  to its  stated
maturity;  or (b) any event or condition shall occur or exist which,  pursuant
to the terms of any  Change in Control  Provision,  requires  or  permits  the
holder(s) of the Indebtedness  subject to such Change in Control  Provision to
require that such Indebtedness be redeemed, repurchased,  defeased, prepaid or
repaid,  in whole or in  part,  or the  maturity  of such  Indebtedness  to be
accelerated;

            Section VIII.7.   Bankruptcy.   The   Borrower  or  any   Material
Subsidiary  shall  commence  a  voluntary  case  concerning  itself  under the
Bankruptcy Code or applicable  foreign bankruptcy laws; or an involuntary case
for bankruptcy is commenced  against  Borrower or any Material  Subsidiary and
the petition is not  controverted  within 10 days, or is not dismissed  within
60 days,  after  commencement  of the case;  or a custodian (as defined in the
Bankruptcy Code) or similar official under applicable  foreign bankruptcy laws
is  appointed  for,  or takes  charge of, all or any  substantial  part of the
property of the  Borrower or any Material  Subsidiary;  or the Borrower or any
Material  Subsidiary  commences  proceedings  of its own  bankruptcy  or to be
granted  a  suspension  of  payments  or  any  other   proceeding   under  any
reorganization,   arrangement,   adjustment   of  debt,   relief  of  debtors,
dissolution,  insolvency or  liquidation  or similar law of any  jurisdiction,
whether now or hereafter  in effect,  relating to the Borrower or any Material
Subsidiary  or  there  is  commenced  against  the  Borrower  or any  Material
Subsidiary any such  proceeding  which remains  undismissed for a period of 60
days; or the Borrower or any Material  Subsidiary is adjudicated  insolvent or
bankrupt;  or any order of relief or other  order  approving  any such case or
proceeding is entered;  or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary suffers any
appointment  of any  custodian or the like for it or any  substantial  part of
its property to continue  undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or
the Borrower or any Material  Subsidiary  makes a general  assignment  for the
benefit of creditors;  or the Borrower or any Material  Subsidiary  shall fail
to pay,  or shall  state that it is unable to pay,  or shall be unable to pay,
its debts  generally  as they  become due;  or the  Borrower  or any  Material
Subsidiary  shall call a meeting of its  creditors  with a view to arranging a
composition  or  adjustment  of its debts;  or the  Borrower  or any  Material
Subsidiary  shall  by any act or  failure  to act  indicate  its  consent  to,
approval of or acquiescence in any of the foregoing;  or any corporate  action
is taken  by the  Borrower  or any  Material  Subsidiary  for the  purpose  of
effecting any of the foregoing;

            Section VIII.8.   ERISA. A Plan of either a  Consolidated  Company
or of any of its ERISA Affiliates which is subject to Title IV of ERISA:

         (i)      shall  fail to be  funded  in  accordance  with the  minimum
                  funding  standard  required by applicable  law, the terms of
                  such Plan,  Section  412 of the Tax Code or  Section  302 of
                  ERISA  for any plan  year or a waiver  of such  standard  is
                  sought  or   granted   with   respect  to  such  Plan  under
                  applicable  law,  the terms of such Plan or  Section  412 of
                  the Tax Code or Section 303 of ERISA; or

       (ii)      is  being,  or  has  been,  terminated  or  the  subject  of
                  termination  proceedings  under  applicable law or the terms
                  of such Plan; or

       (iii)      shall  require a  Consolidated  Company to provide  security
                  under  applicable  law, the terms of such Plan,  Section 401
                  or 412 of the Tax Code or Section 306 or 307 of ERISA; or

        (iv)      results  in a  liability  to a  Consolidated  Company  under
                  applicable  law,  the  terms  of such  Plan,  or Title IV of
                  ERISA;

and there shall result from any such  failure,  waiver,  termination  or other
event  described  in clauses (i) through (iv) above a liability to the PBGC or
a Plan that would have a Materially Adverse Effect;

            Section VIII.9.   Judgments.  Judgments  or orders for the payment
of  money  in  excess  of  $2,500,000  individually  or in  the  aggregate  or
otherwise  having  a  Materially  Adverse  Effect  shall be  rendered  against
Borrower or any other  Consolidated  Company and such  judgment or order shall
continue  unsatisfied  (in the case of a money  judgment)  and in effect for a
period of 30 days during which  execution  shall not be effectively  stayed or
deferred (whether by action of a court, by agreement or otherwise);

            Section VIII.10.  Ownership of Credit  Parties.  If Borrower shall
at any  time  fail to own and  control  the  shares  of  Voting  Stock  of any
Guarantor  which it owned or  controlled at the time such  Guarantor  became a
Credit  Party  hereunder  other than due to sale of the  Voting  Stock of such
Guarantor permitted pursuant to Section 7.03 hereof;

            Section VIII.11.  Change  in  Control  of  Borrower.  (x) With the
exception of Morrison  prior to the Closing Date,  any person or group (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as in
effect on the date hereof) shall become the owner,  beneficially or of record,
of shares  representing  more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the aggregate
ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding  capital stock
of the  Borrower,  or (y) a change in the board of  directors  of the Borrower
shall occur such that the  individuals  who constituted the board of directors
of the Borrower at the beginning of the two-year period immediately  preceding
such change  (together  with any other director whose election by the board of
directors   of  the  Borrower  or  whose   nomination   for  election  by  the
shareholders  of the Borrower was approved by a vote of at least a majority of
the  directors  then in office who either were  directors at the  beginning of
such period or whose  election or  nomination  for election was  previously so
approved)  cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the directors then
in office; or

            Section VIII.12.  Default Under Other Credit  Documents;  Sharing 
Agreements.  (x)  There  shall  exist or  occur  any  "Event  of  Default"  as
provided under the terms of any other Credit Document,  or any Credit Document
ceases  to be in full  force  and  effect or the  validity  or  enforceability
thereof is  disaffirmed by or on behalf of Borrower or any other Credit Party,
or at any time it is or becomes  unlawful  for  Borrower  or any other  Credit
Party to  perform or comply  with its  material  obligations  under any Credit
Document,  or the material  obligations  of Borrower or any other Credit Party
under any Credit  Document are not or cease to be legal,  valid and binding on
Borrower or any such Credit Party; or (y) any party to the Sharing  Agreements
shall default with respect to its covenants or  obligations  thereunder  where
such  default  results in a  Materially  Adverse  Effect  with  respect to the
Credit Parties;

then,  and in any such  event,  and at any  time  thereafter  if any  Event of
Default  shall  then be  continuing,  the Agent may,  and upon the  written or
telex  request  of  the  Required  Lenders,  shall,  take  any  or  all of the
following  actions,  without  prejudice  to  the  rights  of  the  Agent,  the
Co-Agent,  the Issuing  Bank,  any Lender or the holder of any Note to enforce
its claims  against  Borrower  or any other  Credit  Party:  (i)  declare  all
Commitments  terminated,  whereupon  the  Commitments  of  each  Lender  shall
terminate  immediately and any commitment fee shall  forthwith  become due and
payable  without any other notice of any kind;  (ii) declare the  principal of
and any  accrued  interest  on the  Loans,  and all  other  Obligations  owing
hereunder to be,  whereupon the same shall  become,  forthwith due and payable
without  presentment,  demand,  protest  or other  notice of any kind,  all of
which  are  hereby  waived by the  Borrower;  provided,  that,  if an Event of
Default  specified in Section  8.07 shall occur,  the result which would occur
upon the  giving  of  notice by the Agent to any  Credit  Party,  shall  occur
automatically  without the giving of any such  notice,  and (iii) may exercise
any other rights or remedies  available under the Credit Documents,  at law or
in equity.

                                  ARTICLE IX.

                                   THE AGENT

            Section IX.1.  Appointment  of Agent.  The  Issuing  Bank and each
Lender  hereby  designates   SunTrust  as  Agent  to  administer  all  matters
concerning  the Loans and  Letters of Credit  and to act as herein  specified.
The  Issuing  Bank and each Lender  hereby  irrevocably  authorizes,  and each
holder of any Note by the acceptance of a Note shall be deemed  irrevocably to
authorize,  the Agent to take such actions on its behalf under the  provisions
of this Agreement,  the other Credit Documents,  and all other instruments and
agreements  referred to herein or therein,  and to exercise such powers and to
perform such duties hereunder and thereunder as are specifically  delegated to
or  required  of the Agent by the terms  hereof  and  thereof  and such  other
powers as are  reasonably  incidental  thereto.  The Agent may  perform any of
its duties hereunder by or through their agents or employees.


            Section IX.2.  Authorization   of  Agent  with  Respect  to  the  
Security  Documents.  (a) The Issuing Bank and each Lender  hereby  authorizes
the Agent to enter into each of the Security  Documents  substantially  in the
form  attached  hereto,  and to take  all  action  contemplated  thereby.  All
rights and  remedies  under the  Security  Documents  may be  exercised by the
Agent for the benefit of the Agent,  the Issuing  Bank and the Lenders and the
other beneficiaries  thereof upon the terms thereof.  The Issuing Bank and the
Lenders  further  agree that the Agent may  assign its rights and  obligations
under any of the Security  Documents  to any  affiliate of the Agent or to any
trustee,  if necessary or appropriate  under applicable law, which assignee in
each  such  case  shall  (subject  to  compliance  with  any  requirements  of
applicable  law  governing  the  assignment  of such  Security  Documents)  be
entitled  to all the  rights  of the  Agent  under  and  with  respect  to the
applicable Security Document.

            (b)   In each  circumstance  where,  under  any  provision  of any
Security  Document,  the Agent shall have the right to grant or  withhold  any
consent,  exercise any remedy,  make any determination or direct any action by
the Agent  under such  Security  Document,  the Agent  shall act in respect of
such consent,  exercise of remedies,  determination or action, as the case may
be,  with  the  consent  of and  at the  direction  of the  Required  Lenders;
provided,  however,  that no such  consent of the  Required  Lenders  shall be
required with respect to any consent,  determination  or other matter that is,
in the Agent's  judgment,  ministerial or  administrative  in nature.  In each
circumstance  where any consent of or direction  from the Required  Lenders is
required,  the Agent shall send to the  Issuing  Bank and the Lenders a notice
setting  forth a description  in  reasonable  detail of the matter as to which
consent or direction is requested  and the Agent's  proposed  course of action
with  respect  thereto.  In the  event the Agent  shall  not have  received  a
response  from any Lender or the Issuing  Bank within five (5)  Business  Days
after such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's receipt of such notice,  such Lender
or the  Issuing  Bank  shall be deemed to have  agreed to the course of action
proposed by the Agent.

            Section IX.3.  Nature of Duties of  Agent.  The Agent  shall  have
no  duties  or  responsibilities  except  those  expressly  set  forth in this
Agreement  and the other  Credit  Documents.  None of the Agent nor any of its
respective  officers,  directors,  employees or agents shall be liable for any
action  taken or omitted by it as such  hereunder or in  connection  herewith,
unless  caused by its or their gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct.  The
duties of the Agent shall be ministerial  and  administrative  in nature;  the
Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement a fiduciary  relationship  in
respect of any Lender or the  Issuing  Bank;  and  nothing in this  Agreement,
express or implied,  is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon
the Agent any  obligations  in respect of this  Agreement  or the other Credit
Documents except as expressly set forth herein.

            Section IX.4.  Lack of Reliance on the Agent.

           (a)   Independently  and  without  reliance  upon the Agent,  each
      Lender and the Issuing Bank, to the extent each deems  appropriate,  has
      made and shall  continue to make (i) its own  independent  investigation
      of the  financial  condition  and  affairs  of  the  Credit  Parties  in
      connection  with the taking or not  taking of any  action in  connection
      herewith,  and (ii) its own  appraisal  of the  creditworthiness  of the
      Credit  Parties,  and,  except as expressly  provided in this Agreement,
      the Agent shall have no duty or  responsibility,  either initially or on
      a continuing  basis,  to provide any Lender or the Issuing Bank with any
      credit or other  information with respect  thereto,  whether coming into
      its  possession  before the making of the Loans or the  issuance  of the
      Letters of Credit or at any time or times thereafter.

            (b)   The Agent  shall  not be  responsible  to any  Lender or the
      Issuing Bank for any recitals, statements, information,  representations
      or warranties  herein or in any document,  certificate  or other writing
      delivered in connection  herewith or for the  execution,  effectiveness,
      genuineness,  validity,  enforceability,   collectibility,  priority  or
      sufficiency of this Agreement,  the Notes, the Guaranty Agreement or any
      other  documents  contemplated  hereby  or  thereby,  or  the  financial
      condition  of the Credit  Parties,  or be  required  to make any inquiry
      concerning  either the  performance  or  observance of any of the terms,
      provisions  or  conditions of this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the Guaranty
      Agreement or the other documents  contemplated hereby or thereby, or the
      financial  condition of the Credit Parties, or the existence or possible
      existence of any Default or Event of Default.

            Section IX.5.  Certain  Rights of the  Agent.  If the Agent  shall
request  instructions  from the Required Lenders with respect to any action or
actions (including the failure to act) in connection with this Agreement,  the
Agent shall be entitled  to refrain  from such act or taking such act,  unless
and  until  the Agent  shall  have  received  instructions  from the  Required
Lenders;  and the Agent shall not incur  liability  in any Person by reason of
so refraining.  Without limiting the foregoing,  no Lender or the Issuing Bank
shall  have any right of action  whatsoever  against  the Agent as a result of
the Agent acting or refraining  from acting  hereunder in accordance  with the
instructions of the Required Lenders.

            Section IX.6.  Reliance  by Agent.  The Agent shall be entitled to
rely,  and  shall be fully  protected  in  relying,  upon any  note,  writing,
resolution,  notice,  statement,  certificate,  telex,  teletype or telecopier
message, cable gram, radiogram,  order or other documentary,  teletransmission
or  telephone  message  believed  by it to be genuine  and correct and to have
been  signed,  sent or made by the proper  Person.  The Agent may consult with
legal counsel  (including  counsel for any Credit Party),  independent  public
accountants  and other experts  selected by it and shall not be liable for any
action  taken or omitted to be taken by it in good  faith in  accordance  with
the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.


            Section IX.7.  Indemnification  of Agent.  To the extent the Agent
is not reimbursed  and  indemnified  by the Credit  Parties,  each Lender will
reimburse  and  indemnify  the  Agent,  ratably  according  to the  respective
amounts of the Loans  outstanding  under all Commitments (or if no amounts are
outstanding,  ratably in accordance with the Commitments), in either case, for
and against any and all liabilities,  obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses  (including  counsel  fees  and
disbursements)  or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be
imposed  on,  incurred  by or asserted  against  the Agent in  performing  its
duties  hereunder,  in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or
the other Credit Documents;  provided that no Lender or the Issuing Bank shall
be  liable  to the Agent for any  portion  of such  liabilities,  obligations,
losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements   resulting  from  the  Agent's  gross   negligence  or  willful
misconduct.

            Section IX.8.  The  Agent  in  its   Individual   Capacity.   With
respect to its obligation to lend under this  Agreement,  the Loans made by it
and the Notes  issued to it, the Agent  shall have the same  rights and powers
hereunder  as any other  Lender or holder of a Note and may  exercise the same
as though it were not performing the duties  specified  herein;  and the terms
"Lenders",  "Required  Lenders",  "holders  of Notes",  or any  similar  terms
shall,  unless the context clearly otherwise  indicates,  include the Agent in
its individual  capacity.  The Agent may accept  deposits from, lend money to,
and  generally  engage in any kind of banking,  trust,  financial  advisory or
other  business  with  the  Consolidated  Companies  or any  affiliate  of the
Consolidated  Companies  as if it were not  performing  the  duties  specified
herein,  and may accept  fees and other  consideration  from the  Consolidated
Companies  for  services  in  connection  with this  Agreement  and  otherwise
without having to account for the same to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank.

            Section IX.9.  Holders  of  Notes.  The  Agent  may deem and treat
the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes  hereof unless and
until a written notice of the  assignment or transfer  thereof shall have been
filed with the Agent.  Any  request,  authority  or consent of any Person who,
at the time of making such  request or giving such  authority  or consent,  is
the  holder of any Note shall be  conclusive  and  binding  on any  subsequent
holder,  transferee or assignee of such Note or of any Note or Notes issued in
exchange therefor.

            Section IX.10. Successor Agent.

            (a)   The Agent may  resign at any time by giving  written  notice
      thereof  to the  Lenders,  the  Issuing  Bank  and  Borrower  and may be
      removed  at any time  with or  without  cause by the  Required  Lenders;
      provided,  however,  the Agent  may not  resign  or be  removed  until a
      successor  Agent  has  been  appointed  and  shall  have  accepted  such
      appointment.   Upon  any  such  resignation  or  removal,  the  Required
      Lenders  shall have the right to appoint a  successor  Agent  subject to
      Borrower's  prior  written  approval.  If no successor  Agent shall have
      been so appointed by the Required Lenders,  and shall have accepted such
      appointment,  within 30 days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice
      of resignation or the Required  Lenders'  removal of the retiring Agent,
      then the  retiring  Agent  may,  on  behalf  of the  Lenders,  appoint a
      successor  Agent subject to Borrower's  prior  written  approval,  which
      shall be a bank which  maintains  an office in the United  States,  or a
      commercial  bank  organized  under  the  laws of the  United  States  of
      America or any State  thereof,  or any Affiliate of such bank,  having a
      combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000.

            (b)   Upon  the  acceptance  of  any   appointment  as  the  Agent
      hereunder by a successor  Agent,  such successor  Agent shall  thereupon
      succeed to and become  vested  with all the rights,  powers,  privileges
      and  duties of the  retiring  Agent,  and the  retiring  Agent  shall be
      discharged from its duties and obligations  under this Agreement.  After
      any retiring  Agent's  resignation  or removal  hereunder as Agent,  the
      provisions  of this  Article  IX shall  inure to its  benefit  as to any
      actions  taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was an Agent  under
      this Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE X.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

            Section X.1.   Notices.   All   notices,    requests   and   other
communications  to any party  hereunder  shall be in writing  (including  bank
wire,  telex,  telecopy or similar  teletransmission  or writing) and shall be
given to such party at its address or applicable  teletransmission  number set
forth on the  signature  pages  hereof,  or such other  address or  applicable
teletransmission  number as such party may hereafter  specify by notice to the
Agent and Borrower.  Each such notice,  request or other  communication  shall
be  effective  (i) if given by telex,  when such telex is  transmitted  to the
telex  number  specified  in this Section and the  appropriate  answerback  is
received,  (ii) if  given  by  mail,  72 hours  after  such  communication  is
deposited  in the  mails  with  first  class  postage  prepaid,  addressed  as
aforesaid,  (iii) if given by telecopy,  when such telecopy is  transmitted to
the  telecopy   number   specified   in  this  Section  and  the   appropriate
confirmation  is  received,  or (iv) if given by any other  means  (including,
without  limitation,  by air  courier),  when  delivered  or  received  at the
address  specified in this  Section;  provided that notices to the Agent shall
not be effective until received.

            Section X.2.   Amendments,  Etc.  No  amendment  or  waiver of any
provision of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents,  nor consent to any
departure  by any  Credit  Party  therefrom,  shall in any event be  effective
unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the  Required  Lenders  (and
in the case of any  amendment,  the applicable  Credit  Party),  and then such
waiver or consent  shall be effective  only in the  specific  instance and for
the specific  purpose for which given;  provided that no amendment,  waiver or
consent  shall,  unless  in  writing  and  signed by all the  Lenders  and the
Issuing  Bank to do any of the  following:  (i)  waive  any of the  conditions
specified  in  Section  4.01  or  4.02,   (ii)  increase  the  Commitments  or
contractual  obligations  of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank to Borrower under
this  Agreement,  (iii) reduce the  principal of, or interest on, the Notes or
any fees  hereunder,  (iv)  postpone any date fixed for the payment in respect
of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees  hereunder,  (v) change
the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate  unpaid principal amount
of the Notes,  or the number or  identity  of Lenders  which shall be required
for the  Lenders  or any of them to take any action  hereunder,  (vi) agree to
release any  Guarantor  from its  obligations  under any  Guaranty  Agreement,
(vii)  modify the  definition  of "Required  Lenders,"  or (viii)  modify this
Section  10.02.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  amendment,  waiver  or
consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent and the Co-Agent,  in
addition  to the Lenders and the Issuing  Bank  required  hereinabove  to take
such action,  affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or
under any other Credit Document.

            Section X.3.   No  Waiver;  Remedies  Cumulative.  No  failure  or
delay on the part of the Agent, the Co-Agent,  any Lender, the Issuing Bank or
any holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy  hereunder or under any
other Credit  Document,  and no course of dealing between any Credit Party and
the  Agent,  any  Lender,  the  Issuing  Bank or the  holder of any Note shall
operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or partial  exercise of any
right or remedy  hereunder  or under any other  Credit  Document  preclude any
other or  further  exercise  thereof  or the  exercise  of any other  right or
remedy  hereunder  or  thereunder.  The rights and remedies  herein  expressly
provided are  cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the
Agent,  the Co-Agent,  any Lender,  the Issuing Bank or the holder of any Note
would  otherwise  have.  No  notice  to or  demand  on any  Credit  Party  not
required  hereunder  or under  any other  Credit  Document  in any case  shall
entitle any Credit  Party to any other or further  notice or demand in similar
or other  circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the Agent, the
Co-Agent,  the  Lenders,  the  Issuing  Bank or the  holder of any Note to any
other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

            Section X.4.   Payment of Expenses, Etc.  Borrower shall:

                  (i)   whether or not the  transactions  hereby  contemplated
               are consummated,  pay all reasonable,  out-of-pocket  costs and
               expenses of the Agent in the  administration  (both  before and
               after the execution  hereof and including  reasonable  expenses
               actually  incurred  relating  to  advice of  counsel  as to the
               rights and duties of the Agent, the Co-Agent,  the Issuing Bank
               and the Lenders  with respect  thereto)  of, and in  connection
               with the preparation,  execution and delivery of,  preservation
               of rights under,  enforcement of, and, after a Default or Event
               of Default,  refinancing,  renegotiation or  restructuring  of,
               this   Agreement  and  the  other  Credit   Documents  and  the
               documents  and  instruments   referred  to  therein,   and  any
               amendment,  waiver  or  consent  relating  thereto  (including,
               without  limitation,  the reasonable fees actually incurred and
               disbursements  of counsel  for the  Agent),  and in the case of
               enforcement of this  Agreement or any Credit  Document after an
               Event of Default, all such reasonable,  out-of-pocket costs and
               expenses  (including,  without limitation,  the reasonable fees
               actually  incurred and reasonable  disbursements and changes of
               counsel), for any of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank;

                  (ii)  subject,   in  the  case  of  certain  Taxes,  to  the
               applicable  provisions of Section 3.07(b), pay and hold each of
               the Lenders and the Issuing Bank  harmless from and against any
               and all  present  and  future  stamp,  documentary,  and  other
               similar  Taxes with  respect to this  Agreement,  the Notes and
               any other Credit Documents,  any collateral  described therein,
               or any payments due  thereunder,  and save the Issuing Bank and
               each Lender  harmless from and against any and all  liabilities
               with respect to or resulting  from any delay or omission to pay
               such Taxes; and

                  (iii) indemnify the Agent,  the  Co-Agent,  the Issuing Bank
               and each  Lender,  and their  respective  officers,  directors,
               employees,  representatives  and agents from,  and hold each of
               them harmless against, any and all costs, losses,  liabilities,
               claims,  damages or expenses  incurred by any of them  (whether
               or  not  any  of  them  is  designated  a  party  thereto)  (an
               "Indemnitee")   arising   out   of  or   by   reason   of   any
               investigation,  litigation or other  proceeding  related to any
               actual or proposed  use of the  proceeds of any of the Loans or
               any  Credit  Party's   entering  into  and  performing  of  the
               Agreement,   the  Notes,   or  the  other   Credit   Documents,
               including,  without  limitation,  the reasonable  fees actually
               incurred and  disbursements  of counsel  incurred in connection
               with any such  investigation,  litigation or other  proceeding;
               provided,   however,   Borrower   shall  not  be  obligated  to
               indemnify any Indemnitee  for any of the foregoing  arising out
               of such Indemnitee's gross negligence or willful misconduct;

                  (iv)  without   limiting  the   indemnities   set  forth  in
               subsection  (iii) above,  indemnify each Indemnitee for any and
               all  expenses   and  costs   (including   without   limitation,
               remedial,     removal,    response,     abatement,     cleanup,
               investigative,  closure and monitoring costs),  losses,  claims
               (including  claims for  contribution or indemnity and including
               the cost of  investigating  or defending  any claim and whether
               or not such claim is  ultimately  defeated,  and  whether  such
               claim  arose  before,   during  or  after  any  Credit  Party's
               ownership,  operation,  possession  or control of its business,
               property  or  facilities  or  before,  on  or  after  the  date
               hereof,  and including also any amounts paid  incidental to any
               compromise or settlement by the  Indemnitee or  Indemnitees  to
               the  holders  of  any  such  claim),   lawsuits,   liabilities,
               obligations,    actions,   judgments,   suits,   disbursements,
               encumbrances,  liens,  damages  (including  without  limitation
               damages   for   contamination   or   destruction   of   natural
               resources),   penalties   and  fines  of  any  kind  or  nature
               whatsoever  (including  without  limitation  in all  cases  the
               reasonable   fees   actually   incurred,   other   charges  and
               disbursements  of counsel in  connection  therewith)  incurred,
               suffered or sustained by that  Indemnitee  based upon,  arising
               under or relating to  Environmental  Laws based on, arising out
               of or  relating  to in  whole  or in  part,  the  existence  or
               exercise  of any rights or  remedies  by any  Indemnitee  under
               this  Agreement,  any  other  Credit  Document  or any  related
               documents.

      If and to the  extent  that  the  obligations  of  Borrower  under  this
      Section 10.04 are unenforceable  for any reason,  Borrower hereby agrees
      to make the maximum  contribution  to the payment  and  satisfaction  of
      such obligations which is permissible under applicable law.

            Section X.5.   Right  of  Setoff.   In  addition  to  and  not  in
limitation of all rights of offset that any Lender,  the Issuing Bank or other
holder of a Note may have under  applicable law, each Lender,  Issuing Bank or
other holder of a Note shall,  upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and
whether or not such  Lender,  Issuing  Bank or such holder has made any demand
or any Credit Party's obligations have matured,  have the right to appropriate
and apply to the  payment  of any Credit  Party's  obligations  hereunder  and
under the other Credit  Documents,  all deposits of any Credit Party  (general
or special,  time or demand,  provisional or final) then or thereafter held by
and other  indebtedness  or property then or thereafter  owing by such Lender,
the Issuing Bank or other holder to any Credit  Party,  whether or not related
to this Agreement or any transaction hereunder.

            Section X.6.   Benefit of Agreement; Assignments; Participations.

            (a)   This  Agreement  shall  be  binding  upon  and  inure to the
      benefit of and be enforceable  by the respective  successors and assigns
      of the  parties  hereto,  provided  that  Borrower  may  not  assign  or
      transfer  any  of its  interest  hereunder  without  the  prior  written
      consent of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank.

            (b)   Any Lender may make,  carry or transfer  Loans at, to or for
      the account of, any of its branch  offices or the office of an Affiliate
      of such Lender.

            (c)    Each  Lender  and  may  assign  all  or a  portion  of  its
      interests,  rights and obligations  under this Agreement  (including all
      or a portion of any of its  Commitments  and the Loans at the time owing
      to it and the  Notes  held by it) to any  Eligible  Assignee;  provided,
      however,  that (i) the  Borrower  and the Agent each must give its prior
      written  consent  to  such  assignment   (which  consent  shall  not  be
      unreasonably   withheld  or  delayed)   unless  such  assignment  is  an
      Affiliate of the  assigning  Lender or unless (in the case of Borrower's
      consent) an Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing  hereunder,
      (ii) the amount of the  Commitments  of the assigning  Lender subject to
      each   assignment   (determined  as  of  the  date  the  assignment  and
      acceptance  with respect to such  assignment  is delivered to the Agent)
      shall  not be less  than an  amount  equal  to  $10,000,000  or  greater
      integral  multiplies  of  $1,000,000  unless  such  assignment  is to an
      Affiliate  of the  assigning  Lender  or such  Lender  is  assigning  it
      commitment  in its entirety,  (iii) the parties to each such  assignment
      shall  execute and deliver to the Agent an  Assignment  and  Acceptance,
      together with a Note or Notes  subject to such  assignment  and,  unless
      such  assignment  is to an Affiliate of such  Lender,  a processing  and
      recordation  fee of $3,000.  Borrower shall not be responsible  for such
      processing and recordation fee or any costs or expenses  incurred by any
      Lender or the Agent in connection with such  assignment.  From and after
      the effective date specified in each  Assignment and  Acceptance,  which
      effective  date  shall be at least  five (5)  Business  Days  after  the
      execution thereof,  the assignee  thereunder shall be a party hereto and
      to  the  extent  of  the  interest   assigned  by  such  Assignment  and
      Acceptance,  have the  rights  and  obligations  of a Lender  under this
      Agreement.  Within five (5)  Business  Days after  receipt of the notice
      and the  Assignment and  Acceptance,  Borrower shall execute and deliver
      to the Agent, in exchange for the surrendered  Note or Notes, a new Note
      or Notes to the order of such  assignee in a principal  amount  equal to
      the  applicable  Commitments  assumed by it pursuant to such  Assignment
      and  Acceptance  and new Note or Notes to the  assigning  Lender  in the
      amount  of its  retained  Commitment  or  Commitments.  Such new Note or
      Notes shall be in an aggregate  principal  amount equal to the aggregate
      principal amount of such  surrendered Note or Notes,  shall be dated the
      date of the  surrendered  Note or Notes  which they  replace,  and shall
      otherwise be in substantially the form attached hereto.

            (d)   Each  Lender  may,  without  the  consent of Borrower or the
      Agent,  sell  participations  to one or more banks or other  entities in
      all or a portion  of its  rights and  obligations  under this  Agreement
      (including all or a portion of its  Commitments in the Loans owing to it
      and the Notes held by it),  provided,  however,  that (i) such  Lender's
      obligations  under this  Agreement  shall  remain  unchanged,  (ii) such
      Lender shall remain solely  responsible  to the other parties hereto for
      the performance of such  obligations,  (iii) the  participating  bank or
      other  entity shall not be entitled to the benefit  (except  through its
      selling Lender) of the cost protection  provisions  contained in Article
      III of this  Agreement,  and  (iv)  Borrower  and the  Agent  and  other
      Lenders  shall  continue to deal solely and directly with each Lender in
      connection  with  such  Lender's  rights  and  obligations   under  this
      Agreement and the other Credit  Documents,  and such Lender shall retain
      the sole right to enforce the  obligations  of Borrower  relating to the
      Loans  and to  approve  any  amendment,  modification  or  waiver of any
      provisions  of this  Agreement.  Each Lender  shall  promptly  notify in
      writing  the  Agent  and the  Borrower  of any  sale of a  participation
      hereunder.

           (e)   Any  Lender  or  participant  may,  in  connection  with the
      assignment or  participation  or proposed  assignment or  participation,
      pursuant to this  Section,  disclose to the assignee or  participant  or
      proposed  assignee or participant any  information  relating to Borrower
      or the other  Consolidated  Companies  furnished to such Lender by or on
      behalf of Borrower or any other  Consolidated  Company.  With respect to
      any disclosure of  confidential,  non-public,  proprietary  information,
      such  proposed   assignee  or   participant   shall  agree  to  use  the
      information  only  for  the  purpose  of  making  any  necessary  credit
      judgments  with  respect  to  this  credit  facility  and not to use the
      information  in any  manner  prohibited  by any law,  including  without
      limitation,  the  securities  laws of the United  States.  The  proposed
      participant  or  assignee  shall  agree  not to  disclose  any  of  such
      information except (i) to directors,  employees,  auditors or counsel to
      whom it is  necessary  to show such  information,  each of whom shall be
      informed  of the  confidential  nature of the  information,  (ii) in any
      statement  or  testimony  pursuant  to a subpoena or order by any court,
      governmental  body or other  agency  asserting  jurisdiction  over  such
      entity, or as otherwise  required by law (provided prior notice is given
      to Borrower and the Agent unless  otherwise  prohibited by the subpoena,
      order or law),  and (iii) upon the  request or demand of any  regulatory
      agency or authority with proper  jurisdiction.  The proposed participant
      or  assignee  shall  further  agree to  return  all  documents  or other
      written  material  and copies  thereof  received  from any  Lender,  the
      Agent,   the  Co-Agent  or  Borrower   relating  to  such   confidential
      information unless otherwise properly disposed of by such entity.

            (f)   Any Lender may at any time  assign all or any portion of its
      rights  in  this  Agreement  and the  Notes  issued  to it to a  Federal
      Reserve Bank;  provided that no such assignment shall release the Lender
      from any of its obligations hereunder.

            (g)   If (i) any Taxes  referred to in Section  3.07(b)  have been
      levied or imposed so as to require  withholdings  and  reductions by the
      Borrower  and  payment  by the  Borrower  of  additional  amounts to any
      Lender as a result  thereof or any Lender  shall make demand for payment
      of any material  additional  amounts as compensation  for increased cost
      pursuant to Section 3.10, then and in such event,  upon request from the
      Borrower  delivered  to  such  Lender,  such  Lender  shall  assign,  in
      accordance  with the provisions of Section  10.06(c),  all of its rights
      and obligations  under this Agreement and the other Credit  Documents to
      an Eligible  Assignee  selected by the Borrower and  consented to by the
      Agent in  consideration  for the payment by such  assignee to the Lender
      of the  principal of and interest on the  outstanding  Loans  accrued to
      the  date  of  such   assignment,   the   assumption  of  such  Lender's
      Commitments hereunder,  together with any and all other amounts owing to
      such Lender under any  provisions of this  Agreement or the other Credit
      Documents accrued to the date of such assignment.

            Section X.7.   Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.

            (a)   THIS  AGREEMENT  AND  THE  RIGHTS  AND  OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE
PARTIES  HEREUNDER AND UNDER THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH
AND BE  GOVERNED  BY THE LAW  (WITHOUT  GIVING  EFFECT TO THE  CONFLICT OF LAW
PRINCIPLES THEREOF) OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA.

            (b)   ANY  LEGAL  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING   WITH  RESPECT  TO  THIS
AGREEMENT,  THE NOTES OR ANY  OTHER  CREDIT  DOCUMENT  MAY BE  BROUGHT  IN THE
SUPERIOR COURT OF FULTON COUNTY,  GEORGIA,  OR ANY OTHER COURT OF THE STATE OF
GEORGIA  OR OF THE UNITED  STATES OF  AMERICA  FOR THE  NORTHERN  DISTRICT  OF
GEORGIA,  AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS  AGREEMENT,  BORROWER  HEREBY
ACCEPTS   FOR  ITSELF  AND  IN  RESPECT  OF  ITS   PROPERTY,   GENERALLY   AND
UNCONDITIONALLY,  THE  JURISDICTION  OF  THE  AFORESAID  COURTS.  THE  PARTIES
HERETO  HEREBY   IRREVOCABLY   WAIVE  TRIAL  BY  JURY,  AND  BORROWER   HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES  ANY  OBJECTION,   INCLUDING,   WITHOUT  LIMITATION,   ANY
OBJECTION  TO THE  LAYING  OF  VENUE  OR BASED  ON THE  GROUNDS  OF FORUM  NON
CONVENIENS,  WHICH IT MAY NOW OR  HEREAFTER  HAVE TO THE  BRINGING OF ANY SUCH
ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH RESPECTIVE JURISDICTIONS.

            (c)   BORROWER  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY   DESIGNATES  CSC  CORPORATION
SERVICES,  ATLANTA,  GEORGIA,  AS ITS  DESIGNEE,  APPOINTEE AND LOCAL AGENT TO
RECEIVE, FOR AND ON BEHALF OF BORROWER,  SERVICE OF PROCESS IN SUCH RESPECTIVE
JURISDICTIONS  IN  ANY  LEGAL  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THIS
AGREEMENT  OR THE NOTES OR ANY  DOCUMENT  RELATED  THERETO.  IT IS  UNDERSTOOD
THAT A COPY OF SUCH  PROCESS  SERVED  ON SUCH  LOCAL  AGENT  WILL BE  PROMPTLY
FORWARDED  BY SUCH LOCAL  AGENT AND BY THE  SERVER OF SUCH  PROCESS BY MAIL TO
BORROWER  AT ITS ADDRESS  SET FORTH  OPPOSITE  ITS  SIGNATURE  BELOW,  BUT THE
FAILURE  OF  BORROWER  TO  RECEIVE  SUCH COPY  SHALL NOT AFFECT IN ANY WAY THE
SERVICE  OF  SUCH  PROCESS.  BORROWER  FURTHER  IRREVOCABLY  CONSENTS  TO  THE
SERVICE OF PROCESS OF ANY OF THE  AFOREMENTIONED  COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR
PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES  THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED  MAIL,
POSTAGE  PREPAID,  TO BORROWER  AT ITS SAID  ADDRESS,  SUCH  SERVICE TO BECOME
EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING.

            (d)   Nothing  herein  shall  affect the right of the  Agent,  the
Co-Agent,  the  Issuing  Bank any  Lender,  any holder of a Note or any Credit
Party to serve  process in any other  manner  permitted  by law or to commence
legal   proceedings  or  otherwise  proceed  against  Borrower  in  any  other
jurisdiction.

            Section X.8.   Independent   Nature  of   Lenders'   Rights.   The
amounts  payable at any time  hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and
independent  debt,  and each  Lender  shall be entitled to protect and enforce
its rights  pursuant  to this  Agreement  and its  Notes,  and it shall not be
necessary  for any other  Lender to be  joined as an  additional  party in any
proceeding for such purpose.

            Section X.9.   Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed in
any number of  counterparts  and by the different  parties  hereto on separate
counterparts,  each of  which  when so  executed  and  delivered  shall  be an
original,  but all of  which  shall  together  constitute  one  and  the  same
instrument.


           Section X.10.  Effectiveness;   Termination   of   Commitments;   
Survival.

            (a)   This Agreement  shall become  effective on the date on which
      all of the parties  hereto shall have signed a copy hereof  (whether the
      same or  different  copies)  and shall  have  delivered  the same to the
      Agent or, in the case of the  Lenders or the  Issuing  Bank,  shall have
      given to the Agent written or telex notice (actually  received) that the
      same has been  signed and mailed to them;  provided  that,  the  Lenders
      have  no  obligation  to  make  a  Loan  and  the  Issuing  Bank  has no
      obligation  is issue  Letters  of Credit  hereunder  until  the  Closing
      Date.  In the  event  that the  Closing  Date does not occur by July 2, 
      1998 , the Commitments and this Agreement  shall  terminate,  subject to
      the survival of the Sections referenced below.

            (b)   The  obligations of Borrower under Sections  3.07(b),  3.10,
      3.12,  3.13,  3.16 and 10.04 hereof shall survive the payment in full of
      the Notes after the Maturity  Date. All  representations  and warranties
      made herein, in the certificates,  reports, notices, and other documents
      delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall  survive the execution and
      delivery of this Agreement,  the other Credit Documents,  and such other
      agreements and  documents,  the making of the Loans  hereunder,  and the
      execution and delivery of the Notes.

            Section X.11.   Severability.   In  case  any   provision   in  or
obligation  under  this  Agreement  or the  other  Credit  Documents  shall be
invalid,  illegal or unenforceable,  in whole or in part, in any jurisdiction,
the  validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the  remaining  provisions or
obligations,  or of such  provision or obligation  in any other  jurisdiction,
shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

            Section X.12.   Independence    of   Covenants.    All   covenants
hereunder shall be given independent  effect so that if a particular action or
condition is not  permitted by any of such  covenants,  the fact that it would
be permitted by an exception  to, or be otherwise  within the  limitation  of,
another  covenant,  shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of
Default if such action is taken or condition exists.


           Section X.13.  Change in  Accounting  Principles,  Fiscal Year or 
Tax Laws. If (i) any  preparation of the financial  statements  referred to in
Section 6.07 hereafter  occasioned by the promulgation of rules,  regulations,
pronouncements  and  opinions  by or  required  by  the  Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board or the American  Institute of Certified  Public  Accounts (or
successors  thereto or agencies with similar  functions)  result in a material
change in the method of  calculation  of  financial  covenants,  standards  or
terms found in this Agreement,  (ii) there is any change in Borrower's  fiscal
quarter or Fiscal  Year,  or (iii)  there is a material  change in federal tax
laws which materially  affects any of the Consolidated  Companies'  ability to
comply  with  the  financial  covenants,  standards  or  terms  found  in this
Agreement,  Borrower and the Required Lenders agree to enter into negotiations
in order to amend such  provisions  so as to  equitably  reflect  such changes
with  the  desired  result  that  the  criteria  for  evaluating  any  of  the
Consolidated  Companies'  financial  condition  shall be the same  after  such
changes  as if  such  changes  had  not  been  made.  Unless  and  until  such
provisions  have been so  amended,  the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall
govern.

            Section X.14.  Headings   Descriptive;   Entire   Agreement.   The
headings  of the  several  sections  and  subsections  of this  Agreement  are
inserted for  convenience  only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or
construction  of any provision of this Agreement.  This  Agreement,  the other
Credit  Documents,  and the agreements and documents  required to be delivered
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement  constitute the entire agreement among
the  parties  hereto and thereto  regarding  the  subject  matters  hereof and
thereof   and   supersede   all   prior   agreements,    representations   and
understandings related to such subject matters.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
to be  duly  executed  and  delivered  in  Atlanta,  Georgia,  by  their  duly
authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.


Address for Notices:                      MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.

1955 Lake Park Drive
Atlanta, Georgia 30080-8855               By:/s/ K. W. Engwall 
Attn: K. Wyatt Engwall                    Name:  K. Wyatt Engwall
Senior Vice President, Finance and        Title: Senior Vice President, Finance
Assistant Secretary                              and Assistant Secretary

Telecopy: (770) 437-3349


                                                [CORPORATE SEAL]














           [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]



Address for Notices:                      SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA,
                                          As Agent
25 Park Place, N.E.
23rd Floor
Atlanta, Georgia  30303                   By:/s/ Daniel S. Komitor 
Attention: Dan Komitor                    Name:  Daniel S. Komitor
                                          Title: Vice President

Telecopy No.:     (404) 588-8833
                                          By:/s/ R.Michael Dunlap
                                          Name:  R. Michael Dunlap
                                          Title: Vice President

Payment Office:

25 Park Place, N.E.
23rd Floor
Atlanta, Georgia  30303
















           [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]
  



Address for Notices:                      WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as Co-Agent
191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
29th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
                                          By:/s/ John C. Canty
                                          Name:  John C. Canty
                                          Title: Banking Officer


Attention: Mr. John Canty

Telecopy:   (404) 332-5016


















           [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]


Address for Notices:                      SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA

25 Park Place, N.E.
23rd Floor
Atlanta, Georgia  30303                   By:/s/ Daniel S. Komitor
Attention: Dan Komitor                    Name:  Daniel S. Komitor
                                          Title: Vice President

Telecopy No.: (404)588-8833
                                          By:/s/R. Michael Dunlap
                                          Name: R. Michael Dunlap
                                          Title:Vice President

















           [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]





Address for Notices:                      NATIONSBANK, N.A.
600 Peachtree Street, N.E.
19th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia    30308                 By:/s/Melinda M. Bergbom  
                                          Name: Melinda M. Bergbom
                                          Title:Senior Vice President
Attention: Melinda Bergbom
Telecopy: (404) 407-6343


















           [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]




Address for Notices:
                                          WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.
191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
29th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
                                          By:/s/ John C.Canty 
                                          Name:  John C. Canty
                                          Title: Banking Officer


Attention: Mr. John Canty

Telecopy:   (404) 332-5016


















           [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]

Address for Notices:
                                          FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK
First Union National Bank
999 Peachtree Street
12th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
                                           By:/s/ Kimberly Daniel
                                           Name:  Kimberly Daniel
                                           Title: Corporate Banking Officer
                                           Assistant Secretary



Attention: Ms. Kimberly Daniel

Telecopy:


















           [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]

                                MHCI SCHEDULES


                                 Schedule 5.01

                  Organization and Ownership of Subsidiaries


1.    The following corporations are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Borrower:

                                                           State of
      Corporation                                         Incorporation
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------

      Custom Management Corporation                       Pennsylvania
      John C. Metz & Associates, Inc.                     Pennsylvania
      Culinary Solutions, Inc.                            Georgia
      Drake Management Services, Inc.                     Arizona


2.    The following are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Custom Management
      Corporation:

                                                           Place of
      Corporation                                         Incorporation
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
      Custom Management Corporation of                    Pennsylvania
            Pennsylvania
      Morrison Custom Management Corporation              Pennsylvania
            of Pennsylvania

3.    Borrower owns a 49% interest in Marcorp Diversified, Inc., a joint
      venture between the Borrower and Harry Miller, who beneficially owns
      the remaining 51% interest.

                                Schedule 5.05

                   Certain Pending and Threatened Litigation


A.    Borrower has assumed the liability for the following claims from
Morrison Restaurants Inc. and has indemnified Morrison Restaurants Inc. with
respect to the following claims pursuant to the Sharing Agreements:

      1.    The EEOC charge brought by Karol Suskey alleges sex harassment by
            the CEO of Jackson Memorial Hospital and alleges that Morrison
            failed to take appropriate steps to prevent the harassment.

      2.    A claim of race discrimination has been brought by five employees
            of Fort Sanders Regional Medical Center in Knoxville, Tennessee.


B.    Please see the attached schedule of pending or threatened litigation,
claims and assessments against the Borrower.

  PENDING OR THREATENED LITIGATION, CLAIMS AND ASSESSMENTS AGAINST MORRISON 
                              HEALTH CARE, INC.

A.    Suskey, Karol v. Morrison Restaurants Inc. et al.  A lawsuit was filed
   by an employee, Karol Suskey, against both the Company and our client,
   Jackson Memorial Hospital and its CEO, alleging sexual harassment against
   our client and alleging further that Morrison failed to take appropriate
   steps to prevent the harassment and retaliated against plaintiff.  The
   Company has investigated the matter and believes the claims are not
   valid.  Plaintiff has filed an amended complaint.  Defendants filed
   motions to dismiss which were denied.  Discovery will be suspended pending
   appeal of co-defendants to the denial of motions to dismiss.  The Company
   intends to vigorously defend itself against these claims.

B.    Burems, Cozart, Dupree, Robinson & Stepherson v. Morrison Restaurants 
   Inc.  A claim of race discrimination and retaliation was made to the State 
   of Tennessee Human Rights Commission by five employees of Fort Sanders 
   Regional Medical Center in Knoxville, Tennessee.  The Commission dismissed 
   the claims and issued Right to Sue letters.  Suit has been filed and an 
   answer by the Company has been made.  Discovery is in progress.  
   Plaintiffs were deposed on July 2, 1997.  Plaintiffs have offered to 
   settle for $20,000.  Discovery is continuing.  The Company intends to 
   vigorously defend this claim.  

C.    Bines, Melvin v. Realty South Investors, Inc. and Morrison Health 
   Care.  This suit was filed in U.S. District Court, Southern District of 
   Florida and Morrison first received notice of its existence on April 23, 
   1997 (the suit was originally filed in December, 1996 with misnamed 
   defendants that were never properly served).  An answer has been filed.  
   Discovery is continuing.  The plaintiff was formerly employed by 
   Fountainview Retirement Center, West Palm Beach, Florida, a former account 
   of Morrison, and alleges race discrimination by Fountainview and Morrison 
   under federal and Florida law.  The Company has retained outside counsel.  
   The Company does not believe the claim has any merit and intends to 
   vigorously defend itself against it.  

D.    Marcillac v. Morrison Restaurants, Inc.  - A management employee filed 
   a disability discrimination charge with the California Fair Employment and 
   Housing Commission, San Francisco, California related to a worker's 
   compensation injury.  The Company believes there is no merit to this 
   claim.  It filed a position statement with the Commission on May 28, 
   1996.  The California Commission closed its investigation and case on 
   March 3, 1997.  Marcillac filed an EEOC charge on March 21, 1997, but then 
   filed a lawsuit on June 27, 1997 (served July 9, 1997) alleging 
   disability, discrimination and contract breach.  On May 6, 1998, the Court 
   granted the Company's Motion for Summary Judgment.  Absent appeal, this 
   matter will be concluded.   

E.    Morrison Health Care, Inc. v. Efthymios Hristopoulos.  Morrison filed 
   suit in Circuit Court, Pinellas County, Florida, for recovery of unpaid 
   rent and right to possession against Efthymios Hristopoulos ("EH"), a 
   tenant of Morrison's leased property located in St. Petersburg, Florida.  
   On May 6, 1997, EH submitted an Answer and counter-claimed against 
   Morrison, alleging breach of contract and intentional interference with a 
   business relationship.  At this time, the Company believes that its claims 
   against EH have merit, that EH's counter-claims are without merit, and 
   intends to vigorously protect and pursue its interests in this matter.  
   The parties shortly may enter into an agreement whereby EH will purchase 
   the property which will effectively resolve these matters.  

F.    Kramer, William L. v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  A former employee was 
   terminated in August, 1997.  An EEOC Charge was filed and a Right to Sue 
   Letter requested on December 22, 1997.  On June 4, 1998, the Company 
   received a suit alleging wrongful discharge, breach of implied contract, 
   breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, age 
   discrimination and tortious termination in violation of public policy.  
   The suit is in its early stages, but the Company believes this claim is 
   without merit and intends to vigorously defend these claims.  

G.    State of Tennessee Tax Assessment.  Morrison received an audit report 
   from the State of Tennessee Department of Revenue issuing a estimated 
   sales tax assessment in the original amount of approximately $3.29 
   million, based primarily upon Morrison's use of client-provided capital 
   assets and supply expenses.  The sales tax application to client-provided 
   capital assets and expenses has not been applied to Morrison in the past.  
   Morrison believes at this time that the estimated assessment amount for 
   client-provided assets and expenses is arbitrary and for the most part 
   based upon estimates of the value of capital assets and expenses of an 
   unrelated hospital audit.  Further, the Company believes that the language 
   in most, if not all, of the contracts for the applicable accounts provides 
   that the clients are responsible for a material portion of any tax which 
   may ultimately be paid as a result of this assessment.  The State thus far 
   has reduced the assessment amount to $995,983.  In order to protect its 
   interest, the Company filed suit contesting the assessment in January, 
   1998.  Morrison intends to vigorously defend itself against this claim and 
   has engaged outside counsel.

H.    State of Florida Tax Assessment.  The Company received on August 18, 
   1997, an assessment from the State of Florida in the amount of $109, 000.  
   The Company intends to vigorously protect its interest in this matter.  
   Outside counsel has filed the appropriate protest.   

I.    Trannon, Comminita v. Morrison's Cafeterias, et al., Circuit Court, 
   Jefferson County, Alabama.  A workers' compensation benefit complaint was 
   forwarded to GAB for handling.  An amended complaint was filed alleging 
   wrongful termination.  The workers' compensation claim was subsequently 
   settled.  The Plaintiff was granted a partial summary judgment related to 
   a defense by the Company related to issues resolved in a hearing held by 
   the State of Alabama Department of Industrial Relations.  Plaintiff's 
   counsel has stated he is unwilling to reconvene mediation unless the 
   Company is willing to come to the table with at least $50,000.  The 
   Company believes the claim to be without merit and intends to vigorously 
   defend itself.  

J.    Crawley v. Morrison's Health Care, Inc.    A former management employee 
   filed a race and sex discrimination charge with the EEOC on April 25, 
   1996, arising out of removal from her assignment at Metropolitan Hospital, 
   Richmond, Virginia.  The Company has no reason to believe that the charge 
   has any merit, and intends to vigorously defend the claim.  A response was 
   sent to the EEOC on April 28, 1998.  

K.    Theodore, Pierre v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  A former employee was 
   terminated in November, 1997.  A charge was filed for age and disability 
   discrimination with the Ohio Civil Rights Commission and the EEOC on 
   December 23, 1997 and a Notice of Right to Sue issued on March 31, 1998.  
   An Amended Complaint (original complaint never served) was filed May 12, 
   1998.  The Company believes this claim is without merit and intends to 
   vigorously defend itself.  

L.    Johnson, Robert v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  The Company received 
   notice of this disability discrimination charge on June 18, 1997.  It was 
   filed with the EEOC and the South Carolina Human Affairs Commission on 
   June 10, 1997 by an employee in Columbia, South Carolina.  The Company 
   responded to this allegation and a Determination Letter of No Reasonable 
   Cause Found was issued in our favor on February 2, 1998.  

M.    Metts, Calvin v. Morrison Health Care.  This is an age discrimination 
   charge filed on May 23, 1997, with the Jacksonville, Florida office of the 
   Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC).  Metts' employment as an 
   Assistant Manager terminated in April, 1997, pursuant to a reduction in 
   personnel at Methodist Hospital, Jacksonville, Florida.  The Company has 
   no reason to believe that the charge has merit, and intends to vigorously 
   defend the charge.

N.    Patterson, Uhra v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  This is a charge of 
   disability discrimination filed in April, 1997 with the EEOC and the City 
   of St. Louis Civil Rights Enforcement Agency (SLCREA) in St. Louis, 
   Missouri.  The Company received notice of investigation/processing by the 
   SLCREA on May 5, 1997.  Patterson is a former cashier whose employment 
   terminated in January, 1997.  At present, Company does not believe this 
   claim has merit and intends to vigorously defend against it.  The 
   Company's response to the claim was filed on December 24, 1997.  

O.    Odom, Christopher v. Covenant Medical Center, Morrison Restaurants Inc. 
   and Morrison-Crothall.  A Notice of Substantial Evidence & Initiation of 
   Conciliation was very recently received by the Company in December, 1996 
   from the Illinois Human Rights Commission.  This involves a claim by 
   another employer's former employee alleging race discrimination by 
   Covenant Medical Center, Morrison and the employer company.  Morrison 
   intends to vigorously defend this claim.

P.    Winston, Keith L. v. Morrison's Health Care, Inc.   This is a race 
   discrimination charge filed on May 6, 1997 with the Tennessee Human Rights 
   Commission.  The Company received notice of this charge on June 30, 1997 
   via letter dated June 27, 1997.  It was filed by a former assistant 
   manager of Morrison at Methodist Medical Center,  Oak Ridge, TN.  The 
   Company has begun its investigation of the claim, is not aware of any 
   reason to suggest that the claim has merit, and intends vigorously defend 
   against it.  

Q.    Robinson, Sherrie v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  The Company received 
   in November, 1997 a copy of a charge previously filed in November, 1995, 
   alleging race, sex and color discrimination.  Since the allegations may 
   reference circumstances in the Burems, et al. suit referenced above, this 
   claim has been sent to outside counsel in the Burems suit for handling.  
   The Company intends to vigorously defend itself against these claims.  

R.    Petillo, Michael O. v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  The Company received 
   notice of a complaint being referred to the EEOC on January 6, 1998 
   alleging sex and national origin discrimination.  The Company's 
   investigation was begun.  On April 24, 1998, the Company received a Notice 
   of Right to Sue.  The Complainant has ninety (90) days from receipt of the 
   Right to Sue to file suit.  The Company believes the claims to be without 
   merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against these claims. 
 
S.    Cole, Arthur v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  The Company received on 
   March 6, 1998 a complaint with the Ohio Civil Rights Commissions alleging 
   race and age discrimination.  The Company's investigation is in the early 
   stages but the Company believes the claims are without merit and it 
   intends to vigorously defend itself against these claims.  

T.    Conner, Demetruis J. v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  In April, 1998, the 
   Company received a charge of discrimination filed with the EEOC alleging 
   sex discrimination.  The Company has investigated the matter and believes 
   the allegations are without merit.  A response to the charge was sent by 
   the Company on May 22, 1998.  The Company intends to vigorously defend 
   itself against this claim.  

U.    Onyeberechi, Francisca v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  This is a 
   national origin discrimination charge filed in May, 1997 with the EEOC in 
   Washington, D.C.  Onyeberechi was an assistant manager at Stoddard Baptist 
   Nursing Home in Washington, D.C. whose employment was terminated effective 
   December, 1997.  The Company submitted a response to the EEOC on December 
   8, 1997, and has not been notified of further action.  The Company does 
   not believe that the charge has merit and intends to continue to 
   vigorously defend against it.  

V.    McIntosh, Carrie Ann v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  This is a race 
   discrimination complaint filed in December, 1996, with the New York State 
   Division of Human Rights (through the Suffolk County Human Rights 
   Commission).  McIntosh was an assistant manager at University Hospital 
   (SUNY), Stony Brook, New York, who was terminated in May, 1996.  The 
   Company has begun investigation of this claim, retained outside counsel to 
   assist in its response and defense, and has informed the Commission of 
   this.  At this early stage of the investigation, it is too early to 
   determine the merit or value of the claim, but the Company intends to 
   vigorously defend against it.  

W.    Ladson, Avemaria v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  This is a sex and 
   disability discrimination complaint filed with the District of Columbia 
   Department of Human Rights and Minority Business Development in July, 1997 
   and received by the Company in September, 1997.  Ladson was an hourly 
   employee at Lisner Louise Nursing Home, Washington, D.C., and her claims 
   relate to an alleged on the job slip and fall type injury.  The Company 
   has begun investigating the claim, believes it is without merit and 
   intends to vigorously defend its interests.  A mediation meeting took 
   place on March 13, 1998, and the Company may attempt to settle for 
   nuisance value.  

X.    Hall, Barbara v. Morrison Health Care, Inc.  This is a claim of sex 
   discrimination and retaliation for a complaint of discrimination filed 
   with the New York State Division of Human Rights in March, 1998, by a 
   former employee at University Hospital (SUNY), Stony Brook, New York.  The 
   Company has begun investigating this claim and has enlisted the assistance 
   of outside counsel.  The Company cannot yet determine with certainty as to 
   any potential merit of value, but it intends to vigorously defend against 
   it.  

Y.    Shaw, Harold v. Morrison Heathcare Services.  This is a race and sex 
   discrimination claim filed in March, 1997 with the EEOC in Atlanta, 
   Georgia.  Shaw was an applicant from a placement agency that was not 
   selected for a clerk position in the corporate headquarters in Smyrna, 
   Georgia.  The Company has conducted its initial investigation and does not 
   believe the claim has merit.  The Company plans to submit a response to 
   the EEOC before the end of June, 1998, and intends to vigorously defend 
   itself.  

Z.    Pla, Rosa Maria v. Morrison Health Service. The Company received notice 
   of this age and national origin discrimination charge on June 1, 1998.  It 
   was filed with the City of Tampa Department of Community Affairs, Office 
   of Human Rights/ Community Services (and EEOC) in May, 1998 by an employee 
   in Tampa, Florida.  The Company has begun investigating, intends to 
   respond to this allegation and vigorously protect its interests, but at 
   this time cannot determine the merits or potential liability of the claims 
   since all relevant facts are not yet known.  














                               Section 5.09(a)

                           Environmental Compliance


                                     NONE




                                Section 5.09(b)

                             Environmental Notices


                                     NONE




                               Schedule 5.09(c)

                             Environmental Permits


                                     NONE




                                Schedule 5.11

                                  No Default


      None, other than alleged defaults which are the subject of pending or
threatened litigation disclosed in Schedule 5.05.




                                 Schedule 5.12

                            Burdensome Restrictions

                                     NONE




                                Schedule 5.13
                                 
                           Tax Filings and Payments


1.    Borrower periodically receives notices of assessment from the IRS and
other taxing authorities, the aggregate amount of which at any time is
immaterial.  These notices generally relate to misunderstandings regarding
Borrower's tax situation, payments which have crossed in the mail with
notices, and disputes which have been or are in the process of being resolved.

2.    The Borrower owes the state of Arkansas $350.42 for franchise taxes due
for years 1997 and 1998.

3.    See also Schedule 5.05 - Certain Pending and Threatened Litigation.


                                Section 5.14

                             Material Subsidiaries

                                     None



                                Section 5.16

                           Employee Benefit Matters



1.    Title IV Plans. The Consolidated Companies and its ERISA Affiliates
      maintain or contribute to the following Plans subject to Title IV of
      ERISA:

      a.    Morrison Restaurants Inc. Retirement Plan

      b.    Local 1115 District Council Pension Fund

2.    Funding.

      a.    The Morrison Inc. Retirement Plan (the "Retirement Plan"), if
            terminated as of June 6, 1998, would have had an amount of
            unfunded benefit liabilities equal to approximately
            $__471,000___, projected using a _5.93__% interest rate and the
            GATT-required mortality tables.

      b.    As of June 6, 1998, Morrison Health Care has accrued $1,051,246
            with respect to post-retirement medical expenses.





                                Section 5.17

                      Patents, Trademarks, Licenses, and
                      Other Intellectual Property Matters


The National Livestock and Meat Board, a/k/a The Meat Board, The American
Meat Institute and the Food Marketing Institute opposed Borrower's
application for federal registration of the mark NUTRI-FACTS, which Borrower
uses for certain computer software programs.  Morrison entered into a license
agreement with those parties under which Borrower may continue to use the
mark NUTRI-FACTS, and Morrison has filed an abandonment of the subject
trademark application.





                                 Section 5.18

                            Ownership of Properties


                                     NONE




                                 Section 5.19

                         Labor and Employment Matters


                                     NONE




                                Section 5.22

                             Dividend Restrictions


                                     NONE






                             Existing Indebtedness

As of May 31, 1998
                                                       (In thousands)

      Revolving Credit Loans under
      Original Credit Facility                        $        5,000/1

      Term Loans under Original
      Credit Facility                                         31,000/1
                                                      ----------------
                                                      $       36,000
                                                      ================



     The  Borrower  has entered  into the Sharing  Agreements  with MFCI and RTI
     providing for the assumptions of liabilities and cross-indemnities designed
     to   allocate,   generally,   among   these  three   companies,   financial
     responsibility  for  liabilities  arising  out  of  or in  connection  with
     business activities prior to Distribution.



/1To be refinanced by initial borrowing under this Agreement on the Closing
      Date.


                                 Schedule 7.02

                                Existing Liens


                                     NONE





                                   EXHIBIT A


                  AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

July 2, 1998                                                $15,000,000.00
                                                      Atlanta, Georgia

            FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned,  MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.,
a  Georgia  corporation  ("Borrower"),  promises  to pay to the order of FIRST
UNION  NATIONAL  BANK,  a  national  banking  association  ("Lender")  at  the
principal office of the Agent at 25 Park Place, Atlanta,  Georgia 30303, or at
such other place as the holder hereof may designate in  immediately  available
funds in lawful money of the United  States,  the principal sum of (i) FIFTEEN
MILLION  AND  NO/100  DOLLARS  ($15,000,000.00)  or (ii) so much as shall have
been  advanced  hereunder  as  Eurodollar  Advances  and  Base  Rate  Advances
pursuant to Article II of the Credit  Agreement and remaining  outstanding  as
shown on the records of the Agent and the Lender,  plus all accrued and unpaid
interest  thereon as set forth in that  certain  Amended and  Restated  Credit
Agreement  dated  as of  July  2,  1998  among  the  Borrower,  the  financial
institutions  from  time to time a party  thereto  (the  "Lenders"),  SunTrust
Bank,  Atlanta,  as the issuing  bank (the  "Issuing  Bank"),  SunTrust  Bank,
Atlanta,  as Agent for the Issuing  Bank and the Lenders  (the  "Agent"),  and
Wachovia  Bank,  N.A. as Co-Agent  for the Issuing  Bank and the Lenders  (the
"Co-Agent")  (as the same may  hereafter  be  amended,  modified,  extended or
supplemented from time to time, the  "Agreement").  Interest shall accrue from
the  date  hereof  up to and  through  the  date on which  all  principal  and
interest  hereunder is paid in full,  shall be computed on the basis of actual
days elapsed in a 360-day year,  and shall be  calculated  on the  outstanding
principal  balance  hereunder at the interest rates  specified in Section 3.03
of the Agreement.

            Principal  and  interest  hereunder  shall  be paid  on the  dates
specified  in the  Agreement  and  shall  be due  and  payable  in full on the
Maturity  Date (as defined in the  Agreement).  Any  installment  of principal
and,  to the extent  permitted  by law,  interest  due under this  Amended and
Restated  Revolving  Credit Note (the "Note") that is not paid on the due date
therefor  whether on the Maturity Date, or resulting from the  acceleration of
maturity  upon the  occurrence  of an  Event of  Default  (as  defined  in the
Agreement),  shall bear  interest  from the date due until  payment in full at
the default rate specified in Section 3.03(c) of the Agreement.

            This Note is one of the Notes defined in, and  evidences  Advances
incurred  pursuant to, the Agreement,  to which Agreement  reference is hereby
made  for a full  and  complete  description  of such  terms  and  conditions,
including,  without  limitation,   provisions  for  the  acceleration  of  the
maturity  hereof upon the  existence or  occurrence  of certain  conditions or
events,  and the terms of any permitted  prepayments  hereof.  All capitalized
terms  used in this  Note  shall  have the same  meanings  as set forth in the
Agreement.


           Upon the  existence  or  occurrence  of any Event of Default,  the
principal and all accrued interest hereof shall  automatically  become, or may
be  declared,  due and  payable in the manner and with the effect  provided in
the Agreement.

            Lender  shall at all times  have a right of  set-off  against  any
deposit  balances  of  Borrower in the  possession  of Lender,  and Lender may
apply the same  against  payment  of this Note or any  other  indebtedness  of
Borrower  to Lender  arising  under the Credit  Documents.  The payment of any
indebtedness  evidenced  by this Note shall not affect the  enforceability  of
this  Note  as to  any  future,  different  or  other  indebtedness  evidenced
hereby.  In the event the indebtedness  evidenced by this Note is collected by
legal  action  or  through  an  attorney-at-law,  or in  bankruptcy  or  other
judicial  proceedings,  Lender shall be entitled to recover from  Borrower all
costs of collection,  including,  without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys'
fees actually incurred.

            Failure or forbearance of Lender to exercise any right  hereunder,
or otherwise  granted by the Agreement or by law,  shall not affect or release
the  liability  of Borrower  hereunder,  and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such right  unless so stated by Lender in  writing.  This Note shall be deemed
to be made under,  and shall be construed in accordance  with and governed by,
the laws of the State of Georgia  (without  giving  effect to the  conflict of
laws provisions thereof).

            DEMAND,  PRESENTMENT  FOR PAYMENT,  NOTICE OF DISHONOR AND PROTEST
ARE HEREBY WAIVED.

            Time is of the essence hereunder.

            EXECUTED  AND  DELIVERED  under  seal  of  Borrower  by  its  duly
authorized  officers  as of the day and year first  above  written in Atlanta,
Georgia.


                                    MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.


[CORPORATE SEAL]                    By:    /s/   K. W. Engwall   
                                    Name:  K. Wyatt Engwall
                                    Title: Senior Vice President


                                    Attest: /s/  John E. Fountain  
                                           Name: John E. Fountain
                                           Title: Secretary  


                                   EXHIBIT B

                 FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED SWING LINE NOTE

July 2, 1998                                                $10,000,000.00
                                                      Atlanta, Georgia

            FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned,  MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.,
a Georgia corporation  ("Borrower"),  promises to pay to the order of SUNTRUST
BANK,  ATLANTA,  a Georgia  banking  corporation  ("Swing Line Lender") at its
principal  office at 25 Park Place,  Atlanta,  Georgia 30303, or at such other
place as the holder hereof may  designate in  immediately  available  funds in
lawful money of the United  States,  the  principal sum of (i) TEN MILLION AND
NO/100  DOLLARS  ($10,000,000.00)  or (ii) so much as shall have been advanced
hereunder  as  Swing  Rate  Advance  pursuant  to  Article  II of  the  Credit
Agreement and remaining  outstanding as shown on the records of the Swing Line
Lender,  plus all  accrued  and unpaid  interest  thereon as set forth in that
certain Amended and Restated  Credit  Agreement dated as of July 2, 1998 among
the Borrower,  SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, a banking  corporation  organized under
the laws of the State of Georgia,  the other  banks and  lending  institutions
from time to time a party thereto (the "Lenders"),  SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, as
the issuing bank (the "Issuing Bank"),  and SunTrust Bank,  Atlanta,  as Agent
(the "Agent") for the Issuing Bank and the Lenders,  and Wachovia  Bank,  N.A.
as Co-Agent  (the  "Co-Agent")  for the  Issuing  Bank and the Lenders (as the
same may hereafter be amended,  modified,  extended or supplemented  from time
to time,  the  "Agreement").  Interest shall accrue from the date hereof up to
and through the date on which all principal and interest  hereunder is paid in
full,  shall be  computed  on the basis of actual  days  elapsed  in a 360-day
year, and shall be calculated on the outstanding  principal  balance hereunder
at the interest rates specified in Section 3.03 of the Agreement.

            Principal  and  interest  hereunder  shall  be paid  on the  dates
specified  in the  Agreement  and  shall  be due  and  payable  in full on the
Maturity  Date (as defined in the  Agreement).  Any  installment  of principal
and,  to the extent  permitted  by law,  interest  due under this  Amended and
Restated  Swing  Line  Note  (the  "Note")  that is not  paid on the due  date
therefor  whether on the maturity date, or resulting from the  acceleration of
maturity  upon the  occurrence  of an  Event of  Default  (as  defined  in the
Agreement),  shall bear  interest  from the date due until  payment in full at
the default rate specified in Section 3.03(c) of the Agreement.


            This Note  evidences  the Swing Line Loans  made  pursuant  to the
terms and conditions of the Agreement,  to which Agreement reference is hereby
made  for a full  and  complete  description  of such  terms  and  conditions,
including,  without  limitation,   provisions  for  the  acceleration  of  the
maturity  hereof upon the  existence or  occurrence  of certain  conditions or
events, and the terms of any permitted  prepayments hereof. This Note is being
delivered by the Borrower and accepted by the Borrower as a  substitution  for
that  certain  Swing Line Note,  dated as of March 6, 1996 by the  Borrower in
favor of the Swing Line Lender,  but not as payment of such indebtedness or as
a novation  with  respect  thereto.  All  capitalized  terms used in this Note
shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Agreement.

            Upon the  existence  or  occurrence  of any Event of Default,  the
principal and all accrued interest hereof shall  automatically  become, or may
be  declared,  due and  payable in the manner and with the effect  provided in
the Agreement.

            Swing  Line  Lender  shall at all  times  have a right of  set-off
against any deposit  balances  of  Borrower  in the  possession  of Swing Line
Lender,  and Swing Line Lender may apply the same against payment of this Note
or any other  indebtedness  of Borrower to Swing Line Lender arising under the
Credit  Documents.  The  payment of any  indebtedness  evidenced  by this Note
shall not affect the  enforceability of this Note as to any future,  different
or  other  indebtedness  evidenced  hereby.  In  the  event  the  indebtedness
evidenced   by  this  Note  is   collected  by  legal  action  or  through  an
attorney-at-law,  or in bankruptcy or other judicial  proceedings,  Swing Line
Lender  shall be entitled to recover from  Borrower  all costs of  collection,
including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees actually incurred.

            Failure or  forbearance of Swing Line Lender to exercise any right
hereunder,  or otherwise  granted by the Agreement or by law, shall not affect
or release the  liability of Borrower  hereunder,  and shall not  constitute a
waiver of such right  unless so stated by Lender in  writing.  This Note shall
be deemed to be made under,  and shall be  construed  in  accordance  with and
governed by, the laws of the State of Georgia.

            DEMAND,  PRESENTMENT  FOR PAYMENT,  NOTICE OF DISHONOR AND PROTEST
ARE HEREBY WAIVED.

            Time is of the essence hereunder.

            EXECUTED  AND  DELIVERED  under  seal  of  Borrower  by  its  duly
authorized  officers  as of the day and year first  above  written in Atlanta,
Georgia.

                                       MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.


[CORPORATE SEAL]                       By:    /s/ K. W. Engwall   
                                       Name:  K. Wyatt Engwall
                                       Title: Senior Vice President


                                       Attest:/s/ John E. Fountain  
                                           Name:  John E. Fountain
                                           Title: Secretary  



                                   EXHIBIT C

                         SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AGREEMENT


            This SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AGREEMENT (this "Guaranty"),  dated as of
July 2, 1998 is made by CULINARY SOLUTIONS,  INC., a corporation organized and
existing  under  the  laws of  Georgia  (hereinafter,  collectively  with  all
Additional Guarantors hereafter becoming a party hereto, the "Guarantor"),  in
favor of SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA, a Georgia banking corporation,  as Agent (the
"Agent"),  and  WACHOVIA  BANK,  N.A.,  a  national  banking  association,  as
Co-Agent (the "Co-Agent) for the banks and other lending  institutions parties
to the Credit  Agreement (as  hereinafter  defined) and each assignee  thereof
becoming a "Lender" as provided  therein (the  "Lenders"),  and SUNTRUST BANK,
ATLANTA,  in its capacity as Issuing Bank (the  "Issuing  Bank") (the Lenders,
the Issuing Bank,  the Agent and the Co-Agent being  collectively  referred to
herein as the "Guaranteed Parties");


                             W I T N E S S E T H:


            WHEREAS,  MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC., a corporation  organized and
existing  under  the  laws of the  State  of  Georgia  (the  "Borrower"),  the
Lenders,  the Issuing Bank,  the Agent and the Co-Agent have entered into that
certain  Amended and Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated as of July 2, 1998 (as
the same  may  hereafter  be  amended,  restated,  supplemented  or  otherwise
modified  from  time  to  time,  and  including  all  schedules,  riders,  and
supplements  thereto,  the "Credit  Agreement";  terms defined therein and not
otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined);

            WHEREAS,  the  Borrower  owns,  directly or  indirectly,  all or a
majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Guarantor;

            WHEREAS,  the  Borrower  and the  Guarantor  share an  identity of
interest  as  members  of  a  consolidated   group  of  companies  engaged  in
substantially   similar   businesses  with  the  Borrower   providing  certain
centralized financial, accounting and management services to the Guarantor;

            WHEREAS,  consummation of the transactions  pursuant to the Credit
Agreement  will  facilitate   expansion  and  enhance  the  overall  financial
strength and stability of the Borrower's  entire  corporate  group,  including
the Guarantor; and

            WHEREAS,  it is a condition  precedent to the Lenders' and Issuing
Bank's  obligations to enter into the Credit  Agreement and to make extensions
of credit  thereunder  that the Guarantor  execute and deliver this  Guaranty,
and the  Guarantor  desires to execute  and deliver  this  Guaranty to satisfy
such condition precedent;

           NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and in order to
induce  the  Issuing  Bank and the  Lenders to enter  into and  perform  their
obligations  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  the  Guarantor  hereby  agrees as
follows:

      SECTION 1.  Guaranty.    The   Guarantor    hereby,    irrevocably   and
unconditionally,  guarantees the punctual  payment when due, whether at stated
maturity,  by  acceleration  or  otherwise,  of all  Loans,  Letter  of Credit
Obligations  and all other  Obligations  owing by the Borrower to the Lenders,
the Issuing Bank, the Agent or the Co-Agent,  or any of them, under the Credit
Agreement,  the Notes,  any Letter of Credit and the other  Credit  Documents,
including all renewals,  extensions,  modifications and refinancings  thereof,
now or hereafter owing,  whether for principal,  interest,  fees,  expenses or
otherwise,  and any  and  all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including
reasonable  attorneys'  fees actually  incurred and expenses)  incurred by the
Agent  in  enforcing  any  rights  under  this  Guaranty  (collectively,   the
"Guaranteed  Obligations"),  including without limitation, all interest which,
but for the filing of a petition in  bankruptcy  with respect to the Borrower,
would accrue on any principal portion of the Guaranteed  Obligations.  Any and
all payments by the  Guarantor  hereunder  shall be made free and clear of and
without  deduction for any set-off,  counterclaim,  or withholding so that, in
each case,  each  Guaranteed  Party will  receive,  after giving effect to any
Taxes (as such term is defined in the Credit  Agreement,  but excluding  Taxes
imposed on overall  net income of the  Guaranteed  Party to the same extent as
excluded  pursuant  to the Credit  Agreement),  the full  amount that it would
otherwise be entitled to receive with  respect to the  Guaranteed  Obligations
(but  without  duplication  of  amounts  for  Taxes  already  included  in the
Guaranteed  Obligations).  The Guarantor  acknowledges and agrees that this is
a  guarantee  of  payment  when  due,  and not of  collection,  and that  this
Guaranty may be enforced up to the full amount of the  Guaranteed  Obligations
without  proceeding  against  the  Borrower,  against  any  security  for  the
Guaranteed  Obligations  or under any other  guaranty  covering any portion of
the Guaranteed Obligations.

      SECTION 2.  Guaranty  Absolute.   The  Guarantor   guarantees  that  the
Guaranteed  Obligations  will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of
the  Credit  Documents,  regardless  of any law,  regulation  or order  now or
hereafter  in effect in any  jurisdiction  affecting  any of such terms or the
rights of any  Guaranteed  Party with respect  thereto.  The  liability of the
Guarantor  under  this  Guaranty  shall  be  absolute  and   unconditional  in
accordance  with its terms and shall  remain in full force and effect  without
regard to, and shall not be released,  suspended,  discharged,  terminated  or
otherwise affected by, any circumstance or occurrence  whatsoever,  including,
without  limitation,  the  following  (whether or not the  Guarantor  consents
thereto or has notice thereof):

            (a)   any change in the time,  place or manner of  payment  of, or
      in any other  term of,  all or any of the  Guaranteed  Obligations,  any
      waiver, indulgence,  renewal, extension, amendment or modification of or
      addition,  consent or supplement to or deletion from or any other action
      or  inaction  under or in  respect of the  Credit  Agreement,  the other
      Credit  Documents,  or any other  documents,  instruments  or agreements
      relating  to the  Guaranteed  Obligations  or any  other  instrument  or
      agreement  referred  to therein or any  assignment  or  transfer  of any
      thereof;

            (b)   any  lack  of  validity  or  enforceability  of  the  Credit
      Agreement,   the  other  Credit   Documents,   or  any  other  document,
      instrument  or  agreement  referred  to  therein  or any  assignment  or
      transfer of any thereof;

            (c)   any furnishing to the  Guaranteed  Parties of any additional
      security for the Guaranteed Obligations,  or any sale, exchange, release
      or surrender  of, or  realization  on, any  security for the  Guaranteed
      Obligations;

            (d)   any  settlement  or  compromise  of any  of  the  Guaranteed
      Obligations,  any security therefor, or any liability of any other party
      with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations,  or any subordination of the
      payment  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  to the  payment  of any  other
      liability of the Borrower;

            (e)   any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  composition,
      adjustment,  dissolution,  liquidation or other like proceeding relating
      to the  Guarantor or the  Borrower,  or any action taken with respect to
      this Guaranty by any trustee or receiver,  or by any court,  in any such
      proceeding;

            (f)   any  nonperfection  of any security  interest or lien on any
      collateral,  or any amendment or waiver of or consent to departure  from
      any guaranty or security, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

            (g)   any  application  of sums paid by the  Borrower or any other
      Person  with  respect  to  the   liabilities  of  the  Borrower  to  the
      Guaranteed  Parties,  regardless  of what  liabilities  of the  Borrower
      remain unpaid;

            (h)   any act or failure to act by any Guaranteed  Party which may
      adversely  affect the Guarantor's  subrogation  rights,  if any, against
      the Borrower to recover payments made under this Guaranty; and

            (i)   any other  circumstance  which might otherwise  constitute a
      defense available to, or a discharge of, the Guarantor.


If claim is ever made upon any  Guaranteed  Party for repayment or recovery of
any  amount  or  amounts  received  in  payment  or on  account  of any of the
Guaranteed  Obligations,  and any Guaranteed  Party repays all or part of said
amount  by  reason  of (a) any  judgment,  decree  or  order  of any  court or
administrative  body having  jurisdiction  over the Guaranteed Party or any of
its property,  or (b) any  settlement or compromise of any such claim effected
by the  Guaranteed  Party with any such claimant  (including the Borrower or a
trustee in bankruptcy for the Borrower),  then and in such event the Guarantor
agrees that any such judgment,  decree, order,  settlement or compromise shall
be binding on it,  notwithstanding  any revocation  hereof or the cancellation
of the Credit Agreement,  the other Credit Documents,  or any other instrument
evidencing  any  liability of the  Borrower,  and the  Guarantor  shall be and
remain liable to the  Guaranteed  Party for the amounts so repaid or recovered
to the same  extent as if such  amount had never  originally  been paid to the
Guaranteed Party.

      SECTION 3.  Waiver.  The  Guarantor  hereby  waives notice of acceptance
of this Guaranty,  notice of any liability to which it may apply,  and further
waives  presentment,  demand  of  payment,  protest,  notice  of  dishonor  or
nonpayment  of any such  liabilities,  suit or taking  of other  action by the
Guaranteed  Parties  against,  and any other  notice to, the  Borrower  or any
other party liable with respect to the Guaranteed  Obligations  (including the
Guarantor or any other Person  executing a guaranty of the  obligations of the
Borrower).

      SECTION 4.  Waiver   of   Subrogation;   Rights  of   Contribution.   No
Guarantor  will exercise any rights  against the Borrower which it may acquire
by way of  subrogation  or  contribution,  by any payment  made  hereunder  or
otherwise  and each  Guarantor  hereby  expressly  waives any claim,  right or
remedy  which such  Guarantor  may now have or hereafter  acquire  against the
Borrower that arises  hereunder  and/or from the  performance by the Guarantor
hereunder,  including,  without limitation,  any claim, right or remedy of any
Guaranteed  Party  against the Borrower or any security  which any  Guaranteed
Party now has or  hereafter  acquires,  whether  or not such  claim,  right or
remedy arises in equity,  under  contract,  by statute,  under color of law or
otherwise unless and until the Guaranteed  Obligations have been  indefeasibly
paid in full.


            The  following  provisions of this Section 4 shall be effective at
all times when there are multiple  guarantors party hereto.  In the event that
any  Guarantor  (the "Funding  Guarantor")  shall make any payment or payments
under this  Guaranty or shall  suffer any loss as a result of any  realization
upon any collateral  granted by it to secure its obligations  hereunder,  each
other  Guarantor   (each,  a  "Contributing   Guarantor")   hereby  agrees  to
contribute  to the  Funding  Guarantor  an amount  equal to such  Contributing
Guarantor's  pro rata  share of such  payment  or  payments  made,  or  losses
suffered,  by such Funding  Guarantor  determined by reference to the ratio of
(a) the dollar amount of the percentage of each such Contributing  Guarantor's
Net Assets (without giving effect to any right to receive any  contribution or
subrogation or obligation to make any contribution hereunder),  to (b) the sum
of the  Net  Assets  of  all  Guarantors  (including  the  Funding  Guarantor)
hereunder  (without  giving  effect to any right to  receive  contribution  or
subrogation  hereunder or any obligation to make any contribution  hereunder);
provided,  that the Contributing  Guarantor shall not be obligated to make any
such  payment to the Funding  Guarantor if the  Contributing  Guarantor is not
solvent  at the time of such  contribution  or if the  Contributing  Guarantor
would be rendered  not solvent as a result  thereof.  Nothing in this  Section
shall affect each Guarantor's  several  liability for the entire amount of the
Guaranteed  Obligations,   subject  only  to  the  limitations  set  forth  in
Section 14.  For the  purposes of this  Section 4, (x) the "Net Assets" of any
Guarantor  shall mean the highest  amount,  as of any  Determination  Date, by
which (A) the  aggregate  present  fair  saleable  value of the assets of such
Guarantor  exceeds  (B) the  amount of all the debts and  liabilities  of such
Guarantor  (including  contingent,  subordinated,  unmatured and  unliquidated
liabilities,  but excluding the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder),  and
(y)  "Determination  Date"  shall mean each of (1) the Closing  Date,  (2) the
date of  commencement of a case under the Bankruptcy Code in which a Guarantor
is a debtor,  and (3) the date  enforcement  hereunder  is sought with respect
to such  Guarantor.  Each  Funding  Guarantor  covenants  and agrees  that its
right to receive any contribution  from any Contributing  Guarantor  hereunder
shall be  subordinated  and  junior in right of  payment in full of all of the
Guaranteed Obligations.

      SECTION 5.  Severability.  Any  provision  of  this  Guaranty  which  is
prohibited  or   unenforceable   in  any   jurisdiction   shall,  as  to  such
jurisdiction,   be   ineffective   to  the  extent  of  such   prohibition  or
unenforceability  without  invalidating the remaining  provisions  hereof, and
any  such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  in any  jurisdiction  shall  not
invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

      SECTION 6.   Amendments,  Etc. No amendment  or waiver of any  provision
of this  Guaranty  nor consent to any  departure  by the  Guarantor  therefrom
shall in any event be effective  unless the same shall be in writing  executed
by the Agent.

      SECTION 7.  Notices. All notices and other  communications  provided for
hereunder shall be given in the manner  specified in the Credit  Agreement (i)
in the  case of the  Agent,  at the  address  specified  for the  Agent in the
Credit  Agreement,  and (ii) in the case of the  Guarantor,  at the  addresses
specified  for the  Guarantor in this  Guaranty or the  applicable  supplement
hereto.

      SECTION 8.  No  Waiver;  Remedies.  No  failure on the part of the Agent
or other  Guaranteed  Parties to  exercise,  and no delay in  exercising,  any
right  hereunder  shall operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or
partial  exercise  of any  right  hereunder  preclude  any  other  or  further
exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other  right.  No notice to or demand
on the  Guarantor in any case shall entitle the Guarantor to any other further
notice or demand in any similar or other  circumstances or constitute a waiver
of the  rights  of the  Agent  or other  Guaranteed  Parties  to any  other or
further action in any  circumstances  without  notice or demand.  The remedies
herein  provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies  provided by
law.

     SECTION 9.  Right Of Set Off. In addition  to and not in  limitation  of
all  rights of  offset  that the Agent or other  Guaranteed  Parties  may have
under  applicable law, the Agent or other Guaranteed  Parties shall,  upon the
occurrence  of any  Event of  Default  and  whether  or not the Agent or other
Guaranteed  Parties  have made any demand or the  Guaranteed  Obligations  are
matured,  have the  right to  appropriate  and  apply  to the  payment  of the
Guaranteed  Obligations,  all deposits of the  Guarantor  (general or special,
time or demand,  provisional  or final) then or  thereafter  held by and other
indebtedness  or  property  then or  thereafter  owing  by the  Agent or other
Guaranteed  Parties to the Guarantor,  whether or not related to this Guaranty
or any  transaction  hereunder.  The Guaranteed  Parties shall promptly notify
the Guarantor of any offset hereunder.

      SECTION 10. Continuing   Guaranty;   Transfer   Of   Obligations.   This
Guaranty  is a  continuing  guaranty  and shall (i)  remain in full  force and
effect  until  payment  in full of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  and all other
amounts  payable under this Guaranty and the  termination of the  Commitments,
(ii) be binding upon the  Guarantor,  its  successors  and assigns,  and (iii)
inure to the  benefit  of and be  enforceable  by the Agent,  its  successors,
transferees and assigns, for the benefit of the Guaranteed Parties.

      SECTION 11. Governing Law;  Appointment Of Agent For Service Of Process;
Submission To Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

            (a)   THIS GUARANTY AND THE RIGHTS AND  OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES
      HEREUNDER  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE
      LAWS OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA  (WITHOUT  GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF
      LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF).


           (b)   ANY  LEGAL  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING   WITH  RESPECT  TO  THIS
      GUARANTY  OR  OTHERWISE  RELATED  HERETO MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE  SUPERIOR
      COURT OF FULTON  COUNTY OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA OR OF THE UNITED  STATES
      OF AMERICA FOR THE NORTHERN  DISTRICT OF GEORGIA,  AND, BY EXECUTION AND
      DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY,  THE GUARANTOR  HEREBY  CONSENTS,  FOR ITSELF
      AND IN RESPECT OF ITS  PROPERTY,  TO THE  JURISDICTION  OF THE AFORESAID
      COURTS SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF  ADJUDICATING  ITS RIGHTS OR THE RIGHTS
      OF THE AGENT AND OTHER GUARANTEED  PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY
      OR  ANY  DOCUMENT  RELATED  HERETO.  THE  GUARANTOR  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY
      DESIGNATES  PRENTICE  HALL  CORPORATION  OF  ATLANTA,  GEORGIA,  AS  THE
      DESIGNEE,  APPOINTEE AND AGENT OF THE  GUARANTOR TO RECEIVE,  FOR AND ON
      BEHALF OF THE GUARANTOR,  SERVICE OF PROCESS IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY
      LEGAL  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THIS  GUARANTY  OR ANY
      DOCUMENT  RELATED  HERETO  AND SUCH  SERVICE  SHALL BE DEEMED  COMPLETED
      THIRTY DAYS AFTER MAILING  THEREOF TO SAID AGENT.  IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT
      A COPY OF SUCH PROCESS  SERVED ON SUCH AGENT WILL BE PROMPTLY  FORWARDED
      BY  SUCH  LOCAL  AGENT  AND BY THE  SERVER  OF  PROCESS  BY  MAIL TO THE
      GUARANTOR  AT ITS  ADDRESS  SET FORTH  HEREIN,  BUT THE  FAILURE  OF THE
      GUARANTOR  TO RECEIVE  SUCH COPY SHALL NOT, TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY
      APPLICABLE  LAW,  AFFECT IN ANY WAY THE  SERVICE  OF SUCH  PROCESS.  THE
      GUARANTOR HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION,  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT
      LIMITATION,  ANY  OBJECTION  TO THE  LAYING  OF  VENUE  OR  BASED ON THE
      GROUNDS OF FORUM NON  CONVENIENS,  WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO
      THE   BRINGING  OF  ANY  ACTION  OR   PROCEEDING   IN  SUCH   RESPECTIVE
      JURISDICTIONS  IN  RESPECT  OF THIS  GUARANTY  OR ANY  DOCUMENT  RELATED
      THERETO.  NOTHING  HEREIN  SHALL  AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE AGENT TO SERVE
      PROCESS  IN ANY  OTHER  MANNER  PERMITTED  BY LAW OR TO  COMMENCE  LEGAL
      PROCEEDINGS  OR  OTHERWISE  PROCEED  AGAINST THE  GUARANTOR IN ANY OTHER
      JURISDICTION.

            (c)   TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED BY  APPLICABLE  LAW, THE  GUARANTOR
      HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES  ALL  RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY  ACTION,
      PROCEEDING OR  COUNTERCLAIM  ARISING OUT OF OR IN  CONNECTION  WITH THIS
      GUARANTY  OR  ANY  OTHER  CREDIT  DOCUMENT  OR  ANY  MATTER  ARISING  IN
      CONNECTION HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

      SECTION 12. Subordination   Of  the  Borrower's   Obligations  To  the  
Guarantor.   As  an  independent  covenant,  the  Guarantor  hereby  expressly
covenants  and  agrees  for the  benefit  of the Agent  and  other  Guaranteed
Parties  that  all   obligations  and  liabilities  of  the  Borrower  to  the
Guarantor  of  whatsoever  description  including,   without  limitation,  all
intercompany  receivables of the Guarantor from the Borrower ("Junior Claims")
shall be subordinate  and junior in right of payment to all obligations of the
Borrower  to the  Agent and other  Guaranteed  Parties  under the terms of the
Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents ("Senior Claims").

            If an Event of Default  shall occur,  then,  unless and until such
Event of  Default  shall have been  cured,  waived,  or shall  have  ceased to
exist, no direct or indirect payment (in cash, property,  securities by setoff
or otherwise)  shall be made by the Borrower to the Guarantor on account of or
in any  manner in  respect  of any  Junior  Claim  except  such  payments  and
distributions  the proceeds of which shall be applied to the payment of Senior
Claims.

            In the event of a Proceeding (as hereinafter defined),  all Senior
Claims  shall first be paid in full  before any direct or indirect  payment or
distribution (in cash,  property,  securities by setoff or otherwise) shall be
made to any  Guarantor on account of or in any manner in respect of any Junior
Claim except such  payments and  distributions  the proceeds of which shall be
applied to the payment of Senior  Claims.  For the  purposes  of the  previous
sentence,  "Proceeding"  means the Borrower or the Guarantor  shall commence a
voluntary  case  concerning  itself  under  the  Bankruptcy  Code or any other
applicable  bankruptcy laws; or any involuntary case is commenced  against the
Borrower or the Guarantor;  or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy  Code
or any other  applicable  bankruptcy  laws) is appointed  for, or takes charge
of,  all or any  substantial  part  of the  property  of the  Borrower  or the
Guarantor,  or the Borrower or the Guarantor  commences any other  proceedings
under any  reorganization  arrangement,  adjustment of debt, relief of debtor,
dissolution,  insolvency  or  liquidation  or similar law of any  jurisdiction
whether now or hereafter in effect  relating to the Borrower or the Guarantor,
or any such proceeding is commenced against the Borrower or the Guarantor,  or
the Borrower or the  Guarantor is  adjudicated  insolvent or bankrupt;  or any
order of relief  or other  order  approving  any such  case or  proceeding  is
entered;  or the  Borrower or the  Guarantor  suffers any  appointment  of any
custodian or the like for it or any substantial  part of its property;  or the
Borrower  or the  Guarantor  makes a general  assignment  for the  benefit  of
creditors;  or the Borrower or the Guarantor shall fail to pay, or shall state
that it is unable to pay, or shall be unable to pay,  its debts  generally  as
they become due; or the Borrower or the Guarantor  shall call a meeting of its
creditors  with a view to arranging a composition  or adjustment of its debts;
or the Borrower or the  Guarantor  shall by any act or failure to act indicate
its consent to, approval of or  acquiescence  in any of the foregoing;  or any
corporate  action  shall be taken by the  Borrower  or the  Guarantor  for the
purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

            In the event any direct or  indirect  payment or  distribution  is
made to the  Guarantor  in  contravention  of this Section 12, such payment or
distribution  shall be deemed  received  in trust for the benefit of the Agent
and other  Guaranteed  Parties and shall be immediately paid over to the Agent
for  application  against the Guaranteed  Obligations  in accordance  with the
terms of the Credit Agreement.

            The Guarantor  agrees to execute such additional  documents as the
Agent may  reasonably  request to evidence the  subordination  provided for in
this Section 12.

      SECTION 13. Automatic   Acceleration   in  Certain   Events.   Upon  the
occurrence  of an Event of Default  specified  in  Section  8.07 of the Credit
Agreement,  all Guaranteed  Obligations shall automatically become immediately
due and payable by the  Guarantor,  without notice or other action on the part
of the Agent or other  Guaranteed  Parties,  and regardless of whether payment
of the Guaranteed  Obligations by the Borrower has then been  accelerated.  In
addition,  if any event of the types  described  in Section 8.07 of the Credit
Agreement  should occur with  respect to the  Guarantor,  then the  Guaranteed
Obligations  shall  automatically  become  immediately  due and payable by the
Guarantor,  without  notice or other  action on the part of the Agent or other
Guaranteed  Parties,  and  regardless  of whether  payment  of the  Guaranteed
Obligations by the Borrower has then been accelerated.

      SECTION 14. Savings  Clause.  (a) It is the intent of the  Guarantor and
the Guaranteed  Parties that the  Guarantor's  maximum  obligations  hereunder
shall be, but not in excess of:


                    (i) in a case or  proceeding  commenced  by or against the
            Guarantor  under the  Bankruptcy  Code on or within  one year from
            the date on which any of the Guaranteed  Obligations are incurred,
            the maximum amount which would not otherwise  cause the Guaranteed
            Obligations  (or any other  obligations  of the  Guarantor  to the
            Guaranteed  Parties) to be avoidable or unenforceable  against the
            Guarantor  under (A) Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or (B) any
            state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent  conveyance act or statute
            applied in such case or  proceeding  by virtue of  Section  544 of
            the Bankruptcy Code; or

                  (ii) in a case or  proceeding  commenced  by or against  the
            Guarantor  under the Bankruptcy  Code  subsequent to one year from
            the date on which any of the Guaranteed  Obligations are incurred,
            the  maximum   amount   which  would  not   otherwise   cause  the
            Guaranteed  Obligations (or any other obligations of the Guarantor
            to  the  Guaranteed  Parties)  to be  avoidable  or  unenforceable
            against  the  Guarantor  under any state  fraudulent  transfer  or
            fraudulent  conveyance act or statute  applied in any such case or
            proceeding by virtue of Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code; or

                  (iii) in a case or  proceeding  commenced  by or against the
            Guarantor  under any law,  statute  or  regulation  other than the
            Bankruptcy  Code  (including,   without   limitation,   any  other
            bankruptcy, reorganization,  arrangement, moratorium, readjustment
            of debt, dissolution,  liquidation or similar debtor relief laws),
            the maximum amount which would not otherwise  cause the Guaranteed
            Obligations  (or any other  obligations  of the  Guarantor  to the
            Guaranteed  Parties) to be avoidable or unenforceable  against the
            Guarantor  under  such  law,  statute  or  regulation   including,
            without  limitation,  any state fraudulent  transfer or fraudulent
            conveyance act or statute applied in any such case or proceeding.

(The substantive laws under which the possible  avoidance or  unenforceability
of the Guaranteed  Obligations  (or any other  obligations of the Guarantor to
the  Guaranteed  Parties)  shall be  determined in any such case or proceeding
shall hereinafter be referred to as the "Avoidance Provisions").

           (b)   To the end set  forth  in  Section  14(a),  but  only to the
      extent that the  Guaranteed  Obligations  would  otherwise be subject to
      avoidance under the Avoidance  Provisions if the Guarantor is not deemed
      to have  received  valuable  consideration,  fair  value  or  reasonably
      equivalent  value for the Guaranteed  Obligations,  or if the Guaranteed
      Obligations  would  render  the  Guarantor   insolvent,   or  leave  the
      Guarantor  with an  unreasonably  small capital to conduct its business,
      or cause the  Guarantor to have  incurred  debts (or to have intended to
      have  incurred  debts)  beyond  its  ability  to pay such  debts as they
      mature,  in each case as of the time any of the  Guaranteed  Obligations
      are deemed to have been  incurred  under the  Avoidance  Provisions  and
      after giving effect to the  contribution  by the Guarantor,  the maximum
      Guaranteed   Obligations   for  which  the  Guarantor  shall  be  liable
      hereunder  shall be reduced to that amount  which,  after giving  effect
      thereto,  would  not  cause  the  Guaranteed  Obligations  (or any other
      obligations of the Guarantor to the Guaranteed Parties),  as so reduced,
      to  be  subject  to  avoidance  under  the  Avoidance  Provisions.  This
      Section  14(b)  is  intended  solely  to  preserve  the  rights  of  the
      Guaranteed  Parties hereunder to the maximum extent that would not cause
      the  Guaranteed  Obligations of the Guarantor to be subject to avoidance
      under the  Avoidance  Provisions,  and  neither  the  Guarantor  nor any
      other  Person  shall have any right or claim  under  this  Section 14 as
      against the Guaranteed  Parties that would not otherwise be available to
      such Person under the Avoidance Provisions.

            (c)   None of the  provisions  of this  Section 14 are intended in
      any manner to alter the obligations of any holder of  Subordinated  Debt
      or the rights of the  holders of "senior  indebtedness"  as  provided by
      the terms of the  Subordinated  Debt.  Accordingly,  it is the intent of
      the  Guarantor  that, in the event that any payment or  distribution  is
      made with respect to the Subordinated  Debt prior to the payment in full
      of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  by  virtue  of the  provisions  of this
      Section 14, in any case or proceeding of the kinds  described in clauses
      (i)-(iii) of Section 14(a), the holders of the  Subordinated  Debt shall
      be obligated to pay or deliver  such payment or  distribution  to or for
      the benefit of the Guaranteed  Parties.  Furthermore,  in respect of the
      Avoidance  Provisions,  it is the  intent  of  the  Guarantor  that  the
      subrogation  rights of the holders of Subordinated  Debt with respect to
      the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty,  be subject in all
      respects to the provisions of Section 14(b).

      SECTION 15. Information.  The Guarantor assumes all  responsibility  for
being and keeping itself  informed of the Borrower's  financial  condition and
assets, and of all other circumstances  bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of
the Guaranteed  Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that
the  Guarantor  assumes  and incurs  hereunder,  and  agrees  that none of the
Guaranteed  Parties will have any duty to advise the Guarantor of  information
known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

      SECTION 16. Representations  and  Warranties.  The Guarantor  represents
and warrants as to itself that all  representations and warranties relating to
it contained in Sections  6.01 through 6.06 of the Credit  Agreement  are true
and correct.

      SECTION 17. Survival of Agreement.  All agreements,  representations and
warranties  made herein  shall  survive  the  execution  and  delivery of this
Guaranty and the Credit  Agreement,  the making of the Loans,  the issuance of
the Letters of Credit,  and the  execution  and  delivery of the Notes and the
other Credit Documents.

      SECTION 18. Counterparts.  This  Guaranty and any  amendments,  waivers,
consents or supplements may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by
different  parties  hereto in  separate  counterparts,  each of which  when so
executed  and   delivered   shall  be  deemed  an   original,   but  all  such
counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.


      SECTION 19. Additional  Guarantors.  Upon  execution and delivery by any
Subsidiary  of the  Borrower  of an  instrument  in the form of Annex 1,  such
Subsidiary of the Borrower  shall become a Guarantor  hereunder  with the same
force  and  effect  as  if  originally  named  a  Guarantor  herein  (each  an
"Additional  Guarantor")  and its  obligations  hereunder  shall be joint  and
several  with  the   Guarantor.   The  execution  and  delivery  of  any  such
instrument  shall not require the  consent of any other  Guarantor  hereunder.
The rights and  obligations  of the Guarantor  hereunder  shall remain in full
force and effect  notwithstanding the addition of any Additional  Guarantor as
a party to this Guaranty.


            IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Guarantor and the Agent have caused this
Guaranty  to  be  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  their   respective  duly
authorized officers as of the date first above written in Atlanta, Georgia.

Address for Notices:                CULINARY SOLUTIONS, INC.

1955 Lake Park Dr., S.E.
Suite 400
Smyrna, Georgia  30080

                                    By:/s/  K. W.Engwall
                                    Name:   K. Wyatt Engwall
Attn: Wyatt Engwall                 Title:  Senior Vice President, Finance

Telecopy: (770) 437-3349
                                   Attest:/s/     John E. Fountain  
                                           Name:  John E. Fountain
                                           Title: Secretary   

                                                      [CORPORATE SEAL]


STATE OF GEORGIA
COUNTY OF COBB


Signed, sealed and delivered
in the presence of:

NICOLE DORNBUSCH
Notary Public

Date Executed by Notary:
July 1, 1998


My commission expires:
November 11, 2000


[NOTARIAL SEAL]

                                   SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA
                                    ("Agent")


                                    By:/s/  Daniel S. Komitor
                                          Name:  Daniel S. Komitor
                                          Title: Vice President


                                    By:/s/ R. Michael Dunlap 
                                          Name: R. Michael Dunlap
                                          Title:Vice President

                                   WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.
                                    ("Co-Agent")


                                    By:/s/   John C. Canty
                                          Name: John C. Canty
                                          Title:Banking Officer


                                                                          
                                                                      

SECTION 12 OF THE
FOREGOING GUARANTY
ACKNOWLEDGED AND
AGREED TO:


MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.


By:/s/ K. W. Engwall 
Name: K. Wyatt Engwall
Title:Senior Vice President, Finance
      and Assistant Secretary



                                  SUPPLEMENT
                                      TO
                         SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AGREEMENT


            THIS   SUPPLEMENT   TO   SUBSIDIARY   GUARANTY   AGREEMENT   (this
"Supplement to Guaranty Agreement"),  dated as of ___________,  _____, made by
______________________,  a ________ corporation (the "Additional  Guarantor"),
in favor of SUNTRUST BANK,  ATLANTA, a Georgia banking  corporation,  as Agent
(the  "Agent")  and  WACHOVIA  BANK,  N.A., a national  bank  association,  as
Co-Agent  (the  "Co-Agent")  for the  banks  and  other  lending  institutions
parties to the Credit  Agreement  (as  hereinafter  defined) and each assignee
thereof becoming a "Lender" as provided therein (the "Lenders"),  and SUNTRUST
BANK ATLANTA,  as Issuing Bank (the "Issuing Bank"), the Lenders,  the Issuing
Bank, the Agent and the Co-Agent being collectively  referred to herein as the
"Guaranteed Parties").


                             W I T N E S S E T H:


            WHEREAS,   MORRISON  HEALTH  CARE,  INC.  (the  "Borrower"),   the
Lenders,  the  Issuing  Bank,  the Agent and the  Co-Agent  are  parties to an
Amended and Restated Credit  Agreement,  dated as of July 2, 1998 (as the same
may hereafter be amended,  restated,  supplemented or otherwise  modified from
time to time, the "Credit Agreement")  pursuant to which the Lenders have made
commitments  to make loans and the Issuing Bank has committed to issue Letters
of Credit to the Borrower;

            WHEREAS, Culinary Solutions,  Inc., a Subsidiary of the Borrower (
the "Subsidiary  Guarantor") has executed and delivered a Subsidiary  Guaranty
Agreement  dated as of July 2, 1998 (the  "Subsidiary  Guaranty")  pursuant to
which the Subsidiary  Guarantor has agreed to guarantee all of the obligations
of the Borrower under the Credit  Agreement and the other Credit Documents (as
defined in the Credit Agreement);

            WHEREAS,   the  Borrower,   the   Subsidiary   Guarantor  and  the
Additional   Guarantor  share  an  identity  of  interests  as  members  of  a
consolidated group of companies engaged in substantially  similar  businesses;
the  Borrower   provides  certain   centralized   financial,   accounting  and
management services to the Additional  Guarantor;  and the making of the loans
will  facilitate  expansion  and enhance the overall  financial  strength  and
stability  of  the  Borrower's  corporate  group,   including  the  Additional
Guarantor;


            WHEREAS,  it is a condition  subsequent to the Lenders' obligation
to make loans to the  Borrower  and the  Issuing  Bank's  obligation  to issue
letters of credit on behalf of the Borrower  under the Credit  Agreement  that
the Additional  Guarantor  execute and deliver to the Agent this Supplement to
Guaranty  Agreement,  and the  Additional  Guarantor  desires to  execute  and
deliver  this  Supplement  to Guaranty  Agreement  to satisfy  such  condition
subsequent;

            NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and in order to
induce the Lenders to make the loans to the  Borrower  and the Issuing Bank to
issue letters of credit on behalf of the Borrower under the Credit  Agreement,
the Additional Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

1.    Defined  Terms.  Capitalized  terms not otherwise  defined  herein which
are  used in the  Subsidiary  Guaranty  are  used  herein  with  the  meanings
specified for such terms in the Subsidiary Guaranty.

2.    Additional  Guarantor.  The Additional Guarantor agrees that it shall be
and become a Guarantor for all purposes of the  Subsidiary  Guaranty and shall
be fully  liable,  jointly  and  severally  thereunder  to the Agent and other
Guaranteed  Parties to the same  extent and with the same effect as though the
Additional  Guarantor had been a Guarantor originally executing and delivering
the  Subsidiary  Guaranty.  Without  limiting the  foregoing,  the  Additional
Guarantor  hereby jointly and severally  (with respect to the guaranties  made
by the Subsidiary  Guarantor under the Subsidiary  Guaranty),  irrevocably and
unconditionally,  guarantees the punctual  payment when due, whether at stated
maturity  by  acceleration  of  otherwise,  of the  Borrowings  and all  other
Obligations (as defined in the Credit  Agreement,  and including all renewals,
extensions,   modifications  and  refinancings   thereof,   now  or  hereafter
existing,  whether for principal,  interest,  fees, expenses or otherwise, and
any and all expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees actually incurred
and  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses)  incurred  by the  Agent  and  other
Guaranteed  Parties in enforcing any rights under the Subsidiary  Guaranty (as
supplemented hereby),  subject, however, to the limitations expressly provided
in the  Subsidiary  Guaranty in  Section 14  thereof.  All  references  in the
Subsidiary  Guaranty  to the  "Guarantor"  shall be deemed to  include  and to
refer to the Additional Guarantor.

3.    Governing Law; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process;
      Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

            (a)   THIS  SUPPLEMENT  TO GUARANTY  AGREEMENT  AND THE RIGHTS AND
OBLIGATIONS  OF THE PARTIES  HEREUNDER  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH
AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA  (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF).


           (b)   ANY  LEGAL  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING   WITH  RESPECT  TO  THIS
SUPPLEMENT  TO  GUARANTY  AGREEMENT  RELATED  HERETO  MAY  BE  BROUGHT  IN THE
SUPERIOR  COURT OF  FULTON  COUNTY OF THE STATE OF  GEORGIA  OR OF THE  UNITED
STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF GEORGIA,  AND, BY EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY OF THIS SUPPLEMENT TO GUARANTY  AGREEMENT,  THE ADDITIONAL  GUARANTOR
HEREBY  CONSENTS,   FOR  ITSELF  AND  IN  RESPECT  OF  ITS  PROPERTY,  TO  THE
JURISDICTION  OF THE AFORESAID  COURTS SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF  ADJUDICATING
ITS  RIGHTS  OR THE  RIGHTS  OF THE  AGENT OR OTHER  GUARANTEED  PARTIES  WITH
RESPECT TO THIS  SUPPLEMENT  TO GUARANTY  AGREEMENT  OR ANY  DOCUMENT  RELATED
HERETO.   THE  ADDITIONAL   GUARANTOR   HEREBY   IRREVOCABLY   DESIGNATES  CSC
CORPORATION  SERVICES OF ATLANTA,  GEORGIA,  AS THE  DESIGNEE,  APPOINTEE  AND
AGENT  OF THE  ADDITIONAL  GUARANTOR  TO  RECEIVE,  FOR AND ON  BEHALF  OF THE
ADDITIONAL  GUARANTOR,  SERVICE OF PROCESS IN SUCH  JURISDICTION  IN ANY LEGAL
ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS SUPPLEMENT TO GUARANTY  AGREEMENT OR
ANY DOCUMENT  RELATED HERETO AND SUCH SERVICE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED THIRTY
(30) DAYS AFTER MAILING  THEREOF TO SAID AGENT.  IT IS UNDERSTOOD  THAT A COPY
OF SUCH PROCESS SERVED ON SUCH AGENT WILL BE PROMPTLY  FORWARDED BY SUCH LOCAL
AGENT AND BY THE SERVER OF PROCESS BY MAIL TO THE ADDITIONAL  GUARANTOR AT ITS
ADDRESS SET FORTH  HEREIN,  BUT THE  FAILURE OF THE  ADDITIONAL  GUARANTOR  TO
RECEIVE  SUCH COPY  SHALL NOT,  TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY  APPLICABLE  LAW,
AFFECT  IN ANY WAY THE  SERVICE  OF SUCH  PROCESS.  THE  ADDITIONAL  GUARANTOR
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION,  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT LIMITATION,  ANY
OBJECTION  TO THE  LAYING  OF  VENUE  OR BASED  ON THE  GROUNDS  OF FORUM  NON
CONVENIENS,  WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER  HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION
OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH RESPECTIVE  JURISDICTIONS  IN RESPECT OF THIS SUPPLEMENT
TO GUARANTY  AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED  THERETO.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL
AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE AGENT TO SERVE  PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER  PERMITTED
BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE  LEGAL  PROCEEDINGS  OR  OTHERWISE  PROCEED  AGAINST THE
ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

            (c)   TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE  LAW, THE  ADDITIONAL
GUARANTOR HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,
PROCEEDING  OR  COUNTERCLAIM  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  THIS
SUPPLEMENT  TO GUARANTY  AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT  DOCUMENT OR ANY MATTER
ARISING IN CONNECTION HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

           IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Additional  Guarantor  has caused  this
Supplement  to Guaranty to be duly  executed and  delivered  under seal by its
duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

Address for Notices:                      ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR:



                                    By:                                       
                                    Title:


                                    Attest:                                   
                                    Title:

                                                    [CORPORATE SEAL]





                                  EXHIBIT D

                             CLOSING CERTIFICATE

      The undersigned, being the SVP - FINANCE  of MORRISON HEALTH CARE,
INC., a Georgia corporation (the "Borrower"), hereby gives this certificate
to induce SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA, a Georgia banking corporation, and the
other Lenders party to the Credit Agreement described below (referred to
collectively as the "Lenders"), SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA, as the issuing bank
(the "Issuing Bank"), and SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA, as Agent (the "Agent") for
the Issuing Bank and the Lender, and  WACHOVIA BANK, N.A. as Co-Agent (the
"Co-Agent") for the Issuing Bank and the Lender, to consummate certain
financial accommodations with the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 2, 1998 by and among
the Borrower, Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the Agent and the Co-Agent (the
"Credit Agreement").  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein
have the same meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement:

      The undersigned hereby certifies to the Agent, the Co-Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders that:

1.    In his aforesaid capacity as the     SVP FINANCE        of the
Borrower, he has knowledge of the business and financial affairs of the
Borrower sufficient to issue this certificate and is authorized and empowered
to issue this certificate for and on behalf of the Borrower.

2.    All representations and warranties contained in Article V of the Credit
Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date
hereof.

3.    After giving effect to the initial Loans to be made to, or initial
Letters of Credit to be issued on behalf of, the Borrower pursuant to the
Credit Agreement on the Closing Date, no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing.

4.    Since the date of the unaudited proforma financial statements of the
Consolidated Companies described in Section 5.15 of the Credit Agreement,
there has been no change which has had or could reasonably be expected to
have a Materially Adverse Effect.

5.    The Advances to be made or Letters of Credit issued on the date hereof
are being used solely for the purposes provided in the Credit Agreement, and
such Advances and Letters of Credit and use of proceeds thereof will not
contravene, violate or conflict with, or involve the Agent, the Issuing Bank
or any Lender in a violation of, any law, rule, injunction, or regulation, or
determination of any court of law or other governmental authority, applicable
to the Borrower.

6.    The conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.01 and 4.02 of the
Credit Agreement have been or will be satisfied (or have been waived pursuant
to the terms of the Credit Agreement) prior to or concurrently with the
making of the initial Loans or issuance of initial Letters of Credit under
the Credit Agreement.

7.    The execution, delivery and performance by the Credit Parties of the
Credit Documents will not violate any Requirement of Law or cause a breach or
default under any of their respective Contractual Obligations.

8.    Each of the Credit Parties has the corporate power and authority to
make, deliver and perform the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has
taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and
performance of such Credit Documents.  No consents or authorization of, or
filing with, any Person (including, without limitation, any governmental
authority), is required in connection with the execution, delivery or
performance by any Credit Party, or the validity or enforceability against
any Credit Party, of the Credit Documents, other than such consents,
authorizations or filings which have been made or obtained.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate in
his aforesaid capacity as of this 2nd day of July, 1998.



                                    By: /S/K. W. Engwall
                                    Name:K. Wyatt Engwall
                                    Title: Senior Vice President - Finance




                                   Exhibit E
                                   ---------
           Form of Opinion of Powell, Goldstein, Frazer & Murphy, LLP



                                 July 2, 1998


To:   Each of the Lenders who are parties to the Credit Agreement referenced
      below and each assignee thereof that becomes a "Lender" as provided
      therein, SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, as Swing Line Lender, Issuing Bank and
      Agent, and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Co-Agent

      Re:   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 2, 1998
            (the "Credit Agreement"), among Morrison Health Care, Inc., each
            of the Lenders listed on the signature pages thereto, SunTrust
            Bank, Atlanta, as Swing Line Lender , Issuing Bank and Agent, and
            Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Co-Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      This opinion is furnished pursuant to Section 4.01(i) of the Credit
Agreement.  Terms used herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall
have the respective meanings set forth or referred to in the Credit
Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein.

      We have acted as counsel for Morrison Health Care, Inc., a Georgia
corporation (the "Borrower"), and Culinary Solutions, Inc., a Georgia
corporation (the "Guarantor"; and together with the Borrower, the "Credit
Parties"), in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and
delivery of the following documents (the "Credit Documents"):

            1.    The Credit Agreement;

            2.    The Revolving Credit Notes;

            3.    The Swing Line Note; and

            4.    The Guaranty Agreement.

      In connection with our opinion we have examined the Credit Documents
and the corporate proceedings of the Boards of Directors of the Credit
Parties.  We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise
identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records,
certificates of public officials and other instruments and have conducted
such other investigations of fact and law as we have deemed necessary or
advisable for purposes of this opinion.

      This opinion letter is limited by, and is rendered in accordance with,
the January 1, 1992 edition of the Interpretive Standards applicable to Legal
Opinions to Third Parties in Corporate Transactions adopted by the Legal
Opinion Committee of the Corporate and Banking Law Section of the State Bar
of Georgia ("Interpretive Standards"), which Interpretative Standards are
incorporated in this opinion letter by this reference.

      We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures (other than those on
behalf of the Credit Parties) on, and authenticity of, all documents
submitted to as originals and the conformity to original documents of all
documents submitted to us as copies.

      With respect to any element of mutuality which may be required in order
to support the enforceability of the Credit Documents, we have assumed that
all parties thereto other than the Credit Parties (the "Other Parties") have
all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform their respective
obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents to
which they are parties, that the Credit Agreement and such other Credit
Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Other
Parties, and that the Credit Agreement and such other Credit Documents
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Other Parties.

      Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications hereunder set
forth, we are of the opinion that:

            1.    Each of the Credit Parties is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its
incorporation.

            2.    Each of the Credit Parties has the corporate power to own
and operate its property and to conduct its business as now conducted and to
make, deliver and perform the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has
taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and
performance of such Credit Documents.  Each of the Credit Parties has duly
authorized, executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a
party.

            3.    No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration,
declaration or filing with any governmental authority of the United States of
America or the State of Georgia is required in connection with the execution,
delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of the Credit Documents.

            4. (a)      The execution, delivery and performance by each of
the Credit Parties of the Credit Documents to which it is a party do not and
will not violate (i) the articles of incorporation of such Credit Party,
(ii) any existing Requirement of Law (other than any determination of an
arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority) of the United States
of America or the State of Georgia applicable to such Credit Party, or
(iii) insofar as known to us, any determination of an arbitrator or a court
or other governmental authority applicable to such Credit Party.

      (b)   The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the
Credit Documents to which it is a party do not and will not result in a
breach of or default under any material written agreements or the creation or
imposition of a contractual lien or security interest in, on or against any
of its properties under any material written agreements.  With your
permission we have assumed the term "material written agreements" as used in
the preceding sentence includes only the Sharing Agreements.

            5.    Each of the Credit Documents constitutes the legal, valid
and binding obligation of each of the Credit Parties that is a party thereto,
enforceable against each such Credit Party in accordance with its terms.  The
provisions of the Credit Documents with respect to payment of interest, fees,
costs and other charges for the use of money deemed to be interest under
Georgia law (collectively "Interest Charges") do no violate the interest and
usury laws as in effect in the State of Georgia.

            6.    None of the Credit Parties is an "investment company" or a
company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or a "subsidiary company" of a
"holding company" or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a
"subsidiary company" of a "holding company" within the meaning of the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

            7.    The making of any Loans and the application of the proceeds
thereof as provided in the Credit Agreement do not violate Regulation G, T, U
or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

            Our opinions set forth above are subject to the following
qualifications:

      A.    Our opinions are limited to the laws of the United States of
America and the State of Georgia.

      B.    With respect to the opinions contained in paragraph 1 above, we
have not obtained tax clearance certificates from the taxing authorities of
the relevant jurisdictions.

      C.    With respect to the opinion expressed in paragraph 5 above, we
have assumed that:

            i)    the Interest Charges have been or will be applied for the
purposes described in the Credit Documents; and

           ii)    all such Interest Charges have been or will be applied for
purposes described in the Credit Documents;

          iii)    interest will not be charged on overdue interest, in
violation of O.C.G.A. Section 7-4-17; and

           iv)    the Interest Charges shall not exceed five percent (5%) per
month in violation of O.C.G.A. Section 7-4-18;

      Based upon the limitations and qualifications set forth above, we
confirm to you that:

            i)    Except for the claims described in Schedule 5.05 to the
Credit Agreement, to our knowledge (but without independent investigation),
no litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any court, tribunal,
arbitrator or governmental authority is pending or overtly threatened by a
written communication by or against any of the Credit Parties or against any
of their respective properties or revenues or with respect to the Credit
Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby which would have a
Materially Adverse Effect.

           ii)    Each of the Credit Parties is qualified to transact
business as a foreign corporation in the states set forth in Exhibit A
hereto, except as noted to the contrary hereinbelow.  The foregoing statement
is based solely upon certificates provided by agencies of those states,
copies of which Borrower has delivered to you on the date hereof, and is
limited to the meaning ascribed to such certificates by each applicable state
agency.  In this connection, we draw to your attention that we were unable to
obtain certificates of authority for the Borrower from the District of
Columbia and Arkansas, due to the apparent failure of the Borrower to file
its annual reports and/or pay any applicable franchise taxes in those
jurisdictions.  We have been advised that curative measures are being taken
by the Borrower to bring itself into good standing in those two jurisdictions.


      This opinion has been delivered solely for the benefit of the Lenders,
the Issuing Bank, the Agent and the Co-Agent, and their permitted successors
and assigns under the Credit Agreement, and may not be relied upon by any
other person or entity or for any other purpose without the express written
permission of the undersigned.

                              Very truly yours,



                  /s/ POWELL, GOLDSTEIN, FRAZER & MURPHY LLP





                                  EXHIBIT A


Morrison Health Care, Inc. (GA)

      Foreign Qualifications:

            Alabama
            Arizona
            Arkansas*
            California
            Colorado
            Connecticut
            Delaware
            District of Columbia*
            Florida
            Illinois
            Indiana
            Iowa
            Kentucky
            Louisiana
            Maine
            Maryland
            Massachusetts
            Michigan
            Mississippi
            Missouri
            New Hampshire
            New Jersey
            New York
            North Carolina
            Ohio (d/b/a Morrison Food and Nutrition Services)
            Oklahoma
            Pennsylvania
            South Carolina
            Tennessee
            Texas
            Vermont
            Virginia
            West Virginia

Culinary Solutions, Inc. (GA)

      Foreign Qualifications:

            Maryland


* Not in good standing.








                                   EXHIBIT_F

                  FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT


            ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE  AGREEMENT (the "Assignment  Agreement")
dated         as        of         _____________,         19__         between
______________________________________________         ("Assignor")        and
__________________________________  ("Assignee").  All capitalized  terms used
herein and not otherwise  defined shall have the respective  meanings provided
such terms in the Credit Agreement referred to below.

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

            WHEREAS,  Assignor  is a party to an Amended and  Restated  Credit
Agreement,  dated as of July 2,  1998 (as  amended  to the  date  hereof,  the
"Credit  Agreement"),  among Morrison Health Care, Inc. (the "Borrower"),  the
financial  institutions from time to time party thereto  (including  Assignor,
the  "Lenders")  SunTrust  Bank,  Atlanta,  as the Issuing Bank (the  "Issuing
Bank"),  SunTrust Bank,  Atlanta,  as Agent (the "Agent") for the Issuing Bank
and the Lenders,  and Wachovia Bank,  N.A., as Co-Agent  ("Co-Agent")  for the
Issuing Bank and Lenders (the "Co-Agent");

            WHEREAS,  Assignor has a Revolving Loan Commitment of $___________
under the Credit Agreement pursuant to which it has made outstanding  Advances
of $_____________;  and

            WHEREAS,   Assignor  and  Assignee  wish  Assignor  to  assign  to
Assignee  its  rights  under the  Credit  Agreement  with  respect to all or a
portion of its Commitment and its outstanding Advances;

            WHEREAS,  Assignor  and  Assignee  wish  Assignee  to  assume  the
obligations  of  Assignor  under the  Credit  Agreement  to the  extent of the
rights so assigned;

            NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual  agreements  herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

           1.    Assignment.  Assignor  hereby  assigns to Assignee,  without
recourse,  or  representation  or  warranty  (other  than  expressly  provided
herein) and subject to Section 4(b)  hereof,  ___% as the  "Assignee's  Share"
("Assignee's  Share") of all of Assignor's rights,  title and interest arising
under the Credit Agreement relating to Assignor's  Commitment,  including with
respect to Assignee's  Share of the Advances  heretofore  made by the Assignor
under  the  Credit  Agreement.  The  dollar  amount  of  Assignee's  Share  of
Assignor's  Commitment is $__________,  the dollar amount of Assignee's  Share
of Assignor's outstanding Advances pursuant thereto is $__________.

            2.    Assumption.  Assignee  hereby  assumes from  Assignor all of
Assignor's   obligations  arising  under  the  Credit  Agreement  relating  to
Assignee's  Share of  Assignor's  Commitment  and of the  Advances.  It is the
intent of the parties  hereto that Assignor  shall be released from all of its
obligations under the Credit Agreement relating to Assignee's Share.

            3.    Assignments;  Participations.  Assignee  may not  assign all
or any  part of the  rights  granted  to it  hereunder.  Assignee  may sell or
grant  participations in all or any part of the rights granted to it hereunder
in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06 of the Credit Agreement.

            4.    Payment of Interest and Fees to Assignee.

                  (a) As  of  the  date  hereof  interest  is  payable  by the
Borrower in respect of Assignee's  Share of the Eurodollar  Advances at a rate
equal to ___% per annum above LIBOR for Revolving  Loans and a Commitment  Fee
equal to ___% per annum on the  Assignee's  Share of the average  daily unused
portion of the Commitments.

                  (b)   Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in
this  Assignment  Agreement,  if and when  Assignor  receives or collects  any
payment of interest on any Advance  attributable  to  Assignee's  Share or any
payment of the Commitment Fee  attributable to Assignee's  Share which, in any
such case,  are required to be paid to Assignee  pursuant to clause (a) above,
Assignor  shall  distribute  to Assignee  such  payment but only to the extent
such  interest  or  fee  accrued  after  the  Assignment  Effective  Date  (as
hereinafter defined).

                  (c)   Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in
this  Assignment  Agreement,  if and when  Assignee  receives or collects  any
payment of  interest  on any  Advance or any  payment  of the  Commitment  Fee
which,  in any such case,  is  required  to be paid to  Assignor  pursuant  to
clause (a) above, Assignee shall distribute to Assignor such payment.

            5.    Payments on Assignment  Effective Date. In  consideration of
the  assignment  by Assignor to Assignee  of  Assignee's  Share of  Assignor's
Revolving  Loan  Commitment,  Term  Loan  and  Advances  as set  forth  above,
Assignee  agrees to pay to  Assignor on or prior to the  Assignment  Effective
Date an amount  specified by Assignor in writing on or prior to the Assignment
Effective Date which  represents  Assignee's  Share of the principal amount of
the respective  Advances made by Assignor pursuant to the Credit Agreement and
outstanding on the Assignment Effective Date.


            6.    Effectiveness.  (a) This  Assignment  Agreement shall become
effective on the date (the  "Assignment  Effective  Date")  (which is at least
five days after the date  hereof) on which  (i) Assignor  and  Assignee  shall
have signed a copy hereof  (whether the same or different  copies) and, in the
case  of  Assignee,  shall  have  delivered  the  same to  Assignor,  (ii) the
Borrower  shall have  consented  hereto,  (iii) a  copy of the fully  executed
Assignment,  a fee of  $2,500  and the  Note  evidencing  the  Commitment  and
assigned  hereby  shall have been  delivered to the Agent,  and  (iv) Assignee
shall have paid to Assignor the amount set forth in Section 5.

                  (b)   It  is  agreed  that  all   interest  on  any  Advance
attributable  to Assignee's  Share and all  Commitment  Fees  attributable  to
Assignee's  Share,  which,  in each case,  accrues on and after the Assignment
Effective  Date shall be paid directly to the Assignee in accordance  with the
Credit Agreement.

            7.    Amendment of Credit Agreement.  On the Assignment  Effective
Date the  Credit  Agreement  shall be  amended by  deeming  the  signature  of
Assignee  herein as a signature to the Credit  Agreement.  The Assignee  shall
be deemed a "Lender" for all purposes under the Credit  Agreement and shall be
subject  to and shall  benefit  from all of the rights  and  obligations  of a
Lender  under the Credit  Agreement.  The address of the  Assignee  for notice
purposes  shall be as set  forth  below,  and the  Credit  Agreement  shall be
amended by deeming  such  signature  page and address to be included  thereon.
Without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  Assignee  agrees that it
will  perform  its  obligations  as a Lender  under the  Credit  Agreement  as
required by the terms thereof and Assignee  appoints and  authorizes the Agent
to take such  actions as Agent on its behalf and  exercise  such powers  under
the Credit  Agreement  and the other loan  documents  as are  delegated to the
Agent by the terms of the Credit  Agreement  and the other  credit  documents,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

            8.    Representations  and  Warranties.  Each of the  Assignor and
the Assignee represents and warrants to the other party as follows:

                  (a)   it has full  power  and  authority,  and has taken all
action  necessary,  to execute and deliver this  Assignment  Agreement  and to
fulfill  its   obligations   under,   and  to  consummate   the   transactions
contemplated by, this Assignment Agreement;

                  (b)   the making and  performance  by it of this  Assignment
Agreement  and all  documents  required to be  executed  and  delivered  by it
hereunder  do  not  and  will  not  violate  any  law  or  regulation  of  the
jurisdiction of its  incorporation  or any other law or regulation  applicable
to it;

                  (c)   this  Assignment  Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered  by it and  constitutes  its legal,  valid and  binding  obligation,
enforceable in accordance with its terms; and


                  (d)   all  consents,  licenses,  approvals,  authorizations,
exemptions,  registrations,  filings,  opinions and declarations  from or with
any agency,  department,  administrative  authority,  statutory corporation or
judicial  entity  necessary  for  the  validity  or   enforceability   of  its
obligations  under  this  Assignment  Agreement  have  been  obtained,  and no
governmental  authorizations  other than any already  obtained are required in
connection  with its execution,  delivery and  performance of this  Assignment
Agreement.

            9.    Expenses.  The  Assignor  and the  Assignee  agree that each
party  shall bear its own  expenses in  connection  with the  preparation  and
execution of this Assignment Agreement.

            10.   Miscellaneous.  (a) Assignor  shall  not be  responsible  to
Assignee  for  the  execution   (by  any  party  other  than  the   Assignor),
effectiveness,   genuineness,  validity,  enforceability,   collectibility  or
sufficiency  of the Credit  Agreement,  the Note or the Guaranty  Agreement or
for any  representations,  warranties,  recitals or statements made therein or
in any written or oral  statement  or in any  financial  or other  statements,
instruments,  reports,  certificates  or any other documents made or furnished
or made  available  by Assignor to Assignee or by or on behalf of the Borrower
or any  Guarantor  to  Assignor  or  Assignee  in  connection  with the Credit
Agreement,   the  Note  or  the  Guaranty   Agreement  and  the   transactions
contemplated  thereby.  Assignor shall not be required to ascertain or inquire
as to  the  performance  or  observance  of  any  of  the  terms,  conditions,
provisions,  covenants or agreements  contained in the Credit  Agreement,  the
Note  or the  Guaranty  Agreement  or as to the  use  of the  proceeds  of the
Advances  or as to the  existence  or  possible  existence  of any event which
constitutes  an Event of  Default  or which  with the  giving of notice or the
passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

                  (b)   Assignee  represents and warrants that it has made its
own independent  investigation  of the financial  condition and affairs of the
Borrower and each Guarantor in connection  with the making of the Advances and
the  assignment  of  Assignee's   Share  of  Assignor's   Commitments  and  of
Assignor's  Advances to Assignee  hereunder and has made and shall continue to
make  its own  appraisal  of the  creditworthiness  of the  Borrower  and each
Guarantor.  Assignor shall have no duty or responsibility  either initially or
on a continuing basis to make any such  investigation or any such appraisal on
behalf  of  Assignee  or  to  provide   Assignee  with  any  credit  or  other
information  with respect thereto,  whether coming into its possession  before
the  making  of the  Advances  or at any time or times  thereafter  and  shall
further  have no  responsibility  with  respect  to the  accuracy  of,  or the
completeness of, any information provided to Assignee,  whether by Assignor or
by or on behalf of either the Borrower or any Guarantor.

                  (c)   THE VALIDITY,  CONSTRUCTION AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS
ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA.

                  (d)   No term or provision of this Assignment  Agreement may
be  changed,  waived,   discharged  or  terminated  orally,  but  only  by  an
instrument in writing signed by both parties.

                 (e)   This  Assignment  Agreement  may be executed in one or
more counterparts,  each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken
together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  (f)   The  Assignor  may at any  time or  from  time to time
grant to  others  assignments  or  participations  in its  Commitments  or the
Advances  but not in the  portions  thereof  assigned to Assignee  pursuant to
this Assignment  Agreement.  The Assignor  represents and warrants that it has
not at any time prior to the Assignment  Effective Date encumbered or assigned
the portion of its Commitments or Advances being assigned hereunder.

                  (g)   All  payments  hereunder  or  in  connection  herewith
shall be made in Dollars and in  immediately  available  funds,  if payable to
the  Assignor,  to the account of the Assignor at its address as designated in
the Credit Agreement,  and, if payable to the Assignee,  to the account of the
Assignee's address, as designated on the signature page hereof.

                  (h)   This  Assignment  Agreement  shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the  parties  hereto and their  respective  successors
and assigns.  Neither of the parties  hereto may assign or transfer any of its
rights or  obligations  under  this  Assignment  Agreement  without  the prior
consent of the other party.

                  (i)   All  representations  and  warranties  made herein and
indemnities  provided  for  herein  shall  survive  the  consummation  of  the
transaction contemplated hereby.

                  (j)   The  Assignee  acknowledges  receipt  of copies of the
documents  received in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated by the
Credit Agreement, the Guaranty Agreement and this Assignment Agreement.

           IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  hereto  have  executed  this
Assignment Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                    [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]


                                    By:                                       
                                         Title:


Assignee's Share of                 [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
Revolving Loan Commitment:

$                                   By:                                 
                                       Title:



Address:





Tel. No:                
Fax No:                 

CONSENTED TO AS OF THE
DATE SET FORTH ABOVE:

MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.


By:                                 
   Title:                           





EXHIBIT 10.27

                          MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.
                             SALARY DEFERRAL PLAN
                               TRUST AGREEMENT


     THIS AGREEMENT has been made as of the 30th day of September, 1997, between
Morrison  Health Care,  Inc. (the  "Company") and Merrill Lynch Trust Company of
(Florida)(the  "Trustee") with respect to a trust (the "Trust")  forming part of
the Morrison Health Care, Inc. Salary Deferral Plan (the "Plan").

     WHEREAS,  the Plan qualifies  both as an "employee  stock  ownership  plan"
("ESOP") within the meaning of section  4975(e)(7) of the Internal  Revenue Code
of 1986  (the  "Code")  and as a cash or  deferred  profit  sharing  plan  under
sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code; and

     WHEREAS,  in order to  effectuate  the  purposes  of the Plan,  the Company
hereby establishes this Trust,  designed to meet the applicable  requirements of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"); and

     WHEREAS,  it is a principal  purpose of the Trust to maintain assets in the
form of and  invest in stock of the  Company  ("Company  Stock")  qualifying  as
"employer  securities"  within the  meaning  of  section  409(1) of the Code and
section 407(d)(5) of ERISA;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
covenants herein  contained,  the Company and the Trustee do hereby covenant and
agree as follows:

                                  SECTION I
                                  THE TRUST

     1.1  Establishment  of the Trust.  The Company hereby  establishes with the
Trustee the Trust, which shall be known as the Morrison Health Care, Inc. Salary
Deferral  Plan Trust,  for the purposes of holding and  administering  the Trust
Fund in accordance  with this  Agreement.  Except as provided in section 4.4 and
4.5 below,  nothing  contained in the Plan,  either expressly or by implication,
shall impose any additional powers, duties or responsibilities upon the Trustee.
The Trustee shall not be  responsible  for the  administration  of the Plan. The
"Trust  Fund" shall at any time mean all property of every kind then held by the
Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement, including the contributions of cash or
Company Stock made to the Trust by the Company or any employer  participating in
the Plan (an "Employer"),  any property into which such  contributions  may from
time to time be converted,  and any appreciation  therein or income thereon less
any  depreciation  therein,  any losses thereon and any  distributions  payments
therefrom. Except as otherwise provided herein, title to the assets of the Trust
Fund  shall at all times be vested in the  Trustee,  subject to the right of the
Trustee to hold title in



<PAGE>


bearer  form or in the name of a  nominee,  and the  interests  of others in the
Trust Fund shall only be the right to have such assets received, held, invested,
administered and distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Trust.

     1.2  Appointment  of Trustee.  The Company  represents  that all  necessary
action has been taken for the appointment of the Trustee as trustee of the Trust
and that the Trust Agreement  constitutes a legal,  valid and binding obligation
of the Company. The Trustee accepts its appointment as trustee of the Trust.

     1.3 Status of Trust.  The Trust is intended  to be a qualified  trust under
section  401(a) of the Code and exempt from taxation  pursuant to section 501(a)
of the Code.

     1.4  Exclusive  Purpose.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this
Agreement,  or in any  amendment  thereto,  except as otherwise  provided  under
ERISA, the Named  Fiduciaries (as defined in Section 2.1) and the Trustee,  as a
directed  trustee shall  discharge their  respective  duties with respect to the
Trust Fund for,  and the Trust Fund  shall be used  solely for and not  diverted
from,  the exclusive  purpose of providing  benefits for Plan  participants  and
their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  however,  contributions may be returned
by the Trustee at the  direction  of a Named  Fiduciary  if the Named  Fiduciary
certifies  in  writing  to the  Trustee  that  one  or  more  of  the  following
circumstances exist.

     (a) if a  contribution  is made by the  Company  by reason of a mistake  of
fact, the contribution or the value thereof, if less, may be returned within one
year after it was paid to the Trustee;

     (b) if a contribution is conditioned upon its  deductibility  under section
404 of the Code,  to the extent the  deduction  is  disallowed  by the  Internal
Revenue Service, the contribution or the value thereof, if less, may be returned
to the Company within one year after the disallowance; or

     (c) if a contribution  is  conditioned  upon initial  qualification  of the
Plan,  as amended,  under  sections  401, 409 and  4975(e)(7)  of the Code,  the
contribution  or the value  thereof,  if less,  may be  returned  to the Company
within one year after such qualification has been denied.

     1.5 Receipt of  Contributions  and  Transfers of Assets.  The Trustee shall
receive in cash or Company Stock all contributions paid or delivered to it which
are  allocable  under  the  Plan  and to the  Trust  and all  transfers  paid or
delivered  under the Plan to the Trust  from a  predecessor  trustee  or another
trust  (including a trust forming part of another plan  qualified  under section
401(a) of the Code), provided that the Trustee shall not be obligated to receive
any such contribution or transfer unless prior thereto or coincident  therewith,
as the  Trustee may  specify,  the Trustee  has  received  such  reconciliation,
allocation, investment or other information concerning, or such direction,


<PAGE>


instruction or  representation  with respect to, the contribution or transfer or
the source thereof as the Trustee may reasonably require. The Trustee shall have
no duty or  authority to (a) require any  contributions  or transfers to be made
under the Plan or to the Trustee,  (b) compute any amount to be  contributed  or
transferred  under the Plan to the Trustee,  or (c)  determine  whether  amounts
received by the Trustee comply with the Plan.

     1.6  Directed  Trustee.  The  Trustee  shall hold the Trust  Fund,  without
distinction between principal and income, as a nondiscretionary trustee pursuant
to the terms of this Trust Agreement.  Assets of the Trust may, absent direction
from the Named Investment Fiduciary (as defined in Section 2.1) to the contrary,
be held in an account  maintained  with an affiliate  of the Trustee.  Except as
required by ERISA,  the Trustee  shall  invest the Trust Fund as directed by the
Named Investment Fiduciary, as defined herein, an Investment Manager, as defined
herein,  or a Plan  participant  or  beneficiary,  as the case  may be,  and the
Trustee  shall have no  discretionary  control  over,  nor any other  discretion
regarding, the investment or reinvestment of any asset of the Trust Fund.

                                  SECTION II
                              NAMED FIDUCIARIES

     2.1 Named Administrative and Investment  Fiduciaries.  For purposes of this
Trust Agreement, the term "Named Administrative  Fiduciary" refers to the person
or  persons  named  or  provided  for  under  the  Plan as  responsible  for the
administration  and  operation  of the  Plan,  and the  term  "Named  Investment
Fiduciary"  refers  to the  person  or  persons  provided  for under the Plan as
responsible  for the  investment  and  management  of Plan  assets to the extent
provided for in this Trust Agreement (together,  the "Named  Fiduciaries").  The
Named  Administrative  Fiduciary and the Named  Investment  Fiduciary may be the
same  person or persons.  If no such person or persons is named or provided  for
under the Plan, or if so named or provided for but not then serving, the Company
shall be the Named Administrative Fiduciary or the Named Investment Fiduciary or
both, as the case may be.

     2.2   Identification  of  Named   Fiduciaries  and  Designees.   The  Named
Administrative Fiduciary and the Named Investment Fiduciary under the Plan shall
each be  identified  to the  Trustee  in writing by the  Company,  and  specimen
signatures of each, or of each member thereof, as appropriate, shall be provided
to the Trustee by the Company. The Company shall promptly give written notice to
the  Trustee  of a change in the  identity  either  of the Named  Administrative
Fiduciary  or  the  Named  Investment  Fiduciary,  or  any  member  thereof,  as
appropriate, and until such notice is received by the Trustee, the Trustee shall
be fully  protected in assuming  that the  identity of the Named  Administrative
Fiduciary  or  Named  Investment   Fiduciary,   and  the  members  thereof,   as
appropriate, is unchanged. Each person authorized in accordance with the Plan to
give a direction to the Trustee on behalf of the Named Administrative  Fiduciary
or the Named Investment  Fiduciary shall be identified to the Trustee by written
notice  from the  Company  or the Named  Administrative  Fiduciary  or the Named
Investment  Fiduciary,  as the case may be,  and such  notice  shall  contain  a
specimen of the signature. The Trustee shall be entitled to


<PAGE>


rely upon each such written  notice as evidence of the identity and authority of
the persons  appointed until a written  cancellation of the appointment,  or the
written appointment of a successor, is received by the Trustee from the Company,
the Named  Administrative  Fiduciary or the Named Investment  Fiduciary,  as the
case may be.

     2.3 Named Fiduciary's Directions. Directions from or on behalf of the Named
Fiduciaries  or their  designees  shall be  communicated  to the  Trustee or the
Trustee's designee only in accordance with procedures  acceptable to the Trustee
and the Named  Administrative  Fiduciary.  Neither the Trustee nor the Trustee's
designee  shall  be  empowered  to  implement  any  such  directions  except  in
accordance   with   procedures   acceptable   to  the   Trustee  and  the  Named
Administrative  Fiduciary. The Trustee shall have no liability for following any
such  directions  or failing to act in the absence of any such  directions.  The
Trustee  shall have no liability  for the acts or omissions of any person making
or failing to make any direction  under the Plan or this Trust Agreement nor any
duty or obligation to review any such  direction,  act or omission,  SECTION III
POWERS OF TRUSTEE

     3.1  Nondiscretionary  Investment  Powers.  At the  direction  of the Named
Administrative  Fiduciary or the Named Investment Fiduciary or such other person
authorized hereunder to direct such action, and in accordance with the direction
of such person,  the Trustee,  or the Trustee's  designee or a broker/dealer  as
referred to in section 4.3, is authorized and empowered:

     (a) to  invest  and  reinvest  the Trust  Fund,  together  with the  income
therefrom, in common stock, preferred stock, convertible preferred stock, bonds,
debentures, convertible debentures and bonds, mortgages, notes, commercial paper
and other  evidences of  indebtedness  (including  those issued by the Trustee),
shares of mutual funds (which funds may be  sponsored,  managed or offered by an
affiliate of the Trustee),  guaranteed  investment  contracts,  bank  investment
contracts,  other  securities,  polices of life  insurance,  annuity  contracts,
options,  options  to buy or sell  securities  or other  assets,  and all  other
property of any type (personal, real or mixed, and tangible or intangible);

     (b) to  deposit  or  invest  all or any part of the  assets of the Trust in
savings  accounts  or  certificates  of deposit or other  deposits  in a bank or
savings and loan  association  or other  depository  institution,  including the
Trustee or any of its  affiliates;  provided that, with respect to such deposits
with the Trustee or an affiliate, the deposits bear a reasonable interest rate;

     (c) to hold,  manage,  improve,  repair and control all  property,  real or
personal,  forming part of the Trust Fund; to sell, convey, transfer,  exchange,
partition, lease for any term, even extending beyond the duration of this Trust,
and otherwise dispose of the same from time to time;


<PAGE>


     (d) to have, subject to sections 4.4 and 4.5 below,  respecting securities,
all the rights,  powers and privileges of an owner,  including the power to give
proxies,  pay assessments and other sums deemed by the Trustee necessary for the
protection  of the Trust Fund;  to vote,  subject to sections 4.4 and 4,5 below,
any  corporate  stock  either in person or by proxy,  with or  without  power of
substitution,  for  any  purpose;  to  participate  in  voting  trusts,  pooling
agreements,   foreclosures,   reorganizations,   consolidations,   mergers   and
liquidations, and in connection therewith to deposit securities with or transfer
title  to  any  protective  or  other  committee;  to  exercise  or  sell  stock
subscriptions or conversion rights; and, regardless of any limitation  elsewhere
in this  instrument  relative to Investments by the Trustee to accept and retain
as an investment any securities or other property  received through the exercise
of any of the foregoing powers;

     (e) to hold in cash such  portion of the Trust Fund which it is directed to
so hold pending  investments,  or payment of expenses,  or the  distribution  of
benefits;

     (f) to take such  actions as may be  necessary  or desirable to protect the
Trust from loss due to the default on mortgages held in the Trust, including the
appointment  of agents  or  trustees  in such  other  jurisdictions  as may seem
desirable,  to transfer  property to such agents or  trustees,  to grant to such
agents such powers as are  necessary or desirable to protect the Trust Fund,  to
direct such agent or trustee, or to delegate such power to direct, and to remove
such agent or trustee;

     (g) to settle,  compromise or abandon all claims and demands in favor of or
against the Trust Fund;

     (h) to invest in any  common or  collective  trust fund  maintained  by the
Trustee or its affiliate;

     (i) to exercise all of the further rights,  powers,  options and privileges
granted,  provided  for, or vested in trustees  generally  under the laws of the
state in which the Trustee is  incorporated,  so that the powers  conferred upon
the Trustee herein shall not be in limitation of any authority conferred by law,
but shall be in addition thereto;

     (j) to borrow  money  from any  source  and to  execute  promissory  notes,
mortgages  or other  obligations  and to pledge or mortgage  any trust assets as
security, subject to applicable requirements of the Code and ERISA;

     (k) to compromise,  compound, and settle any debt or obligation owing to or
from it as Trustee;  to reduce or increase  the rate of interest  on,  extend or
otherwise  modify,  foreclose  upon  default,  or  otherwise  enforce  any  such
obligation; and

     (l) to maintain accounts at, execute  transactions  through, and lend on an
adequately secured basis stocks,  bonds or other securities to, any brokerage or
other firm, including any firm which is an affiliate of the Trustee; and



<PAGE>


     (m) subject to Section 5, to borrow from any lender  (including the Company
or any  shareholder  of the  Company)  to  acquire  shares of  Company  Stock as
authorized by this Agreement.

     3.2 Additional Powers of Trustee. To the extent necessary or which it deems
appropriate  to implement  its powers under  Section 3.1 or otherwise to fulfill
any of its duties and responsibilities as trustee of the Trust Fund, the Trustee
shall have the following additional powers and authority:

     (a) to register  securities,  or any other property,  in its name or in the
name of any  nominee,  including  the name of any  affiliate or the nominee name
designated by any affiliate, with or without indication of the capacity in which
property shall be held, or to hold  securities in bearer form and to deposit any
securities or other property in a depository or clearing corporation;

     (b) to  designate  and engage the  services of and to  delegate  powers and
responsibilities  to,  such  agents,  representatives,   advisers,  counsel  and
accountants as the Trustee considers  necessary or appropriate,  any of whom may
be an  affiliate  of the  Trustee or a person who  renders  services  to such an
affiliate,  and, as a part of its expenses  under this Trust  Agreement,  to pay
their reasonable expenses and compensation;

     (c) to make, execute and deliver,  as Trustee,  any and all deeds,  leases,
mortgages,  conveyances,  waivers,  releases  or other  instruments  in  writing
necessary or for the  accomplishment  of any of the powers  listed in this Trust
Agreement;

     (d) to determine the market value of any  securities or other property held
by the Trustee in the Trust Fund. and where any securities or other property are
determined  by the Trustee not to be  marketable,  to  determine  their value in
accordance  with sound  practice and standards  for  evaluating  such  property,
including  valuation by an independent  appraiser  selected by the Trustee,  for
whose services the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses;

     (e) to  employ  legal  counsel,  brokers  and  other  advisors,  agents  or
employees to perform services for the Trust Fund or to advise it with respect to
its duties and  obligations  under this  Agreement  and in  connection  with the
Trust, and to pay from the Trust Fund such compensation as it deems appropriate;
and

     (f)  generally  to do all other acts which the Trustee  deems  necessary or
appropriate for the protection of the Trust Fund.

                            SECTION IV
                            INVESTMENTS

     4.1 Investment in Company Stock. The assets of the ESOP Fund (as defined in
the Plan) shall be invested  primarily in Company Stock,  although up to 100% of
the


<PAGE>


assets of the Trust Fund may be  invested in Company  Stock.  To the extent that
Company contributions are made in Company Stock, the Trustee will be expected to
retain such Company Stock. To the extent Company  contributions or dividends are
made in cash and are not used to pay  principal  or interest on an ESOP Loan (as
defined in Section 5) or to pay expenses of the Fund,  the Trustee  will, at the
direction of the Named Investment  Fiduciary,  acquire Company Stock either from
other  shareholders or directly from the Company.  The Trustee will pay adequate
consideration for all Company Stock it acquires (other than a contribution). If,
at the  time  of any  purchase,  Company  Stock  is not  actively  traded  on an
established  securities  market,  the  amount  of  such  consideration  will  be
determined  by the Named  Fiduciary,  however,  the  Trustee  may also make such
determination  or may  retain,  on the  Company's  behalf  and at the  Company's
expense, an independent fiduciary to make such a determination,  in either case,
on the basis of the advice provided by an independent  appraiser selected by the
Trustee or  independent  fiduciary,  as  applicable,  and the  Company  shall be
obligated to pay the fees and expenses of such independent appraiser.

     If at  the  time  Company  Stock  is  to  be  purchased,  the  Company  has
outstanding more than one class of Stock,  the Named Investment  Fiduciary shall
direct the Trustee as to which class of Stock shall be  purchased  (which  class
shall satisfy Code section 409(e)).

     To the extent  consistent  with the foregoing,  at the direction of a Named
Fiduciary, the Fund may hold temporary investments other than Company Stock, may
hold such portion of the Fund in such  investments  as may be required under the
investment  diversification provisions of the Plan, may hold such portion of the
Fund uninvested as a Named Fiduciary directs for making, distributions under the
Plan,  may  invest  assets  of the  Fund in  short-term  investments  bearing  a
reasonable  rate of  interest,  including,  without  limitation,  any  common or
collective  investment  trust (including one established at the institution that
serves as Trustee  hereunder or any of its  affiliates)  which  provides for the
pooling of assets of plans  described  in section  401(a) of the Code and exempt
from tax under section 501(a) of the Code,  the terms of which are  incorporated
by reference,

     4.2 Investment Management.  The Named Investment Fiduciary shall manage the
investment  of the  Trust  Fund  except  insofar  as (a)  the  Named  Investment
Fiduciary appoints a person (an "Investment Manager") who meets the requirements
of section 3(38) of ERISA to manage Trust assets,  or (b) the Plan provides for,
and the Named  Administrative  Fiduciary  elects to allow,  Plan  participant or
beneficiary  direction of the investment of assets  allocable  under the Plan to
the accounts of such participants and beneficiaries.

     In situation (a) above, the Company or the Named  Investment  Fiduciary may
appoint one or more Investment Managers, who may be affiliate(s) of the Trustee,
to direct the Trustee in the  investment  of all or a  specified  portion of the
assets of the Trust. The Named Investment  Fiduciary shall notify the Trustee in
writing  before  the  effective  date  of  the  appointment  or  removal  of any
Investment  Manager.  If  there  is  more  than  one  Investment  Manager  whose
appointment is effective under the Plan at any one time, the


<PAGE>


Trustee  shall,  upon  written  instructions  from  the  Company  or  the  Named
Investment  Fiduciary,  establish  separate  funds  for  control  by  each  such
Investment Manager.  The funds shall consist of those Trust assets designated by
the Company or the Named Investment Fiduciary.

     In situation (b) above, a list of the  participants and  beneficiaries  and
such information concerning them as the Trustee may specify shall be provided by
the Company or the Named  Administrative  Fiduciary  to the Trustee  and/or such
other  person(s) as are necessary for the  implementation  of the  participants'
directions in accordance  with procedures  reasonably  acceptable to the Trustee
and the Named Administrative Fiduciary.

     4.3 Investment Directions. Directions for the investment or reinvestment of
Trust Fund assets from the Named Investment Fiduciary,  an Investment Manager or
a Plan participant or beneficiary, as the case may be, shall, in a manner and in
accordance  with procedures  reasonably  acceptable to the Trustee and the Named
Administrative Fiduciary, be communicated to and implemented by, as the case may
be, the Trustee,  the  Trustee's  designee or, with the Trustee's  consent,  the
broker/dealer  designated for the purpose by the Company or the Named Investment
Fiduciary.   Communication   of  any  such  direction  to  such  a  designee  or
broker/dealer  shall  conclusively be deemed an authorization to the designee or
broker/dealer  to implement the direction even though coming from a person other
than the Trustee.

     If the Trustee does not receive written directions with respect to any part
of the Trust  Fund  subject  to the  Named  Fiduciaries'  direction  (including,
without limitation, income, sale proceeds, or contributions), the Trustee shall,
pending receipt of such directions,  be deemed to be directed to hold and invest
such amount in short-term  securities or other such short-term  investments that
the Trustee deems appropriate.

     Except as required by ERISA, the Trustee shall have no duty to determine or
inquire into  whether any  directions  received  from the Named  Fiduciaries  in
accordance  with  the  terms  of this  Agreement  represent  proper  and  lawful
decisions  or result in  prohibited  transactions  as defined in section  406 of
ERISA.  The Trustee shall have no duty to review any  investment to be acquired,
held or disposed of pursuant to such  instructions  from the Named  Fiduciaries.
Except as required by ERISA,  the Trustee  shall have no liability for following
or any other person's following such directions or failing to act in the absence
of any such  directions.  The Trustee  shall have no  liability  for the acts or
omissions of any person  directing the investment or  reinvestment of Trust Fund
assets or making or failing to make any  direction  referred to in section  4.4.
Neither  shall  the  Trustee  have any duty or  obligation  to  review  any such
investment  or other  direction,  act or omission  or,  except upon receipt of a
proper direction,  to invest or otherwise manage any asset of the Trust which is
subject to the  control of any such  person or to  exercise  any voting or other
right referred to in Section 4.4.


<PAGE>


      4.4   Voting Rights

     (a) With respect to Company Stock,  each  participant (or  beneficiary) is,
for  purposes of this Section  4.4(a),  hereby  designated  a "named  fiduciary"
(within the meaning of section 403(a)(l) of ERISA) with respect to the shares of
Company  Stock  allocated  to his account and shall have the right to direct the
Trustee with respect to the vote of the shares of Company Stock allocated to his
or her account on each matter brought before any meeting of the  stockholders of
the Company.  Upon timely receipt of such directions  from each  participant (or
beneficiary),  the  Trustee  shall on each such  matter  vote as directed by the
participant (or beneficiary) the number of shares (including  fractional shares)
of Company Stock allocated to each participant's (or beneficiary's) account, and
except as otherwise  required by ERISA,  the Trustee shall have no discretion in
the matter

     (b) With respect to all Trust Fund assets not  described in section  4.4(a)
above,  including  shares of Company  Stock not  allocated  to the  accounts  of
participants  or  beneficiaries,  and,  with respect to shares of Company  Stock
where the Company (or any Employer) does not have a "registration-type  class of
securities"  (as described in Section  409(e)(4) of the Code),  for matters that
the Plan does not pass through to participants  (or  beneficiaries),  the voting
and other rights in Company  Stock,  securities or other assets held a the Trust
shall be  exercised  by the Trustee  solely as directed by the Named  Investment
Fiduciary,  Investment  Manager or other person who at the time has the right to
direct the investment or  reinvestment  of the Company Stock,  security or other
asset involved.

     (c) The  Company  or  Named  Administrative  Fiduciary  shall  establish  a
procedure  reasonably  acceptable to the Trustee for the timely dissemination to
each person entitled to direct the Trustee or its designee as to voting or other
decision  called  for  thereby  or  referred  to  therein of all proxy and other
materials hearing on the decision and a form requesting  confidential directions
to the Trustee as to how the Trustee  should vote or  otherwise  decide.  In the
case of Company Stock, at such time as proxy or other materials  bearing thereon
are  disseminated  generally  to  owners of  Company  Stock in  accordance  with
applicable  law, the Company shall cause a copy of such proxy or other materials
to be delivered directly to the Trustee and, thereafter,  shall promptly deliver
to the Trustee such number of additional  copies of the proxy or other materials
as the Trustee may request.

     (d) In the event a Plan participant or beneficiary or an Investment Manager
with the right to direct a voting or other decision with respect to any security
or other asset held in the Trust does not communicate any decision on the matter
to the Trustee or the Trustee's  designee by the time  prescribed by the Trustee
or the Trustee's designee for that purpose, or if the Trustee notifies the Named
Investment  Fiduciary either that it does not have precise information as to the
securities or other assets involved  allocated on the applicable  record date to
the accounts of all  participants  and  beneficiaries,  or that time constraints
make it unlikely that participant, beneficiary or Investment


<PAGE>


Manager  direction,  as the case may be, can be received on a timely basis,  the
decision shall be the responsibility of the Named Investment Fiduciary and shall
be  communicated  to the  Trustee  on a timelv  basis.  In the  event  the Named
Investment  Fiduciary  with  any  right  or  responsibility  under  the  Plan or
hereunder to direct a voting or other  decision  with respect to any security or
other asset held in the Trust does not, or is unable in  accordance  with ERISA,
communicate any decision on the matter to the Trustee or the Trustee's  designee
by the time  prescribed  by the  Trustee  for that  purpose or to the extent the
Trustee determines that the Trustee must exercise discretion with respect to any
decision,  the Trustee  may retain an  independent  fiduciary,  on behalf of the
Company,  to direct it as to the voting of Company  Stock or other assets of the
Trust Fund,  and the Company  shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of
such  fiduciary,  including  fees of any advisor to the  independent  fiduciary.
Except as required by ERISA, the Trustee shall follow all directions referred to
above in this section and shall have no duty to exercise  voting or other rights
relating to any such Company Stock, security or other asset.

     4.5 Tender and Exchange  Offers.  The  provisions of this section 4.5 shall
apply in the event of a tender or exchange offer including,  but not limited to,
a tender offer or exchange offer within the meaning of the  Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as from time to time amended and in effect, (hereinafter, a "tender
offer") for Company Stock is commenced by a person or persons.

     The Trustee  shall have no  discretion  or authority  to sell,  exchange or
transfer any of such shares  pursuant to such tender offer except to the extent,
and  only to the  extent,  provided  in this  Agreement.  Each  participant  (or
beneficiary)  is hereby  designated  a named  fiduciary  within  the  meaning of
section 403(a)(l) of ERISA with respect to the shares of Company Stock allocated
to his account.  and shall have the right,  to the extent of the number of whole
shares of Company  Stock  allocated to his account,  to direct the Trustee as to
the  manner in which to  respond  to a tender  offer  with  respect to shares of
Company Stock.

     The Company shall use its best efforts to timely  distribute or cause to be
distributed to each  participant (or  beneficiary)  such  information as will be
distributed to  stockholders  of the Company in connection  with any such tender
offer.  The Trustee  shall  solicit  confidentially  from each  participant  (or
beneficiary)  the directions  described in this section as to whether shares are
to be tendered.  The Trustee shall respond as instructed by each participant (or
beneficiary)  with  respect to such shares of Company  Stock.  The  instructions
received by the Trustee from  participants (or  beneficiaries)  shall be held by
the Trustee in  confidence  and shall not be divulged or released to any person,
including  the Named  Administrative  Fiduciary  or officers or employees of the
Company or any affiliated company.

     With respect to (1) any shares of Company Stock  allocated to a participant
or  beneficiary's  account  for  which  the  Trustee  has  not  received  timely
instructions  from the participant (or beneficiary) as to the manner in which to
respond to such a tender offer. (2) unallocated shares of Company Stock, and (3)
fractional shares of Company Stock



<PAGE>


allocated to participants' (or  beneficiaries')  accounts,  such shares shall be
tendered  or  exchanged  by the  Trustee  as  directed  by the Named  Investment
Fiduciary.  If the Named Investment  Fiduciary fails, or is unable in accordance
with ERISA, to give such direction, or to the extent the Trustee determines that
the Trustee must exercise  discretion with respect to any decision,  the Trustee
may  retain an  independent  fiduciary  to direct it as to  whether to tender or
exchange  Company Stock,  and the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and
expenses of such fiduciary, including fees of any advisor to the fiduciary.

                             SECTION V
                  LEVERAGED ACQUISITIONS OF STOCK

     The Named  Fiduciary  may from time to time  direct  the  Trustee  to incur
indebtedness  (including  indebtedness to the company) to purchase Company Stock
(an "ESOP  Loan") on such  terms and  conditions  as the Named  Fiduciary  shall
determine.  Any such ESOP Loan shall meet all of the  requirements  necessary to
constitute an "exempt loan" within the meaning of section 4975(d)(3) of the code
and Treasury Regulation section 54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii) and shall be used primarily
for the benefit of the Plan participants and their beneficiaries.

     Payments of  principal  and interest on any such ESOP Loan shall be made by
the  Trustee  (as  directed  by  a  Named   Fiduciary)  only  from  (1)  Company
contributions  made under the Plan for the purpose of satisfying  such ESOP Loan
obligation,  earnings  on such  contributions  and  earnings  on shares of Stock
acquired  with the proceeds of such ESOP Loan,  (2) the proceeds of a subsequent
ESOP Loan made to repay a prior ESOP Loan,  and/or (3) the  proceeds of the sale
of  collateralized  shares of Company  Stock  acquired with the proceeds of such
ESOP Loan.

     In the event of a default  under an ESOP  Loan,  the value of Trust  assets
transferred  to the lender shall not exceed the amount of the default,  provided
further that if the lender is a "party in interest"  within the meaning of ERISA
section  3(14),  a transfer of Trust assets upon default  shall be made only if;
and to the extent  of,  the  Trust's  failure  to meet the ESOP  Loan's  payment
schedule.

     To the extent that the Trustee  determines  that the Trustee must  exercise
discretion with respect to acts  contemplated by this Section V, the Trustee may
retain an independent  fiduciary,  on behalf of the Company,  to direct it as to
those acts,  and the Company  shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of
such fiduciary, including fees of any advisor to the fiduciary.


                             SECTION VI
    PAYMENT OF BENEFITS, TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES

     6.1 Payments by Trustee.  The Trustee shall pay benefits unde the Plan only
when it receives (and in accordance with) written instructions of the Named


<PAGE>


Administrative Fiduciary,  indicating the amount of the payment and the name and
address of the recipient. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire into whether
any  payment  the  Named  Administrative  Fiduciary  instructs  it  to  make  is
consistent with the terms of the Plan or applicable law or otherwise  proper. If
the Named Administrative Fiduciary advises the Trustee that benefits have become
payable  respecting a  participant's  (or  beneficiary's)  interest in the Trust
Fund, but does not instruct the Trustee as to the manner of payment, the Trustee
shall hold the participant's (or  beneficiary's)  interest in the Trust until it
receives written instructions from the Named Administrative  Fiduciary as to the
manner of  payment.  The  Trustee  shall not pay  benefits  from the Trust  Fund
without such  instructions,  even though it may be informed from other  sources,
including, without limitation, a participant (or beneficiary), that benefits are
payable under the Plan.  The Trustee shall have no  responsibility  to determine
when, to whom, or in what amounts benefits are payable under the Plan,

     The  Trustee  may pay any  benefit  or  expense  under the Plan by  mailing
certificates  representing shares of Company Stock and/or its check, as the case
may  be,  for  the  amount  thereof  to  the  person  designated  by  the  Named
Administrative  Fiduciary as entitled to receive such payment to such address as
may  have  last  been  furnished  to the  Trustee  by the  Named  Administrative
Fiduciary. If no such address has been so furnished, benefits or expenses may be
mailed by the Trustee to such person in care of the Company.

     The Trustee is authorized  to make any payments  directed by court order in
any action in which the Trustee is a party or pursuant to a "qualified  domestic
relations  order" under section  414(p) of the Code or pursuant to a court order
pertaining  to the  enforcement  of a federal tax levy or the  collection by the
United  States on a  judgment  resulting  from an  unpaid  tax  assessment.  The
determination  of  whether  a court  order  constitutes  a  "qualified  domestic
relations order" shall be determined by the Named  Administrative  Fiduciary and
the Trustee shall have no authority to make such a determination.  Except as may
otherwise be required by ERISA,  the Trustee is not obligated to defend  actions
in  which  the  Trustee  is  named  but  shall   notify  the  Company  or  Named
Administrative Fiduciary of any such action and may tender defense of the action
to the  Company,  the  Named  Administrative  Fiduciary  or the  participant  or
beneficiary whose interest is affected. The Trustee may in its discretion defend
any action in which the Trustee is named and any expenses,  including reasonable
attorneys'  fees,  incurred by the Trustee in that  connection  shall be paid or
reimbursed from the Trust Fund to the extent permitted under ERISA.

     6.2  Disputed  Payment.  If a  dispute  arises  over the  propriety  of the
Trustee's  making any payment from the Trust Fund,  the Trustee may withhold the
payment until the dispute has been resolved by a court of competent jurisdiction
or settled by the parties to the dispute.  The Trustee may consult legal counsel
and rely upon the advice of counsel.

     6.3 Trustee's Compensation and Expenses.  Except to the extent specifically
provided  otherwise  herein,  the Trustee's  compensation for its services under
this Trust Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the Trustee's fee schedule
currently in effect.


<PAGE>


Without the written  consent of the Company,  the Trustee's fee schedule may not
be modified more than once every twelve  months.  Any  compensation  or expenses
incurred by the Trustee in connection with or relating to the performance of its
duties under this Trust Agreement or its status as Trustee, including reasonable
attorneys' fees shall be paid from the Trust Fund,  unless the Company elects to
pay any of such  compensation  and  expenses.  If the Company does not so elect,
such  compensation  and expenses shall be charged against and withdrawn from the
Trust Fund as provided below.

     The Trustee is  authorized  to charge the Trust Fund for and withdraw  from
the Trust Fund, without direction from the Named Administrative Fiduciary or any
other person, the amount of any such fees or expenses 30 days after presentation
of a statement for such amount to the Company,  except to the extent the Company
pays such  amounts  before such date.  Trust Fund assets shall be applied to pay
such fees and expenses in the following priority by asset category to the extent
thereof held at the time of  withdrawal  in the Trust Fund subfund or account to
which the fee or expense is allocated: (i) uninvested cash balances; (ii) shares
of any money  market fund or funds held in the Trust  Fund;  and (iii) any other
Trust Fund assets.  The Trustee is  authorized to allocate its fees and expenses
among these  subfunds or accounts to which the fees or expenses  pertain in such
manner as the Trustee deems appropriate under the circumstances  unless prior to
such allocation the Company or the Named Administrative  Fiduciary specifies the
manner in which the allocation is to be made. The Trustee is also authorized but
not required to sell any shares or other assets  referred to above to the extent
necessary for the purpose.

     By signing this Trust Agreement,  the Company authorizes the Trustee and/or
its affiliates to receive payments from certain mutual funds (and/or  collective
trusts) for which no  affiliate  of the Trustee  acts as  investment  manager or
adviser (or from the principal  distributors  and/or  advisors of those funds or
trusts), in connection with the performance of reasonable and necessary services
(including recordkeeping, subaccounting, account maintenance. administrative and
other  shareholder  services);  provided  such  payments  are  properly  made in
accordance with applicable law.  Because  different  mutual funds (or collective
trusts) may be subject to different fee arrangements, the Company should contact
the  Trustee or its  designee  to obtain  further  details on any  specific  fee
arrangements  that may be  applicable  to  investments  under the Plan,  and the
Trustee or its designee shall provide such information upon request.

     6.4 Other Expenses.The  Trustee is authorized upon direction from the Named
Administrative  Fiduciary or any other  person,  to withdraw from the Trust Fund
and pay any federal,  state or local taxes,  charges or  assessments of any kind
levied or assessed  against the Trust or assets thereof.  Until paid, such taxes
shall be a lien  against  the Trust Fund.  The Trustee  shall give notice to the
Named  Administrative  Fiduciary  of its receipt of a demand for any such taxes,
charges or assessments.  The Trustee shall not be personally liable for any such
taxes, charges or assessments.

     Expenses incurred by the Company, the Named Administrative  Fiduciary,  the
Named Investment Fiduciary, any Investment Manager or any other persons


<PAGE>


designated to act on behalf of the Company, the Named  Administrative  Fiduciary
or the Named Investment Fiduciary, including reimbursement for expenses incurred
in the performance of their respective  duties,  may be paid from the Trust Fund
upon the written direction to the Trustee by the Named Administrative Fiduciary.

                            SECTION VII
                      LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

     7.1  Trustee's  Reliance.  Unless the Trustee has actual  knowledge  to the
contrary,  the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire  whether  directions by the
Company, the Named Administrative  Fiduciary,  the Named Investment Fiduciary or
any other person conform to the Plan,  and the Trustee shall be fully  protected
in relying on any such  direction,  communicated  in accordance  with procedures
acceptable  to the  Trustee  and the Named  Administrative  Fiduciary,  from any
person who is a proper person to give the direction.  The Trustee shall be fully
protected in acting upon any instrument,  certificate, or paper delivered by the
Company,  the Named  Administrative  Fiduciary,  any  participant or beneficiary
(acting as a named  fiduciary)  and  reasonably  believed  by the  Trustee to be
genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper  person or persons,  and the
Trustee  shall be  under  no duty to make  investigation  or  inquiry  as to any
statement  contained in any such writing,  but may accept the same as conclusive
evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained.

     The Trustee shall have no liability to any participant,  any beneficiary or
any other  person  for  payments  made,  any  failure to make  payments,  or any
discontinuance of payments, on direction of the Named Administrative  Fiduciary,
the Named  Investment  Fiduciary  or any  designee  of either of them or for any
failure  to  make  payments  in  the  absence  of  directions   from  the  Named
Administrative  Fiduciary  or any person  responsible  for or  purporting  to be
responsible for directing the investment of Trust assets. The Trustee shall have
no  obligation to request  proper  directions  from any person.  The Trustee may
request  instructions  from the  Named  Administrative  Fiduciary  or the  Named
Investment  Fiduciary  and shall have no duty to act or liability for failure to
act if  such  instructions  are  not  forthcoming.  The  Trustee  shall  have no
responsibility  to determine  whether the Trust Fund is  sufficient  to meet the
liabilities  under the  Plan,  and shall  not be  liable  for  payments  or Plan
liabilities in excess of the Trust Fund.  The Trustee in its corporate  capacity
shall not be liable for claims of any persons arising under the Plan.

     7.2 Advice of Counsel  The  Trustee may  consult  with legal  counsel  with
respect to the meaning and construction of this Agreement or its powers,  duties
and conduct hereunder.

     Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Agreement,  the Trustee shall
not be  required  to take any action or  refrain  from  taking  any action  that
violates ERISA, and for this purpose,  the  determination of whether such action
or inaction  violates  ERISA  shall be  determined  by (a) a written  opinion or
advice of counsel based upon such


<PAGE>


counsel's  interpretation of any statute or final regulation,  or (b) an opinion
or order of a court of competent jurisdiction issued to the Plan, the Company or
the Trustee.

     7.3 Other  Fiduciaries.  Each  fiduciary of the Plan and the Trust shall be
solely responsible for its own acts or omissions. The Trustee shall have no duty
to question any other Plan fiduciary's performance of fiduciary duties allocated
to  such  other  fiduciary  pursuant  to the  Plan.  The  Trustee  shall  not be
responsible for the breach of  responsibility by any other Plan fiduciary except
as provided under ERISA.

     7.4  Indemnification.  The Company hereby  indemnifies the Trustee against,
and shall hold the Trustee harmless from, any and all loss,  claims,  liability,
and expense,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees, imposed upon the Trustee or
incurred  by the  Trustee as a result of any acts taken in  accordance  with the
directions from the Named Administrative Fiduciary,  Named Investment Fiduciary,
Investment  Manager or any other person specified herein, or any designee of any
such  person,  or by the  failure  to act due to a lack of  direction  from such
parties or by reason of the  Trustee's  execution  of its duties with respect to
the Trust,  including,  but not  limited to, its holding of assets of the Trust,
the Company's  obligations in the foregoing  regard to be satisfied  promptly on
request by the Trustee,  unless the loss,  claim,  liability or expense involved
resulted from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee.

     7.5 Protection of Designees. To the extent that any designee of the Trustee
is performing a function of the Trustee under this Trust Agreement, the designee
shall have the benefit of all of the applicable  limitations on the scope of the
Trustee's  duties and  liabilities,  all  applicable  rights of  indemnification
granted  hereunder to the Trustee and all other  applicable  protections  of any
nature afforded to the Trustee, except as provided under ERISA.

                            SECTION VIII
                           ADMINISTRATION

     8.1 Records.  The Trustee shall  maintain books of account and records with
respect to the Trust Fund.  Except to the extent required by applicable law, the
Trustee shall not be required to maintain any separate  records or accounts with
respect  to  any  participant,  and  any  records  or  accounts  required  to be
maintained  pursuant  to  the  Plan  or  to  comply  with  ERISA  shall  be  the
responsibility of the Named Administrative Fiduciary or its designee.

     8.2  Accounting.  Within 90 days following the close of each fiscal year of
the Plan or the effective date of the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the
Trustee shall file with the Named Administrative  Fiduciary a written accounting
setting forth all  transactions  since the end of the period covered by the last
previous accounting. The accounting shall include a listing of the assets of the
Trust showing the value of such assets at the close of the period covered by the
accounting.   On  direction  of  the  Named  Administrative  Fiduciary,  and  if
previously agreed to by the Trustee, the Trustee shall


<PAGE>


submit to the Named Administrative Fiduciary interim valuations reports or other
information pertaining to the Trust.

     The Named  Administrative  Fiduciary may approve the  accounting by written
approval  delivered  to the  Trustee.  Any such  affirmative  approval  shall be
binding on the Company, the Named Administrative Fiduciary, the Named Investment
Fiduciary and, to the extent  permitted by ERISA,  all other  persons,  and such
approval  shall  release  and  discharge  the  Trustee  from  any  liability  or
accountability  to the  Company  and the  Named  Administrative  Fiduciary  with
respect to the transactions shown or reflected on the account.

     8.3 Valuation.  The assets of the Trust shall be valued a of each valuation
date under the Plan at fair market value as determined by the Trustee based upon
such sources of information as it may deem reliable,  including, but not limited
to, stock market  quotations,  statistical  evaluation  services,  newspapers of
general circulation,  financial publications,  advice from investment counselors
or brokerage  firms, or any combination of sources.  The Trustee may retain,  on
the Company's behalf and at the Company's expense,  an independent  fiduciary to
make such a  determination,  in either case, on the basis of the advice provided
by an Independent Appraiser" (as described in section 401(a)(28)(C) of the Code)
selected by the Trustee or the  independent  fiduciary,  as applicable,  and the
reasonable  costs incurred in  establishing  values of the Trust Fund shall be a
charge  against  the Trust  Fund,  unless  paid by the  Company.  If there is no
generally  recognized  market (as  described  in section  3(l8)(A) of ERISA) for
shares of Company Stock, all valuations of shares of company stock shall be made
by an Independent Appraiser in accordance with section 3(l8)(B) of ERISA. If the
Department of Labor issues final regulations under ERISA regarding the valuation
of securities or other assets for purposes of the reports required by ERISA, the
Trustee shall use such valuation methods.


                             SECTION IX
                 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE

     9.1 Manner of  Resignation  or  Removal.  The Trustee may resign as Trustee
under this Agreement at any time by a written statement delivered to the Company
giving  notice of such  resignation,  which  shall be  effective  60 days  after
receipt or at such other time as is agreed by the Company and the  Trustee.  The
Trustee  may be removed at any time by the Company by an  instrument  in writing
and delivered to the Trustee,  which shall be effective 60 days after receipt or
at such other time as is agreed between the Company and the Trustee.

     9.2 Appointment of Successor.  Upon  resignation or removal of the Trustee,
the Company shall  appoint a successor  trustee and shall deliver to the Trustee
copies of (a) a written  instrument  executed  by the  Company  appointing  such
successor,  and (b) a written  instrument  executed by the successor in which it
accepts such appointment. Such instruments shall indicate their effective date.


<PAGE>


     9.3 Settlement of Account.  Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee, the
Trustee  shall have the right to a settlement of its account,  which  settlement
shall be made,  at the  Trustee's  option,  either by an agreement of settlement
between the Trustee  and the  Company or by a judicial  settlement  in an action
instituted by the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be obligated to transfer Trust
assets until the Trustee is provided  written  assurance by the Company that all
fees and expenses reasonably anticipated will be paid.

     9.4  Termination of  Responsibility  and Liability.  Upon settlement of the
account and transfer of the Trust Fund to the successor trustee,  all rights and
privileges  under this Trust Agreement  shall vest in the successor  trustee and
all  responsibility  and  liability of the Trustee with respect to the Trust and
assets thereof shall,  except as otherwise required by ERISA,  terminate subject
only to the  requirement  that the Trustee  execute all  necessary  documents to
transfer the Trust assets to the successor trustee.

                             SECTION X
                 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

     10.1  Amendment.  The  Company  reserves  the  right  to amend  this  Trust
Agreement,  provided that no amendment of this Trust Agreement or the Plan shall
be effective  which would (a) cause any assets of the Trust Fund to be used for,
or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive  benefit of Plan  participants
or their  beneficiaries  other than an amendment  permissible under the Code and
ERISA,  or (b)  affect  the  rights  duties,  responsibilities,  obligations  or
liabilities of the Trustee without notice to the Trustee and the Trustee's prior
written  consent.  Subject to approval by the legal counsel of the Company,  the
Company shall amend this Trust  Agreement as requested by the Trustee to reflect
changes in law which  counsel for the Trustee  advises the Trustee  require such
changes. Amendments to the Trust Agreement or a certified copy of the amendments
shall be delivered to the Trustee  promptly after  adoption,  and if practicable
under the  circumstances,  any proposed  amendment  under  consideration  by the
Company shall be communicated to the Trustee to permit the Trustee to review and
comment thereon in due course before the Company acts on the proposed amendment.

     10.2 Termination.  The Trust may be terminated by the Company in accordance
with the Plan. Upon such termination, the Trust Fund shall be distributed by the
Named Administrative Fiduciary in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

                             SECTION XI
                           MISCELLANEOUS

     11.1 Restriction on Alienation.  Except as provided in section 6.1 or under
section  401(a)(13)  of the  Code,  the  interest  of any  Plan  participant  or
beneficiary  in the  Trust  Fund  shall  not be  subject  to the  claims of such
person's  creditors  and may not be assigned,  sold,  transferred,  alienated or
encumbered.  Any attempt to do so shall be void; and the Trustee shall disregard
any attempt. Trust assets shall not in any manner be liable


<PAGE>


for or subject to debts, contracts, liabilities,  engagement or tons of any Plan
participant or beneficiary, and benefits shall not be considered an asset of any
such a person in the event of the person's insolvency or bankruptcy.

     11.2 Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and the
powers granted to the Company and the Trustee, respectively,  shall be exercised
by the  respective  successors  and assigns of the Company and the Trustee.  Any
corporation which shall, by merger, consolidate,  purchase or otherwise, succeed
to  substantially  all the  trust  business  of the  Trustee  shall,  upon  such
succession and without any  appointment  or other action by the Company,  be and
become successor trustee hereunder, upon notification to the Company.

     11.3  Governing Law and  Construction.  This Trust  Agreement and the Trust
shall be construed,  administered  and governed under ERISA and other  pertinent
federal law, and to the extent that federal law is inapplicable,  under the laws
of the state in which the  Trustee is  incorporated.  If any  provision  of this
Trust   Agreement  is   susceptible  to  more  than  one   interpretation,   the
interpretation  to be given is that which is  consistent  with the Trust being a
qualified trust under section 401(a) of the Code. If any provision of this Trust
Agreement  is  held  by a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to be  invalid  or
unenforceable,  the remaining provisions shall continue to be fully effective to
the extent possible under the circumstances.

     11.4  Equity  Interest.  Neither  the  creation  of the Trust nor  anything
contained  in the Trust  shall be  considered  as giving  any  person any equity
interest in the assets,  business or affairs or the Company except to the extent
that the Trust Fund is invested in Company Stock.

     11.5 Refunds to Company.  The Trustee shall,  upon the written direction of
the Named Administrative Fiduciary which shall include a certification that such
action is proper  under the Plan,  ERISA and the Code  specifying  any  relevant
sections  thereof,  return to the  Company  any  amount  referred  to in section
403(c)(2) of ERISA.

     11.6 Authorized  Action.  Any action to be taken under this Trust Agreement
by a company or other person which is: (a) a  corporation  shall be taken by the
board of directors of the corporation or any person or persons duly empowered by
the board of directors to take the action involved,  (b) a partnership  shall be
taken  by an  authorized  general  partner  of the  partnership,  and (c) a sole
proprietorship by the sole proprietor.

     11.7 Text of Plan. The Company  represents  that, prior to the execution of
this Trust Agreement by both parties, it delivered to the Trustee's designee the
text of the  Plan as in  effect  as of the  date of this  Trust  Agreement.  The
Company shall deliver to the Trustee promptly after adoption thereof a certified
copy of any amendment of the Plan.

     11.8 Conflict with Plan. The rights, duties, responsibilities,  obligations
and liabilities of the Trustee are as set forth in this Trust Agreement,  and no
provision of the


<PAGE>


Plan or any  other  document  shall be deemed to  affect  such  rights,  duties,
responsibilities,  obligations  and  liabilities,  except as otherwise  provided
herein.  If there is a conflict  between  provisions  of the Plan and this Trust
Agreement with respect to any subject  involving the Trustee,  including but not
limited  to  the  responsibility,  authority  or  powers  of  the  Trustee,  the
provisions of this Trust  Agreement  shall be  controlling,  except as otherwise
provided herein.

     11.9 Failure to Maintain Qualification.  If the Trust fails to qualify as a
qualified  trust under section 401(a) of the Code, or loses its status as such a
qualified  trust, the Company shall  immediately so notify the Trustee,  and the
Trustee shall, without further notice or direction, remove the Trust assets from
any common or collective  trust fund  maintained by the Trustee or its affiliate
for investments by qualified trusts.

    11.10 Gender.  As used in this Trust  Agreement,  the masculine gender shall
include the feminine and the neuter  genders and the singular  shall include the
plural and the plural the singular, as the context requires.

    11.11  Headings.  Headings and  subheadings in this Trust  Agreement are for
convenience of reference  only and are not to be considered in the  construction
of the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

    11.12  Counterparts.  This  Trust  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  several
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, and these counterparts
shall constitute one and the same instrument which may be sufficiently evidenced
by any one counterpart.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company and the Trustee have  executed this Trust
Agreement each by action of a duly authorized person.


MERRILL LYNCH TRUST                   MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.
COMPANY (FLORIDA)

By:   /s/ Melanie Madeira              By:  /s/ K. W. Engwall
   ----------------------                 -----------------------
Name:    Melanie Madeira               Name:  K. W. Engwall
Title:   New Account Trust Officer     Title:  Senior Vice President, Finance





EXHIBIT 10.28

                                TRUST AGREEMENT
                                   FOR THE
                          MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.
                          DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


      THIS TRUST  AGREEMENT is made this 2nd day of October,  1997, by and among
MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC., a corporation  organized under the laws of the State
of Georgia  (the  "Primary  Sponsor"),  each  related  corporation  or  business
executing this Trust Agreement (the Primary Sponsor and each related corporation
or business being sometimes  hereinafter  referred to as a "Plan Sponsor");  and
MERRILL LYNCH TRUST COMPANY (FLORIDA) (the "Trustee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS,  the Primary  Sponsor  maintains the Morrison  Health Care,  Inc.
Deferred  Compensation  Plan (the "Plan"),  which was  established  by indenture
dated March 7, 1996, to provide benefits in the form of deferred compensation to
a select  group of  management  or highly  compensated  employees of the Primary
Sponsor or any of its related corporations or businesses; and

      WHEREAS, the Primary Sponsor, by agreement dated March 7, 1996 established
an irrevocable grantor trust (the "Trust"), within the meaning of Section 671 of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") to assist it and any
of its related  corporations or businesses in meeting its obligations  under the
Plan; and

      WHEREAS,  the Primary  Sponsor  desires to amend and restate the  existing
trust agreement  originally  executed by and between  Morrison Health Care, Inc.
and AmSouth Bank of Alabama, which agreement, as amended,  contains the existing
terms of the Trust (the "Prior Trust Agreement"); and

      WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors of the Primary Sponsor has authorized the
amendment and  restatement of the Prior Trust  Agreement as embodied herein (the
"Trust Agreement");

      NOW, THEREFORE,  the Primary Sponsor hereby restates the Trust,  effective
as of October 1, 1997, as follows:


<PAGE>


                                  SECTION 1.
                             GOVERNING INSTRUMENT

      The rights, duties,  responsibilities,  obligations and liabilities of the
Trustee are as set forth in this Trust  Agreement,  and no provision of the Plan
or any other  document  shall  affect  such  rights,  duties,  responsibilities,
obligations and  liabilities.  In the event of a conflict  between the terms and
provisions  of the  Trust  Agreement  and  those  of the  Plan,  the  terms  and
provisions of the Trust Agreement shall govern.  However,  nothing  contained in
the Trust  Agreement is intended to diminish the amount of benefits  required to
be paid for the benefit of any participant under the terms of the Plan.

                                  SECTION 2.
                           ESTABLISHMENT OF THE FUND

      The Primary  Sponsor has  established a fund with the Trustee (the "Fund")
to be held and  administered  in  accordance  with this  Trust.  The Fund  shall
consist of all assets as may be  delivered  by a Plan Sponsor to the Trustee and
reasonably  accepted by the Trustee,  and shall also include all income accruing
thereon, except as otherwise provided in this Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall
not be  obligated  to receive any assets  unless  prior  thereto the Trustee has
agreed  that such  assets are  reasonably  acceptable  to it and the Trustee has
received  such  reconciliation,  allocation,  investment  or  other  information
concerning,  or representations  with respect to, such assets as the Trustee may
reasonably require.

                                  SECTION 3.
                            INVESTMENT OF THE FUND

      (a) Subject to the provisions of Subsections (b) and (c) below and Section
4 hereof, the Trustees shall invest the principal and income of the Fund without
distinction  between principal and income in securities or in property,  real or
personal and wherever situated, as the Trustee shall deem advisable, in its sole
discretion.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustee may purchase,  acquire,
retain, sell, transfer, pledge or encumber common or preferred stocks, including
stock of the Primary Sponsor or any affiliate, shares of mutual funds, including
mutual  funds for which  the  Trustee  is an  advisor,  trust and  participation
certificates, bonds and mortgages, other evidences of indebtedness or ownership,
annuity  contracts  and  ordinary  and term  life  insurance  contracts  of life
insurance  companies,  savings accounts or plans,  including savings accounts or
plans  established  or to be  established  by the  Trustee,  and group trusts or
collective  investment  funds  including  group trusts or collective  investment
funds operated by the Trustee.

      (b) The Fund shall be invested by the Trustee  consistent with the overall
investment  objectives  of the Trust as  identified  by the Primary  Sponsor and
communicated  to the Trustee in writing  from time to time and in the absence of
such  communication,  consistent  with the objective of  preservation of capital
(the  "Investment  Goals").  The Trustee  shall incur no liability  merely for a
failure to achieve the Investment Goals for any period; provided that during any
such  period the Fund was  invested  in  accordance  with  applicable  fiduciary
standards and with a view towards achieving the Investment Goals.


<PAGE>



      (c) The Primary Sponsor may appoint one or more  investment  managers (the
"Investment  Managers")  which shall be banks,  investment  advisers  registered
under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or insurance companies, to direct the
Trustee as to the  investment  of all or a portion of the Fund for the exclusive
benefit of the participants of the Plan and their beneficiaries. Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  the  Primary  Sponsor  may  appoint  the Trustee (or any of its
affiliates) as an Investment  Manager,  if the Trustee (or its affiliate) agrees
to such appointment and is otherwise qualified to serve as an Investment Manager
and in such instance,  the Trustee (or its affiliate) shall have discretion over
the investment of the Fund, subject to the provisions of Subsection (b) above.

      The Primary  Sponsor  shall notify the Trustee of the  appointment  of any
Investment  Manager (other than the Trustee) under this Subsection by delivering
to the Trustee (i) an executed copy of an instrument  under which the Investment
Manager was appointed to act hereunder and setting forth the  investment  powers
of  the  Investment  Manager  and  (ii) a  written  instrument  executed  by the
Investment  Manager in which it  acknowledges  that it has agreed to act as such
and  accepts  fiduciary  status.  Any  notice of  appointment  pursuant  to this
Subsection shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Primary Sponsor
that the  Investment  Manager  is  qualified  under  and has been  appointed  in
accordance with the provisions hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein contained
to the contrary,  during the term of its  appointment,  the  Investment  Manager
shall have the sole  responsibility  for the investment and  reinvestment of the
portion  of the Fund for which it was  appointed  to act,  and,  subject  to the
limitations on the types of appropriate  investments set forth in Subsection (b)
hereof, shall have full power and responsibility in its discretion to direct the
Trustee with respect to the exercise by it of its investment  powers,  including
the voting of shares  (except as otherwise  provided by Section  13(d)  hereof).
Pending receipt of instructions from any Investment Manager with respect thereto
and subject to any investment  guidelines agreed to in writing from time to time
pursuant to Subsection (b) hereof, any cash received by the Trustee from time to
time shall be invested by the Trustee in a money market  mutual fund  designated
by the Primary Sponsor or the Investment Manager.

      The Primary Sponsor may terminate its appointment of an Investment Manager
at any time and shall in writing notify the Trustee of such termination, and may
thereafter appoint a successor Investment Manager in the same manner as provided
above in this Subsection.  Any successor  Investment  Manager shall  thereafter,
until its appointment is terminated, be deemed to be an "Investment Manager" for
all  purposes  of this  Agreement.  If there  shall be more than one  Investment
Manager, the portion of the Fund to be invested by each Investment Manager shall
be held in a separate  account and the powers and  authority of each  Investment
Manager  shall be  divided  as set  forth  in the  instruments  appointing  such
Investment Managers.

      So long as an  Investment  Manager  (other  than the Trustee or one of its
affiliates) is serving as such, the Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation
to  review  the  assets  comprising  any  portion  of the  Fund  managed  by the
Investment Manager,  to make any recommendations  with respect to the investment
or reinvestment thereof, or to determine whether any direction received from any
Investment  Manager is proper or within the terms of this Trust  Agreement or to
monitor the activities of any Investment Manager.


<PAGE>



      (d) The Trustee shall have no liability or  responsibility  to the Primary
Sponsor or any persons  claiming  any  interest  in the Fund for acting  without
question  on the  direction  of, or for  failing  to act in the  absence  of any
direction  from,  any  Investment  Manager,   unless  the  Trustee  participated
knowingly  in, or  knowingly  undertook  to  conceal,  an act or omission of any
Investment Manager  constituting a breach of its duties hereunder,  knowing such
act or omission was a breach of such duties; provided, however, that the Trustee
shall not be deemed to have "participated" in a breach by any Investment Manager
for the purposes of this  undertaking  solely as a result of the  performance by
the Trustee or its officers,  employees or agents of any  custodial,  reporting,
recording,  and  bookkeeping  functions  with  respect to any assets of the Fund
managed by any Investment Manager or solely as a result of settling purchase and
sale transactions entered into or directed by any Investment Manager, or to have
"knowledge" of any such breach solely as a result of the information received by
the  Trustee  or its  officers,  employees  or  agents in the  normal  course in
performing  such  functions or settling  such  transactions.  If the Trustee has
actual  knowledge of a breach  committed  by any  Investment  Manager,  it shall
promptly notify the Primary Sponsor in writing thereof, and the Trustee,  except
as required by applicable law, shall thereafter have no responsibility to remedy
such breach.

      (e) In accordance with Section 5 below,  the Primary Sponsor may from time
to time direct the Trustee in writing as to the specific investments of the Fund
and the Trustee  shall invest and reinvest the  principal and income of the Fund
in  accordance  with such  directions.  The Trustee  shall have no  liability or
responsibility  to the Primary  Sponsor or any other person claiming an interest
in the Fund for actions taken in accordance  with such directions of the Primary
Sponsor.

                                  SECTION 4.
                             POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

      In the administration of the Trust, in addition to any powers or authority
of the Trustee  under this Trust or which the Trustee may have under  applicable
law,  the Trustee is  authorized  and  empowered  to do the  following,  without
advertisement,  without  order of court and without  having to post bond or make
any returns or report of its doings to any court:

      (a) To purchase or subscribe  for any  securities  or property  including,
without limitation,  securities of a Plan Sponsor and real property leased to or
used by a Plan Sponsor;

      (b) To sell,  exchange,  convey,  transfer,  or  otherwise  dispose of any
securities  or property  held by it, by private  contract or at public  auction,
with or without  advertising,  and no person  dealing with the Trustee  shall be
bound to see to the  application  of the  purchase  money or to inquire into the
validity, expediency or propriety of any disposition;

      (c) Except as provided in Section 13(d) hereof, to vote any stocks,  bonds
or other securities,  including  securities of the Plan Sponsor; to give general
or special proxies or powers of attorney with or without power of  substitution;
to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or other options, and
to make any payments  incidental  thereto;  to oppose,  consent to, or otherwise
participate in corporate  reorganizations  or other changes affecting  corporate
securities, to

<PAGE>


delegate  discretionary  powers,  and to  pay  any  assessments  or  charges  in
connection  therewith;  and  generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner
with respect to securities or other property held as part of the Fund;

      (d) To  register  any  investment  in its  own  name  or in the  name of a
nominee,  and-to hold any  investment  in bearer form or through or by a central
clearing   corporation   maintained  by  institutions  active  in  the  national
securities markets,  but the records of the Trustee shall at all times show that
all the investments are part of the Trust;

      (e) To employ and act through  suitable agents,  accountants,  appraisers,
actuaries  and  attorneys  (who may be counsel for the Trustee) and to pay their
reasonable  expenses and  compensation,  to consult with counsel  (who,  without
limitation,  may be counsel to the Trustee).and shall be protected to the extent
the law  permits  in  acting  upon the  advice  of  counsel  in  regard to legal
questions,  and the Trustee shall  periodically  review the  performance  of the
persons to whom these duties have been  delegated,  but the Trustee shall not be
liable  for  relying  upon the advice and  expertise  of any such  person to the
extent  permitted by law,  provided  the  Trustee's  decisions in selecting  and
retaining such person were prudently made;

      (f) To  borrow  or  raise  moneys  for the  purposes  of the  Trust in the
amounts, and upon the terms and conditions, as the Trustee in its discretion may
deem  advisable;  and for any sums  borrowed  to issue  its  promissory  note as
Trustee,  and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all or any part of the
Trust;  and no person  lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to see to the
application  of the money lent or to inquire into the  validity,  expediency  or
propriety of any borrowing;

      (g) To make,  execute,  acknowledge  and deliver any documents of transfer
and conveyance and any other  instruments or agreements that may be necessary or
appropriate to carry out the powers of the Trustee under the Trust or incidental
thereto;

      (h) To settle,  compromise or submit to arbitration  any claims,  debts or
damages  due or owing to or from the Trust,  to  commence or defend any suits or
legal  or  administrative  proceedings  arising,  necessary  or  appropriate  in
connection  with the Trust,  the  administration  and  operation  thereof or the
powers or authority of the Trustee  under the Trust,  and to represent the Trust
in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;

      (i) To keep  portions of the Trust in cash or cash balances as the Trustee
may deem to be in the best interest of the Trust;

      (j) To  register  any  investment  in its  own  name  or in the  name of a
nominee,  and to hold any  investment  in bearer form or through or by a central
clearing   corporation   maintained  by  institutions  active  in  the  national
securities markets,  but the records of the Trustee shall at all times show that
all the investments are part of the Trust; and

      (k) Generally,  to do all acts and to execute and deliver all  instruments
as in the judgment of the Trustee may be necessary or desirable to carry out any
powers or authority of the

<PAGE>


Trustee.

                                  SECTION 5.
                               INVESTMENT FUNDS

      (a) The assets of the Fund shall be  invested  in mutual  funds  selected,
from time to time,  by the Primary  Sponsor and  communicated  in writing to the
Trustee and in a fund investing  primarily in securities of the Primary  Sponsor
as directed  by the  Primary  Sponsor  (each of which is  sometimes  hereinafter
referred to as an "Investment Fund"),  which Investment Funds shall have varying
investment objectives, as the Primary Sponsor shall determine and communicate in
writing to the Trustee.  The Primary Sponsor by written direction to the Trustee
may eliminate the  availability  of any  Investment  Fund;  provided that on and
after a Change of Control,  no Investment Fund in place immediately prior to the
Change of Control may be eliminated  although the Primary  Sponsor may designate
additional Investment Funds.

      (b) Contributions  shall be paid to the Trustee within a reasonable period
of time after the date that salary deferrals under the Plan otherwise would have
been paid to  participants  in an amount equal to said deferral  amounts and any
corresponding matching contributions under the Plan shall be paid to the Trustee
at the same time.

      (c) The Trustee shall be responsible for assets actually received by it as
Trustee and shall have no duty or authority to compute amounts to be contributed
or to review  the  computation  of amounts to be  contributed  pursuant  to this
Section.

                                  SECTION 6.
                             DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

      (a) Except for records  dealing solely with the Trust and its  investments
and disbursements, which shall be maintained by the Trustee, the Primary Sponsor
shall maintain all records  contemplated  by the Plan. The Trustee shall have no
responsibility  to determine  whether the Fund is sufficient to meet liabilities
under the Plan,  and shall not be liable for  payments  or Plan  liabilities  in
excess of the assets held in the Fund.

      (b) The Primary Sponsor shall furnish to the Trustee, in a form reasonably
acceptable  to the Trustee,  all the  information  necessary  to  determine  the
benefits payable to or with respect to each  participant in the Plan,  including
any benefits payable after a participant's death. The Primary Sponsor shall from
time to time,  and at least  annually,  and  promptly  upon the  request  of the
Trustee  furnish  updated  information to the Trustee.  In the event the Primary
Sponsor  refuses or neglects to provide any updated  information as contemplated
herein, the Trustee shall rely upon the most recent information  furnished to it
by the Primary Sponsor; provided, however, that on or after a Change of Control,
where the Trustee does not have updated  information or in the event the Trustee
is aware of a  dispute  between  the  Primary  Sponsor  and any  participant  or
beneficiary as to the amount or timing of benefits payable to the participant or
beneficiary,  the  Trustee  shall  rely  upon a  direction  from the  Designated
Accounting Firm (as defined below) to resolve the dispute.  For purposes of this
Agreement, the term "Designated Accounting Firm" shall mean Ernst & Young

<PAGE>


LLP or any other  accounting  firm  subsequently  communicated in writing to the
Trustee; provided, however, that no subsequent designation of an accounting firm
shall be given  effect  by the  Trustee  if the  designation  occurs  after  the
effective  date of a Change of Control.  The Trustee  has no  responsibility  to
verify  information  provided  to it by the  Primary  Sponsor or the  Designated
Accounting Firm.

      (c) When, in the opinion of the Primary  Sponsor or Designated  Accounting
Firm,  as  applicable,  a  participant's  benefits  under the Plan  have  become
payable,  the Trustee shall be notified by the Primary Sponsor or the Designated
Accounting  Firm,  as  applicable.  Such notice shall include the amount of such
benefits,  the terms of payment, the amount of any taxes required to be withheld
from such  amount,  and the name,  address  and  social  security  number of the
recipient.  Upon the  receipt of a  notification,  the  Trustee  shall  commence
distributions from the Fund in accordance  therewith to the person or persons so
indicated and shall forward a check to the Primary  Sponsor in the amount of the
applicable withholdings.

      (d) The Primary Sponsor shall have full  responsibility for the payment of
all taxes of any nature levied, assessed or imposed upon the Fund, including the
payment of all withholding  taxes to the appropriate  taxing authority and shall
provide the Trustee  with such  information  as necessary to allow it to furnish
each  participant or  beneficiary  with the  appropriate  tax  information  form
evidencing such payment and the amount thereof.

      (e) Prior to a Change of Control, the Trustee shall have no responsibility
for  determining  whether any  participant or beneficiary  has died or whether a
participant's  rights under the terms of the Plan have been  forfeited and shall
be entitled to rely upon  information  and  direction  received from the Primary
Sponsor;  provided,  that on or after a Change  of  Control,  in the  event of a
dispute or lack of  information,  the Trustee shall rely on directions  received
from the Designated Accounting Firm in accordance with Subsection (b) hereof.

      (f) Nothing  provided in this Trust  Agreement  shall  relieve the Primary
Sponsor or any Plan  Sponsor of its  liabilities  to pay the  benefits  provided
under the Plan except to the extent such  liabilities  are met by application of
Fund assets.

      (g)  Arbitration  is final and binding on the parties.  The parties  waive
their right to seek  remedies in court,  including  the right to jury trial.  In
that  regard,  the  parties  acknowledge  the  following:   (i)  pre-arbitration
discovery is generally more limited than and different  from court  proceedings;
(ii) the arbitrators' award is not required to include factual findings or legal
reasoning and any party's right to appeal or seek modification of rulings by the
arbitrators  is  strictly  limited;  and  (iii) the  panel of  arbitrators  will
typically  include a minority of arbitrators who were or are affiliated with the
securities industry.

      The Primary Sponsor agrees that all controversies  which may arise between
it and the  Trustee  (or any of its  affiliates)  with  respect  to  obligations
arising  under  the  Trust  Agreement,  including,  but not  limited  to,  those
involving any transactions, or the construction,  performance, or breach of this
Agreement  shall be  determined  by  arbitration.  Any  arbitration  under  this
Agreement shall be conducted only before the New York Stock Exchange,  Inc., the
American Stock Exchange,

<PAGE>


Inc.,  or  arbitration  facility  provided  by any other  exchange  of which any
affiliate of the Trustee is a member,  the National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc, or the Municipal  Securities  Rulemaking Board, and in accordance
with the arbitration  rules then in force.  The Primary Sponsor may elect in the
first instance whether  arbitration shall be conducted before the New York Stock
Exchange,  Inc., the American Stock Exchange,  Inc., other exchange of which any
affiliate of the Trustee is a member,  the National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc. or the Municipal Securities  Rulemaking Board, but if the Primary
Sponsor fails to make such election,  by registered letter or telegram addressed
to Merrill Lynch Trust Companies,  Employee Benefit Trust  Operations,  P.O. Box
30532, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08989-0532,  before the expiration of five days
after receipt of a written request from the Trustee to make such election,  then
the Trustee may make such election.  Judgment upon the award of arbitrators  may
be entered in any court, state or federal, having jurisdiction.  No person shall
bring a putative or certified class action to  arbitration,  nor seek to enforce
any pre-dispute  arbitration  agreement  against any person who has initiated in
court a putative class action, who is a member of the putative class who has not
opted out of the class with  respect to any claims  encompassed  by the putative
class action until:  (i) the class  certification  is denied;  (ii) the class is
decertified; or (iii) the customer is excluded from the class by the court. Such
forebearance  to enforce an agreement to arbitrate shall not constitute a waiver
of any rights under this Agreement except to the extent stated herein.

                                  SECTION 7.
                          DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE FUND

      (a)  Consistent  with the  provisions of Section 9 hereof,  the Trustee is
authorized to pay from the Fund  reasonable  expenses of the Trustee,  including
fees  of  accountants  and  legal  counsel  to  the  Trust,  and  the  Trustee's
compensation.

      (b) The  Trustee  shall make any  distribution  required  pursuant to this
Trust  Agreement  by  mailing  its  check or other  evidence  of  payment  (less
applicable  withholdings) to the person to whom such  distribution or payment is
to be made at such address as was last furnished to the Trustee or, if agreeable
to the Trustee  and the Primary  Sponsor  and the  affected  participant  and so
directed in a written  notice to the Trustee by the Primary  Sponsor or affected
participants,  by crediting the account of such person or by transferring  funds
to such  person's  account by bank or wire  transfer.  The Trustee  shall not be
required to make any  investigation  to  determine  the  whereabouts  or mailing
address of any person. If the person to receive a distribution can not be found,
the Trustee shall hold payment or deposit same in a bank (including the Trustee,
if a  financial  institution  is serving as such) for the credit of that  person
without liability for interest thereon.  If a check or other evidence of payment
of the  benefit  hereunder  has been  mailed to the last  address  of the person
furnished  the Trustee and is returned  unclaimed,  the Trustee shall notify the
Primary  Sponsor and shall  discontinue  further  payments to the payee until it
receives instructions from the Primary Sponsor.

      (c) The Trustee shall not be bound by any instruction, direction or notice
unless and until it has been  received  in writing by the  Trustee  and may rely
upon any  instruction,  direction  or notice of a  continuing  nature  until the
Trustee receives a writing which revokes that instruction,  direction or notice.
The Trustee may without liability assume that any such

<PAGE>


      instruction, direction or notice is genuine unless it has actual knowledge
or, after receiving  notification of a problem,  has reasonably  determined that
the instruction, direction or notice is not genuine.

      (d) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any assets
held as part of the Fund which have been  distributed  pursuant  to the Plan and
the Trust Agreement.

                                  SECTION 8.
                              CLAIMS OF CREDITORS

      (a) The Fund assets shall be treated as general assets of the Plan Sponsor
and shall remain subject to claims of the general  creditors of the Plan Sponsor
under  applicable  state and federal law.  Nothing in the Trust  Agreement shall
affect the rights of any participant as general creditor of the Plan Sponsor. No
participant  shall have a preferred claim on or any beneficial  ownership in the
Fund prior to the time for distribution to the participant  under the terms of a
Plan or the terms of this Trust  Agreement.  In the event that the Plan  Sponsor
becomes  insolvent as described in Subsection (c) below,  each participant shall
be  deemed  to waive  any  priority  the  participant  may have  under law as an
employee with respect to any claim against the Plan Sponsor and the Trust beyond
the rights the participant would have as a general creditor of the Plan Sponsor.

      (b) Except as otherwise provided by Subsection (c) below, no benefit which
shall be payable under the Trust to any person shall be subject in any manner to
anticipation,  alienation,  sale, transfer,  assignment,  pledge, encumbrance or
charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge,
encumber,  charge or  otherwise  dispose of the same  shall be void.  No benefit
shall in any manner be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements
or torts of any person,  nor shall it be subject to  attachment or legal process
for or against any person,  except to the extent  provided by Subsection C below
and as may otherwise be required by law.

      (c) The board of directors of a Plan Sponsor shall immediately  notify the
Trustee in writing of the  insolvency of the Plan Sponsor.  For purposes of this
Subsection  (c),  the term  "insolvency"  shall mean the  inability  of the Plan
Sponsor to pay its debts as they become due in the usual  course of its business
or that the  liabilities  of the Plan Sponsor are in excess of its assets or the
Plan Sponsor becomes subject to a proceeding as a debtor under the United States
Bankruptcy  Code. Upon receipt of the written notice,  the Trustee shall suspend
all further payments to participants or their  beneficiaries  and shall hold the
assets of the Trust for the benefit of the  creditors of the Plan Sponsor in the
manner  directed by a court of  competent  jurisdiction.  If the Trustee  should
receive  any written  allegation  of the  insolvency  of the Plan  Sponsor,  the
Trustee shall suspend  payments to participants and hold the assets of the Trust
for the benefit of the  creditors of the Plan  Sponsor  and,  within a period of
sixty (60) days after the receipt of the written  allegation,  determine whether
the Plan Sponsor is insolvent.  If the Trustee  determines that the Plan Sponsor
is solvent,  it shall  immediately  resume payments to the participants or their
beneficiaries.  In the  event  that the  Trustee  has  actual  knowledge  of the
insolvency of the Plan  Sponsor,  the Trustee shall hold the assets of the Trust
for the benefit of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor in the manner directed by a
court of  competent  jurisdiction.  Unless the Trustee (i) has been  notified in
writing by the board of directors of a Plan Sponsor of the  insolvency of a Plan
Sponsor, (ii) has

<PAGE>


received any written allegation of the insolvency of a Plan Sponsor or (iii) has
actual knowledge of the insolvency of a Plan Sponsor,  the Trustee shall have no
duty to inquire whether a Plan Sponsor is insolvent.

                                  SECTION 9.
                               FEES AND EXPENSES

      The compensation and expenses of the Trustee shall be paid from the assets
of the Fund.  Expenses of the Trustee shall include the reasonable  expenses and
compensation of third parties  employed by the Trustee  pursuant to Section 4(f)
hereof. However, the expenses and compensation of the Designated Accounting Firm
shall not be payable from the Fund.

                                  SECTION 10.
                                   ACCOUNTS

      (a) The Trustee shall keep such records as the Trustee considers necessary
for the  management of the Trust.  The  Trustee's  books and records of the Fund
shall be open to inspection  by the Primary  Sponsor and  Designated  Accounting
Firm during regular business hours of the Trustee.

      (b) The Plan Sponsors shall maintain or cause to be maintained  accounting
records for the Plan sufficient to allow the determination of the portion of the
Fund  which is  allocable  to each of the  Plan  Sponsors.  Irrespective  of the
commingling  of assets of the Plan for investment in the Fund, no portion of the
Fund which is  allocable  to any one of the Plan  Sponsors  shall be used to pay
benefits or  discharge  liabilities  or  obligations  specifically  allocable or
attributable, respectively, to any other Plan or any other Plan Sponsor.

      (c) Within  ninety (90) days after the close of each  calendar  year,  the
date of the removal or  resignation  of the Trustee,  or the  termination of the
Trust,  the Trustee  shall render to the Primary  Sponsor a written  account and
report of its  management of the Fund  covering the period (or relevant  portion
thereof if the written  account and report becomes due on account of the removal
or  resignation  of the  Trustee)  since the previous  such written  account and
report.  The  written  approval  of that  accounting  and report by the  Primary
Sponsor or the  failure  of the  Primary  Sponsor  to notify the  Trustee of its
disapproval  of such  accounting  within  ten (10)  months  after the end of the
relevant period shall be final and binding as to the Trustee's administration of
the Trust for the period  upon the  Primary  Sponsor and all persons who have or
may  thereafter  have an  interest  in the Fund.  The  Trustee  may  satisfy its
obligation under this Subsection (c) by rendering to the Primary Sponsor monthly
statements setting forth the information required by this Subsection  separately
for the month covered by the statement.


<PAGE>



                                  SECTION 11.
                      RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION

      (a) The Trustee may resign at any time upon giving  sixty (60) days' prior
written notice to the Primary Sponsor.

      (b) The  Trustee  may be removed by the  Primary  Sponsor at any time upon
giving sixty (60) days' prior written notice to the Trustee; provided,  however,
that in the event of a Change of Control,  the Trustee may thereafter be removed
only after securing the written consent of a majority of the participants of the
Plan and the designated beneficiaries of deceased participants.

      (c)  Upon  the  removal  or  resignation  of the  Trustee,  any  successor
appointed  shall have the same  powers and  duties as those  conferred  upon the
Trustee under this Trust.  Prior to a Change of Control,  the appointment of any
successor Trustee shall be in the sole discretion of the Primary Sponsor.  On or
after a  Change  of  Control,  any  successor  Trustee  shall be a bank or trust
company having assets under  management  (including  assets under  management by
affiliates)  of not less than  $1,000,000,000.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a
written  acceptance of the  appointment  by the successor  Trustee,  the Trustee
shall  transfer  to the  successor  Trustee the assets  constituting  the Trust;
provided,  however,  the  Trustee  shall not be required to pay over assets to a
successor  Trustee unless the Trustee shall be discharged from all liability for
any taxes  which  may be due and owing by the  Trust,  or unless  the  successor
Trustee, who must be acceptable to the Trustee,  indemnifies the Trustee and the
Trustee in its sole discretion  agrees to accept  indemnification.  In the event
that within ninety (90) days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee the
Primary Sponsor shall have failed to appoint a successor  Trustee or the Trustee
shall not have received a written acceptance from a successor Trustee,  then the
Trustee may file an appropriate action in a court of competent  jurisdiction and
transfer  to the  custody  of the court  the  assets  then  held by the  Trustee
constituting the Trust. Upon transfer to a successor Trustee or to the court, as
the case may be, the Trustee  shall be relieved of all further  responsibilities
and  liabilities  in  connection  with the Trust.  The  Trustee  is  authorized,
however, to reserve therefrom any assets as it may deem advisable for payment of
its fees and  expenses  in  connection  with the  settlement  of its  account or
otherwise,  and any  balance of the reserve  remaining  after the payment of the
Trustee's  fees and expenses  shall be paid over to the successor  Trustee or to
the court.

                                  SECTION 12.
                           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

      (a) Prior to a Change of Control,  the Trust  Agreement may be amended any
time and to any extent by a written instrument  executed by the Primary Sponsor,
provided,  however, that no such amendment shall be effective to the extent that
it purports to make the Trust revocable.  On or after a Change of Control,  this
Trust  Agreement  may  be  amended  any  time  and to any  extent  by a  written
instrument executed by the Primary Sponsor, provided, however, no such amendment
shall diminish the authority of the  Designated  Accounting  Firm,  diminish the
obligation of the Trustee to follow the directions of the Designated  Accounting
Firm or provide for the elimination of any Investment Fund. In addition, whether
before or after a Change of Control,  no such amendment shall have the effect of
reducing benefits accrued by participants under the Plan,  delaying the times at
which   distributions   are  made  from  the  Fund  to  participants  and  their
beneficiaries  or  allowing  a Plan  Sponsor  or any  other  person  to  receive
distributions  of the assets of the Fund not then  permitted  under the terms of
the Trust  Agreement.  No  amendment  that  purports to  increase  the duties or
responsibilities  of the Trustee or to alter  materially the manner in which the
Trustee is to discharge any continuing duties or responsibilities shall be given
effect without the consent of the Trustee and no other  amendment shall be given
effect without first  providing  notice of same to the Trustee.  The Trustee and
Primary  Sponsor  may amend the Trust  Agreement  in any  manner  not  otherwise
specifically precluded by this Subsection, including any amendment regarding the
removal of an existing Trustee or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

      (b)  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of the Trust  Agreement to the
contrary, the Trust shall terminate and all Fund assets shall be distributed (i)
on the  complete  distribution  of the Fund in  accordance  with the  terms  and
provisions  of the Plan;  (ii) upon the  delivery  to the  Trustee  of a writing
terminating  the Trust signed by the Primary  Sponsor,  all  participants of the
Plan and the designated beneficiaries of deceased participants;  or (iii) in the
event the Internal Revenue Service makes a final  determination  that the assets
of the Fund constitute compensation currently taxable as income to participants.
Any assets  remaining  in the Fund after  satisfaction  of all  liabilities  and
expenses of the Plan shall be returned to the Plan Sponsors.

                                  SECTION 13.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

      (a) The Trustee shall under no  circumstances be required to recognize any
conveyance,  transfer,  assignment,  mortgage,  pledge  or  encumbrance  by  any
participant or any person entitled to receive  benefits under the Plan, any part
of it,  or any  interest  in it,  or to pay any  money  or thing of value to any
creditor  or  assignee of any  participant  or person for any cause  whatsoever;
provided, however, this Subsection (a) does not affect the provisions of Section
8 of the Trust Agreement.

      (b) The Primary  Sponsor  hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Trustee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs
and  expenses,  including  but not limited to,  liability  for any  judgments or
settlements  consented  to in  writing  by the  Trustee,  as  applicable,  which
consents will not be  unreasonably  withheld,  and  reasonable  attorneys'  fees
arising

<PAGE>


out of or in connection  with or as a direct or indirect  result of its serving,
respectively, as the trustee (including but not limited to the Trustee's acts or
omissions  with  respect to (i) the voting of any share of stock held as part of
the assets of the Trust;  (ii)  establishing or maintaining  investment funds or
effecting investments therein in accordance with the terms and provisions of the
Trust; or (iii) the  determinations  by the Trustee of insolvency or of a Change
of  Control  (including  acts or  omissions  in  accordance  with the  terms and
provisions of the Trust following any determination of insolvency or a Change of
Control); except those losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses,
if any,  arising out of or in connection  with or as a direct or indirect result
of the  Trustee's  gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct.  The Trustee shall
promptly notify the Primary Sponsor of any claim, action or proceeding for which
it may seek  indemnity.  This indemnity is a continuing  obligation and shall be
binding  on the  Primary  Sponsor  and its  successors,  whether  by  merger  or
otherwise,   and  assigns.  In  addition,   this  indemnity  shall  survive  the
resignation or removal of the Trustee,  the  liquidation  of the Trust,  or both
events. For purposes of this Subsection (b), all references to the Trustee shall
be deemed to  include a  reference  to all  affiliates  of the  Trustee  and any
officer, director or employee of the Trustee or any of its affiliates.

      (c) As used in this Trust  Agreement,  the term "Change of Control"  means
any  event  that  pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Article  X of the  Primary
Sponsor's  Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended from time to time, requires
the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the
Voting  Stock (as  defined  therein);  provided,  however,  that no event  shall
constitute  a Change of Control if  approved  by the Board of  Directors  of the
Primary Sponsor a majority of whom are "present  directors" and "new directors."
For  purposes  of  the  preceding  sentence,   "present  directors"  shall  mean
individuals who as of the date of this Trust Agreement were members of the Board
of Directors of the Primary Sponsor and "new directors"  shall mean any director
whose election by the Board of Directors of the Primary Sponsor (in the event of
vacancy) or whose nomination for election by the Primary Sponsor's  stockholders
was approved by a vote of at least  three-fourths of the directors then still in
office who are present  directors and new directors;  provided that any director
elected to the Board of  Directors  of the  Primary  Sponsor  solely to settle a
threatened  or  actual  proxy  contest  shall in no event be  deemed to be a new
director. The board of directors of the Primary Sponsor shall immediately notify
the  Trustee of the  occurrence  of a Change of  Control.  Upon  receipt of such
written notice or in the event the Trustee has actual knowledge that a Change of
Control has occurred, the Trustee shall take no action nor facilitate the taking
of any action  contemplated  by the Trust  Agreement  as being  taken prior to a
Change of Control if (i) an  alternative  procedure  for taking  such  action is
prescribed  on or after a Change  of  Control,  or (ii) any  action  of the type
described  is expressly  limited to the period prior to a Change of Control.  If
the Trustee should receive any written allegation to the effect that a Change of
Control has occurred, the Trustee shall take no action nor facilitate the taking
of any action described:  in the immediately  preceding sentence until making an
independent  determination  as to whether a Change of Control has occurred.  The
Trustee shall make this determination  within a period of thirty (30) days after
the receipt of the written allegation.  Following the determination, the Trustee
shall discharge its duties under the Trust Agreement in a manner consistent with
that determination.

      (d) The  authority  and  responsibility  with  regard to the voting of and
control  over  any  securities  of a Plan  Sponsor  held in the  Trust  shall be
exercised by the Trustee pursuant to

<PAGE>


directions in writing provided by the Primary Sponsor or Investment Manager. All
other  decisions  affecting  such  securities,  including,  without  limitation,
decisions to oppose or consent to tender or exchange offers,  shall be similarly
directed by the Primary  Sponsor or the  Investment  Manager.  The Trustee shall
take such steps as may be necessary or  appropriate  to carry out the directions
of the Primary Sponsor or Investment Manager,  as applicable,  given pursuant to
this Subsection.

      (e)  Whenever the context  requires,  words of the  masculine  gender used
herein  shall  include the  feminine  and the neuter,  and the words used in the
singular shall include the plural.

      (f)  Each  provision  of  the  Trust  Agreement  is  severable  and if any
provision is found to be void as against  public  policy it shall not affect the
validity of any other provision hereof.

      (g) The Trust  Agreement  shall be binding upon the successors and assigns
of each Plan Sponsor and the Trustee.

      (h) The  provisions of the Trust shall be construed  according to the laws
of the State of Florida and, to the extent applicable,  according to the laws of
the United States.



                 [REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]


<PAGE>



      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have  hereunto set their hands and seals
the day and year first above written.


                                PRIMARY SPONSOR:

                                    MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.

                            By: /s/ John E. Fountain
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                    Title:V.P.,  Secretary and General Counsel

ATTEST:

By:    /s/ Henry Page
      ---------------------
Title: Director of Finance

            [CORPORATE SEAL]


                                    TRUSTEE:

                                    MERRILL LYNCH COMPANY (FLORIDA)

                             By: /s/ Melanie Madeira
                                -------------------------------------    
                                     Title: New Account Trust Officer

ATTEST:

By:   _____________________________

Title:_____________________________

            [SEAL]





Exhibit 10.29

                          FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
           MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC. 1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

      THIS FIRST  AMENDMENT  is made this 26th day of June,  1996,  by  Morrison
Health Care,  Inc., a corporation  duly organized and existing under the laws of
the State of Georgia (hereinafter called the "Company").

                           W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS,  the Company  maintains the Morrison Health Care, Inc. 1996
Stock  Incentive Plan under an indenture  which was adopted as of February
23, 1996 (the "Plan"); and

      WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to reflect increases in the
number of shares authorized for issuance thereunder and to increase the limit on
the  number of shares  that may be the  subject  of awards  granted  to  certain
executives during any single fiscal year of the Company; and

      WHEREAS,  the Board of  Directors  of the Company has duly  approved
and authorized these amendments to the Plan;


      NOW, THEREFORE, the Company does hereby amend the Plan as follows:


1. By deleting,  effective  March 26, 1996, the first sentence of Section 2.2 in
its entirety and by substituting therefor the following:

      "Subject to adjustment in accordance  with Section 5.2,  750,000 shares of
      Stock (the  `Maximum  Plan Shares') are hereby  reserved  exclusively  for
      issuance pursuant to Stock Incentives."

2. By deleting,  effective  June 26, 1996,  the first sentence of Section 2.2 in
its entirety and by substituting therefor the following:

      "Subject to adjustment in accordance  with Section 5.2,  850,000 shares of
      Stock (the  `Maximum  Plan Shares') are hereby  reserved  exclusively  for
      issuance pursuant to Stock Incentives."

3. By deleting,  effective March 26, 1996, the number "100,000" where it appears
in the last  sentence of Section  2.4 and by  substituting  therefor  the number
"300,000".

4. Except as specifically  amended  hereby,  the Plan shall remain in full force
and effect as prior to the adoption of this First Amendment.

5.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  adoption of this First  Amendment  is
subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company and in the event that
the  stockholders  of the Company fail to approve such  adoption  within  twelve
months of March 26, 1996, the adoption of this First Amendment shall be null and
void.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused  this First  Amendment  to be
executed on the day and year first above written.


                                    MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.

                             By: /s/Glenn Davenport
                             Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


ATTEST:

By: /s/John E. Fountain
Title:  Secretary


      (CORPORATE SEAL)




EXHIBIT 10.30
            FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.
                 1996 NON-EXECUTIVE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

      THIS  FIRST  AMENDMENT  is made as of this  26th  day of  June,  1996,  by
Morrison Health Care, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the "Company").

                           W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS,  the Company  maintains the Morrison Health Care, Inc. 1996
Non-Executive  Stock  Incentive Plan under an indenture  which was adopted
as of February 23, 1996 (the "Plan"); and

      WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to reflect increases in the
number of shares authorized for issuance thereunder; and

      WHEREAS,  the Board of  Directors  of the Company has duly  approved
and authorized these amendments to the Plan;

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Company does hereby amend the Plan,  effective as of
the date first set forth above, by deleting the first sentence of Section 2.2 in
its entirety and by substituting therefor the following:

      "Subject to  adjustment in  accordance  with Section 5.2 below,  2,250,000
      shares  of  Stock  (the  `Maximum   Plan  Shares')  are  hereby   reserved
      exclusively for issuance pursuant to Stock Incentives."

      Except as specifically amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force
and effect as prior to the adoption of this First Amendment.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused  this First  Amendment  to be
executed on the day and year first above written.

                                    MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.

                             By: /s/ Glenn Davenport
      [CORPORATE SEAL]
                                    Title:President and Chief Executive Officer
ATTEST:

By:  /s/John E. Fountain

Title:  Secretary






EXHIBIT 10.31

                           SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE
             MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC. 1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN


      THIS  SECOND  AMENDMENT  is made as of this  26th  day of June,  1997,  by
Morrison Health Care,  Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Georgia (hereinafter called the "Company").


                             W I T N E S S E T H:


      WHEREAS,  the Company  maintains  the Morrison  Health Care,  Inc.  1996
Stock  Incentive Plan under an indenture  which was adopted as of February 23,
1996 (the "Plan");

      WHEREAS,  the Company  desires to amend the Plan to reflect an increase in
the number of shares authorized for issuance thereunder; and

      WHEREAS,  the Board of  Directors  of the Company has duly  approved and
authorized this amendment to the Plan;


      NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Company does hereby amend the Plan,  effective as of
the date first set forth above, as follows:


1. By  deleting  the  first  sentence  of  Section  2.2 in its  entirety  and by
substituting therefor the following:

      "Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.2, 1,750,000 shares of
      Stock (the  `Maximum  Plan Shares') are hereby  reserved  exclusively  for
      issuance pursuant to Stock Incentives."

2. Except as specifically  amended  hereby,  the Plan shall remain in full force
and effect as prior to the adoption of this Second Amendment.

3.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  adoption of this Second  Amendment is
subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company and in the event that
the  stockholders  of the Company fail to approve such  adoption  within  twelve
months  from the date  first  set  forth  above,  the  adoption  of this  Second
Amendment shall be null and void.


      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Second  Amendment  to be
executed on the day and year first above written.


                                    MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.


                             By: /s/ Glenn Davenport
                                    -----------------------
                             Title:President and CEO


ATTEST:

By:  /s/John E. Fountain

Title:  Secretary



      (CORPORATE SEAL)




EXHIBIT 10.32

            SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.
                 1996 NON-EXECUTIVE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN


      THIS  SECOND  AMENDMENT  is made as of this  26th  day of June,  1997,  by
Morrison Health Care,  Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Georgia (hereinafter called the "Company").


                           W I T N E S S E T H:


      WHEREAS,  the Company  maintains the Morrison Health Care, Inc. 1996
Non-Executive  Stock  Incentive Plan under an indenture  which was adopted
as of February 23, 1996 (the "Plan");

      WHEREAS,  the  Company  desires to amend the Plan to reflect a decrease in
the number of shares authorized for issuance thereunder; and

      WHEREAS,  the Board of  Directors  of the Company has duly  approved
and authorized this amendment to the Plan;


      NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Company does hereby amend the Plan,  effective as of
the date first set forth above, as follows:


1. By  deleting  the  first  sentence  of  Section  2.2 in its  entirety  and by
substituting therefor the following:

      "Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.2, 1,350,000 shares of
      Stock (the  `Maximum  Plan Shares') are hereby  reserved  exclusively  for
      issuance pursuant to Stock Incentives."

2. Except as specifically  amended  hereby,  the Plan shall remain in full force
and effect as prior to the adoption of this Second Amendment.



               [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Second  Amendment  to be
executed on the day and year first above written.


                                    MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.


                             By: /s/ Glenn Davenport
                                    -----------------------
                             Title:President and CEO


ATTEST:

By:  /s/John E. Fountain

Title:  Secretary



      (CORPORATE SEAL)





Exhibit 10.33

                            THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE
                          MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.
                             SALARY DEFERRAL PLAN


      THIS THIRD AMENDMENT is made on this 9th day of January, 1998, by MORRISON
HEALTH CARE,  INC., a corporation  duly organized and existing under the laws of
the State of Georgia (the "Primary Sponsor").


                             W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, the Primary Sponsor established by indenture dated March 7, 1996,
the Morrison Health Care, Inc. Salary Deferral Plan (the "Plan"); and

      WHEREAS,  the Primary Sponsor  requested a  determination  letter from the
Internal  Revenue  Service  as to the  qualified  status  of the Plan  which has
resulted in some necessary changes to the Plan;

      NOW, THEREFORE,  the Primary Sponsor does hereby amend the Plan, effective
as of March 7, 1996, as follows:

1.    By  substituting  the following  language for the last sentence of Section
      1.31 of the Plan:

            "Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Primary  Sponsor may elect to
      determine  each Highly  Compensated  Employee  using the  snapshot  day of
      December 31, in a manner  consistent  with Section 4 of Revenue  Procedure
      93-42;  provided that, for those Plan Years  following  December 31, 1996,
      the Plan  Sponsor  shall follow the  procedures  published by the Internal
      Revenue Service pursuant to Notice 97-45, Section III(1)."

2. By substituting the following language for Section 3.4A of the Plan:

            "3.4A Qualified Contributions. At the sole discretion of the Primary
      Sponsor,   each   Plan   Sponsor   shall   make   `Qualified   Nonelective
      Contributions'  and/or `Qualified Matching  Contributions,' as those terms
      are  defined in Section 1 of Appendix  A, in an amount  together  with any
      supplement  allocations under Plan Sections 4.2(b)(1) or (2) as determined
      by the  Primary  Sponsor are  necessary  to satisfy,  as  applicable,  the
      testing requirements of Code Section 401(m)(2)(A)."

3.    By deleting  Paragraph  (1) of Section  4.1(b) of the Plan in its entirety
      and  redesignating  existing  Paragraphs (2) and (3) as new Paragraphs (1)
      and (2), respectively.


4. By substituting the following language for Plan Section 4.2(b)(3):

            "(3) any  remaining  excess,  to the  Supplemental  Account  of each
      Member who is employed by a Plan  Sponsor on the last day of the Plan Year
      in the  proportion  that the  Member's  Annual  Compensation  bears to the
      Annual  Compensation of all Members entitled to an allocation  pursuant to
      this Section 4.2(b)(3)."

5. By substituting the following language for Section 4.4(b) of the Plan:

            "(b) Any shares of Company  Stock which are  released  from the Loan
      Suspense Account that are  attributable (1) to Plan Sponsor  contributions
      under Plan  Section 3.3 and  forfeitures;  (2) to cash  dividends  paid on
      shares of Company Stock  allocated to the Loan  Suspense  Account that are
      used to make a payment on an  Acquisition  Loan and (3) to proceeds on the
      sale of shares of Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account that are
      used to make a payment on an Acquisition Loan (to the extent such proceeds
      are to be  treated  as annual  additions  for  purposes  of  Appendix B in
      accordance  with  Section  4.4(e)  below)  shall be  allocated  to Company
      Matching Accounts in accordance with Plan Section 4.2(a).  Proceeds on the
      sale of shares of Company Stock held in the Loan  Suspense  Account may be
      used to repay an  Acquisition  Loan if the  transaction,  based on all the
      surrounding  facts  and  circumstances,   satisfies  the  requirements  of
      Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-7(b)(3)."

6. By adding a new final sentence to Section 5.1(c) as follows:

      "Payments made with respect to an  Acquisition  Loan must be made solely
      from ESOP assets."

7. By substituting the following language for Section 8.4 of the Plan:

            "8.4 Payment of the Member's  Accrued  Benefit shall be made as soon
      as administratively  feasible after the Member terminates employment,  but
      in no event later than, unless the Member otherwise  elects,  the 60th day
      after  the  latest  of the  close of the Plan  Year in  which  the  Member
      terminates his service with the Plan Sponsor;  provided,  however,  if the
      Member's Accrued Benefit exceeds $3,500 it will not be distributed  before
      the Member's 'required beginning date,' within the meaning of Plan Section
      11.3(c), without the Member's consent."

8. By substituting the following language for Section 9.3 of the Plan:

            "9.3 Payment of the Member's  Accrued  Benefit shall be made as soon
      as administratively  feasible after the Member terminates employment,  but
      in no event later than, unless the Member otherwise  elects,  the 60th day
      after  the  latest  of the  close of the Plan  Year in  which  the  Member
      terminates his service with the Plan Sponsor;  provided,  however,  if the
      Member's Accrued Benefit exceeds $3,500 it will not be distributed  before
      the Member's 'required beginning date,' within the meaning of Plan Section
      11.3(c), without the Member's consent."

9. By substituting the following for Appendix A to the Plan


                                    "APPENDIX A
                       SPECIAL NONDISCRIMINATION RULES


                                  SECTION 1

      As used in this  Appendix,  the  following  words shall have the following
meanings:

            (a) 'Eligible  Member' means a Member who is an Employee  during any
      particular Plan Year.

            (b) 'Highly  Compensated  Eligible Member' means any Eligible Member
      who is a Highly Compensated Employee.

            (c) 'Matching  Contribution'  means any contribution  made by a Plan
      Sponsor to a Company Matching Account and any other contribution made to a
      plan by a Plan Sponsor or an Affiliate on behalf of an Employee on account
      of a  contribution  made  by an  Employee  or on  account  of an  Elective
      Deferral.

            (d) 'Qualified Matching  Contributions' means Matching Contributions
      which  are  immediately  nonforfeitable  when  made,  and  which  would be
      nonforfeitable,  regardless  of the  age or  service  of the  Employee  or
      whether the Employee is employed on a certain  date,  and which may not be
      distributed,  except upon one of the events  described  under Code Section
      401(k)(2)(B) and the regulations thereunder.

            (e) 'Qualified Nonelective Contributions' means contributions of the
      Plan  Sponsor  or an  Affiliate,  other  than  Matching  Contributions  or
      Elective Deferrals, which are nonforfeitable when made, and which would be
      nonforfeitable regardless of the age or service of the Employee or whether
      the  Employee  is  employed  on a  certain  date,  and  which  may  not be
      distributed,  except upon one of the events  described  under Code Section
      401(k)(2)(B) and the regulations thereunder.


                                  SECTION 2

      In addition to any other  limitations set forth in the Plan, for each Plan
Year one of the following tests must be satisfied for the Profit Sharing Plan:

            (a)  the  actual  deferral  percentage  for the  Highly  Compensated
      Eligible  Members  for the  Plan  Year  must not be more  than the  actual
      deferral  percentage of all other Eligible  Members for the preceding Plan
      Year multiplied by 1.25; or

            (b) the  excess of the  actual  deferral  percentage  for the Highly
      Compensated  Eligible  Members  for the Plan  Year  over that of all other
      Eligible Members for the preceding Plan Year must not be more than two (2)
      percentage  points,  and the  actual  deferral  percentage  for the Highly
      Compensated  Eligible  Members for the Plan Year must not be more than the
      actual deferral percentage of all other Eligible Members for the preceding
      Plan Year multiplied by two (2).

      Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Plan  Administrator  may utilize any
transition  rule  permitted  by  Internal  Revenue  Service  97-2  or  otherwise
regarding  the  use  of  current  year  data  for  calculating  actual  deferral
percentages.

      The  'actual  deferral  percentage'  for the Highly  Compensated  Eligible
Members  and all other  Eligible  Members for a Plan Year is the average in each
group of the ratios,  calculated  separately for each Employee,  of the Deferral
Amounts  contributed  by the Plan  Sponsor on behalf of an Employee for the Plan
Year to the Annual  Compensation  of the Employee in the Plan Year. In addition,
for purposes of calculating the 'actual deferral percentage' as described above,
Deferral Amounts of Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees which are
prohibited by Code Section 401(a)(30) shall not be taken into consideration.


                                  SECTION 3

      If the Deferral  Amounts  contributed on behalf of any Highly  Compensated
Eligible  Member  exceeds  the  amount  permitted  under  the  'actual  deferral
percentage'  test  described in Section 2 of this  Appendix A for any given Plan
Year, then before the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the
Excess  Deferral Amount was  contributed,  (a) the amount of the Excess Deferral
Amount  for the  Plan  Year,  as  adjusted  to  reflect  income,  gain,  or loss
attributable to it through the date the Excess Deferral Amount is distributed to
the Member and reduced by any excess Elective  Deferrals as determined  pursuant
to Plan  Section  3.1  previously  distributed  to the Member  for the  Member's
taxable  year ending  with or within the Plan Year,  may be  distributed  to the
Highly Compensated  Eligible Member or (b) to the extent provided in regulations
issued by the  Secretary of the  Treasury,  the Plan  Administrator  may, in its
discretion,  allow each affected Member to elect, within two and one-half months
after  the end of the  Plan  Year for  which  the  Excess  Deferral  Amount  was
contributed,  to treat the Excess  Deferral  Amount,  unadjusted  for  earnings,
gains, and losses, but as so reduced, as an amount distributed to the Member and
then  contributed  as an  after-tax  contribution  by the  Member  to  the  Plan
('recharacterized amounts'). The income allocable to such Excess Deferral Amount
shall be determined in a similar manner as described in Plan Section 4.3(a). The
portion of the Matching  Contributions  on which such Excess Deferral Amount was
based shall be forfeited upon the  distribution of such Excess Deferral  Amount.
The Excess Deferral Amount to be distributed or recharacterized shall be reduced
by Deferral Amounts previously  distributed or  recharacterized  for the taxable
year ending in the same Plan Year, and shall also be reduced by Deferral Amounts
previously  distributed or  recharacterized  for the Plan Year beginning in such
taxable year.  For all other purposes under the Plan other than this Appendix A,
recharacterized amounts shall continue to be treated as Deferral Amounts. In the
event the multiple  use of  limitations  contained in Sections  2(b) and 5(b) of
this Appendix, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.40(m)-2 as promulgated
by the  Secretary  of the  Treasury,  requires a corrective  distribution,  such
distribution  shall be made  pursuant  to this  Section 3, and not  Section 6 of
Appendix  A. The  portion of the  Matching  Contributions  on which such  Excess
Deferral  Amount  was  based  shall  be  forfeited  upon  the   distribution  or
recharacterization, as the case may be, of such Excess Deferral Amount.

For purposes of this Section 3, 'Excess Deferral Amount' means,  with respect to
a Plan Year, the excess of:

            (a) the aggregate amount of Deferral  Amounts  contributed by a Plan
      Sponsor  on behalf of Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Members  for the Plan
      Year, over

            (b) the maximum amount of Deferral Amounts permitted under Section 2
      of this  Appendix  A for the  Plan  Year,  which  shall be  determined  by
      reducing the Deferral Amounts  contributed on behalf of Highly Compensated
      Eligible Members in order of the amount of Deferral Amounts beginning with
      the greatest of such amounts.

Distribution of the Excess  Deferral  Amounts for any Plan Year shall be made to
the Highly Compensated  Eligible Members on the basis of the respective portions
of the Excess Deferral Amount  attributable to each Highly Compensated  Eligible
Member.  As to any  Highly  Compensated  Employee  who is  subject to the family
aggregation  rules  of  Subsection  (b)  of  the  Plan  Section  containing  the
definition of the term 'Highly  Compensated  Employee,' any distribution of such
Highly  Compensated  Employee's  allocable portion of the Excess Deferral Amount
for a Plan Year  shall be  allocated  among the family  members  of such  Highly
Compensated   Employee  who  are  combined  to  determine  the  actual  deferral
percentage in  proportion to the Deferral  Amounts taken into account under this
Section 3.


                                  SECTION 4

      The Plan  Administrator  shall have the  responsibility  of monitoring the
Plan's  compliance  with the  limitations  of this Appendix A and shall have the
power to take all steps it deems necessary or appropriate to ensure  compliance,
including,  without limitation,  restricting the amount which Highly Compensated
Eligible Members can elect to have contributed pursuant to Plan Section 3.1. Any
actions  taken by the Plan  Administrator  pursuant  to this  Section 4 shall be
pursuant to non-discriminatory procedures consistently applied.



                                  SECTION 5

      In  addition  to any other  limitations  set  forth in the Plan,  Matching
Contributions   under  the  Plan  and  the  amount  of  nondeductible   employee
contributions  under the Plan, for each Plan Year, must each separately  satisfy
one of the following tests:

            (a) The contribution  percentage for the Highly Compensated Eligible
      Members  for the  Plan  Year  must  not  exceed  125% of the  contribution
      percentage for all other Eligible Members for the preceding Plan Year; or

            (b) The  contribution  percentage  for Highly  Compensated  Eligible
      Members  for the Plan Year must not  exceed  the lesser of (1) 200% of the
      contribution  percentage for all other Eligible  Members for the preceding
      Plan Year,  and (2) the  contribution  percentage  for all other  Eligible
      Members for the preceding Plan Year plus two (2) percentage points.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator may utilize any transition
rule permitted by Internal  Revenue Service 97-2 or otherwise  regarding the use
of current year data for calculating actual contribution percentages.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,  for purposes of this Section 5, the terms Highly
Compensated  Eligible Member or Eligible Member shall not include any Member who
is not eligible to receive a Matching  Contribution  under the provisions of the
Plan,  other than as a result of the Member failing to contribute to the Plan or
failing to have an Elective  Deferral  contributed  to the Plan on the  Member's
behalf.  In applying the above tests, the Plan  Administrator  shall comply with
any  regulations  promulgated  by the Secretary of the Treasury which prevent or
restrict the use of the test  contained  in Section 2(b) of this  Appendix A and
the test  contained  in  Section  5(b) of this  Appendix  A.  The  'contribution
percentage' for Highly  Compensated  Eligible Members and for all other Eligible
Members  for a  Plan  Year  shall  be the  average  of  the  ratios,  calculated
separately  for each  Member,  of (A) to (B),  where (A) is, as the case may be,
either the amount of Matching  Contributions  under the Plan (excluding Matching
Contributions  which are used to satisfy the minimum  required  contributions to
the Accounts of Eligible Members who are not Key Employees pursuant to Section 1
of Appendix C to the Plan) or nondeductible  employee  contributions  made under
the Plan for the Eligible  Member for the Plan Year, and where (B) is the Annual
Compensation  of the  Eligible  Member for the Plan  Year.  Except to the extent
limited by Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(5) and any other applicable
regulations  promulgated  by the Secretary of the  Treasury,  a Plan Sponsor may
elect to treat Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions  and/or Qualified  Matching
Contributions  as  Matching   Contributions   for  purpose  of  determining  the
'contribution percentage.'


                                  SECTION 6

      If either (a) the Matching  Contributions and, if taken into account under
Section  5 of this  Appendix  A, the  Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions  and
Qualified Matching  Contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated  Eligible
Members or (b) nondeductible  employee  contributions made by Highly Compensated
Eligible   Employees  exceed  the  amount  permitted  under  the   `contribution
percentage  test' for any given  Plan Year,  then,  before the close of the Plan
Year following the Plan Year for which the excess aggregate  contributions  were
made, the amount of the excess aggregate contributions  attributable to the Plan
for the Plan Year under  either  Section 6(a) or 6(b),  or both,  as adjusted to
reflect any income, gain or loss attributable to such contributions  through the
date the excess aggregate  contributions are distributed,  shall be distributed.
The income  allocable to such  contributions  shall be  determined  in a similar
manner as  described in Plan Section 4.3. As between the Plan and any other plan
or plans maintained by the Plan Sponsor in which excess aggregate  contributions
for a Plan Year are held,  each such plan shall  distribute a pro-rata  share of
each  class  of  contribution  based  on the  respective  amounts  of a class of
contribution  made to each plan during the Plan Year.  The payment of the excess
aggregate  contributions  shall be made without regard to any other provision in
the Plan.  In the event the  multiple use of  limitations  contained in Sections
2(b)  and  5(b)  of this  Appendix,  pursuant  to  Treasury  Regulation  Section
1.401(m)-2  as  promulgated  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  requires  a
corrective  distribution,  such distribution shall be made pursuant to Section 3
of Appendix A, and not this Section 6.

      For  purposes of this  Section 6, with  respect to any Plan Year,  'excess
aggregate contributions' means the excess of:

            (a) the  aggregate  amount of  either  (i)  Matching  Contributions,
      Qualified Nonelective  Contributions and Qualified Matching  Contributions
      or (ii) nondeductible employee contributions actually made by or on behalf
      of Highly Compensated Eligible Members for the Plan Year, over

            (b) the  maximum  amount of the  contributions  permitted  under the
      limitations  of  Section 5 of this  Appendix  A,  determined  by  reducing
      contributions  made on  behalf  of  Highly  Compensated  Eligible  Members
      beginning with the greatest of such amounts.

Distribution of nondeductible  employee  contributions or Matching Contributions
in the amount of the excess aggregate  contributions  for any Plan Year shall be
made with respect to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the respective
portions of each class of excess  aggregate  contributions  attributable to each
Highly  Compensated  Employee.  As to any  Highly  Compensated  Employee  who is
subject to the family  aggregation  rules of Subsection  (b) of the Plan Section
containing  the  definition  of the  term  'Highly  Compensated  Employee,'  any
distribution  of such Highly  Compensated  Employee's  allocable  portion of the
excess  aggregate  contributions  for a Plan Year shall be  allocated  among the
family  members  of such  Highly  Compensated  Employee  which are  combined  to
determine the contribution  percentage in proportion to the contributions  taken
into account under this Section 6.


                                  SECTION 7

      Except to the extent limited by rules  promulgated by the Secretary of the
Treasury,  if a Highly Compensated Eligible Member is a participant in any other
plan of the Plan Sponsor or any Affiliate which includes Matching Contributions,
deferrals under a cash or deferred  arrangement pursuant to Code Section 401(k),
or nondeductible employee contributions,  any contributions made by or on behalf
of the  Member to the  other  plan  shall be  allocated  with the same  class of
contributions  under the Plan for purposes of determining  the 'actual  deferral
percentage' and  'contribution  percentage' under the Plan;  provided,  however,
contributions that are made under an 'employee stock ownership plan' (within the
meaning of Code Section  4975(e)(7))  shall not be combined  with  contributions
under any plan which is not an employee stock ownership plan (within the meaning
of Code Section 4975(e)(7)).

      Except to the extent limited by rules  promulgated by the Secretary of the
Treasury, if the Plan and any other plans which include Matching  Contributions,
deferrals under a cash or deferred  arrangement pursuant to Code Section 401(k),
or nondeductible  employee contributions are considered as one plan for purposes
of Code Section 401(a)(4) and 410(b)(1), any contributions under the other plans
shall be  allocated  with the same  class of  contributions  under  the Plan for
purposes of  determining  the  'contribution  percentage'  and 'actual  deferral
percentage' under the Plan; provided, however, contributions that are made under
an  'employee  stock  ownership  plan'  (within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section
4975(e)(7)) shall not be combined with contributions under any plan which is not
an  employee   stock   ownership  plan  (within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section
4975(e)(7))."

1.    By adding the following  language to the end of Section 4 of Appendix B of
      the Plan:

      "For  purposes of applying the  limitations  set forth in this Appendix B,
      the  term  `Plan  Sponsor'  shall  mean  a  Plan  Sponsor  and  any  other
      corporations   which  are  members  of  the  same   controlled   group  of
      corporations  (as described in Section  414(b) of the Code, as modified by
      Code Section 415(b)) as is a Plan Sponsor,  any other trades or businesses
      (whether or not  incorporated)  under common control (as described in Code
      Section  414(c),  as modified by Code Section  415(h) with a Plan Sponsor,
      any other  corporations,  partnerships,  or other  organizations which are
      members of an affiliated  service group (as described in Section 414(m) of
      the  Code)  with a Plan  Sponsor,  and any  other  entity  required  to be
      aggregated with a Plan Sponsor pursuant to regulations  under Code Section
      414(o)."

2.    By  deleting  the last  sentence  of Section  1(b)(1) of Appendix C in its
      entirety.

3.    By  substituting  the following  language for the last sentence of Section
      1(d)(3)(B) of Appendix C of the Plan:

      "The actuarial  assumptions  utilized in calculating  the present value of
      the accrued  benefit for any  participant  in a defined  benefit  plan for
      purposes  of  this  Subsection  (b)  shall  be  established  by  the  Plan
      Administrator  after consultation with the actuary for the Plan, and shall
      be reasonable in the aggregate and shall comport with the requirements set
      forth by the Internal  Revenue  Service in Q&A T-26 and T-27 of Regulation
      Section  1.416-1;  provided that, the accrued  benefit for any participant
      (other than a Key Employee) in a defined  benefit plan shall be determined
      in accordance with Code Section 416(g)(4)(F)."

4.    By substituting  the following  language for Section 2(a) of Appendix C of
      the Plan:

            "(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary,
      except as otherwise  provided in Subsection  (b) of this  Section,  in any
      Plan Year during which the Plan is Top-Heavy,  allocations of Plan Sponsor
      contributions  for the Plan Year for the Account of each  Member  which is
      not a Key  Employee and who has not  separated  from service with the Plan
      Sponsor prior to the end of the Plan Year shall not be less than three (3)
      percent of the Member's Annual  Compensation.  The Plan Sponsor shall make
      such  allocations  to each Member who is not a Key Employee  regardless of
      whether such Member has declined to make a  contribution  to the Plan. For
      purposes of this Subsection, an allocation to a Member's Account resulting
      from any Plan Sponsor  contribution  attributable to a salary reduction or
      similar arrangement shall not be taken into account."

5. By deleting Section 4 of Appendix C of the Plan in its entirety.

      Except as  specifically  provided  herein,  the Plan shall  remain in full
force and effect as prior to this Third Amendment.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Amendment to
be executed as the day and year first above written.

                                    MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.

                             By: /s/ Glenn Davenport

                                    Title:President and Chief Executive Officer

ATTEST:

By:  /s/John E. Fountain

Title:  Secretary

      [CORPORATE SEAL]





EXHIBIT 10.34


                           STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT



      This  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  ("Agreement")  is made this 9th day of
January,   1998,  by  Morrison  Health  Care,  Inc.,  a  Georgia   corporation
("Buyer"),  the Drake Family Revocable Trust, Richard or Dianne Drake Trustees
under agreement (the "Trust Agreement") dated  September 17,  1991 (the "Drake
Trust"),  Richard Drake,  an individual  resident of the State of Arizona ("R.
Drake"), Dianne  Drake,  an  individual  resident of the State of Arizona ("D.
Drake"),  and  Philippe  Michelin,  an  individual  resident  of the  State of
Arizona  ("Michelin" and,  collectively  with the Drake Trust, R. Drake and D.
Drake, "Sellers") and Drake Management Services,  Inc., an Arizona corporation
(the "Company").

                                   RECITALS

      Sellers  desire  to sell,  and Buyer  desires  to  purchase,  all of the
issued and outstanding  shares (the "Shares") of capital stock of the Company,
for the consideration and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

                                   AGREEMENT

      The parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:



                                1. DEFINITIONS

      For purposes of this  Agreement,  the following  terms have the meanings
specified or referred to in this Section 1:

      "AAA"-- as defined in Section 11.2(c).

      "Adjustment  Amount"-- the principal and interest due on the  Promissory
Note on the Closing Date.

      "Affiliate"  -- with respect to an individual,  any family  member,  any
Person that is directly or indirectly  controlled  by such  individual or such
individual's  family  members,  or any  Person  with  respect  to  which  such
individual,  or a member of such  individual's  family,  serves as a director,
officer, partner,  executor, or trustee (or similar capacity, and with respect
to any  Person  other  than  an  individual,  any  person  that  controls,  in
controlled by or under common  control with such Person,  and each Person that
serves as a  director,  officer,  partners,  executor  or trustee  (or similar
capacity) of such Person.

      "Agreement"-- as defined in the Preamble.

      "Applicable  Contract"-- any Contract (a) under which the Company has or
may acquire any rights,  (b) under which the Company has or may become subject
to any  obligation  or  liability,  or (c) by which the  Company or any of the
assets owned or used by it is or may become bound.

      "Balance Sheet"-- as defined in Section 3.4.

      "Buyer"-- as defined in the Preamble.

      "Buyer's Closing Documents"-- as defined in Section 4.2.

      "Closing"-- as defined in Section 2.3.

      "Closing  Date"--  the date and time as of which  the  Closing  actually
takes place.

      "COBRA Rights" - as defined in Section 3.13(k)

      "Company"-- as defined in the Preamble.

      "Company Plans"-- as defined in Section 3.13(b).

      "Company Qualified Plans"-- as defined in Section 3.13(c).

      "Competing Business"-- as defined in Section 3.25.

      "Contemplated  Transactions"--  all of the transactions  contemplated by
this  Agreement,  including:  (a) the  sale of the Shares by Sellers to Buyer;
(b) the  execution,  delivery,  and  performance of the  Promissory  Note, the
Employment Agreements,  the Noncompetition  Agreements,  the Earnout Agreement
and the Sellers' Releases;  (c) the  performance by Buyer and Sellers of their
respective  covenants and obligations  under this  Agreement;  and (d) Buyer's
acquisition  and  ownership  of the Shares and  exercise  of control  over the
Company.

      "Contract"--   any  agreement,   contract,   obligation,   promise,   or
undertaking  (whether  written or oral and whether express or implied) that is
legally binding.

      "Copyrights"-- as defined in Section 3.22(a)(ii).

      "CPR" - as defined in Section 11.2(b).

      "D. Drake"-- as defined in the Preamble.

      "Damages"-- as defined in Section 10.2.

      "Disclosure  Letter"--  the  disclosure  letter  delivered by Sellers to
Buyer concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

      "Dispute" -- as defined in Section 11.1.

      "Drake Trust" - as defined in the Preamble.

      "Efron  Assignment"  - assignment of a limited  partnership  interest in
Efron Apartment Investors,  an Indiana limited  partnership,  as payment for a
debt to the Company.

      "Earnout Agreement" -- as defined in Section 2.4(a)(vii).

      "Employment Agreements"-- as defined in Section 2.4(a)(iii).

      "Employees" -- as defined in Section 3.13(b).

      "Encumbrance"--   any  charge,   claim,   community  property  interest,
condition,  equitable interest, lien, option, pledge, security interest, right
of first refusal,  or restriction  of any kind,  including any  restriction on
use, voting,  transfer,  receipt of income, or exercise of any other attribute
of ownership.

      "Environment"-- soil, land surface or subsurface strata,  surface waters
(including navigable waters, ocean waters,  streams,  ponds,  drainage basins,
and wetlands), groundwaters,  drinking water supply, stream sediments, ambient
air   (including   indoor  air),   plant  and  animal  life,   and  any  other
environmental medium or natural resource.

      "Environmental,  Health, and Safety  Liabilities"--  any cost,  damages,
expense, liability,  obligation, or other responsibility arising from or under
Environmental  Law or  Occupational  Safety and Health  Law  including  fines,
penalties,  financial  responsibility  for cleanup costs,  corrective  action,
removal,  remedial  actions and response  actions,  and any other  compliance,
corrective,   investigative   or   remedial   measures   required   under  any
Environmental   Law  or   Occupational   Safety  and  Health  Law.  The  terms
"removal,"  "remedial," and "response action," include the types of activities
covered   by  the  United   States   Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,
Compensation,   and  Liability  Act,  42  U.S.C.   Section 9601  et seq.,  as 
amended("CERCLA").

      "Environmental  Law"-- any Legal Requirement that requires or relates to
releases of  pollutants or hazardous  substances  or materials,  violations of
discharge limits, or other prohibitions that relate to the Environment.

      "ERISA"--  the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974 or any
successor law, and  regulations  and rules issued  pursuant to that Act or any
successor law.

      "Facilities"--  any  real  property,   leaseholds,  or  other  interests
currently  or formerly  owned or  operated  by the Company and any  buildings,
plants,  structures,  or equipment  (including  motor  vehicles)  currently or
formerly owned or operated by the Company.

      "Governmental  Authorization"-- any approval,  consent, license, permit,
waiver,  or other  authorization  issued,  granted,  given,  or otherwise made
available by or under the  authority of any  Governmental  Body or pursuant to
any Legal Requirement.

      "Governmental Body"-- any federal, state, local, municipal,  foreign, or
other  government;  or  governmental  or  quasi-governmental  authority of any
nature (including any governmental agency,  branch,  department,  official, or
entity and any court or other tribunal);

      "Hazardous  Materials"--  any waste or other  substance  that is listed,
defined,  designated,  or  classified  as,  or  otherwise  determined  to  be,
hazardous,  radioactive,  or toxic or a pollutant  or a  contaminant  under or
pursuant  to any  Environmental  Law,  including  any  admixture  or  solution
thereof,  and specifically  including petroleum and all derivatives thereof or
synthetic substitutes therefor and asbestos or asbestos-containing materials.

      "Indemnified Persons" -- as defined in Section 10.2.

      "Initial Purchase Price"-- as defined in Section 2.2.

      "Intellectual Property Assets" -- as defined in Section 3.22      
Intellectual Property..

      "Interim Balance Sheet"-- as defined in Section 3.4   

      "IRC"-- the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986 or any  successor  law, and
regulations  issued by the IRS  pursuant to the  Internal  Revenue Code or any
successor law.

      "IRS"-- the United  States  Internal  Revenue  Service or any  successor
agency,  and, to the extent  relevant,  the United  States  Department  of the
Treasury.

      "Knowledge"--  an  individual  will be deemed to have  "Knowledge"  of a
particular  fact or other matter if: (a) such  individual is actually aware of
such fact or other matter;  or (b) a prudent  individual  could be expected to
discover or otherwise  become aware of such fact or other matter in the course
of  conducting a reasonable  investigation  concerning  the  existence of such
fact or other matter.  A Person (other than an  individual)  will be deemed to
have  "Knowledge"  of a particular  fact or other matter if any individual who
is serving,  or who has at any time served, as a director,  officer,  partner,
executor,  or trustee of such Person (or in any similar  capacity)  has, or at
any time had, Knowledge of such fact or other matter.

      "Legal  Requirement"-- any federal,  state, local,  municipal,  foreign,
international,  multinational,  or other administrative  order,  constitution,
law, ordinance, principle of common law, regulation, statute, or treaty.

      "Marks"-- as defined in Section 3.22(a)(i).

      "Mediation Request"-- as defined in Section 11.2(b).

      "Michelin"-- as defined in the Preamble.

      "Noncompetition Agreements"-- as defined in Section 2.4(a)(iv).

      "Occupational  Safety and Health Law"-- any Legal  Requirement  designed
to provide safe and healthful  working  conditions and to reduce  occupational
safety and health hazards,  and any program,  whether  governmental or private
(including  those  promulgated  or  sponsored  by  industry  associations  and
insurance   companies),   designed  to  provide  safe  and  healthful  working
conditions.

      "Order"-- any award,  decision,  injunction,  judgment,  order,  ruling,
subpoena,  or  verdict  entered,  issued,  made,  or  rendered  by any  court,
administrative agency, or other Governmental Body or by any arbitrator.

      "Ordinary  Course of  Business"--  an action  taken by a Person  will be
deemed to have been taken in the  "Ordinary  Course of Business"  only if such
action is  consistent  with the past  practices of such Person and is taken in
the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such Person.

      "Organizational    Documents"--   the   articles   or   certificate   of
incorporation  and the bylaws of a corporation and any amendment to any of the
foregoing.

      "Person"--  any  individual,   corporation   (including  any  non-profit
corporation),  general  or limited  partnership,  limited  liability  company,
joint venture,  estate,  trust,  association,  organization,  labor union,  or
other entity or Governmental Body.

      "Proceeding"-- any action, arbitration,  audit, hearing,  investigation,
litigation, or suit (whether civil, criminal,  administrative,  investigative,
or  informal)  commenced,  brought,  conducted,  or  heard  by or  before,  or
otherwise involving, any Governmental Body or arbitrator.

      "Promissory Note"-- as defined in Section 6.2.

      "R. Drake"-- as defined in the Preamble.

      "Release"-- any spilling,  leaking, emitting,  discharging,  depositing,
escaping, leaching, dumping, or other releasing into the Environment,  whether
intentional or unintentional.

      "Representative"--  with respect to a particular  Person,  any director,
officer,  employee,  agent,  consultant,  advisor, or other  representative of
such Person, including legal counsel, accountants, and financial advisors.

      "Sellers"-- as defined in the Preamble.

      "Sellers' Closing Documents"-- as defined in Section 3.2(a).

      "Sellers' Releases"-- as defined in Section 2.4

      "Shares"-- as defined in the Preamble.

      "Tax"-- all tax  (including  income tax,  capital gains tax, value added
tax,  sales tax,  property  tax,  gift tax or estate tax),  levy,  assessment,
tariff,  duty,  deficiency  or other  fee and any  related  charge  or  amount
(including fine,  penalty and interest)  imposed,  assessed or collected by or
under the authority of any Governmental Body.

      "Tax Return"-- any return  (including any information  return),  report,
statement,  schedule,  notice,  form, or other document or  information  filed
with or  submitted  to, or  required  to be filed  with or  submitted  to, any
Governmental   Body  in  connection   with  the   determination,   assessment,
collection,  or payment of any Tax or in connection  with the  administration,
implementation,  or  enforcement of or compliance  with any Legal  Requirement
relating to any Tax.

      "TBA"  -- tax  basis  of  accounting  required  for the  preparation  of
Federal Tax  Returns,  applied on a basis  consistent  with the basis on which
the Balance Sheet and the other  financial  statements  referred to in Section
3.4 hereof were prepared.

      "Threatened"-- a claim,  Proceeding,  dispute,  action,  or other matter
will be deemed to have been  "Threatened"  if any demand or statement has been
made  (orally  or in  writing)  or any  notice  has been  given  (orally or in
writing),  or if any other  event  has  occurred  or any  other  circumstances
exist,  that  would  lead a  prudent  Person  to  conclude  that such a claim,
Proceeding,  dispute,  action,  or other  matter  is  likely  to be  asserted,
commenced, taken, or otherwise pursued in the future.

      "Trade Secrets" -- as defined in Section 3.22(a)(iii).

      "Trust Agreement" -- as defined in the Preamble.



                   2. SALE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES; CLOSING

      2.1   Shares.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,
at the Closing,  Sellers will sell and transfer the Shares to Buyer, and Buyer
will  purchase  the  Shares  from  Sellers  free  and  clear  of any  and  all
Encumbrances.

      2.2   Purchase  Price.  The  purchase  price  for  the  Shares  will  be
(i) $5,000,000  minus the  Adjustment  Amount (the "Initial  Purchase  Price")
plus (ii) any and all amounts payable to Sellers under the Earnout Agreement.



      2.3 Closing.  The purchase  and sale (the  "Closing") provided for in this
Agreement will take place at the offices of Powell,  Goldstein,  Frazer & Murphy
LLP, Sixteenth Floor, 191 Peachtree St., N.E., Atlanta,  Georgia, 30303 at 10:00
a.m.  (local time) on January  [5],  1998 or at such other time and place as the
parties may agree. Subject to the provisions of Article 9, failure to consummate
the purchase and sale provided for in this Agreement on the date and time and at
the  place  determined  pursuant  to this  Section  2.3  will not  result in the
termination  of this  Agreement and will not relieve any party of any obligation
under this Agreement.

      2.4   Closing Obligations.  At the Closing:

            (a)   Sellers will deliver to Buyer:

                  (i)   certificates  representing  the Shares  accompanied by
            duly executed stock powers;

                  (ii)  releases  in the form of Exhibit  2.4(a)(ii)  executed
            by D. Drake,  R. Drake and Michelin  (collectively,  the "Sellers'
            Releases");

                  (iii) employment   agreements   in  the   form  of   Exhibit
            2.4(a)(iii),  executed by R. Drake and Michelin (collectively, the
            "Employment Agreements");

                  (iv)  noncompetition  agreements  in  the  form  of  Exhibit
            2.4(a)(iv),  executed by R. Drake and Michelin (collectively,  the
            "Noncompetition Agreements");

                  (v)   resignations  from all current  officers and directors
            of the Company  other than R. Drake who shall remain  President of
            the Company and Michelin  who shall  remain Vice  President of the
            Company;

                  (vi)  a  certificate  executed by Sellers to the effect that
            (A)  each  of  Sellers'  representations  and  warranties  in this
            Agreement  was  accurate  in all  respects  as of the date of this
            Agreement  and is accurate in all  respects as of the Closing Date
            as if made on the Closing Date;  and (B) each of the covenants and
            agreements  of Sellers to be  performed  prior to the Closing Date
            has been duly performed or complied with by the Seller;

                  (vii) a  certificate  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Company
            attaching  and  certifying  to  (a) the  Company's  Organizational
            Documents  and  (b) resolutions  of the board of  directors of the
            Company approving the Contemplated Transactions;

                  (viii)      the  earnout  agreement  in the form of  Exhibit
            2.4(a)(vii), execute by Sellers (the "Earnout Agreement"); and

                  (ix)  the documents  contemplated by Section 7.3 hereof.

            (b)   Buyer will deliver to Sellers:

                  (i)   the Initial  Purchase Price by bank cashier's check or
            by wire  transfer to the  accounts  specified  by  Sellers,  to be
            allocated  among the Sellers  pursuant to the allocation  schedule
            set forth on Part 2.4 of the Disclosure Letter;

                  (ii)  a  certificate  executed by Buyer to the effect  that,
            (A)  each  of  Buyer's  representations  and  warranties  in  this
            Agreement  was  accurate  in all  respects  as of the date of this
            Agreement  and is accurate in all  respects as of the Closing Date
            as if made on the Closing Date;  and (B) each of the covenants and
            agreements of Buyer to be performed  prior to the Closing Date has
            been duly performed and complied with by Buyer;

                  (iii) a certificate  from the  Secretary of Buyer  attaching
            and  certifying to (a) the  Buyer's  Organizational  Documents and
            (b) resolutions  of the board of  directors  of Buyer  authorizing
            the Contemplated Transactions;

                  (iv)  the  Employment  Agreements,  executed  by the Company
            and Buyer;

                  (v)   the Noncompetition Agreements, executed by Buyer;

                  (vi)  the Earnout Agreement, executed by Buyer; and

                  (vii) the documents contemplated by Section 8.3 hereof.



                 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

      Sellers,  jointly  and  severally,  represent  and  warrant  to Buyer as
follows:

      3.1   Organization and Good Standing.

            (a)   Part 3.1 of the  Disclosure  Letter  contains a complete and
accurate list of the Company's name, its jurisdiction of incorporation,  other
jurisdictions   in  which  it  is   authorized   to  do   business,   and  its
capitalization  (including the identity of each stockholder of the Company and
the  number of  shares  held by  each).  The  Company  is a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly  existing,  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of its
jurisdiction  of  incorporation,  with full  corporate  power and authority to
conduct  its  business  as it is now  being  conducted,  to  own  or  use  the
properties  and assets that it purports to own or use,  and to perform all its
obligations  under Applicable  Contracts.  The Company is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign  corporation  and is in good standing  under the laws of
each state or other  jurisdiction  in which either the ownership or use of the
properties  owned or used by it, or the nature of the activities  conducted by
it,  requires such  qualification.  The Drake Trust is a trust duly  organized
and validly existing under the laws of the state in which it was formed.

            (b)   Sellers   have    delivered   to   Buyer   copies   of   the
Organizational  Documents of the Company and the Trust Agreement, as currently
in effect.

            (c)   The Company has no  subsidiaries  and no ownership  interest
in any  Person,  except  as may be  deemed  to exist as a result  of the Efron
Assignment.

      3.2   Authority; No Conflict.

            (a)   The  Agreement  constitutes  the  legal,  valid and  binding
obligation  of the Company and the  Sellers,  enforceable  against the Company
and Sellers in accordance with its terms,  and upon the execution and delivery
by Sellers of the Employment  Agreements,  the Sellers' Releases,  the Earnout
Agreement,  the  Promissory  Note and the  Noncompetition  Agreements to which
each such Seller is a party (collectively,  the "Sellers' Closing Documents"),
Sellers'  Closing  Documents  will  constitute the legal,  valid,  and binding
obligations of each Seller party thereto and the Company,  enforceable against
such Seller  and/or the Company in  accordance  with their  respective  terms.
Sellers and the Company  have the  absolute  and  unrestricted  right,  power,
authority,  and  capacity  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and the
Sellers'  Closing  Documents  to  which  it is  party  and  to  perform  their
obligations under this Agreement and the Sellers' Closing Documents.

            (b)   Except as set forth in  Part 3.2 of the  Disclosure  Letter,
neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the  consummation  or
performance  of  any  of  the  Contemplated  Transactions  will,  directly  or
indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time):

                  (i)   contravene,  conflict  with,  or result in a violation
            of  (A) any  provision  of  the  Organizational  Documents  of the
            Company or the Trust Agreement,  or (B) any  resolution adopted by
            the board of directors or the stockholders of the Company;

                  (ii)  in any material  respect,  contravene,  conflict with,
            or result in a  violation  of,  or give any  Governmental  Body or
            other  Person  the  right  to  challenge  any of the  Contemplated
            Transactions  or to  exercise  any  remedy  or obtain  any  relief
            under, any Legal  Requirement or any Order to which the Company or
            any  Seller,  or any of the assets  owned or used by the  Company,
            may be subject;

                  (iii) in any material  respect,  contravene,  conflict with,
            or result in a violation of any of the terms or  requirements  of,
            or give any  Governmental  Body the  right  to  revoke,  withdraw,
            suspend,   cancel,   terminate,   or  modify,   any   Governmental
            Authorization  that  is  held by the  Company  or  that  otherwise
            relates to the  business  of, or any of the  assets  owned or used
            by, the Company;

                  (iv)  cause  Buyer or the  Company to become  subject to, or
            to  become  liable  for the  payment  of,  any Tax  except  as the
            Company or Buyer  would  otherwise  be subject to in the  Ordinary
            Course of Business;

                  (v)   in any  material  respect,  cause  any  of the  assets
            owned the  Company  to be  reassessed  or  revalued  by any taxing
            authority or other Governmental Body;

                  (vi)  in any material  respect,  contravene,  conflict with,
            or result in a violation  or breach of any  provision  of, or give
            any Person the right to declare a default or  exercise  any remedy
            under,  or to  accelerate  the maturity or  performance  of, or to
            cancel, terminate, or modify, any Applicable Contract; or

                  (vii) in any material  respect,  result in the imposition or
            creation  of any  Encumbrance  upon or with  respect to any of the
            assets owned or used by the Company.

      Except as set forth in Part 3.2 of the Disclosure  Letter, no Seller nor
the  Company  is or will be  required  to give any  notice  to or  obtain  any
consent from any Person in connection  with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement  or the  consummation  or  performance  of  any of the  Contemplated
Transactions.

      3.3   Capitalization.  The authorized  equity  securities of the Company
consist of 1,000,000  shares of common  stock,  par value $1.00 per share,  of
which 3,157  shares are issued and  outstanding,  and 100,000  shares of eight
percent (8%)  convertible,  cumulative  preferred stock, par value $100.00 per
share,  none  of  which  is  issued  and  outstanding,   and  all  issued  and
outstanding  shares as set forth above constitute the Shares.  Sellers are and
will be on the Closing  Date the record and  beneficial  owners and holders of
the Shares,  free and clear of all  Encumbrances,  in the amounts set forth on
Part  3.3 of the  Disclosure  Letter.  No  legend  or other  reference  to any
purported   Encumbrance   appears  or  will   appear   upon  any   certificate
representing  the Shares  except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.3. All of
the Shares have been duly  authorized  and  validly  issued and are fully paid
and nonassessable.  There are no Contracts relating to the issuance,  sale, or
transfer  of the  Shares  or  other  securities  of the  Company.  None of the
outstanding  equity  securities or other  securities of the Company was issued
in  violation  of the  Securities  Act or any  other  Legal  Requirement.  The
Company does not own, or have any Contract to acquire,  any equity  securities
or other  securities  of any  Person  or any  direct  or  indirect  equity  or
ownership interest in any other business.

      3.4   Financial   Statements.   Sellers   have   delivered   to   Buyer:
(a) unaudited  balance  sheets of the Company as at December 31 in each of the
years 1995 and 1996, and the related unaudited  statements of income,  changes
in  stockholders'  equity,  and cash flow for each of the  fiscal  years  then
ended, (b) an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as at September 30,  1997
(including  the  notes  thereto,   the  "Balance  Sheet"),   and  the  related
statements of income,  changes in stockholders'  equity, and cash flow for the
fiscal year then ended, and (c) an  unaudited  balance sheet of the Company as
at September 30,  1997 (the "Interim Balance Sheet") and the related unaudited
statements of income,  changes in stockholders'  equity, and cash flow for the
nine (9)  months  then  ended.  Such  financial  statements  and notes  fairly
present the  financial  condition  and the results of  operations,  changes in
stockholders'  equity, and cash flow of the Company as at the respective dates
of and for  the  periods  referred  to in such  financial  statements,  all in
accordance with TBA, subject, in the case of interim financial statements,  to
normal  recurring  year-end   adjustments  (the  effect  of  which  will  not,
individually  or in the  aggregate,  be  materially  adverse);  the  financial
statements   referred  to  in   this  Section  3.4   reflect  the   consistent
application  of  TBA  accounting principles  throughout the  periods involved.
Each  of  the supporting documents listed  on Part   3.4  of  the   Disclosure
Letter  is true  and  correct  in all material respects.

      3.5   Books and  Records.  The books of  account,  minute  books,  stock
record books,  and other  records of the Company,  all of which have been made
available  to Buyer,  are  complete  and correct and have been  maintained  in
accordance  with sound  business  practices,  including the  maintenance of an
adequate  system of  internal  controls  for a company the size of the Company
with the number of  employees  as the  Company  has.  The minute  books of the
Company  contains  accurate and complete  records of all meetings held of, and
corporate  action taken by, the  stockholders,  the Boards of  Directors,  and
committees of the Boards of Directors of the Company.  At the Closing,  all of
those books and records will be in the possession of the Company.

      3.6   Title to  Properties;  Encumbrances.  Part 3.6  of the  Disclosure
Letter  contains a  complete  and  accurate  list of all  leaseholds  or other
interests  therein  owned  by the  Company.  Sellers  have  delivered  or made
available to Buyer copies of the deeds and other  instruments (as recorded) by
which the Company  acquired  such real property and  interests,  and copies of
all  title  insurance  policies,  opinions,  abstracts,  and  surveys  in  the
possession  of  Sellers  or the  Company  and  relating  to such  property  or
interests.  The Company  owns all the  properties  and assets  (whether  real,
personal,  or mixed and whether  tangible or intangible)  that they purport to
own located in the  facilities  owned or operated by the Company or  reflected
as owned  in the  books  and  records  of the  Company,  including  all of the
properties  and assets  reflected  in the Interim  Balance  Sheet  (except for
assets  held  under  capitalized  leases  disclosed  or  not  required  to  be
disclosed  in Part 3.6 of the  Disclosure  Letter and personal  property  sold
since  the  date of the  Interim  Balance  Sheet  in the  Ordinary  Course  of
Business),  and  all of the  properties  and  assets  purchased  or  otherwise
acquired by the Company  since the date of the Interim  Balance  Sheet (except
for personal  property  acquired and sold since the date of the Balance  Sheet
in the Ordinary  Course of Business and consistent  with past  practice).  All
properties and assets  reflected in the Balance Sheet and the Interim  Balance
Sheet are free and clear of all Encumbrances except  (a) mortgages or security
interests  shown on the Balance Sheet or the Interim Balance Sheet as securing
specified  liabilities  or  obligations,  with respect to which no default (or
event that, with notice or lapse of time or both,  would constitute a default)
exists,  (b) mortgages or security  interests  incurred in connection with the
purchase  of property or assets  after the date of the Interim  Balance  Sheet
(such  mortgages  and  security  interests  being  limited to the  property or
assets so  acquired),  with  respect to which no default (or event that,  with
notice or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute  a  default)  exists,  and
(c) liens for current  taxes not yet due. The Company does not currently  own,
and has never owned, any real property.

      3.7   Condition and  Sufficiency  of Assets.  In all material  respects,
the  buildings,  structures,  and  equipment  of the Company are  structurally
sound,  are in good operating  condition and repair,  and are adequate for the
uses to which they are being put, and none of such buildings,  structures,  or
equipment is in need of maintenance  or repairs  except for ordinary,  routine
maintenance  and  repairs  that  are not  material  in  nature  or  cost.  The
building,  structures,  and  equipment of the Company are  sufficient  for the
continued   conduct  of  the  Company's   businesses   after  the  Closing  in
substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing.

      3.8   Accounts  Receivable.  All accounts receivable of the Company that
are  reflected on the Interim  Balance Sheet or on the  accounting  records of
the Company as of the Closing Date (collectively,  the "Accounts  Receivable")
represent or will  represent  valid  obligations  arising from sales  actually
made or  services  actually  performed  in the  Ordinary  Course of  Business.
Unless paid prior to the Closing Date, the Accounts  Receivable are or will be
as of the  Closing  Date  current  and,  to the  Company's  and  the  Seller's
Knowledge,  collectible (other than those accounts in bankruptcy which are set
forth on Part 3.8 of the Disclosure  Letter).  There is no contest,  claim, or
right  of  set-off  under  any  Contract  with  any  obligor  of  an  Accounts
Receivable  relating to the amount or validity  of such  Accounts  Receivable.
Part 3.8 of the  Disclosure  Letter  contains a complete and accurate  list of
all Accounts  Receivable as of the date of the Interim  Balance  Sheet,  which
list sets forth the aging of such Accounts Receivable.

      3.9   Inventory.   All   inventory  of  the  Company,   whether  or  not
reflected in the Balance  Sheet or the Interim  Balance  Sheet,  consists of a
quality and quantity  usable and salable in the  Ordinary  Course of Business,
except for obsolete items and items of  below-standard  quality,  all of which
have been written off or written down to net  realizable  value in the Balance
Sheet  or the  Interim  Balance  Sheet  or on the  accounting  records  of the
Company  as of the  Closing  Date,  as the case may be.  All  inventories  not
written off have been priced at cost on a first in, first out basis.

The   quantities   of  each  item  of  inventory   (whether   raw   materials,
work-in-process,  or finished goods) are not excessive,  but are reasonable in
the present circumstances of the Company.

      3.10  No  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  Except as set forth in Part 3.10 of
the Disclosure Letter, the Company has no material  liabilities or obligations
of any  nature  (whether  known or  unknown  and  whether  absolute,  accrued,
contingent,  or otherwise) except for liabilities or obligations  reflected or
reserved   against  in  the  Balance  Sheet  or  the  Interim  Balance  Sheet,
liabilities  associated  with  the  Promissory  Note and  current  liabilities
incurred  in the  Ordinary  Course of  Business  since the date of the Interim
Balance Sheet and the  respective dates thereof.

      3.11  Taxes.
            (a)   The  Company  has filed or  caused to be filed,  on a timely
basis,  all Tax  Returns  that  are or were  required  to be  filed by or with
respect to it, either  separately  or as a member of a group of  corporations,
pursuant to applicable  Legal  Requirements.  Sellers have  delivered to Buyer
copies of, and  Part 3.11  of the  Disclosure  Letter  contains a complete and
accurate  list of, all such Tax  Returns  filed for 1994,  1995 and 1996.  The
Company has paid,  or made  provision  for the payment of, all Taxes that have
or may have  become  due  pursuant  to those  Tax  Returns  or  otherwise,  or
pursuant to any  assessment  received by Sellers or the  Company,  except such
Taxes,  if any, as are listed in  Part 3.11 of the  Disclosure  Letter and are
being  contested  in good  faith  and as to which  adequate  reserves,  if any
(determined  in  accordance  with TBA) have been provided in the Balance Sheet
and the Interim Balance Sheet.

            (b)   Except as described in Part 3.11 of the  Disclosure  Letter,
no Seller  nor the  Company  has given or been  requested  to give  waivers or
extensions  (or is or would be subject to a waiver or  extension  given by any
other Person) of any statute of  limitations  relating to the payment of Taxes
of the Company or for which the Company may be liable.

            (c)   The charges,  accruals,  and reserves  with respect to Taxes
on the respective books of the Company are adequate  (determined in accordance
with TBA).  There  exists no  proposed  tax  assessment  against  the  Company
except as  disclosed in the Balance  Sheet or in  Part 3.11 of the  Disclosure
Letter.  No consent to the  application  of  Section 341(f)(2)  of the IRC has
been filed with  respect to any property or assets  held,  acquired,  or to be
acquired  by the  Company.  All Taxes that the  Company is or was  required by
Legal  Requirements  to  withhold  or  collect  have  been  duly  withheld  or
collected  and,  to  the  extent  required,  have  been  paid  to  the  proper
Governmental Body or other Person.

            (d)   All Tax Returns filed by (or that include on a  consolidated
basis) the Company are true,  correct,  and complete in all material respects.
There is no tax  sharing  agreement  that  will  require  any  payment  by the
Company after the date of this Agreement.

      3.12  No Material  Adverse Change.  Since the date of the Balance Sheet,
there has not been any material  adverse  change in the business,  operations,
properties,  prospects,  assets, or condition of the Company, and no event has
occurred or  circumstance  exists  that may result in such a material  adverse
change.

      3.13  Employee Benefits
            (a)   Except as disclosed on Part 3.13 of the  Disclosure  Letter,
no other  corporation,  trade,  business,  or  other  entity,  other  than the
Company,  together  with the  Company  would now or in the past  constitute  a
single  employer  within the  meaning of Section  414 of the IRC.  The Company
and any other  entities that now or in the past  constitute a single  employer
within the meaning of IRC Section 414 are  hereinafter  collectively  referred
to as the "Company Group."

            (b)   Part 3.13(b) of the  Disclosure  Letter  contains a true and
complete list of all the following  agreements or plans which are presently in
effect or which have  previously  been in effect and which cover  employees of
any member of the Company Group  ("Employees"),  and indicating,  with respect
to each,  the plans  for which the  Company  maintains  or  contributes  to on
behalf of their employees:

                  (i)   Any  employee  benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3)
            of  ERISA  and  any  trust  or  other   funding   agency   created
            thereunder,  or under which any member of the Company Group,  with
            respect to  Employees,  has any  outstanding,  present,  or future
            obligation  or  liability,  or under which any  Employee or former
            Employee  has any present or future  right to  benefits  which are
            covered by ERISA; or

                  (ii)  Any  other  pension,   profit   sharing,   retirement,
            deferred compensation,  stock purchase,  stock option,  incentive,
            bonus, vacation, severance, disability, hospitalization,  medical,
            life insurance or other employee  benefit plan,  program,  policy,
            or arrangement,  whether written or unwritten, formal or informal,
            which any member of the Company  Group  maintains  or to which any
            member  of the  Company  Group  has any  outstanding,  present  or
            future  obligations to contribute or make payments under,  whether
            voluntary, contingent or otherwise.

            The  plans,  programs,  policies,  or  arrangements  described  in
subparagraph  (i) or (ii) above are  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as
the  "Company  Plans."  Sellers  have  delivered  to Buyer  true and  complete
copies of all written plan  documents  and  contracts  evidencing  the Company
Plans,  as they may have been  amended to the date hereof,  together  with (A)
all  documents,  including  without  limitation,  Forms 5500,  relating to any
Company  Plans  required  to have been  filed  prior to the date  hereof  with
governmental  authorities  for each of the three most recently  completed plan
years;  (B) attorney's  response to any auditor's  request for information for
each of the three  most  recently  completed  plan  years;  and  (C) financial
statements and actuarial reports,  if any, for each Company Plan for the three
most recently completed plan years.

            (c)   Except as to those plans  identified  on Part 3.13(c) of the
Disclosure  Letter as  tax-qualified  Company  Plans (the  "Company  Qualified
Plans"),  no member of the Company Group maintains or previously  maintained a
Company  Plan which  meets or was  intended  to meet the  requirements  of IRC
Section  401(a).  Except  as set  forth  on  Part  3.13(c)  of the  Disclosure
Letter, the IRS has issued favorable  determination letters to the effect that
each Company  Qualified Plan  qualifies  under IRC Section 401(a) and that any
related  trust is exempt  from  taxation  under IRC Section  501(a),  and such
determination  letters  remain in effect and have not been  revoked or, in the
alternative,  the members of the Company  Group  currently  maintain  only one
Company  Qualified Plan and such Company Qualified Plan is a standardized form
plan,  within the  meaning of  Revenue  Procedure  97-6,  Section  8.05,  with
respect to which the IRS has issued a favorable  determination letter and such
determination  letter  remains in effect and has not been  revoked.  Copies of
the most recent  determination  letters  and any  outstanding  requests  for a
determination  letter with  respect to each Company  Qualified  Plan have been
delivered to Buyer.  Except as  disclosed  on Part  3.13(c) of the  Disclosure
Letter,  no Company Qualified Plan has been amended since the issuance of each
respective   determination  letter.  The  Company  Qualified  Plans  currently
comply in form with the  requirements  under IRC  Section  401(a),  other than
changes  required by statutes,  regulations  and rulings for which  amendments
are not yet required.  To the  Knowledge of Sellers and the Company,  no issue
concerning  qualification of the Company  Qualified Plans is pending before or
is  threatened  by the IRS. To the  Knowledge of Sellers and the Company,  the
Company  Qualified  Plans  have been  administered  according  to their  terms
(except for those terms which are  inconsistent  with the changes  required by
statutes,  regulations,  and rulings for which changes are not yet required to
be made, in which case the Company  Qualified Plans have been  administered in
accordance  with the provisions of those  statutes,  regulations  and rulings)
and in accordance with the  requirements  of IRC Section 401(a).  No member of
the Company  Group or any  fiduciary  of any Company  Qualified  Plan has done
anything  that would  adversely  affect the  qualified  status of the  Company
Qualified  Plans or the related  trusts.  Any Company  Qualified Plan which is
required to satisfy IRC Section  401(k)(3)  and  401(m)(2) has been tested for
compliance with, and has satisfied the requirements of, IRC Section  401(k)(3)
and 401(m)(2) for each plan year ending prior to the Closing Date.

            (d)   Each member of the Company Group is in  compliance  with the
requirements  prescribed by any and all statutes,  orders,  governmental rules
and  regulations   applicable  to  the  Company  Plans  and  all  reports  and
disclosures  relating  to the  Company  Plans  required  to be  filed  with or
furnished to any governmental  entity,  participants or beneficiaries prior to
the Closing Date have been or will be filed or  furnished  in a timely  manner
and in accordance with applicable law.

            (e)   Except  as  expressly  identified  on  Part  3.13(e)  of the
Disclosure  Letter,  no  termination  or partial  termination  of any  Company
Qualified  Plan has  occurred  nor has a notice  of intent  to  terminate  any
Company Qualified Plan been issued by a member of the Company Group.

            (f)   No member of the Company Group  maintains or has  maintained
an "employee  benefit  pension  plan" within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(2)
that is or was subject to Title IV of ERISA.

            (g)   Except as listed in Part 3.13(g) of the  Disclosure  Letter,
any Company  Plan can be  terminated  on or prior to the Closing  Date without
liability  to any  member of the  Company  Group or Buyer,  including  without
limitation,  any additional  contributions,  penalties,  premiums, fees or any
other  charges as a result of the  termination,  except to the extent of funds
set aside for such  purpose or  reflected  as reserved for such purpose on the
Balance Sheet.

            (h)   Each  member of the  Company  Group has made full and timely
payment of, or has accrued pending full and timely payment,  all amounts which
are required  under the terms of each of the Company  Plans and in  accordance
with  applicable laws to be paid as a contribution to each Company Plan and no
excise  taxes  are  assessable  as a  result  of any  non-deductible  or other
contributions  made or not made to a Company  Plan.  The assets of all Company
Plans  which are  required  under  applicable  laws to be held in trust are in
fact held in trust and the  assets of each  Company  Plan  equal or exceed the
liabilities  of each such  Company  Plan.  The assets of each Company Plan are
reported at their fair market value on the books and records of each plan.

            (i)   No member of the  Company  Group  has any past,  present  or
future  obligation  or  liability  to  contribute  or has  contributed  to any
multiemployer plan as defined in ERISA Section 3(37).

            (j)   No member of the Company  Group nor any other  "disqualified
person"  or "party in  interest"  (as  defined in IRC  Section  4975 and ERISA
Section 3(14),  respectively)  with respect to the Company Plans,  has engaged
in any  "prohibited  transaction"  (as  defined in IRC  Section  4975 or ERISA
Section  406).  All members of the  Company  Group and all  "fiduciaries"  (as
defined in ERISA Section 3(21)) with respect to the Company  Plans,  including
any members of the Company Group which are  fiduciaries  as to a Company Plan,
have complied in all respects with the  requirements  of ERISA Section 404. No
member of the Company  Group and no party in interest or  disqualified  person
with respect to the Company  Plans has taken or omitted any action which could
lead to the imposition of an excise tax under the IRC or a fine under ERISA.

            (k)   Each  member  of the  Company  Group has  complied  with the
continuation  coverage  requirements  of  Section  1001  of  the  Consolidated
Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, and ERISA Sections 601
through 608  (collectively,  "COBRA Rights") and with the portability,  access
and renewability  provisions of Subtitle K, Chapter 100 of the IRC and Section
701 et. seq. of ERISA.

            (l)   Except  as  disclosed  on  Part  3.13(l)  of the  Disclosure
Letter,  no member of the Company  Group has made or is  obligated to make any
nondeductible contributions to any Company Plan.

            (m)   Except  as set  forth  in  Part  3.13(m)  of the  Disclosure
Letter,  no  member  of  the  Company  Group  is  obligated,   continently  or
otherwise,  under any  agreement to pay any amount which would be treated as a
"parachute  payment," as defined in IRC Section  280G(b)  (determined  without
regard to IRC Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii)).

            (n)   Other than routine claims for benefits,  to the Knowledge of
Sellers and the Company, there are no actions, audits,  investigations,  suits
or claims pending,  or threatened against any Company Plan, any trust or other
funding  agency  created  thereunder,  or against any fiduciary of any Company
Plan or against the assets of any Company Plan.

            (o)   The  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby
will not  accelerate or increase any liability  under any Company Plan because
of an  acceleration  or  increase  of any of the rights or  benefits  to which
Employees may be entitled thereunder.

            (p)   No member of the  Company  Group has any  obligation  to any
retired  or former  employee  or any  current  employee  of the  Company  upon
retirement or  termination  of employment  under any Company Plan,  other than
COBRA Rights.

            (q)   Except  as set  forth  in  Part  3.13(q)  of the  Disclosure
Letter or otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,  since the last date through
which the Interim Balance Sheet reflects financial  information,  no member of
the Company Group has  (i) increased  the rate of  compensation  payable or to
become  payable  to any of the  employees  of the  Company,  other than in the
normal  course of business and  consistent  with past  practice;  (ii) has not
made any  commitment  and has not incurred  any  liability to any labor union;
(iii) has  not paid or agreed to pay any bonuses or  severance  pay;  (iv) has
not increased  any benefits or rights under any Company Plan;  and (v) has not
adopted any new plan, program,  policy or arrangement,  which if it existed as
of the Closing Date, would constitute a Company Plan.

      3.14  Compliance with Legal Requirements; Governmental Authorizations.

            (a)   Except as set forth in Part 3.14 of the Disclosure Letter:

                  (i)   the Company  is, and at all times since  September 30,
            1997 has been, in full  compliance  in all material  respects with
            each Legal  Requirement  that is or was applicable to it or to the
            conduct or operation  of its  business or the  ownership or use of
            any of its assets;

                  (ii)  no event has  occurred  or  circumstance  exists  that
            (with or without  notice or lapse of time) (A) may  constitute  or
            result in a material  violation  by the  Company of, or a material
            failure  on the part of the  Company  to  comply  with,  any Legal
            Requirement,  or (B) may give rise to any  obligation  on the part
            of the Company to undertake,  or to bear all or any portion of the
            cost of, any remedial action of any nature; and

                  (iii) the  Company  has  not  received,  at any  time  since
            September 30,  1997,  any notice or other  communication  (whether
            oral or written)  from any  Governmental  Body or any other Person
            regarding  (A)  any  actual,   alleged,   possible,  or  potential
            violation  of, or failure to comply with,  any Legal  Requirement,
            (B) any actual, alleged,  possible, or potential obligation on the
            part of the  Company to  undertake,  or to bear all or any portion
            of the cost of, any remedial  action of any nature,  or (C) either
            to revoke,  withdraw or suspend any license to operate the Company
            or any of its assets,  or to  terminate  or  decertify  or exclude
            from any  participation  of the  Company  in  Medicare,  Medicaid,
            CHAMPUS or other governmental health care programs.

            (b)   Part 3.14 of the Disclosure  Letter  contains a complete and
accurate list of each Governmental  Authorization  that is held by the Company
or that  otherwise  relates to the  business of, or to any of the assets owned
or used by, the Company.  Each Governmental  Authorization  listed or required
to be listed in Part 3.14 of the Disclosure  Letter is valid and in full force
and effect. Except as set forth in Part 3.14 of the Disclosure Letter:

                  (i)   the  Company  is,  and at all times  since  January 1,
            1994 has been, in full  compliance  in all material  respects with
            all  of  the  terms   and   requirements   of  each   Governmental
            Authorization  identified  or  required to be  identified  in Part
            3.14 of the Disclosure Letter;

                  (ii)  no event has occurred or circumstance  exists that may
            (with or  without  notice  or lapse of  time)  (A)  constitute  or
            result  directly or  indirectly  in a material  violation  of or a
            material  failure to comply  with any term or  requirement  of any
            Governmental  Authorization  listed  or  required  to be listed in
            Part 3.14 of the  Disclosure  Letter,  or (B) result  directly  or
            indirectly   in   the    revocation,    withdrawal,    suspension,
            cancellation, or termination of, or any modification to,
            any Governmental  Authorization listed or required to be listed in
            Part 3.14 of the Disclosure Letter;

                  (iii) the  Company  has  not  received,  at any  time  since
            January 1, 1994, any notice or other  communication  (whether oral
            or  written)  from  any  Governmental  Body  or any  other  Person
            regarding  (A)  any  actual,   alleged,   possible,  or  potential
            violation of or failure to comply with any term or  requirement of
            any  Governmental  Authorization,  or (B)  any  actual,  proposed,
            possible,   or  potential  revocation,   withdrawal,   suspension,
            cancellation,  termination of, or modification to any Governmental
            Authorization; and

                  (iv)  all  applications  required to have been filed for the
            renewal of the Governmental  Authorizations  listed or required to
            be  listed in Part 3.14 of the  Disclosure  Letter  have been duly
            filed on a timely basis with the appropriate  Governmental Bodies,
            and all other  filings  required to have been made with respect to
            such Governmental  Authorizations  have been duly made on a timely
            basis with the appropriate Governmental Bodies.

      The  Governmental  Authorizations  listed in Part 3.14 of the Disclosure
Letter  collectively   constitute  all  of  the  Governmental   Authorizations
necessary  to permit  the  Company  to  lawfully  conduct  and  operate  their
businesses in the manner they  currently  conduct and operate such  businesses
and to permit the  Company to own and use its assets in the manner in which it
currently owns and uses such assets.

      3.15  Legal Proceedings; Orders.

            (a)   Except as set forth in Part 3.15 of the  Disclosure  Letter,
there is no pending Proceeding:

                  (i)   that has been  commenced  by or against the Company or
            that  otherwise  relates to or may affect the  business of, or any
            of the assets owned or used by, the Company; or

                  (ii)  that  challenges,  or that  may  have  the  effect  of
            preventing,  delaying,  making illegal,  or otherwise  interfering
            with, any of the Contemplated Transactions.

      To the Knowledge of Sellers and the Company,  (1) no such Proceeding has
been  Threatened,  and (2) no event has occurred or  circumstance  exists that
may  give  rise to or  serve  as a  basis  for the  commencement  of any  such
Proceeding.   Sellers  have  delivered  to  Buyer  copies  of  all  pleadings,
correspondence,  and other  documents  relating to each  Proceeding  listed in
Part 3.15 of the Disclosure  Letter.  The  Proceedings  listed in Part 3.15 of
the  Disclosure  Letter  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the
business, operations, assets, condition, or prospects of the Company.

            (b)   Except as set forth in Part 3.15 of the Disclosure Letter:

                  (i)   there is no Order to which the Company,  or any of the
            assets owned or used by the Company, is subject;

                  (ii)  no Seller is subject to any Order that  relates to the
            business  of, or any of the assets  owned or used by, the Company;
            and

                  (iii)  to the  Knowledge  of  Sellers  and the  Company,  no
            officer,  director,  agent,  or employee of the Company is subject
            to any Order that  prohibits  such officer,  director,  agent,  or
            employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct,  activity, or
            practice relating to the business of the Company.

      3.16  Absence  of Certain  Changes  and  Events.  Except as set forth in
Part 3.16 of the  Disclosure  Letter,  since the date of the  Interim  Balance
Sheet,  the Company has conducted its businesses  only in the Ordinary  Course
of Business and there has not been any:

            (a)   change in the Company's  authorized or issued capital stock;
grant of any stock option or right to purchase  shares of capital stock of the
Company;  issuance of any security  convertible into such capital stock; grant
of  any  registration  rights;  purchase,  redemption,  retirement,  or  other
acquisition  by the  Company  of any  shares  of any such  capital  stock;  or
declaration  or payment of any  dividend or other  distribution  or payment in
respect of shares of capital stock;

            (b)   amendment to the Organizational Documents of the Company;

            (c)   payment  or  increase   by  the  Company  of  any   bonuses,
salaries,  or other  compensation to any stockholder,  director,  officer,  or
(except  in the  Ordinary  Course  of  Business)  employee  or entry  into any
employment,  severance,  or similar  Contract with any director,  officer,  or
employee;

            (d)   adoption  of, or  increase  in the  payments  to or benefits
under, any Company Plans;

            (e)   damage to or  destruction  or loss of any asset or  property
of the Company, whether or not covered by insurance,  materially and adversely
affecting the properties,  assets, business, financial condition, or prospects
of the Company;

            (f)   entry  into,   termination  of,  or  receipt  of  notice  of
termination   of   (i)   any   license,    distributorship,    dealer,   sales
representative,  joint  venture,  credit,  or similar  agreement,  or (ii) any
Contract or transaction  involving a total  remaining  commitment by or to the
Company of at least $25,000;

            (g)   sale (other than sales of inventory  in the Ordinary  Course
of  Business),  lease,  or other  disposition  of any asset or property of the
Company or mortgage,  pledge,  or imposition of any lien or other  encumbrance
on any material asset or property of the Company;

            (h)   cancellation  or waiver of any claims or rights with a value
to the Company in excess of $25,000;

            (i)   change in the accounting methods used by the Company; or

            (j)   agreement,  whether  oral or  written,  by the Company to do
any of the foregoing.

      3.17  Contracts; No Defaults.

            (a)   Part 3.17(a) of the  Disclosure  Letter  contains a complete
and  accurate  list,  and Sellers  have  delivered  to Buyer true and complete
copies, of:

                  (i)   each Applicable Contract that involves  performance of
            services or delivery  of goods or  materials  by the Company of an
            amount or value in excess of $25,000;

                  (ii)  each Applicable Contract that involves  performance of
            services or delivery  of goods or  materials  to the Company of an
            amount or value in excess of $25,000;

                  (iii) each Applicable  Contract that was not entered into in
            the Ordinary Course of Business and that involves  expenditures or
            receipts of the Company in excess of $25,000;

                  (iv)  each lease,  rental or occupancy  agreement,  license,
            installment and conditional  sale agreement,  and other Applicable
            Contract  affecting the  ownership  of,  leasing of, title to, use
            of, or any  leasehold  or other  interest in, any real or personal
            property  (except  personal  property  leases and  installment and
            conditional  sales agreements having a value per item or aggregate
            payments  of less  than  $10,000  and with  terms of less than one
            year);

                  (v)   each licensing  agreement or other Applicable Contract
            with  respect  to  patents,   trademarks,   copyrights,  or  other
            intellectual  property,   including  agreements  with  current  or
            former  employees,   consultants,  or  contractors  regarding  the
            appropriation  or the  non-disclosure  of any of the  Intellectual
            Property Assets;

                  (vi)  each   collective   bargaining   agreement  and  other
            Applicable  Contract to or with any labor union or other  employee
            representative of a group of employees;

                  (vii) each joint venture,  partnership, and other Applicable
            Contract  (however named) involving a sharing of profits,  losses,
            costs, or liabilities by the Company with any other Person;

                  (viii)      each Applicable  Contract  containing  covenants
            that in any way purport to restrict the  business  activity of the
            Company or any  Affiliate  of the  Company or limit the freedom of
            the Company or any  Affiliate of the Company to engage in any line
            of business or to compete with any Person;

                  (ix)  each Applicable  Contract providing for payments to or
            by any Person based on sales,  purchases,  or profits,  other than
            direct payments for goods;

                  (x)   each power of  attorney  that is  currently  effective
            and outstanding;

                  (xi)  each  Applicable  Contract  entered into other than in
            the Ordinary  Course of Business  that contains or provides for an
            express   undertaking  by  the  Company  to  be  responsible   for
            consequential damages;

                  (xii) each Applicable  Contract for capital  expenditures in
            excess of $25,000;

                  (xiii)      each written  warranty,  guaranty,  and or other
            similar  undertaking  with  respect  to  contractual   performance
            extended  by the  Company  other  than in the  Ordinary  Course of
            Business; and

                  (xiv) each amendment,  supplement, and modification (whether
            oral or written) in respect of any of the foregoing.

            (b)   Except  as set  forth  in  Part  3.17(b)  of the  Disclosure
Letter,  each Contract identified or required to be identified in Part 3.17(a)
of the  Disclosure  Letter  is in full  force  and  effect  and is  valid  and
enforceable in accordance with its terms.

            (c)   Except  as set  forth  in  Part  3.17(c)  of the  Disclosure
Letter:

                  (i)   the Company  is, and at all times since  September 30,
            1997 has been, in full  compliance  with all  applicable  material
            terms and  requirements of each Contract under which it has or had
            any  obligation  or  liability or by which it or any of the assets
            owned or used by it is or was bound;

                  (ii)  to Sellers'  Knowledge,  each other Person that has or
            had any  obligation  or liability  under any Contract  under which
            the  Company  has or had any  rights  is,  and at all times  since
            September 30,   1997  has  been,  in  full   compliance  with  all
            applicable terms and requirements of such Contract;

                  (iii) no event has  occurred  or  circumstance  exists  that
            (with  or  without  notice  or  lapse  of  time)  may  contravene,
            conflict  with, or result in a violation or breach of, or give the
            Company  or  other  Person  the  right to  declare  a  default  or
            exercise  any remedy  under,  or to  accelerate  the  maturity  or
            performance  of,  or  to  cancel,   terminate,   or  modify,   any
            Applicable  Contract; and

                  (iv)  the  Company  has not  given to or  received  from any
            other Person, at any time since September 30,  1997, any notice or
            other  communication  (whether  oral  or  written)  regarding  any
            actual,  alleged,  possible,  or potential violation or breach of,
            or default under, any Contract.

            (d)   There are no renegotiations of, attempts to renegotiate,  or
outstanding  rights to renegotiate any material amounts paid or payable to the
Company under current or completed  Contracts  with any Person that would have
a  material  adverse  effect  on the  business  of  the  Company  and,  to the
Knowledge of Sellers and the Company,  no such Person has made written  demand
for such renegotiation.

      3.18  Insurance.

            (a)   Sellers have delivered to Buyer:

                  (i)   true and complete  copies of all policies of insurance
            to which the  Company is a party or under  which the  Company,  or
            any director of the Company, is currently covered; and

                  (ii)  true and complete  copies of all pending  applications
            for policies of insurance.

            (b)   Part 3.18(b) of the Disclosure Letter describes:

                  (i)   any  self-insurance  arrangement  by or affecting  the
            Company, including any reserves established thereunder;

                  (ii)  any  contract or  arrangement,  other than a policy of
            insurance,  for  the  transfer  or  sharing  of  any  risk  by the
            Company; and

                  (iii) all  obligations  of the Company to third parties with
            respect to insurance  (including such obligations under leases and
            service  agreements)  and  identifies  the policy under which such
            coverage is provided.

            (c)   Part 3.18(c) of the Disclosure  Letter sets forth,  by year,
for the current policy year:

                  (i)   a summary of the loss experience under each policy;

                  (ii)  a statement  describing  each claim under an insurance
            policy for an amount  in excess of $10,000, which sets forth:

                        (A)   the name of the claimant;

                        (B)   a description of the policy by insurer,  type of
                  insurance, and period of coverage; and

                        (C)   the  amount  and  a  brief  description  of  the
                  claim; and

                  (iii) a statement  describing  the loss  experience  for all
            claims that were self-insured,  including the number and aggregate
            cost of such claims.

            (d)   Except  as set  forth  on  Part  3.18(d)  of the  Disclosure
Letter:

                  (i)   All  policies  to which the Company is a party or that
            provide  coverage to any Seller,  the Company,  or any director or
            officer  of  the  Company:   (A) are   valid,   outstanding,   and
            enforceable;  (B) are  sufficient  for  compliance  with all Legal
            Requirements  and  Contracts to which the Company is a party or by
            which it is bound;  (C) will  continue  in full  force and  effect
            following the  consummation  of the  Contemplated  Transactions or
            Sellers  will exert  their  best,  good faith  efforts to continue
            such  policies  and, to Sellers'  Knowledge,  such  policies  will
            continue in full force and effect;  and (D) do not provide for any
            retrospective   premium  adjustment  or  other   experienced-based
            liability  on the part of the Company,  except that the  Company's
            general   liability   insurance   issued  by  Hartford  is  priced
            according to the level of the Company's  sales and adjustments may
            be made based upon a sales  audit,  although  any such  adjustment
            will not be of a material dollar amount.

                  (ii)  No Seller or the Company has  received (A) any refusal
            of  coverage or any notice  that a defense  will be afforded  with
            reservation of rights,  or (B) any notice of  cancellation  or any
            other  indication  that any insurance  policy is no longer in full
            force or effect or will not be  renewed  or that the issuer of any
            policy  is  not  willing  or  able  to  perform  its   obligations
            thereunder.

                  (iii) The  Company  has  paid  all  premiums  due,  and  has
            otherwise  performed its  obligations,  under each policy to which
            it is a  party  or  that  provides  coverage  to  the  Company  or
            director  thereof,  except for an  adjustment  as noted in Section
            3.18(d)(i) hereof.

                  (iv) The  Company  has given  notice to the insurer of all 
            claims that may be insured thereby.

                  (v)   For the five-year  period prior to the effective  date
                  of all  current  policies  listed  on  Part  3.18(c)  of the
                  Disclosure  Letter,  the Company has had in effect  coverage
                  at least equivalent to all current coverages.

      3.19  Environmental  Matters.  Except  as set  forth in part 3.19 of the
Disclosure Letter:

            (a)   The Company is, and at all times has been,  in all  material
respects,  in full  compliance  with, and has not been and is not in violation
of or liable under, any  Environmental  Law. No Seller nor the Company has any
basis to expect,  nor has any of them or any other  Person  for whose  conduct
they are or may be held to be responsible  received,  any actual or Threatened
order,  notice,  or  other  communication  from (i) any  Governmental  Body or
private  citizen acting in the public  interest,  or (ii) the current or prior
owner or operator of any Facilities,  of any actual or potential  violation or
failure to comply with any  Environmental  Law, or of any actual or Threatened
obligation  to undertake or bear the cost of any  Environmental,  Health,  and
Safety  Liabilities  with  respect  to  any  of the  Facilities  or any  other
properties or assets used by the Company.

            (b)   There are no pending  or, to the  Knowledge  of Sellers  and
the Company,  Threatened  claims,  Encumbrances,  or other restrictions of any
nature,  resulting from any  Environmental,  Health, and Safety Liabilities or
arising  under or  pursuant  to any  Environmental  Law,  with  respect  to or
affecting  any of the  Facilities or any other  properties  and assets used by
the Company.

            (c)   No Seller nor the Company  has  received or has any basis to
expect any citation,  directive,  inquiry, notice, Order, summons, warning, or
other  communication  that  relates to  Hazardous  Materials,  or any alleged,
actual,  or potential  violation  or failure to comply with any  Environmental
Law, or of any alleged,  actual, or potential  obligation to undertake or bear
the cost of any Environmental,  Health, and Safety Liabilities with respect to
any of the  Facilities or any other  properties or assets used by the Company,
or with  respect to any  property  or facility  to which  Hazardous  Materials
generated,  manufactured,  refined, transferred,  imported, used, or processed
by Sellers,  the Company,  or any other  Person for whose  conduct they are or
may be held responsible,  have been  transported,  treated,  stored,  handled,
transferred, disposed, recycled, or received.

            (d)   Neither   Seller   nor  the   Company   has   any   material
Environmental, Health, and Safety Liabilities with respect to the Facilities.

            (e)   There  are  no  Hazardous  Materials  present  on or in  the
Environment  at the  Facilities  except  in full  compliance  in all  material
respects with all applicable Environmental Laws.

            (f)   There has been no Release  or, to the  Knowledge  of Sellers
and the Company,  threat of Release, of any Hazardous Materials at or from the
Facilities  or at any other  locations  where  any  Hazardous  Materials  were
generated,  manufactured,  refined, transferred,  produced, imported, used, or
processed from or by the  Facilities,  or from or by any other  properties and
assets used by the Company.

            (g)   Sellers have  delivered  to Buyer true and  complete  copies
and results of any reports, studies,  analyses, tests, or monitoring possessed
or initiated by Sellers or any the Company  pertaining to Hazardous  Materials
in, on, or under the  Facilities,  or concerning  compliance by Sellers or the
Company.

      3.20  Employees.

            (a)   Part 3.20 of the Disclosure  Letter  contains (i) a complete
and accurate list of the following  information  for each employee or director
of the Company,  including each employee on leave of absence or layoff status:
employer;  name;  job title;  current  compensation  paid or  payable  and any
change  in  compensation  since  September 30,  1997;  and  (ii) a list of all
written contracts of employment with the Company.

            (b)   No  director  or  officer,  or to the  Knowledge  of Seller,
employee  of the  Company,  is a party  to,  or is  otherwise  bound  by,  any
agreement  or   arrangement,   including  any   employment,   confidentiality,
noncompetition,  or  proprietary  rights  agreement,  between such employee or
director and any other Person  ("Proprietary  Rights  Agreement")  that in any
way adversely  affects or will affect (i) the  performance of his duties as an
employee  or director  of the  Company,  or (ii) the ability of the Company to
conduct its business,  including any Proprietary Rights Agreement with Sellers
or the Company by any such  employee or director.  To Sellers'  Knowledge,  no
director,  officer,  or other key employee of the Company intends to terminate
his employment with the Company.

            (c)   There are no retired  employees  or directors of the Company
or dependants who are receiving  benefits or are scheduled to receive benefits
in the future,  except for Company  Plan  benefits  set forth in Section  3.13
which are properly accrued on the Financial Statements.

      3.21  Labor  Relations;   Compliance.  Since  September 30,   1997,  the
Company has not been and is not a party to any collective  bargaining or other
labor Contract.  Since  September 30,  1997,  there has not been, there is not
presently  pending or existing,  and to Sellers' and the  Company's  Knowledge
there is not Threatened,  (a) any strike, slowdown,  picketing, work stoppage,
or employee  grievance  process,  (b) any Proceeding  against or affecting the
Company relating to the alleged violation of any Legal Requirement  pertaining
to labor  relations or employment  matters,  including any charge or complaint
filed by an employee or union with the National  Labor  Relations  Board,  the
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission,  or any comparable Governmental Body,
organizational  activity,  or other  labor or  employment  dispute  against or
affecting  the  Company  or  its  premises,   or  (c)  any   application   for
certification of a collective  bargaining agent. To Sellers' and the Company's
Knowledge,  no event has occurred or  circumstance  exists that could  provide
the basis for any work  stoppage or other labor  dispute.  There is no lockout
of any  employees by the Company,  and no such action is  contemplated  by the
Company.  The Company has  complied in all  material  respects  with all Legal
Requirements   relating   to   employment,   equal   employment   opportunity,
nondiscrimination,    immigration,    wages,   hours,   benefits,   collective
bargaining,  the payment of social  security and similar  taxes,  occupational
safety  and  health,  and plant  closing.  The  Company  is not liable for the
payment  of any  compensation,  damages,  taxes,  fines,  penalties,  or other
amounts,  however designated,  for failure to comply with any of the foregoing
Legal Requirements.

      3.22  Intellectual Property.

            (a)   Intellectual  Property  Assets  --  The  term  "Intellectual
Property Assets" includes:

                  (i)   the  name  "Drake  Management  Services,   Inc.",  all
            fictional   business   names,   trading   names,   registered  and
            unregistered   trademarks,   service   marks,   and   applications
            (collectively, "Marks");

                  (ii)  all   copyrights   in   both   published   works   and
            unpublished works (collectively, "Copyrights"); and

                  (iii) all    know-how,    trade    secrets,     confidential
            information,  customer  lists,  software,  technical  information,
            data,  process  technology,   plans,  drawings,  and  blue  prints
            (collectively,  "Trade Secrets");  owned, used, or licensed by the
            Company as licensee or licensor.

            (b)   Agreements.  Part 3.22(b) of the Disclosure  Letter contains
a complete and accurate list and summary description,  including any royalties
paid  or  received  by  the  Company,   of  all  Contracts   relating  to  the
Intellectual  Property  Assets  to which  Company  is a party or by which  any
Company  is  bound.  There  are  no  outstanding  and,  to  Sellers'  and  the
Company's  Knowledge,  no Threatened disputes or disagreements with respect to
any such agreement.

            (c)   Know-How  Necessary  for  the  Business.   The  Intellectual
Property  Assets are all those  necessary  for the  operation of the Company's
businesses  as it is  currently  conducted.  The  Company  is the owner of all
right,  title,  and  interest  in and to  each  of the  Intellectual  Property
Assets,   free  and  clear  of  all  liens,   security   interests,   charges,
encumbrances,  equities,  and other adverse  claims,  and has the right to use
without payment to a third party all of the Intellectual Property Assets.

            (d)   Patents.  The Company owns no patents.

            (e)   Trademarks.

                  (i)   Part 3.22(e) of Disclosure  Letter contains a complete
            and  accurate  list and  summary  description  of all  Marks.  The
            Company is the owner of all right,  title and  interest  in and to
            each  of  the  Marks,  free  and  clear  of  all  liens,  security
            interests,  charges,  encumbrances,  equities,  and other  adverse
            claims.

                  (ii)  No  Mark   has  been  or  is  now   involved   in  any
            opposition,  invalidation,  or  cancellation  and, to Sellers' and
            the Company's  Knowledge,  no such action is  Threatened  with the
            respect to any of the Marks.

                  (iii) To Sellers' and the Company's  Knowledge,  there is no
            potentially  interfering trademark or trademark application of any
            third party.

                  (iv)  No  Mark  is   infringed   or,  to  Sellers'  and  the
            Company's  Knowledge,  has been  challenged  or  threatened in any
            way.  None  of the  Marks  used  by the  Company  infringes  or is
            alleged to infringe any trade name, trademark,  or service mark of
            any third party.

            (f)   Copyrights.

                  (i)   Part  3.22(f)  of the  Disclosure  Letter  contains  a
            complete  and  accurate  list  and  summary   description  of  all
            registered  Copyrights.  The  Company  is the owner of all  right,
            title and  interest in and to each of the  registered  Copyrights,
            free  and  clear  of  all  liens,  security  interests,   charges,
            encumbrances, equities, and other adverse claims.

                  (ii)  No  Copyright  is  infringed  or, to Sellers'  and the
            Company's  Knowledge,  has been  challenged  or  threatened in any
            way.  None  of  the  subject  matter  of  any  of  the  registered
            Copyrights  infringes or is alleged to infringe  any  copyright of
            any third  party or is a  derivative  work  based on the work of a
            third party.

                  (iii) All works  encompassed  by the  registered  Copyrights
            have been marked with the proper copyright notice.

            (g)   Trade Secrets.

                  (i)   With respect to each Trade Secret,  the  documentation
            relating  to  such  Trade   Secret  is  current,   accurate,   and
            sufficient  in detail and content to  identify  and explain it and
            to  allow  its  full  and  proper  use  without  reliance  on  the
            knowledge or memory of any individual.

                  (ii)  Sellers  and the  Company  have  taken all  reasonable
            precautions to protect the secrecy, confidentiality,  and value of
            their Trade Secrets.

                  (iii) The Company  has good title and an  absolute  (but not
            necessarily  exclusive) right to use the Trade Secrets.  The Trade
            Secrets are not part of the public  knowledge or literature,  and,
            to  Sellers'  and the  Company's  Knowledge,  have not been  used,
            divulged,  or appropriated either for the benefit of any Person or
            to the  detriment  of the  Company.  No Trade Secret is subject to
            any adverse claim or has been challenged or threatened in any way.

      3.23  Certain Payments.  Since January 1,  1994, neither the Company nor
any director,  officer, agent, or employee of the Company, or any other Person
associated  with or acting for or on behalf of the  Company,  has  directly or
indirectly (a) made,  directly or indirectly,  any contribution,  gift, bribe,
rebate, payoff,  influence payment,  kickback, or other payment to any Person,
private  or  public,  regardless  of form,  whether  in  money,  property,  or
services (i) to obtain favorable  treatment in securing business,  (ii) to pay
for  favorable  treatment  for  business  secured,  (iii)  to  obtain  special
concessions or for special concessions already obtained,  for or in respect of
the Company or any  Affiliate  of the  Company,  or (iv) in  violation  of any
Legal  Requirement,   (b)  received,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  rebates,
payments,  commissions,  promotional allowances or any other economic benefits
from any vendor,  governmental  employee or other Person with whom the Company
has done business, directly or indirectly,  which would reasonably be expected
to subject  the  Company to any  damage or penalty in any civil,  criminal  or
governmental  litigation or proceeding,  or (c)  established or maintained any
fund or asset  that has not been  recorded  in the  books and  records  of the
Company.

      3.24  Fraud and Abuse; Financial Relationships. The  Company   does  not
have any  government  contracts,  and the  Company  has no claims  relating to
Medicare, Medicaid CHAMPUS or other governmental reimbursements.

      3.25  Relationships  with Related  Persons.  No Seller or any  Affiliate
of Sellers or of the  Company  has,  or since  January 1, 1994,  has had,  any
interest  in any  property  (whether  real,  personal,  or mixed  and  whether
tangible or  intangible),  used in or pertaining to the Company's  businesses.
No  Seller  or any  Affiliate  of  Sellers  or of the  Company  is,  or  since
January 1,  1994 has owned  (of  record  or as a  beneficial  owner) an equity
interest or any other  financial or profit  interest in, a Person that has (i)
had  business  dealings or a material  financial  interest in any  transaction
with the  Company,  or (ii)  engaged  in  competition  with the  Company  with
respect to any line of the  products or services of the Company (a  "Competing
Business") in any market  presently served by the Company except for less than
five percent (5%) of the outstanding  capital stock of any Competing  Business
that is publicly traded on any recognized exchange or in the  over-the-counter
market.  Except as set forth in Part 3.25 of the Disclosure  Letter, no Seller
nor any  Affiliate  of  Sellers or of the  Company is a party to any  Contract
with, or has any claim or right against, the Company.

      3.26  Brokers  or  Finders.   Sellers  and  their  Representatives  have
incurred no obligation or  liability,  contingent or otherwise,  for brokerage
or  finders'  fees  or  agents'   commissions  or  other  similar  payment  in
connection with the Contemplated Transactions.

      3.27  Disclosure.

            (a)   No  representation  or warranty of Sellers in this Agreement
and no  statement  in the  Disclosure  Letter  omits to state a material  fact
necessary  to  make  the  statements  herein  or  therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

            (b)   No notice given pursuant to Section 5.5   will  contain  any 
untrue  statement or omit  to state  a  material  fact  necessary  to make the  
statements  therein or in this Agreement,  in light  of the  circumstances  in
which  they  were  made,  not misleading.

            (c)   There is no fact  known  to any  Seller  that  has  specific
application  to any Seller or the  Company  (other  than  general  economic or
industry  conditions)  and  that  materially  adversely  affects  the  assets,
business,  prospects,  financial  condition,  or results of  operations of the
Company  (on a  consolidated  basis)  that  has not  been  set  forth  in this
Agreement or the Disclosure Letter.



                  4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

      Buyer represents and warrants to Sellers as follows:

      4.1   Organization  and  Good  Standing.  Buyer  is a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Georgia.

      4.2   Authority; No Conflict.

            (a)   This Agreement  constitutes  the legal,  valid,  and binding
obligation of Buyer,  enforceable  against Buyer in accordance with its terms.
Upon  the  execution  and  delivery  by Buyer of the  Earnout  Agreement,  the
Employment  Agreements,  and  the  Noncompete  Agreements  (collectively,  the
"Buyer's Closing  Documents"),  the Buyer's Closing  Documents will constitute
the legal, valid, and binding obligations of Buyer,  enforceable against Buyer
in  accordance  with  their  respective  terms.  Buyer  has the  absolute  and
unrestricted   right,  power,  and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this
Agreement and the Buyer's  Closing  Documents  and to perform its  obligations
under this Agreement and the Buyer's Closing Documents.

            (b)   Except  as set forth in Part 4.2 of the  Disclosure  Letter,
neither  the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  by  Buyer  nor the
consummation or performance of any of the  Contemplated  Transactions by Buyer
will not  materially  breach  and/or  give any  Person  the right to  prevent,
delay,  or  otherwise  interfere  with  any of the  Contemplated  Transactions
pursuant to:

                  (i)   any provision of Buyer's Organizational Documents;

                  (ii)  any  resolution  adopted by the board of  directors or
            the shareholders of Buyer;

                  (iii) any Legal  Requirement  or Order to which Buyer may be
            subject;

                  (iv)  any Governmental  Authorization that is held by Buyer;
            or

                  (v)   any  Contract  to  which  Buyer is a party or by which
            Buyer may be bound.

      Except as set forth in Part 4.2 of the Disclosure  Letter,  Buyer is not
and will not be required to obtain any consent  from any Person in  connection
with the  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement or the  consummation  or
performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

      4.3   Investment  Intent.  Buyer is  acquiring  the  Shares  for its own
account  and not with a view to  their  distribution  within  the  meaning  of
Section 2(11) of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended.  Buyer  understands
that  any  resale  of  the  shares  must  be  made  in  compliance   with  the
registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  or
pursuant to an exemption  therefrom.  Buyer  understands  that the certificate
representing the Shares shall be endorsed with the following legend:

            THE SHARES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  (A) HAVE
            BEEN  ACQUIRED  FOR   INVESTMENT  AND  HAVE  NOT  BEEN
            REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  AS
            AMENDED,  AND  (B) MAY NOT BE SOLD OR  TRANSFERRED  IN
            THE  ABSENCE  OF SUCH  REGISTRATION  OR ANY  EXEMPTION
            THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT.

      4.4   Certain  Proceedings.  There  is no  pending  Proceeding  that has
been commenced  against Buyer and that  challenges,  or may have the effect of
preventing,  delaying,  making illegal, or otherwise  interfering with, any of
the Contemplated  Transactions.  To Buyer's Knowledge,  no such Proceeding has
been Threatened.

      4.5   Brokers  or  Finders.  Buyer  and  its  agents  have  incurred  no
obligation  or liability,  contingent or otherwise,  for brokerage or finders'
fees or agents'  commissions or other similar  payment in connection  with the
Contemplated Transactions.

      4.6   Disclosure.

            (a)   No  representation  or warranty  of Buyer in this  Agreement
omits to state a material fact  necessary to make the  statements  herein,  in
light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

            (b)   No notice  given  pursuant to Section  6.4 will  contain any
untrue  statement  or omit to  state a  material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements  therein or in this  Agreement,  in light of the  circumstances  in
which they were made, not misleading.

            (c)   There  is  no  fact  known  to  Buyer   that  has   specific
application to Buyer (other than general economic or industry  conditions) and
that materially adversely affects the assets, business,  prospects,  financial
condition,  or results of operations of Buyer (on a  consolidated  basis) that
has not been set forth in this Agreement.

                           5. COVENANTS OF SELLERS

      5.1   Access and  Investigation.  Between the date of this Agreement and
the  Closing  Date,   Sellers  will,  and  will  cause  the  Company  and  its
Representatives  to, (a) afford  Buyer and its  Representatives  full and free
access  to  the  Company's   offices,   facilities,   properties,   equipment,
inventories,  books,  contracts,   commitments,  records  and  other  relevant
information   of  the  business  and  shall  furnish  such  persons  with  all
information  concerning  the business,  assets and financial  condition of the
Company as Buyer and its Representatives  shall reasonably request;  provided,
however,  that no direct contact with Company  customers shall be made without
the consent of R. Drake and such access  shall occur in a manner that does not
disrupt Company employees or business.

      5.2   Operation of the  Businesses  of the Company.  Between the date of
this Agreement and the Closing Date,  Sellers will, and will cause the Company
to:

            (a)   conduct the  business of the  Company  only in the  Ordinary
Course of Business consistent with past practices;

            (b)   use their  Best  Efforts  to  preserve  intact  the  current
business  organization  of the  Company,  keep  available  the services of the
current  officers,  employees,  and agents of the  Company,  and  maintain the
relations  and good  will with  suppliers,  customers,  landlords,  creditors,
employees, agents, and others having business relationships with the Company;

            (c)   not  make  any  material  change  in  the  operation  of the
business;

            (d)   not enter into any material  agreement or incur any material
liabilities;

            (e)   make all payments to vendors when due;

            (f)   confer  with  Buyer  concerning  operational  matters  of  a
material nature; and

            (g)   otherwise  report   periodically  to  Buyer  concerning  the
status of the business, operations, and finances of the Company.

      5.3   Negative  Covenant.  Except as  otherwise  expressly  permitted by
this  Agreement,  between the date of this  Agreement  and the  Closing  Date,
Sellers  will  not,  and will  cause the  Company  not to,  without  the prior
consent of Buyer, take any affirmative  action, or fail to take any reasonable
action  within their or its  control,  as a result of which any of the changes
or events listed in Section 3.16  is likely to occur.

      5.4   Required  Approvals.  As promptly as practicable after the date of
this Agreement,  Sellers will, and will cause the Company to, make all filings
required by Legal  Requirements  to be made by them in order to consummate the
Contemplated  Transactions.  Between  the  date  of  this  Agreement  and  the
Closing Date,  Sellers will, and will cause the Company to, (a) cooperate with
Buyer with  respect to all filings that Buyer elects to make or is required by
Legal  Requirements to make in connection with the Contemplated  Transactions,
and (b) cooperate with Buyer in obtaining all consents  identified in Part 4.2
of the Disclosure Letter.

      5.5   Notification.  Between the date of this  Agreement and the Closing
Date,  each Seller will promptly notify Buyer in writing if such Seller or the
Company  becomes aware of any fact or condition  that causes or  constitutes a
Breach of any of Sellers'  representations  and  warranties  as of the date of
this  Agreement,  or if  such  Seller  or the  Company  becomes  aware  of the
occurrence  after the date of this  Agreement  of any fact or  condition  that
would  (except  as  expressly   contemplated  by  this  Agreement)   cause  or
constitute  a  Breach  of  any  such   representation  or  warranty  had  such
representation  or  warranty  been  made  as of  the  time  of  occurrence  or
discovery of such fact or condition.  During the same period, each Seller will
promptly  notify  Buyer of the  occurrence  of any Breach of any  covenant  of
Sellers in this Article 5 or of the  occurrence of any event that may make the
satisfaction of the conditions in Article 7 impossible or unlikely.

      5.6   Payment of  Indebtedness by Related  Persons.  Except as expressly
provided in this Agreement,  Sellers will cause all  indebtedness  owed to the
Company by its Seller or any  Affiliate of any Seller to be paid in full prior
to Closing.

      5.7   No  Negotiation.  Sellers agree that until the earlier of March 5,
1998 or such date upon which Buyer  notifies  Seller that it has abandoned the
Contemplated  Transactions,  the Company and  Sellers  shall deal  exclusively
with Buyer with respect to the  Contemplated  Transactions and the Company and
Sellers will not, and will direct the  Company's  Representatives  not to, (i)
solicit the submission of proposals or offers from any person  relating to any
acquisition  or purchase  of all or a material  part of the assets or stock of
the Company or any merger, consolidation,  or similar transaction with respect
to  the  Company;   (ii)   participate  in  any  discussions  or  negotiations
regarding,  or furnish any  information  to any other  person other than Buyer
with  respect  to any  such  possible  transaction;  or (iii)  enter  into any
agreement or  understanding,  whether oral or in writing,  that would  prevent
the consummation of the Contemplated  Transactions.  If,  notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Company or the Sellers should receive any such proposal from a
third party or any inquiry  regarding  any such  proposal,  the Company  shall
promptly inform Buyer thereof.

      5.8   Satisfaction of Obligations.  On or before December 31,  1997, the
Company shall pay in full all amounts owed to Graeme Crothall and R. Drake.

      5.9   Payment of 1997  Profits.  Prior to the  Closing,  the Company may
pay out to its employees  and  shareholders  as bonuses or other  compensation
such amounts as the Company deems  appropriate,  not to exceed $447,445 in the
aggregate,  provided that (i) there is  sufficient  cash in the Company to pay
such bonuses and all related payroll taxes;  (ii) if the Villa DeAnza accounts
receivable is not collected at the time of such payment,  such receivable must
be written off and there shall be a  dollar-for-dollar  reduction in the total
amount  paid  as  bonuses  hereunder;  and  (iii)  all  year-end  adjustments,
including  without  limitation  expensing  fixed assets  purchased  during the
year, must be booked prior to the payment of such bonuses.

      5.10  Termination  of Company  Qualified  Plan.  The Company  shall take
all  appropriate  corporate  action no later than the day  before the  Closing
Date to terminate the sole Company  Qualified Plan  maintained by the Company,
effective  no  later  than  the  day  before  the  Closing  Date.  Unless  the
provisions of the Company  Qualified Plan  expressly  provide to the contrary,
appropriate  corporate  action shall mean duly authorized  action by the Board
of Directors of the Company.

                            6. COVENANTS OF BUYER

      6.1   Approvals  of  Governmental  Bodies.  As promptly  as  practicable
after the date of this  Agreement,  Buyer  will,  and will  cause  each of its
Affiliate to, make all filings  required by Legal  Requirements  to be made by
them to consummate  the  Contemplated  Transactions.  Between the date of this
Agreement and the Closing Date,  Buyer will, and will cause each Affiliate to,
(a) cooperate  with  Sellers  with  respect to all  filings  that  Sellers are
required by Legal  Requirements  to make in connection  with the  Contemplated
Transactions,  and (b)  cooperate  with  Sellers  in  obtaining  all  consents
identified in Part 3.2 of the Disclosure Letter;  provided that this Agreement
will not require  Buyer to dispose of or make any change in any portion of its
business  or  to  suffer  any  other  material  adverse  effect  to  obtain  a
Governmental Authorization.

      6.2   Loan to the Company.  On or before  December 31,  1997, subject to
customary  conditions,  Buyer  shall  lend the  Company  sufficient  funds (or
arrange  for  financing)  to pay off the  obligations  of the  Company  due to
Graeme  Crothall  and  R.  Drake  in the  aggregate  amount  of  approximately
$289,750.06  as of December 31, 1997.  The Company  shall  execute and deliver
to Buyer a  promissory  note  (the  "Promissory  Note")  in the form  attached
hereto as Exhibit  6.2.  The Note shall be secured by a security  interest  in
all accounts receivable of the Company and the proceeds thereof.

      6.3   Notification.  Between the date of this  Agreement and the Closing
Date,  Buyer will promptly  notify Seller in writing if Buyer becomes aware of
any fact or condition  that causes or  constitutes  a Breach of any of Buyer's
representations  and warranties as of the date of this Agreement,  or if Buyer
becomes aware of the  occurrence  after the date of this Agreement of any fact
or condition that would (except as expressly  contemplated  by this Agreement)
cause or constitute a Breach of any such  representation  or warranty had such
representation  or  warranty  been  made  as of  the  time  or  occurrence  of
discovery  of such fact or  condition.  During  the same  period,  Buyer  will
promptly  notify  Seller of the  occurrence  of any Breach of any  covenant of
Buyer in this  Article 6 or of the  occurrence  of any event that may make the
satisfaction of the conditions in Article 8 impossible or unlikely.

      6.4   Employment Matters.

            (a)   After  the  Closing,  the  Company  will  maintain  a  bonus
program  comparable to the existing  bonus program of the Company for a period
of two years  following  the Closing,  and all  employees of the Company other
than Mr. Drake will be entitled to participate in such program.

            (b)   David Hershberger,  Julius Sacco, Joel Strandgard,  Ken Wohl
and Janet  Keating  shall be  guaranteed  employment  with the Company for one
year  following the Closing,  except that such  individuals  may be terminated
for cause.

            (c)   Any  employee  of  the  Company  who is  employed  as of the
Closing Date and who is subsequently  terminated  involuntarily by the Company
without cause during the one-year  period  following the Closing shall receive
no less than three  months of base  salary as  severance  pay,  provided  such
employee continues to work for the Company until the termination date.

            (d)   Upon the Closing,  Michelin  shall  receive 5,000 options to
purchase shares of Buyer's common stock,  $.01 par value,  pursuant to Buyer's
standard stock option agreement, and each of David Hershberger,  Julius Sacco,
Joel  Strandgard,  Ken Wohl and Janet  Keating  shall receive 3,000 options to
purchase shares of Buyer's Common Stock,  $.01 par value,  pursuant to Buyer's
standard stock option agreement.



            (e)   The Buyer shall  provide  credit for an  employee's  service
            with the Company  prior to the Closing  Date with respect to those
            employees  of the  Company  who remain  employed  with the Company
            immediately  after the Closing  Date for the  following  purposes:
            (i) for purposes of  determining  both  eligibility to participate
            and vesting under the Morrison  Health Care,  Inc. Salary Deferral
            Plan  (the  "SDP"),   the  Morrison  Health  Care,  Inc.  Deferred
            Compensation  Plan (the  "DCP"),  the Morrison  Health Care,  Inc.
            Management  Retirement  Plan (the "MRP") and the  Morrison  Health
            Care, Inc. Executive  Supplemental  Pension Plan (the "ESP"); (ii)
            for purposes of  determining  the level of matching  contributions
            under the SDP and DCP; and (iii) for purposes of  determining  the
            accrual  of  benefits  under the MRP and ESP;  provided,  however,
            that for purposes of crediting  service  under this clause  (iii),
            only one year of service  credit shall be given for every two full
            years of service  with the Company  prior to the Closing  Date and
            no more  than a total of five  years of  service  credit  shall be
            granted to any Company  employee  for service  performed  prior to
            the Closing Date.



            7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

      Buyer's  obligation to purchase the Shares and to take the other actions
required to be taken by Buyer at the  Closing is subject to the  satisfaction,
at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following  conditions (any of which
may be waived by Buyer, in whole or in part):

      7.1   Accuracy of Representations.

            (a)   All of  Sellers'  representations  and  warranties  in  this
Agreement  (considered  collectively),  and each of these  representations and
warranties (considered individually),  must have been accurate in all material
respects  as of the  date of this  Agreement,  and  must  be  accurate  in all
material respects as of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date.

            (b)   Each of Sellers'  representations and warranties in Sections
3.3,  3.4,  3.12,  and 3.24 must have been  accurate in all respects as of the
date  of this  Agreement,  and  must be  accurate  in all  respects  as of the
Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date.

      7.2   Sellers' Performance.

            (a)   All  of the  covenants  and  obligations  that  Sellers  are
required to perform or to comply with  pursuant to this  Agreement at or prior
to the Closing  (considered  collectively),  and each of these  covenants  and
obligations  (considered  individually),  must have been  duly  performed  and
complied with in all material respects.

            (b)   Each   document   required  to  be  delivered   pursuant  to
Section 2.4  must  have  been delivered.

      7.3   Due  Diligence.  Buyer  shall  have  completed  its due  diligence
inquiry into the business, affairs and financial condition of the Company.

      7.4   Consents.  Each of the  consents  identified  in  Part 3.2  of the
Disclosure  Letter,  and each consent identified in Part 4.2 of the Disclosure
Letter, must have been obtained and must be in full force and effect.

      7.5   Termination  of  Agreements.  Each  of (a)  the  Shareholders  and
Voting  Agreement  dated  June 6,  1997,  (b) the  Stock  Cross  Purchase  and
Redemption  Agreement  dated June 6, 1997,  and (c) the Stock  Retirement  and
Subscription   Agreement  dated  February  8,  1996,  as  amended,   shall  be
terminated.

      7.6   Additional  Documents.  Each of the following  documents must have
been delivered to Buyer:

            (a)   an opinion  of Bonn,  Luscher,  Padden & Wilkins,  dated the
Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit 7.6(a);

            (b)   an  certificate  executed on behalf of the Sellers  dated as
of the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit 7.6(b);

            (c)   a UCC-3  termination  statement  shall be filed with respect
to all  obligations of the Company  previously owed to Graeme Crothall and Mr.
Drake and any collateral held by such individuals shall be released; and

            (d)   such other  documents  as Buyer may  reasonably  request for
the purpose of (i) enabling its counsel to provide the opinion  referred to in
Section 8.4       Additional  Documents.  Buyer must have caused the following
documents to be delivered to Sellers:(a),  (ii) evidencing the accuracy of any
of Sellers'  representations and warranties,  (iii) evidencing the performance
by either Seller of, or the  compliance by either Seller with, any covenant or
obligation  required  to  be  performed  or  complied  with  by  such  Seller,
(iv) evidencing  the  satisfaction  of  any  condition  referred  to  in  this
Section 7,  or (v) otherwise  facilitating  the  consummation  or  performance
of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

      7.7   No Proceedings.  Since the date of this Agreement,  there must not
have been  commenced  or  Threatened  against  Buyer,  or  against  any Person
affiliated  with Buyer,  any  Proceeding  (a) involving  any  challenge to, or
seeking  damages or other relief in connection  with, any of the  Contemplated
Transactions, or (b) that may have the effect of preventing,  delaying, making
illegal, or otherwise interfering with any of the Contemplated Transactions.

      7.8   No Claim Regarding  Stock  Ownership or Sale Proceeds.  There must
not have been made or Threatened by any Person any claim  asserting  that such
Person  (a) is  the  holder  or the  beneficial  owner of, or has the right to
acquire  or to  obtain  beneficial  ownership  of,  any stock of, or any other
voting,  equity, or ownership interest in, the Company,  or (b) is entitled to
all or any portion of the Initial Purchase Price payable for the Shares.

      7.9   No Prohibition.  Neither the  consummation  nor the performance of
any of the  Contemplated  Transactions  will,  directly or indirectly (with or
without notice or lapse of time), materially contravene,  or conflict with, or
result in a material  violation  of, or cause  Buyer or any Person  affiliated
with  Buyer  to  suffer  any  material  adverse  consequence  under,   (a) any
applicable Legal  Requirement or Order, or (b) any Legal  Requirement or Order
that has been  published,  introduced,  or otherwise  formally  proposed by or
before any Governmental Body.

      7.10  Board Approval.  The contemplated  transaction must be approved by
the Board of Directors of Buyer.



           8. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SELLERS' OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

      Sellers'  obligation  to sell the Shares  and to take the other  actions
required   to  be  taken  by  Sellers  at  the   Closing  is  subject  to  the
satisfaction,  at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions
(any of which may be waived by Sellers, in whole or in part):

      8.1   Accuracy of  Representations.  All of Buyer's  representations and
warranties  in this  Agreement  (considered  collectively),  and each of these
representations  and  warranties  (considered  individually),  must  have been
accurate in all material  respects as of the date of this  Agreement  and must
be accurate in all material  respects as of the Closing Date as if made on the
Closing Date.

      8.2   Buyer's Performance.

            (a)   All of the covenants and obligations  that Buyer is required
to perform or to comply  with  pursuant to this  Agreement  at or prior to the
Closing   (considered   collectively),   and  each  of  these   covenants  and
obligations (considered  individually),  must have been performed and complied
with in all material respects.

            (b)   Buyer must have delivered each of the documents  required to
be delivered by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.4   Closing  Obligations.  At  the
Closing:  and must have made the cash  payments  required  to be made by Buyer
pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i).

      8.3   Consents.  Each of the  consents  identified  in  Part 4.2  of the
Disclosure  Letter  must  have  been  obtained  and must be in full  force and
effect.

      8.4   Additional  Documents.   Buyer  must  have  caused  the  following
documents to be delivered to Sellers:

            (a)   an opinion of Powell,  Goldstein,  Frazer & Murphy LLP dated
the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit 8.4(a); and

            (b)   such other  documents as Sellers may reasonably  request for
the purpose of (i) enabling  their counsel to provide the opinion  referred to
in Section (a)    an opinion  of Bonn,  Luscher,  Padden & Wilkins,  dated the
Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit 7.6(a);,  (ii) evidencing the accuracy of
any representation or warranty of Buyer,  (iii) evidencing  the performance by
Buyer  of,  or the  compliance  by Buyer  with,  any  covenant  or  obligation
required  to be  performed  or  complied  with by Buyer,  (ii) evidencing  the
satisfaction of any condition referred to in this Section 8, or (v)  otherwise
facilitating the consummation of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

      8.5   No Injunction.  There must not be in effect any Legal  Requirement
or any injunction or other Order that  (a) prohibits the sale of the Shares by
Sellers to Buyer, and (b) has been adopted or issued,  or has otherwise become
effective, since the date of this Agreement.

      8.6   No Prohibition.  Neither the  consummation  nor the performance of
any of the  Contemplated  Transactions  will,  directly or indirectly (with or
without notice or lapse of time), materially contravene,  or conflict with, or
result in a material  violation of, or cause any Seller to suffer any material
adverse  consequence  under (a) any applicable Legal  Requirement or Order, or
(b) any Legal  Requirement or Order that has been  published,  introduced,  or
otherwise formally proposed by or before any Governmental Body.



                                9. TERMINATION

      9.1   Termination  Events.  This Agreement may, by notice given prior to
or at the Closing, be terminated:

            (a)   by  either  Buyer or  Sellers  if a  material  Breach of any
provision  of this  Agreement  has been  committed by the other party and such
Breach has not been waived;

            (b)    (i)  by Buyer if any of the conditions in Section 7.
CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT TO BUYER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE has not been satisfied as
of the  Closing  Date or if  satisfaction  of such a  condition  is or becomes
impossible  (other  than  through  the  failure  of Buyer to  comply  with its
obligations  under this  Agreement) and Buyer has not waived such condition on
or before the Closing  Date; or (ii) by Sellers,  if any of the  conditions in
Section 8.        CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO  SELLERS'OBLIGATION TO CLOSE has not
been satisfied as of the Closing Date or if  satisfaction  of such a condition
is or becomes  impossible (other than through the failure of Sellers to comply
with their  obligations under this Agreement) and Sellers have not waived such
condition on or before the Closing Date;

            (c)   by mutual consent of Buyer and Sellers; or

            (d)   by either  Buyer or Sellers if the Closing has not  occurred
(other  than  through  the  failure  of any party  seeking to  terminate  this
Agreement to comply fully with its  obligations  under this  Agreement)  on or
before January 31, 1998, or such later date as the parties may agree upon.

      9.2   Effect of  Termination.  Each party's right of  termination  under
Section  9.1  is  in  addition to any  other  rights  it may have  under  this  
Agreement  or  otherwise,  and the  exercise  of a right of termination  will
not be an  election  of  remedies.  If  this Agreement  is terminated pursuant
to Section 9.1, all  further obligations of the parties  under this  Agreement
will  terminate,  except that  the obligations  in Sections 12.1 and 12.3 will 
survive;  provided, however,  that if this Agreement is terminated  by a party
because  of the Breach of the  Agreement  by the  other  party or  because one
or more of the conditions to the terminating  party's  obligations  under this 
Agreement is not satisfied  as a  result  of the  other  party's  failure   to  
comply  with  its  obligations under  this  Agreement, the terminating party's 
right to pursue all legal remedies will survive such termination unimpaired.



                        10. INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

      10.1  Survival;  Right to  Indemnification  Not  Affected by  Knowledge.
All   representations,   warranties,   covenants,   and  obligations  in  this
Agreement,  the  Disclosure  Letter,  and any other  certificate  or  document
delivered  pursuant to this Agreement  will survive the Closing.  The right to
indemnification,   payment  of  Damages   or  other   remedy   based  on  such
representations,  warranties,  covenants, and obligations will not be affected
by any investigation  conducted with respect to, or any Knowledge acquired (or
capable of being acquired) at any time,  whether before or after the execution
and  delivery of this  Agreement  or the  Closing  Date,  with  respect to the
accuracy  or  inaccuracy  of or  compliance  with,  any  such  representation,
warranty,  covenant,  or obligation.  The waiver of any condition based on the
accuracy  of any  representation  or  warranty,  or on the  performance  of or
compliance  with any  covenant  or  obligation,  will not  affect the right to
indemnification,   payment  of  Damages,   or  other   remedy  based  on  such
representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations.

      10.2  Indemnification  and  Payment  of  Damages  by  Sellers.  Sellers,
jointly and severally,  will indemnify and hold harmless  Buyer,  the Company,
and their respective Representatives,  stockholders,  controlling persons, and
Affiliates (collectively,  the "Indemnified Persons") for, and will pay to the
Indemnified  Persons  the  amount  of,  any  loss,  liability,  claim,  damage
(including incidental and consequential damages),  expense (including costs of
investigation  and defense and  reasonable  attorneys'  fees) or diminution of
value,   whether  or  not   involving  a  third-party   claim   (collectively,
"Damages"), arising, directly or indirectly, from or in connection with:

            (a)   any  Breach  of  any  representation  or  warranty  made  by
Sellers in this  Agreement,  the  Disclosure  Letter,  the  supplements to the
Disclosure  Letter, or any other certificate or document  delivered by Sellers
pursuant to this Agreement;

            (b)   any  Breach  of  any  representation  or  warranty  made  by
Sellers in this Agreement as if such  representation  or warranty were made on
and as of the Closing Date;

            (c)   any Breach by any Seller of any  covenant or  obligation  of
such Seller in this Agreement;

            (d)   any  product  shipped or  manufactured  by, or any  services
provided by, any the Company prior to the Closing Date;

            (e)   any claim by any Person for  brokerage  or finder's  fees or
commissions  or similar  payments  based upon any  agreement or  understanding
alleged to have been made by any such  Person  with any Seller or the  Company
(or  any  Person  acting  on  their  behalf)  in  connection  with  any of the
Contemplated Transactions.

      The  remedies provided in this Section 10.2 will not be exclusive of or
limit any other  remedies  that may  be  available  to  Buyer or  the   other  
Indemnified Persons.

      10.3  Indemnification   and   Payment   of   Damages   by  Sellers  --  
Environmental Matters. In addition to the provisions of Section 10.2. Sellers,
jointly  and severally,  will  indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, the Company,
and  the other Indemnified Persons for, and  will pay  to Buyer,  the Company,
and the  other  Indemnified  Persons  the  amount  of, any  Damages (including
costs of  cleanup,  containment,  or other  remediation)  arising, directly or
indirectly, from or in connection with any Environmental,  Health, and  Safety
Liabilitie    arising   out  of   or  relating   to: (i)  (A)  the  ownership,
operation,  or  condition  at any time on or prior to the Closing  Date of the
Facilities  or any other  properties  and assets used by the  Company,  or any
Hazardous  Materials or other contaminants that were present on the Facilities
or such other  properties  and  assets at any time on or prior to the  Closing
Date;  or  (ii)  any  Hazardous  Materials  or  other  contaminants,  wherever
located,  that  were,  or  were  allegedly,  generated,  transported,  stored,
treated,  Released,  or otherwise  handled by Sellers or the Company or by any
other  Person for whose  conduct  they are or may be held  responsible  at any
time on or prior to the Closing Date.

      10.4  Indemnification  and  Payment  of  Damages  by Buyer.  Buyer  will
indemnify  and hold  harmless  Sellers,  and will pay to Sellers the amount of
any Damages  arising,  directly or indirectly,  from or in connection with (a)
any Breach of any  representation  or warranty made by Buyer in this Agreement
or in any certificate  delivered by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement,  (b) any
Breach by Buyer of any covenant or obligation of Buyer in this  Agreement,  or
(c) any claim by any Person for brokerage or finder's fees or  commissions  or
similar  payments  based upon any agreement or  understanding  alleged to have
been made by such  Person  with Buyer (or any Person  acting on its behalf) in
connection  with any of the  Contemplated  Transactions.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  in the case of any  Damages  arising  out of a third  party  claim
brought  against  Parent  based on the conduct of its  business as a whole (as
opposed  to just the  business  of  Drake),  Parent  will  pay any  reasonable
defense  costs  related  thereto.  The remedies  provided in this Section 10.4
will not be exclusive of or limit any other  remedies that may be available to
Sellers.

      10.5  Time  Limitations.  If the Closing  occurs,  Sellers  will have no
liability   (for   indemnification   or   otherwise)   with   respect  to  any
representation  or warranty,  or covenant or  obligation  to be performed  and
complied  with prior to the Closing  Date,  other than those in Sections  3.3,
3.11,  3.13  (with  respect to matters  other than Tax),  3.19,  3.23 and 3.24
unless on or before the second  anniversary of the Closing Date Buyer notifies
Sellers of a claim  specifying  the factual  basis of that claim in reasonable
detail to the  extent  then known by Buyer;  a claim  with  respect to Section
3.11,  3.13,  3.23 or 3.24  shall be made  within  the  applicable  statute of
limitations;  a claim  with  respect  to  Sections  3.3 or 3.19 or a claim for
indemnification  or reimbursement  based upon any covenant or obligation to be
performed and complied  with after the Closing Date,  may be made at any time.
If the Closing occurs,  Buyer will have no liability (for  indemnification  or
otherwise)  with respect to any  representation  or  warranty,  or covenant or
obligation  to be  performed  and  complied  with prior to the  Closing  Date,
unless on or before the second  anniversary  from the  Closing  Date,  Sellers
notify  Buyer  of a claim  specifying  the  factual  basis  of that  claim  in
reasonable  detail  to  the  extent  then  known  by  Sellers;   a  claim  for
indemnification  or reimbursement  based upon any covenant or obligation to be
performed  or complied  with after the  Closing  Date may be made at any time.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no party hereto  shall waive any  applicable
statute of limitations with respect to any third party claim.

      10.6  Limitations  on Amount -- Sellers.  Sellers will have no liability
(for  indemnification  or otherwise) with respect to the matters  described in
Section 10.2  until the total  of  all  Damages with  respect to such  matters
exceeds  $25,000,  and once such threshold is met, Sellers shall be liable for
all Damages,  including,  without  limitation,  such  $25,000.  However,  this
Section  10.6  will not  apply to any intentional Breach  by any Seller of any
representation,  warranty, covenant or obligation, and Sellers will be jointly
and severally  liable for all Damages with respect to such Breaches.

      10.7  Limitations  on Amount --  Buyers.  Buyer  will have no  liability
(for  indemnification  or otherwise) with respect to the matters  described in
Section 10.4  until  the  total  of  all Damages with respect to such  matters 
exceeds $25,000, and once such threshold is met, Buyer shall be liable for all
Damages, including, without  limitation, such $25,000.  However,  this Section
10.7 will not apply to any intentional Breach by Buyer of any  representation,
warranty,  covenant or  obligation,  and Buyer  will be liable for all Damages 
with respect to such Breaches.

      10.8  Procedure For Indemnification -- Third Party Claims.

            (a)   Promptly  after  receipt  by  an  indemnified   party  under
Section 10.2, 10.4, or (to the extent provided in the last sentence of Section
10.3) Section 10.3 of  notice  of  the commencement of any Proceeding  against
it, such indemnified  party  will,  if  a  claim  is to  be  made  against  an
indemnifying  party under such  Section, give notice to the indemnifying party
of the  commencement of such claim, but the failure to notify the indemnifying
party will not  relieve the  indemnifying  party of any liability  that it may 
have to any  indemnified  party,  except to the extent  that the  indemnifying 
party  demonstrates that  the  defense  of  such action  is  prejudiced by the 
indemnifying party's failure to give such notice.

            (b)   If any Proceeding  referred to in Section 10.8(a) is brought
against an indemnified  party  and it  gives  notice to the indemnifying party
of  the  commencement  of  such  Proceeding,  the   indemnifying  party  will,
unless  the  claim  involves  Taxes,  be   entitled  to  participate  in  such
Proceeding  and,  to  the extent  that it wishes (unless (i) the  indemnifying
party is also a party to such  Proceeding and the indemnified party determines
in good faith that joint  representation  would be inappropriate,  or (ii) the
indemnifying party fails  to  provide reasonable  assurance to the indemnified
party  of  its  financial  capacity  to  defend  such  Proceeding  and provide  
indemnification with  respect to  such  Proceeding),  to assume the defense of 
such  Proceeding  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  indemnified  
party and, after notice from the  indemnifying party to the indemnified  party
of its  election  to assume the defense of such  Proceeding,  the indemnifying
party will not, as long as it  diligently conducts such  defense, be liable to
the  indemnified party under this Section 10 for any fees of other  counsel or 
any  other  expenses   with   respect  to  the  defense  of  such   Proceeding,
in each case  subsequently  incurred by the  indemnified  party in  connection
with  the  defense  of  such  Proceeding,   other  than  reasonable  costs  of
investigation.  If the indemnifying party assumes the defense of a Proceeding,
(i) it will be  conclusively  established  for purposes of this Agreement that
the claims  made in that  Proceeding  are  within the scope of and  subject to
indemnification;  (ii) no  compromise  or  settlement  of such  claims  may be
effected by the  indemnifying  party without the  indemnified  party's consent
unless  (A)  there  is no  finding  or  admission  of any  violation  of Legal
Requirements  or any  violation  of the  rights of any Person and no effect on
any other claims that may be made against the indemnified  party,  and (B) the
sole  relief  provided  is  monetary  damages  that  are  paid  in full by the
indemnifying  party;  and (iii) the  indemnified  party will have no liability
with respect to any compromise or settlement of such claims  effected  without
its consent.  If notice is given to an indemnifying  party of the commencement
of any Proceeding and the  indemnifying  party does not, within ten days after
the indemnified  party's notice is given, give notice to the indemnified party
of its  election to assume the defense of such  Proceeding,  the  indemnifying
party  will be  bound  by any  determination  made in such  Proceeding  or any
compromise  or  settlement  effected by the  indemnified  party,  absent gross
negligence  or  willful  misconduct  on the  part  of the  indemnified  party.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the indemnified party in such cases shall use
its  reasonable  best  efforts to  provide  notice of  material  events in any
Proceeding and attempt to obtain the consent of the indemnifying  party to any
compromise or settlement.

            (c)   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if  an  indemnified  party
determines  in good  faith  that  there  is a  reasonable  probability  that a
Proceeding may adversely  affect it or its  affiliates  other than as a result
of monetary  damages for which it would be entitled to  indemnification  under
this  Agreement,  the  indemnified  party may,  by notice to the  indemnifying
party,  assume the  exclusive  right to  defend,  compromise,  or settle  such
Proceeding,  but the indemnifying party will not be bound by any determination
of a Proceeding so defended or any compromise or settlement  effected  without
its consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld).

            (d)   Sellers  and  Buyer  hereby  consent  to  the  non-exclusive
jurisdiction  of any  court in  which a  Proceeding  is  brought  against  any
Indemnified  Person for purposes of any claim that an  Indemnified  Person may
have under this  Agreement  with  respect to such  Proceeding  or the  matters
alleged  therein,  and agree  that  process  may be served on Sellers or Buyer
with respect to such a claim anywhere in the world.

      10.9  Procedure  for  Indemnification  --  Other  Claims.  A  claim  for
indemnification  for any  matter  not  involving  a  third-party  claim may be
asserted by notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought.

      10.10 Insurance  Coverages.  Notwithstanding  any of the  foregoing,  an
indemnifying  party shall not be liable for the amount of damages recovered by
the indemnified  party from any insurance  policies unless otherwise agreed to
by  the  parties,  and  this  indemnification  shall  not  be  interpreted  or
construed,  and the  parties  do not  intend  it,  to negate or limit any such
coverages.







                            11. Dispute Resolution

      11.1  Dispute Defined.  As used in this Agreement,  "Dispute" shall mean
any dispute or disagreement  between the Buyer and the Sellers  concerning the
interpretation of this Agreement,  the validity of this Agreement,  any breach
or  alleged  breach by any party  under  this  Agreement  or any other  matter
relating in any way to this Agreement.

      11.2  Dispute Resolution Procedures.

            (a)   If  a  Dispute   arises,   the  parties   shall  follow  the
procedures  specified in this Article 11. The parties shall  promptly  attempt
to resolve any Dispute by negotiations  between  themselves.  Either the Buyer
or the  Sellers  may give the other  party  written  notice of any Dispute not
resolved  in the  normal  course of  business.  The  parties  shall  meet at a
mutually  acceptable  time and place within 15 calendar days after delivery of
such notice,  and thereafter as often as they reasonably  deem  necessary,  to
exchange  relevant  information and to attempt to resolve the Dispute.  If the
Dispute has not been  resolved by the parties  within 30 calendar  days of the
disputing  party's  notice,  or if the  parties  fail to meet  within  such 15
calendar  days,  either the Buyer or the Company  may  initiate  mediation  as
provided in Section 11.2(b) of this Agreement. If a negotiator  intends to  be 
accompanied at a meeting by legal counsel, the other negotiator shall be given
at least three (3) business days' notice of  such intention  and  may  also be 
accompanied by legal counsel.

            (b)   If the Dispute is not resolved by  negotiations  pursuant to
Section 11.2(a), the parties  shall  attempt in good faith to resolve any such
Dispute by  nonbinding   mediation.  Either  the  Buyer  or  the  Sellers  may 
initiate  a  nonbinding   mediation  proceeding by a request in writing to the 
other  party (the  "Mediation   Request"),   and  both  parties  will  then be 
obligated to engage in a mediation.  The  proceeding   will  be  conducted  in 
accordance with the  then  current  Center for Public Resources  ("CPR") Model
Procedure for Mediation of Business Disputes, with the following exceptions:

                  (i)   if the  parties  have not  agreed  within 15  calendar
            days of the  Mediation  Request  on the  selection  of a  mediator
            willing  to serve,  CPR,  upon the  request of either the Buyer or
            the Sellers,  shall appoint a member of the CPR Panels of Neutrals
            as the mediator, and

                  (ii)  efforts to reach a settlement  will continue until the
            conclusion  of the  proceedings,  which  shall be  deemed to occur
            upon the earliest of the date that:  (A) a written  settlement  is
            reached,  or (B) the mediator concludes and informs the parties in
            writing  that  further  efforts  would not be  useful,  or (C) the
            parties agree in writing that an impasse has been reached,  or (D)
            a period  of 30  calendar  days has  passed  since  the  Mediation
            Request and none of the events specified in the foregoing  clauses
            (A), (B) or (C) has  occurred.  No party may  withdraw  before the
            conclusion of the proceeding.

            (c)   If a Dispute is not  resolved  by  negotiation  pursuant  to
Section 11.2(a) of this Agreement  or by mediation pursuant to Section 11.2(b) 
of this Agreement within 70 calendar days after initiation of the  negotiation
process  pursuant  to  Section 11.2(a),  such  Dispute and  any  other  claims
arising out of or relating to this  Agreement  may be heard,  adjudicated  and
determined by arbitration before a single arbitrator  pursuant to the rules of
the American  Arbitration  Association  ("AAA").  Arbitration may be commenced
at any time by any party hereto giving  written  notice to each other party to
a dispute  that such a dispute  has been  referred to  arbitration  under this
Section 11.2. The arbitrator  shall be selected by the joint  agreement of the
parties,  but if they do not so agree  within  20 days  after  the date of the
notice  referred to in the preceding  sentence,  the  selection  shall be made
pursuant to the rules from the panels of  arbitrators  maintained  by the AAA.
Any award rendered by the arbitrator  shall be conclusive and binding upon the
parties hereto;  provided,  however,  that any such award shall be accompanied
by a written  opinion  of the  arbitrator  giving the  reasons  for the award.
This  provision  for  arbitration  shall be  specifically  enforceable  by the
parties,  and the decision of the  arbitrator in accordance  herewith shall be
final and  binding  and there  shall be no right of appeal  therefrom.  Unless
otherwise  designated by the arbitrator as a result of fault, each party shall
pay its own expenses of arbitration  and the expenses of the arbitrator  shall
be equally shared.

      11.3  Provisional   Remedies.   At  any  time   during  the   procedures
specified in Sections 11.2(a) and 11.2(b) of this Agreement, a party may seek 
preliminary injunction or other provisional judicial relief if in its judgement
such action is necessary to avoid irreparable damage or to preserve the status 
quo. Despite such action, the parties will continue to participate in good faith
in the procedures specified in Section 11.2(a) and 11.2(b).

      11.4 Tolling Statue Limitations.  All applicable statutes of limitations 
and defenses based upon the passage of time shall be tolled while the procedures
specified in Section 11.2(a) and 11.2(b) of this Agreement are pending.  The 
parties  will take such  action,  if any, as is required  to  effectuate  such
tolling.

      11.5  Performance  to  Continue.  Each party  shall  continue to perform
its or his obligations  under this Agreement  pending final  resolution of any
Dispute.

      11.6  Extension of Deadlines.  All  deadlines  specified in this Article
11 may be extended by mutual agreement between the parties.

      11.7  Enforcement.  The parties  regard the  obligations in this Article
11 to  constitute  an essential  provision of this  Agreement  and one that is
legally  binding on them.  In case of a violation of the  obligations  in this
Article 11 by either the Buyer or the  Sellers,  the other  party may bring an
action to seek  enforcement of such  obligations in any state or federal court
specified in Section 11.2(c).

      11.8  Costs.  The parties shall pay their own costs,  fees, and expenses
incurred in connection with the  application  of  the  provisions  of sections 
11.2(a) and 11.2(b) of this  Agreement.  In addition, the fees and expenses of 
CPR  and the mediator in connection with the application of the provisions  of 
Section 11.2(b) of this Agreement  shall  be borne fifty percent (50%) by  the
Buyer and fifty percent (50%) by the Sellers.


     11.9  Replacement.  If  CPR is no  longer  in  business  or is  unable or
refuses or declines to act or to continue to act under Section 11.2(b) of this
Agreement for  any reason, then the functions  specified in Section 11.2(b) to
be performed by CPR shall be performed by AAA.

      11.10 Injunctive Relief Notwithstanding  any  provision  to the contrary
contained in this Article II, in the event a remedy at law for a breach of any
provision would be inadequate,  the non-breaching  party shall be  entitled to 
seek temporary or permanent injunctive relief.



                            12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

      12.1  Expenses.   Except  as  otherwise   expressly   provided  in  this
Agreement,  each party to this  Agreement  will bear its  respective  expenses
incurred in connection  with the  preparation,  execution,  and performance of
this  Agreement  and the  Contemplated  Transactions,  including  all fees and
expenses of agents, representatives, counsel, and accountants.

      12.2  Public   Announcements.   Any  public   announcement   or  similar
publicity  with  respect to this  Agreement or the  Contemplated  Transactions
will be  issued,  if at  all,  at  such  time  and in  such  manner  as  Buyer
determines  with  prior  notice,  if  possible,   given  to  Sellers.   Unless
consented to by Buyer in advance or required by Legal  Requirements,  prior to
the  Closing  Sellers  shall,  and  shall  cause  the  Company  to,  keep this
Agreement  strictly  confidential  and may not  make  any  disclosure  of this
Agreement  to any  Person.  Sellers  and Buyer  will  consult  with each other
concerning  the  means  by  which  the  Company's  employees,  customers,  and
suppliers and others having  dealings with the Company will be informed of the
Contemplated  Transactions,  and Buyer will have the right to be  present  for
any such communication.

      12.3  Confidentiality.  Between  the  date  of  this  Agreement  and the
Closing Date,  Buyer and Sellers will maintain in  confidence,  and will cause
the  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents,  and advisors of Buyer and the
Company to maintain in  confidence,  any written,  oral, or other  information
obtained in  confidence,  any written oral, or other  information  obtained in
confidence  from  another  party  or  the  Company  in  connection  with  this
Agreement or the  Contemplated  Transactions,  unless (a) such  information is
already   known  to  such   party  or  to  others  not  bound  by  a  duty  of
confidentiality  or such  information  becomes publicly  available  through no
fault  of  such  party,  (b)  the  use of such  information  is  necessary  or
appropriate  in making  any  filing  or  obtaining  any  consent  or  approval
required for the  consummation of the  Contemplated  Transactions,  or (c) the
furnishing  or  use  of  such  information  is  required  by or  necessary  or
appropriate in connection with legal proceedings.

      If the Contemplated  Transactions  are not consummated,  each party will
return or destroy as much of such written  information  as the other party may
reasonably request.

      12.4  Notices.    All   notices,    consents,    waivers,    and   other
communications  under this  Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to
have been duly given when (a) delivered by hand (with written  confirmation of
receipt),  (b) sent by  telecopier  (with  written  confirmation  of receipt),
provided that a copy is mailed by registered mail,  return receipt  requested,
or (c) when  received by the  addressee,  if sent by a  nationally  recognized
overnight  delivery  service  (receipt   requested),   in  each  case  to  the
appropriate  addresses  and  telecopier  numbers  set forth  below (or to such
other  addresses and telecopier  numbers as a party may designate by notice to
the other parties):







                              The Company or Sellers:
                              Drake Management Services, Inc.
                              6263 North Scottsdale Road
                              Suite 210
                              Scotsdale, Arizona  85250
                              Facsimile:  (602) 951-9372



                              with a copy to:
                              Bonn, Luscher, Padden & Wilkins
                              805 North Second Street
                              Phoenix, Arizona  85004
                              Attn:  Jon D. Ehlinger
                              Facsimile:  (602) 254-0656



                              Buyer:

                              Morrison Health Care, Inc.
                              Suite 400
                              1955 Lake Park Drive, S.E.
                              Smyrna, Georgia  30080-3300
                              Attn:  General Counsel
                              Facsimile:  (770) 437-3342


                              with a copy to:

                              Powell, Goldstein, Frazer & Murphy LLP
                              Sixteenth Floor
                              191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                              Atlanta, Georgia  30303
                              Attn.:  Thomas R. McNeill, Esq.
                              Facsimile:  (404) 572-6999

      12.5  Further   Assurances.   The  parties  agree  (a) to  furnish  upon
request to each other such further information,  (b) to execute and deliver to
each  other such other  documents,  and (c) to do such other acts and  things,
all as the other party may reasonably  request for the purpose of carrying out
the intent of this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement.

      12.6  Waiver.  The rights and remedies of the parties to this  Agreement
are cumulative and not  alternative.  Neither the failure nor any delay by any
party in exercising  any right,  power,  or privilege  under this Agreement or
the documents  referred to in this  Agreement will operate as a waiver of such
right,  power,  or  privilege,  and no single or partial  exercise of any such
right,  power,  or privilege  will  preclude any other or further  exercise of
such right,  power, or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power, or
privilege.  To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (a) no claim or
right  arising  out of this  Agreement  or the  documents  referred to in this
Agreement can be discharged by one party,  in whole or in part, by a waiver or
renunciation  of the  claim or right  unless  in  writing  signed by the other
party;  (b) no waiver that may be given by a party will be  applicable  except
in the  specific  instance  for which it is  given;  and  (c) no  notice to or
demand on one party  will be deemed to be a waiver of any  obligation  of such
party or of the  right of the  party  giving  such  notice  or  demand to take
further  action  without notice or demand as provided in this Agreement or the
documents referred to in this Agreement.

      12.7  Entire Agreement and Modification.  This Agreement  supersedes all
prior  agreements  between the  parties  with  respect to its  subject  matter
(including  the Letter of Intent  between Buyer and Sellers dated  December 5,
1997)  and  constitutes   (along  with  the  documents  referred  to  in  this
Agreement) a complete and  exclusive  statement of the terms of the  agreement
between the parties with respect to its subject  matter.  This  Agreement  may
not be  amended  except by a  written  agreement  executed  by the party to be
charged with the amendment.

      12.8  Disclosure Letter.

            (a)   The  disclosures in the  Disclosure  Letter must relate only
to the  representations  and  warranties  in the Section of the  Agreement  to
which they expressly  relate and not to any other  representation  or warranty
in this Agreement.

            (b)   In the event of any inconsistency  between the statements in
the body of this Agreement and those in the  Disclosure  Letter (other than an
exception  expressly set forth as such in the  Disclosure  Letter with respect
to a specifically  identified  representation or warranty),  the statements in
the body of this Agreement will control.

      12.9  Assignments,   Successors,  and  No  Third-Party  Rights.  Neither
party may assign any of its rights  under  this  Agreement  without  the prior
consent of the other  parties  except  that Buyer may assign any of its rights
under this  Agreement to any  subsidiary  of Buyer.  Subject to the  preceding
sentence,  this  Agreement will apply to, be binding in all respects upon, and
inure to the benefit of the successors  and permitted  assigns of the parties.
Nothing  expressed or referred to in this  Agreement will be construed to give
any Person  other than the parties to this  Agreement  any legal or  equitable
right,  remedy,  or  claim  under or with  respect  to this  Agreement  or any
provision of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement and all of its  provisions  and
conditions  are for the sole and  exclusive  benefit  of the  parties  to this
Agreement and their successors and assigns.

      12.10 Severability.  If any provision of this  Agreement is held invalid
or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction,  the other provisions
of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.  Any provision of this
Agreement held invalid or unenforceable  only in part or degree will remain in
full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

      12.11 Section Headings,  Construction.  The headings of Sections in this
Agreement  are  provided  for  convenience   only  and  will  not  affect  its
construction  or  interpretation.  All  references  to "Section" or "Sections"
refer to the  corresponding  Section or Sections of this Agreement.  All words
used in this  Agreement  will be construed to be of such gender or number,  as
the  circumstances  require.  Unless otherwise  expressly  provided,  the word
"including" does not limit the preceding words or terms.

      12.12 Time of  Essence.  With  regard to all dates and time  periods set
forth or referred to in this Agreement, time is of the essence.

      12.13 Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  will be  governed by the laws of
the State of Arizona without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

      12.14 Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  one or  more
counterparts,  each of which  will be  deemed to be an  original  copy of this
Agreement and all of which, when taken together,  will be deemed to constitute
one and the same agreement.



       [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement
as of the date first written above.



                                      BUYER:

                                      MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.



                                      By:       /s/ Glenn Davenport
                                         --------------------------
                                      Name:     Glenn Davenport      
                                      Title:    President & CEO      



                                      THE COMPANY:

                                      DRAKE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.



                                      By:       /s/ Richard Drake   
                                          --------------------------
                                      Name:     Richard Drake  
                                      Title:    President  



                                      SELLERS:



                                                Richard Drake               
                                      ----------------------------------------

                                      Drake Family  Revocable  Trust,  Richard
                                      or Dianne Drake Trustee under  agreement
                                      dated September 17, 1991

                                      By:  Richard Drake, Trustee





                                                /s/ Richard Drake              
                                                ------------------------------
                                                RICHARD DRAKE





                                                /s/  Dianne L. Drake         
                                                ------------------------------
                                                DIANNE DRAKE





                                                /s/  Philippe Michelin       
                                                ------------------------------ 
                                                PHILIPPE MICHELIN






EXHIBIT 10.35

                           ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      This Asset Purchase  Agreement (the  "Agreement")  is made this 20th day
of March,  1998, by Morrison  Health Care,  Inc., a Georgia  corporation  (the
"Buyer") and Spectra Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

                                   RECITALS

      The  Company   desires  to  sell,   and  Buyer   desires  to   purchase,
substantially  all of the assets of the  Company  and the  business as a going
concern  (collectively,  the  "Business"),  for the  consideration  and on the
terms set forth in this Agreement.

                                  AGREEMENT

      The parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

                                1. DEFINITIONS

      For purposes of this  Agreement,  the following  terms have the meanings
specified or referred to in this Article 1:

      "Accounts Receivable" - as defined in Section 3.6.

      "Affiliate"  - with respect to an  individual,  any family  member,  any
Person that is directly or indirectly  controlled  by such  individual or such
individual's  family  members,  or any  Person  with  respect  to  which  such
individual,  or a member of such  individual's  family,  serves as a director,
officer, partner,  executor, or trustee (or similar capacity, and with respect
to any  Person  other  than  an  individual,  any  person  that  controls,  is
controlled by or under common  control with such Person,  and each Person that
serves as a  director,  officer,  partner,  executor  or trustee  (or  similar
capacity) of such Person.

      "Agreement" - as defined in the Preamble.

      "Applicable  Contract" - any  Contract  (a) under which the Business has
or may  acquire any rights,  (b) under  which the  Business  has or may become
subject to any  obligation or  liability,  or (c) by which the Business or any
of the Assets is or may become bound.

      "Assets"  - shall  mean all of the  assets  of the  Business  including,
without limitation,

            (a)   The  Company's   leasehold   interests  in  any   buildings,
facilities and other  structures or improvements  located at or related to the
Business;

            (b)   All  machinery,   equipment,  office  furniture  and  tools,
leasehold  improvements  and other  tangible  personal  property  owned by the
Company;

            (c)   All   franchises,    licenses,    permits,    consents   and
certificates of any regulatory,  administrative,  or other governmental agency
or body issued to or held by the Company related to the Business;

            (d)   All contracts, agreements, understandings,  contract rights,
license agreements,  purchase and sales orders and other executory commitments
of the Company,  including,  without  limitation,  all  management  or service
agreements.

            (e)   All  inventories  and supplies  located at or related to the
Business;

            (f)   All customer  lists,  vendor  lists,  distributor  or agency
agreements, catalogues, and advertising materials owned by the Company;

            (g)   The Company's books and records related to the Business;

            (h)   All prepaid  items  related to the Business that will accrue
to the Company's benefit;

            (i)   All accounts,  notes,  and other  receivables of the Company
or prepaid  accounts  or notes,  but only to the extent  such  receivables  or
payments  relate to services to be provided by the Business from and after the
Effective Date;

            (j)   The name "Spectra Services;" and

            (k)   All goodwill relating to the Business;

      provided,  however,  that Assets shall not include any  Excluded  Assets
held by the Company or any Company Plans.

      "Assumed  Liabilities" - the  liabilities and obligations of the Company
arising from and after the Effective Date under the Applicable Contracts,  and
such other liabilities as are set forth in Part 2.2 of the Disclosure Letter.

      "Balance Sheet" - as defined in Section 3.3.

      "Bill of Sale" - as defined in Section 2.5(a)(i).

      "Business" - as defined in the Recitals.

      "Buyer" - as defined in the Preamble.

      "Buyer's Closing Documents" - as defined in Section 4.2(a).

      "Closing" - as defined in Section 2.4.

      "Closing  Date" - the date and time as of  which  the  Closing  actually
takes place.

      "Company" - as defined in the Preamble.

      "Company  Plans"  -  any  (a)  "employee   welfare  benefit  plans"  and
"employee  pension  benefit  plans" as  defined  in  Section  3(1) and 3(2) of
ERISA;  or  (b)  any  other  pension,  profit  sharing,  retirement,  deferred
compensation,  stock  purchase,  stock  option,  incentive,  bonus,  vacation,
severance, disability, health, hospitalization,  automobile, fringe benefit or
other  employee  benefit plan or  arrangement,  whether  written or unwritten,
formal or  informal,  which the Company  maintains or to which the Company has
any  outstanding  present  or  future  obligation  to  contribute  or to  make
payments under.

      "Company's Closing Documents" - as defined in Section 3.2(a).

      "Competing Business" - as defined in Section 3.24.

      "Contemplated  Transactions" - all of the  transactions  contemplated by
this  Agreement,  including:  (a) the  sale of the  Business by the Company to
Buyer;  (b) the  execution,   delivery,  and  performance  of  the  Employment
Agreements,  the Noncompetition Agreements, the Earnout Agreement and the Bill
of Sale;  (c) the  performance  by Buyer and the  Company of their  respective
covenants and obligations  under this Agreement;  and (d) Buyer's  acquisition
and ownership of the Business.

      "Contract"  -  any  agreement,   contract,   obligation,   promise,   or
undertaking  (whether  written or oral and whether express or implied) that is
legally binding.

      "Copyrights" - as defined in Section 3.20(a)(ii).

      "CPR" - as defined in Section 11.2(b).

      "Damages" - as defined in Section 10.2.

      "Disclosure  Letter" - the disclosure letter delivered by the Company to
Buyer concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

      "Dispute" - as defined in Section 11.1.

      "Earnout Agreement" - as defined in Section 2.5(a)(v).

      "Effective  Date" - March 1, 1998,  which shall be the effective date of
the Closing.

      "Employment Agreements" - as defined in Section 2.5(a)(ii).

      "Encumbrance"  -  any  charge,   claim,   community  property  interest,
condition,  equitable interest, lien, option, pledge, security interest, right
of first refusal,  or restriction  of any kind,  including any  restriction on
use, voting,  transfer,  receipt of income, or exercise of any other attribute
of ownership.

      "Environment" - soil, land surface or subsurface strata,  surface waters
(including navigable waters, ocean waters,  streams,  ponds,  drainage basins,
and wetlands), groundwaters,  drinking water supply, stream sediments, ambient
air   (including   indoor  air),   plant  and  animal  life,   and  any  other
environmental medium or natural resource.

      "Environmental,  Health,  and Safety  Liabilities" - any cost,  damages,
expense, liability,  obligation, or other responsibility arising from or under
Environmental  Law or  Occupational  Safety and Health  Law  including  fines,
penalties,  financial  responsibility  for cleanup costs,  corrective  action,
removal,  remedial  actions and response  actions,  and any other  compliance,
corrective,   investigative   or   remedial   measures   required   under  any
Environmental   Law  or   Occupational   Safety  and  Health  Law.  The  terms
"removal,"  "remedial," and "response action," include the types of activities
covered   by  the  United   States   Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,
Compensation,  and  Liability  Act,  42   U.S.C.  Section  9601  et seq.,   as 
amended ("CERCLA").

      "Environmental  Law" - any Legal Requirement that requires or relates to
releases of  pollutants or hazardous  substances  or materials,  violations of
discharge limits, or other prohibitions that relate to the Environment.

      "ERISA" - the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974 or any
successor law, and  regulations  and rules issued  pursuant to that Act or any
successor law.

      "Excluded  Assets" - (a) all cash and  accounts  receivable  held by the
Company  related to services  rendered  prior to the Effective  Date,  (b) all
Company Plans, (c) the microwave,  (d) the refrigerator,  and (e) pictures and
other personal  effects  located at the Company's  principal place of business
in Naperville, Illinois.

      "Facilities"  -  any  real  property,  leaseholds,  or  other  interests
currently  or formerly  owned or  operated  by the Company and any  buildings,
plants,  structures,  or equipment  (including  motor  vehicles)  currently or
formerly owned or operated by the Company.

      "GAAP"  -  generally  accepted  United  States  accounting   principles,
applied  on a basis  consistent  with the basis  which the  Balance  Sheet and
other financial statements referred to in Section 3.3 were prepared.

      "Governmental  Authorization" - any approval,  consent, license, permit,
waiver,  or other  authorization  issued,  granted,  given,  or otherwise made
available by or under the  authority of any  Governmental  Body or pursuant to
any Legal Requirement.

      "Governmental Body" - any federal, state, local, municipal,  foreign, or
other  government;  or  governmental  or  quasi-governmental  authority of any
nature (including any governmental agency,  branch,  department,  official, or
entity and any court or other tribunal).

      "Hazardous  Materials"  - any waste or other  substance  that is listed,
defined,  designated,  or  classified  as,  or  otherwise  determined  to  be,
hazardous,  radioactive,  or toxic or a pollutant  or a  contaminant  under or
pursuant  to any  Environmental  Law,  including  any  admixture  or  solution
thereof,  and specifically  including petroleum and all derivatives thereof or
synthetic substitutes therefor and asbestos or asbestos-containing materials.

      "Initial Purchase Price" - as defined in Section 2.3.

      "Intellectual Property Assets" - as defined in Section 3.20(a).

      "Interest" - shall be the highest  one-year  rate  available at Citibank
for a cash or  certificate  of deposit  account as of the  Closing  Date to be
applied to the Conditional  Sales Price from the Closing Date through the date
that the Conditional Sales Price is paid to the Company.

      "IRC" - the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986 or any  successor  law, and
regulations  issued by the IRS  pursuant to the  Internal  Revenue Code or any
successor law.

      "IRS" - the United  States  Internal  Revenue  Service or any  successor
agency,  and, to the extent  relevant,  the United  States  Department  of the
Treasury.

      "Knowledge"  - an  individual  will be deemed to have  "Knowledge"  of a
particular  fact or other matter if: (a) such  individual is actually aware of
such fact or other matter;  or (b) with respect to an officer or director of a
Person,  a prudent  individual  acting in such  capacity  could  reasonably be
expected to discover or  otherwise  become  aware of such fact or other matter
in the ordinary  course of conducting his duties as an officer or director.  A
Person  (other than an  individual)  will be deemed to have  "Knowledge"  of a
particular  fact or other matter if any individual who is serving,  or who has
at any time served, as a director,  officer, partner,  executor, or trustee of
such Person (or in any similar  capacity)  has, or at any time had,  Knowledge
of such fact or other matter.

      "Legal  Requirement" - any federal,  state, local,  municipal,  foreign,
international,  multinational,  or other administrative  order,  constitution,
law, ordinance, principle of common law, regulation, statute, or treaty.

      "Marks" - as defined in Section 3.20(a)(i).

      "Mary Hospital Account" - the Little Company of Mary Hospital
(Evergreen Park, Illinois) account.

      "Mediation Request" - as defined in Section 11.2(b).

      "Noncompetition Agreements" - as defined in Section 2.5(a)(iii).

      "Occupational  Safety and Health Law" - any Legal  Requirement  designed
to provide safe and healthful  working  conditions and to reduce  occupational
safety and health hazards.

      "Order" - any award,  decision,  injunction,  judgment,  order,  ruling,
subpoena,  or  verdict  entered,  issued,  made,  or  rendered  by any  court,
administrative agency, or other Governmental Body or by any arbitrator.

      "Ordinary  Course of  Business"  - an action  taken by a Person  will be
deemed to have been taken in the  "Ordinary  Course of Business"  only if such
action is  consistent  with the past  practices of such Person and is taken in
the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such Person.

      "Organizational   Documents"   -   the   articles  or   certificate   of
incorporation  and the bylaws of a corporation and any amendment to any of the
foregoing.

      "Person"  -  any  individual,   corporation  (including  any  non-profit
corporation),  general  or limited  partnership,  limited  liability  company,
joint venture,  estate,  trust,  association,  organization,  labor union,  or
other entity or Governmental Body.

      "Proceeding" - any action, arbitration,  audit, hearing,  investigation,
litigation, or suit (whether civil, criminal,  administrative,  investigative,
or  informal)  commenced,  brought,  conducted,  or  heard  by or  before,  or
otherwise involving, any Governmental Body or arbitrator.

      "Purchase Price" - as defined in Section 2.3.

      "Release" - any spilling,  leaking, emitting,  discharging,  depositing,
escaping, leaching, dumping, or other releasing into the Environment,  whether
intentional or unintentional.

      "Replacement" - as defined in Section 11.9.

      "Representative"  - with respect to a particular  Person,  any director,
officer,  employee,  agent,  consultant,  advisor, or other  representative of
such Person, including legal counsel, accountants, and financial advisors.

      "Stock Option" - an option to purchase a designated  number of shares of
common  stock of the  Buyer,  $.01 par value per share.  All Stock  Options in
favor of any  employee  will vest and become  fully  exercisable  on the third
anniversary  of the date of grant  (provided that the option holder remains an
employee  of Buyer at that time) and expire on the  earlier of (i) ninety (90)
days following  termination of  employment,  or (ii) the tenth  anniversary of
the date of grant.  All Stock  Options  shall have an exercise  price equal to
the  closing  price of  Buyer's  common  stock on the day  before  the date of
grant;  provided  that if the day  before  the date of grant is not a  trading
day, the exercise  price shall be the closing price of Buyer's common stock on
the last previous trading day prior to the grant.

      "Tax" - all tax  (including  income tax,  capital gains tax, value added
tax,  sales tax,  property  tax,  gift tax or estate tax),  levy,  assessment,
tariff,  duty,  deficiency  or other  fee and any  related  charge  or  amount
(including fine,  penalty and interest)  imposed,  assessed or collected by or
under the authority of any Governmental Body.

      "Tax Return" - any return  (including any information  return),  report,
statement,  schedule,  notice,  form, or other document or  information  filed
with or  submitted  to, or  required  to be filed  with or  submitted  to, any
Governmental   Body  in  connection   with  the   determination,   assessment,
collection,  or payment of any Tax or in connection  with the  administration,
implementation,  or  enforcement of or compliance  with any Legal  Requirement
relating to any Tax.

      "Threatened" - a claim,  Proceeding,  dispute,  action,  or other matter
will be deemed to have been  "Threatened"  if any demand or statement has been
made  (orally  or in  writing)  or any  notice  has been  given  (orally or in
writing),  or if any other  event  has  occurred  or any  other  circumstances
exist,  that would lead a prudent Person acting in the capacity of such Person
to conclude that such a claim,  Proceeding,  dispute,  action, or other matter
is reasonably  likely to be asserted,  commenced,  taken, or otherwise pursued
in the future.

      "Trade Secrets" - as defined in Section 3.20(a)(iii).

            2. TRANSFER OF ASSETS AND ASSUMED LIABILITIES; CLOSING

      2.1   Agreement  to Sell and Purchase  Assets.  Subject to the terms and
conditions  of  this  Agreement,  at the  Closing,  the  Company  shall  sell,
transfer,  convey,  assign and  deliver to Buyer the  Assets,  and Buyer shall
purchase, acquire and accept from the Company the Assets.

      2.2   Assumed  Liabilities.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  the  Company  shall  transfer  and  assign  to Buyer  the  Assumed
Liabilities  and Buyer  shall  assume  the  Assumed  Liabilities  and only the
Assumed Liabilities.

      2.3   Purchase Price. The purchase price (the "Purchase  Price") for the
Assets will be (a) $1,100,000  (the "Initial  Purchase  Price") payable at the
Closing;  plus (b) $400,000 on the terms and  conditions  set forth in Section
2.7 below (the  "Conditional  Purchase  Price");  plus (c) any and all amounts
payable  to the  Company  under  the  Earnout  Agreement;  plus or  minus  (d)
prorations  for Assets,  Assumed  Liabilities,  income and  expenses as of the
Effective Date.

      2.4   Closing.  The  purchase and sale (the  "Closing")  provided for in
this Agreement will take place at the offices of Nagle & Higgins,  P.C.,  1755
Park Street,  Suite 360,  Naperville,  Illinois at 10:00 a.m.  (local time) on
March 20,  1998,  or at such  other  time and place as the  parties  may agree
effective as of the Effective Date. Subject to the  provisions  of  Article 9,
failure to consummate the purchase and sale provided for in this Agreement on 
the date and time and at the place  determined  pursuant to this Section 2.4 
will not result in the termination of  this Agreement and will not relieve any
party of any obligation under this Agreement.

      2.5   Closing Obligations.  At the Closing:

            (a)   The Company will deliver to Buyer:

                  (i)   a bill of sale,  assignment and  assumption  agreement
            with  respect  to the Assets and the  Assumed  Liabilities  in the
            form of Exhibit  2.5(a)(i)  (the "Bill of Sale")  executed  by the
            Company;

                  (ii)  employment   agreements   in  the   form  of   Exhibit
            2.5(a)(ii),  executed  by James  W.  Hemphill  and  Mark  De Iorio
            (collectively, the "Employment Agreements");

                  (iii) noncompetition  agreements  in  the  form  of  Exhibit
            2.5(a)(iii),  executed  by James  W.  Hemphill  and Mark  De Iorio
            (collectively, the "Noncompetition Agreements");

                  (iv)  a  certificate  executed  by the Company to the effect
            that:  (A) each of the Company's  representations  and  warranties
            in this  Agreement  was accurate in all respects as of the date of
            this  Agreement  and is accurate in all respects as of the Closing
            Date  as if  made  on  the  Closing  Date;  and  (B)  each  of the
            covenants and  agreements of the Company to be performed  prior to
            the Closing Date has been duly  performed or complied  with by the
            Company;

                  (v)   the   earnout   agreement   in  the  form  of  Exhibit
            2.5(a)(v), executed by the Company (the "Earnout Agreement"); and

                  (vi)  the documents  contemplated by Section 7.5 hereof; and

            (b)   Buyer will deliver to the Company:

                  (i)   the  Initial  Purchase  Price,   plus  or  minus  such
            prorations  of Assets,  Assumed  Liabilities,  income and expenses
            from the Effective  Date to the Closing Date as may  reasonably be
            determined  and  agreed  to by the  parties  prior to the  Closing
            Date, by bank cashier's  check or by wire transfer to the accounts
            specified by the Company;

                  (ii)  a  certificate  executed by Buyer to the effect  that:
            (A)  each  of  Buyer's  representations  and  warranties  in  this
            Agreement  was  accurate  in all  respects  as of the date of this
            Agreement  and is accurate in all  respects as of the Closing Date
            as if made on the Closing Date;  and (B) each of the covenants and
            agreements of Buyer to be performed  prior to the Closing Date has
            been duly performed and complied with by Buyer;

                  (iii) the Bill of Sale, executed by Buyer;

                  (iv)  the Employment Agreements, executed by Buyer;

                  (v)   the Earnout Agreement, executed by Buyer; and

                  (vi)  the documents contemplated by Section 8.4 hereof.

      2.6   Post-Closing  Purchase  Price  Adjustment.  As soon as practicable
following  the  Closing  Date,  but in no event  later than  thirty  (30) days
following  the Closing  Date,  Buyer and the Company  shall  re-determine  all
prorations  of  Assets,  Assumed  Liabilities,  income and  expenses  from the
Effective  Date to the Closing  Date,  and shall settle any upward or downward
adjustments in the Purchase Price  required by such  re-determination.  If the
parties  cannot  reach  agreement  within such  thirty  (30) day  period,  the
dispute shall be settled pursuant to the provisions of Article 11 hereof.

      2.7   Conditional  Purchase Price Payment.  The Conditional Sales Price,
plus  Interest  thereon,  shall be paid by cashiers  check or wire transfer to
the Company as follows:

            (a)   If Little Company Mary Hospital ("Mary  Hospital")  rescinds
its  termination  of the Mary  Hospital  Account on or before  June 30,  1998,
within seven (7) days of receipt by the Company of such notice of  rescission;
or

            (b)   If Mary  Hospital  enters into a new  contract for a minimum
term of one (1) year with the  Company  on or  before  March 1,  1999,  within
seven (7) days of execution of such contract.

      If neither of the foregoing events occur,  then the Company shall not be
entitled to receive the Conditional Purchase Price.

               3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

      The Company represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

      3.1   Organization and Good Standing.

            (a)   The  Company  is  a  corporation  duly  organized,   validly
existing,  and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware,  with
full corporate  power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being
conducted,  to own or use the properties and assets that it purports to own or
use, and to perform all its obligations  under the Applicable  Contracts.  The
Company is duly  qualified to do business as a foreign  corporation  and is in
good  standing  under the laws of each  state or other  jurisdiction  in which
either  the  ownership  or  use  of  its  properties,  or  the  nature  of the
activities  conducted by it, requires such qualification,  which jurisdictions
are set forth on Part 3.1 of the Disclosure Letter.

            (b)   The  Company   has   delivered   to  Buyer   copies  of  the
Organizational Documents of the Company, as currently in effect.

            (c)   The Company has no  subsidiaries  and no ownership  interest
      in any Person.

      3.2   Authority; No Conflict.

            (a)   The  Agreement  constitutes  the  legal,  valid and  binding
obligation of the Company,  enforceable against the Company in accordance with
its  terms,  and  upon  the  execution  and  delivery  by the  Company  of the
Employment  Agreements,  the  Earnout  Agreement,  the  Bill of  Sale  and the
Noncompetition Agreements  (collectively,  the "Company's Closing Documents"),
the Company's Closing Documents will constitute the legal,  valid, and binding
obligations of the Company,  enforceable  against it in accordance  with their
respective terms. The Company has the absolute and unrestricted  right, power,
authority,  and  capacity  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and the
Company's  Closing  Documents  and  to  perform  its  obligations  under  this
Agreement and the Company's Closing Documents.

            (b)   Except  as  set  forth  in  Part 3.2(b)  of  the  Disclosure
Letter,  neither  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  nor  the
consummation  or performance  of any of the  Contemplated  Transactions  will,
directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time):

                  (i)   contravene,  conflict  with,  or result in a violation
            of:  (A) any  provision  of the  Organizational  Documents  of the
            Company;  or (B) any  resolution adopted by the board of directors
            or the stockholders of the Company;

                  (ii)  contravene,  conflict  with,  or result in a violation
            of, or give any  Governmental  Body or other  Person  the right to
            challenge any of the Contemplated  Transactions or to exercise any
            remedy or obtain any  relief  under any Legal  Requirement  or any
            Order to which the  Company or any of the  Assets may be  subject,
            the breach of which would result in Damages to Buyer;

                  (iii) contravene,  conflict  with,  or result in a violation
            of any of the terms or requirements  of, or give any  Governmental
            Body the right to revoke, withdraw,  suspend,  cancel,  terminate,
            or  modify,  any  Governmental  Authorization  that is held by the
            Business or that otherwise relates to any of the Assets;

                  (iv)  cause Buyer or the  Business to become  subject to, or
            to become  liable for the payment of, any Tax imposed with respect
            to the  transfer  of  the  Assets,  or  otherwise  imposed  on the
            Company;

                  (v)   contravene,  conflict  with,  or result in a violation
            or breach of any  provision  of, or give any  Person  the right to
            declare a default or exercise any remedy  under,  or to accelerate
            the  maturity  or  performance  of, or to  cancel,  terminate,  or
            modify, any Applicable Contract; or

                  (vi)  result  in  the   imposition   or   creation   of  any
            Encumbrance  upon or with  respect  to any of the  Assets  arising
            from any  mortgage,  lease,  contract or other  agreement to which
            the Company or any of its stockholders is a party.

      Except  as set  forth  in  Part 3.2(b)  of the  Disclosure  Letter,  the
Company  is not or will not be  required  to give any  notice to or obtain any
consent from any Person in connection  with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement  or the  consummation  or  performance  of  any of the  Contemplated
Transactions.

      3.3   Financial   Statements.   The  Company  has  delivered  to  Buyer:
unaudited  balance  sheets of the  Business  as at  December 31 in each of the
years 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the related  unaudited  statements of income and
changes  in  stockholders'  equity for each of the  fiscal  years then  ended,
including a balance  sheet of the Business as at December 31, 1997  (including
the notes  thereto,  the  "Balance  Sheet"),  and the  related  statements  of
income,  changes  in  stockholders'  equity  and cash  flow for the year  then
ended.  Such  financial  statements  and notes  fairly  present the  financial
condition and the results of operations,  changes in stockholders'  equity and
cash flow of the  Company as at the  respective  dates of and for the  periods
referred to in such financial  statements,  all in accordance  with GAAP, with
the following  exceptions:  (a) there are no notes;  (b) there are no accounts
receivable  reflected;   (c)  there  is  no  accrued  vacation reflected;  and
(d) depreciation  is  determined  on a tax  basis.  The  financial  statements
referred  to in  this  Section 3.3 reflect the consistent  application of such
accounting  principles  throughout the periods involved.

      3.4   Title to  Properties;  Encumbrances.  Part 3.4  of the  Disclosure
Letter  contains a  complete  and  accurate  list of all  leaseholds  or other
interests  therein  owned by the  Company.  The  Company  does not own and has
never  owned any real  property.  The  Company  owns all the  Assets  (whether
tangible or intangible)  including all of the properties and assets  reflected
in the  Balance  Sheet  (except  for  Assets  held  under  capitalized  leases
disclosed  or not  required to be  disclosed  in  Part 3.4  of the  Disclosure
Letter and personal  property  sold since the date of the Balance Sheet in the
Ordinary Course of Business),  and all of the properties and assets  purchased
or  otherwise  acquired by the Company  since the date of the Interim  Balance
Sheet  (except for personal  property  acquired and sold since the date of the
Balance  Sheet in the  Ordinary  Course of Business and  consistent  with past
practice).  All properties and assets  reflected in the Balance Sheet are free
and clear of all Encumbrances except for liens for current taxes not yet due.

      3.5   Condition  and  Sufficiency  of Assets.  Except  for the  vehicles
which  are  being  conveyed  in  their  "as is"  condition,  to the  Company's
Knowledge,  the Assets are in good  operating  condition  and repair,  and are
adequate  for the uses to which they are being put, and none of such Assets is
in need of  maintenance or repairs  except for ordinary,  routine  maintenance
and repairs  that are not  material in nature or cost.  The Assets  constitute
every thing that the Company used to conduct the Business.

      3.6   Accounts  Receivable.  All accounts  receivable  of the Company to
be conveyed  herein,  if any, relate to services to be provided from and after
the Effective Date.

      3.7   Inventory.  The only  inventory  of the  Company is  miscellaneous
office supplies.

      3.8   No  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  Except  as set forth in Part 3.8 of
the  Disclosure  Letter,  to  the  Company's  Knowledge,  the  Company  has no
liabilities  or  obligations  of any  nature  (whether  known or  unknown  and
whether absolute,  accrued,  contingent,  or otherwise) except for liabilities
or obligations  reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet and current
liabilities  incurred  in the  Ordinary  Course  of  Business  since  the date
thereof.

      3.9   Taxes.

            (a)   The  Company  has  elected and is, and has at all times been
fully  eligible to be taxed in accordance  with the provisions of subchapter S
of the IRC.
            (b)   The  Company  has filed or  caused to be filed,  on a timely
basis,  all Tax  Returns  that  are or were  required  to be  filed by or with
respect to it, either  separately  or as a member of a group of  corporations,
pursuant to  applicable  Legal  Requirements  (all of which returns were true,
correct and complete in all material  respects),  the failure of which to file
would  result in Damages to Buyer.  The Company has  delivered to Buyer copies
of, and Part 3.9 of the  Disclosure  Letter  contains a complete  and accurate
list of, all such Tax  Returns  filed for the past three  years.  The  Company
has paid,  or made  provision  for the  payment of, all Taxes that have or may
have become due  pursuant to those Tax  Returns or  otherwise,  or pursuant to
any assessment received by the Company.

            (c)   Except as  described in Part 3.9 of the  Disclosure  Letter,
the Company has not given or been  requested to give waivers or extensions (or
is or would be subject to a waiver or extension  given by any other Person) of
any statute of limitations  relating to the payment of Taxes of the Company or
for which the Business may be liable.

            (d)   There exists no proposed tax assessment  against the Company
except as  disclosed  in the Balance  Sheet or in  Part 3.9 of the  Disclosure
Letter.  No consent to the  application  of  Section 341(f)(2)  of the IRC has
been filed with  respect to any property or assets  held,  acquired,  or to be
acquired  by the  Company.  All Taxes that the  Company is or was  required by
Legal  Requirements  to  withhold  or  collect  have  been  duly  withheld  or
collected  and,  to  the  extent  required,  have  been  paid  to  the  proper
Governmental  Body or other  Person,  the  breach  of which  would  result  in
Damages to Buyer.

      3.10  No Material  Adverse Change.  Since the date of the Balance Sheet,
there has not been any material  adverse  change in the Business,  operations,
properties,  Assets,  or  condition  of the  Company,  and  to  the  Company's
Knowledge,  no event has occurred or  circumstance  exists with respect to the
Contracts or vendor  relationships that is reasonably likely to result in such
a material  adverse  change  other than those  events  which effect the health
care or food service industry as a whole.

      3.11  Employee Benefits.

            (a)   Part 3.11 of the Disclosure  Letter contains an accurate and
complete  description  of, and sets forth the annual amount  payable  pursuant
to, each Company Plan,  whether formal or informal,  relating to the Business.
The Company has no commitment,  whether formal or informal and whether legally
binding or not, to create any additional such plan or arrangement.

            (b)   The  Assets are not,  and the  Company  does not  reasonably
expect  them to become,  subject to a lien  imposed  under IRC  Section 412 or
ERISA Section 4068.

            (c)   Neither the Company nor any entity which  together  with the
Company is required to be treated as a single  employer  under IRC Section 414
has ever had and neither  currently  has any  obligation  to contribute to any
Multi-Employer Plan (as defined in ERISA Section 3(37).

            (d)   Neither the Company nor any entity which  together  with the
Company is required to be treated as a single  employer  under IRC Section 414
has ever maintained and does not currently  maintain any Company Plan which is
or was subject to Title IV of ERISA.

            (e)   The Company and each entity which  together with the Company
is  required  to be treated as a single  employer  under IRC  Section 414 have
complied with the continuation  coverage requirements of IRC Section 4980B and
ERISA  Sections  601  through  608  and  with  the  portability,   access  and
renewability  provisions of Subtitle K, Chapter 100 of the IRC and Section 701
et seq. of ERISA.

            (f)   No assets of the Company,  including the Assets,  have been,
and the Company does not  reasonably  expect them to be,  provided as security
to any Company Plan pursuant to IRC Section 401(a)(29).

            (g)   The  Company  has not  received  any notice of any  actions,
audits, or claims pending or to the Company's  Knowledge,  threatened  against
the Assets or the  Business  with  respect to the  maintenance  of any Company
Plans.

      3.12  Compliance with Legal Requirements; Governmental Authorizations.

            (a)   Except as set forth in Part 3.12 of the Disclosure Letter:

                  (i)   the   Company   is,   and  at  all  times   since  its
            incorporation  has  been,  in  full  compliance  with  each  Legal
            Requirement  that is or was  applicable to it or to the conduct or
            operation  of its  Business or the  ownership or use of any of the
            Assets, the breach of which would result in Damages to Buyer;

                  (ii)  no event has  occurred  or  circumstance  exists  that
            (with or without  notice or lapse of time) (A) may  constitute  or
            result in a violation  by the Company of, or a failure on the part
            of the Company to comply with, any Legal  Requirement,  or (B) may
            give  rise  to any  obligation  on the  part  of  the  Company  to
            undertake,  or to bear all or any  portion  of the  cost  of,  any
            remedial  action of any nature,  the breach of which would  result
            in Damages to Buyer; and

                  (iii) the  Company has not  received,  at any time since its
            incorporation,  any notice or other communication (whether oral or
            written) from any Governmental  Body or any other Person regarding
            (A) any actual,  alleged,  possible, or potential violation of, or
            failure to comply with, any Legal Requirement,  or (B) any actual,
            alleged,  possible,  or  potential  obligation  on the part of the
            Company to  undertake,  or to bear all or any  portion of the cost
            of, any remedial action of any nature.

            (b)   Part 3.12 of the Disclosure  Letter  contains a complete and
accurate list of each Governmental  Authorization  that is held by the Company
or  that   otherwise   relates  to  the  Business  or  to  the  Assets.   Each
Governmental  Authorization  listed or  required  to be listed in Part 3.12 of
the  Disclosure  Letter is valid and in full force and  effect.  Except as set
forth in Part 3.12 of the Disclosure Letter:

                  (i)   the   Company   is,   and  at  all  times   since  its
            incorporation  has been, in full  compliance with all of the terms
            and requirements of each Governmental  Authorization identified or
            required to be identified in Part 3.12 of the  Disclosure  Letter,
            the breach of which would result in Damages to Buyer;

                  (ii)  no event has occurred or circumstance  exists that may
            (with or  without  notice  or lapse of  time)  (A)  constitute  or
            result  directly or  indirectly  in a violation of or a failure to
            comply  with  any  term  or   requirement   of  any   Governmental
            Authorization  listed or required to be listed in Part 3.12 of the
            Disclosure  Letter,  or (B) result  directly or  indirectly in the
            revocation, withdrawal,  suspension,  cancellation, or termination
            of, or any modification to, any Governmental  Authorization listed
            or  required to be listed in Part 3.12 of the  Disclosure  Letter,
            the breach of which would result in Damages to Buyer;

                  (iii) the  Company has not  received,  at any time since its
            incorporation,  any notice or other communication (whether oral or
            written) from any Governmental  Body or any other Person regarding
            (A) any actual,  alleged,  possible,  or potential violation of or
            failure   to  comply   with  any  term  or   requirement   of  any
            Governmental   Authorization,   or  (B)  any   actual,   proposed,
            possible,   or  potential  revocation,   withdrawal,   suspension,
            cancellation,  termination of, or modification to any Governmental
            Authorization; and

                  (iv)  all  applications  required to have been filed for the
            renewal of the Governmental  Authorizations  listed or required to
            be listed in  Part 3.12  of the  Disclosure  Letter have been duly
            filed on a timely basis with the appropriate  Governmental Bodies,
            and all other  filings  required to have been made with respect to
            such Governmental  Authorizations  have been duly made on a timely
            basis  with the  appropriate  Governmental  Bodies,  the breach of
            which would result in Damages to Buyer.

      The  Governmental  Authorizations  listed in Part 3.12 of the Disclosure
Letter  collectively   constitute  all  of  the  Governmental   Authorizations
necessary  to permit the Company to lawfully  conduct and operate the Business
in the manner it  currently  conducts  and operates the Business and to permit
the  Company  to own and use the  Assets in the  manner in which it  currently
owns and uses such Assets.

      3.13  Legal Proceedings; Orders.

            (a)   Except as set forth in Part 3.13 of the  Disclosure  Letter,
the Company has not received any notice of any pending Proceeding:

                  (i)   that has been  commenced  by or against the Company or
            that  otherwise  relates  to or may  affect  the  Business  or the
            Assets; or

                  (ii)  that  challenges,  or that  may  have  the  effect  of
            preventing,  delaying,  making illegal,  or otherwise  interfering
            with, any of the Contemplated Transactions.

      To the Company's Knowledge,  (1) no such Proceeding has been Threatened,
and (2) no event has occurred or circumstance  exists that may give rise to or
serve as a basis for the commencement of any such Proceeding.  The Company has
delivered  to  Buyer  copies  of  all  pleadings,  correspondence,  and  other
documents  relating to each  Proceeding  listed in Part 3.13 of the Disclosure
Letter.  The  Proceedings  listed or required to be listed in Part 3.13 of the
Disclosure  Letter will not have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,
operations, assets, or condition, of the Company, the Business or the Assets.

            (b)   Except as set forth in Part 3.13 of the Disclosure Letter:

                  (i)   No  Order  has  been  received  by  the  Company  that
            relates to the Business or any of the Assets; and

                  (ii)  to the  Company's  Knowledge,  no  officer,  director,
            agent,  or  employee  of the  Company is subject to any Order that
            prohibits  such  officer,   director,   agent,  or  employee  from
            engaging  in or  continuing  any  conduct,  activity,  or practice
            relating to the Business.

      3.14  Absence  of Certain  Changes  and  Events.  Except as set forth in
Part 3.14 of the Disclosure  Letter,  since the date of the Balance Sheet, the
Company has  conducted  its business  only in the Ordinary  Course of Business
and there has not been any:

            (a)   amendment to the Organizational Documents of the Company;

            (b)   payment  or  increase   by  the  Company  of  any   bonuses,
salaries,  or other  compensation to any stockholder,  director,  officer,  or
(except  in the  Ordinary  Course  of  Business)  employee  or entry  into any
employment,  severance,  or similar  Contract with any director,  officer,  or
employee;

            (c)   adoption  of, or  increase  in the  payments  to or benefits
under, any Company Plan;
            (d)   damage to or  destruction  or loss of any personal  property
of the Company, whether or not covered by insurance,  materially and adversely
affecting the  properties,  Assets,  Business,  or financial  condition of the
Company;

            (e)   entry  into,   termination  of,  or  receipt  of  notice  of
termination   of   (i)   any   license,    distributorship,    dealer,   sales
representative,  joint  venture,  credit,  or similar  agreement,  or (ii) any
Contract or transaction  involving a total  remaining  commitment by or to the
Company of at least $5,000;

            (f)   sale,  lease, or other  disposition of any asset or property
of the  Company  or  mortgage,  pledge,  or  imposition  of any  lien or other
encumbrance on any asset or property of the Company;

            (g)   cancellation  or waiver of any claims or rights with a value
to the Company in excess of $5,000;

            (h)   change in the accounting methods used by the Company; or

            (i)   agreement,  whether  oral or  written,  by the Company to do
any of the foregoing.

      3.15  Contracts; No Defaults.

            (a)   Part 3.15(a) of the  Disclosure  Letter  contains a complete
and accurate  list,  and the Company have delivered to Buyer true and complete
copies, of:

                  (i)   each Applicable Contract that involves  performance of
            services or delivery of goods or  materials  by the Business of an
            amount or value in excess of $5,000;

                  (ii)  each Applicable Contract that involves  performance of
            services or delivery of goods or  materials  to the Business of an
            amount or value in excess of $5,000;

                  (iii) each Applicable  Contract that was not entered into in
            the Ordinary Course of Business and that involves  expenditures or
            receipts of the Business in excess of $5,000;

                  (iv)  each lease,  rental or occupancy  agreement,  license,
            installment and conditional  sale agreement,  and other Applicable
            Contract  affecting the  ownership  of,  leasing of, title to, use
            of, or any  leasehold  or other  interest in, any real or personal
            property  (except  personal  property  leases and  installment and
            conditional  sales agreements having a value per item or aggregate
            payments  of less  than  $5,000  and with  terms of less  than one
            year);

                  (v)   each licensing  agreement or other Applicable Contract
            with  respect  to  patents,   trademarks,   copyrights,  or  other
            intellectual  property,   including  agreements  with  current  or
            former  employees,   consultants,  or  contractors  regarding  the
            appropriation  or the  non-disclosure  of any of the  Intellectual
            Property Assets;

                  (vi)  each   collective   bargaining   agreement  and  other
            Applicable  Contract to or with any labor union or other  employee
            representative of a group of employees;

                  (vii) each joint venture,  partnership, and other Applicable
            Contract  (however named) involving a sharing of profits,  losses,
            costs, or liabilities by the Company with any other Person;

                  (viii)      each Applicable  Contract  containing  covenants
            that in any way purport to restrict the  business  activity of the
            Business  or limit the  freedom of the  Business  to engage in any
            line of business or to compete with any Person;

                  (ix)  each Applicable  Contract providing for payments to or
            by any Person based on sales,  purchases,  or profits,  other than
            direct payments for goods;

                  (x)   each power of  attorney  that is  currently  effective
            and outstanding;

                  (xi)  each  Applicable  Contract  entered into other than in
            the Ordinary  Course of Business  that contains or provides for an
            express   undertaking  by  the  Business  to  be  responsible  for
            consequential damages;

                  (xii) each Applicable  Contract for capital  expenditures in
            excess of $5,000;

                  (xiii)      each written  warranty,  guaranty,  and or other
            similar  undertaking  with  respect  to  contractual   performance
            extended  by the  Company  other  than in the  Ordinary  Course of
            Business; and

                  (xiv) each amendment,  supplement, and modification (whether
            oral or written) in respect of any of the foregoing.

            (b)   Except  as set  forth  in  Part  3.15(b)  of the  Disclosure
Letter,  each Contract identified or required to be identified in Part 3.15(a)
of the  Disclosure  Letter  is in full  force  and  effect  and is  valid  and
enforceable in accordance with its terms.

            (c)   Except  as set  forth  in  Part  3.15(c)  of the  Disclosure
Letter:

                  (i)   the  Company  is,  and  at  all  times  has  been,  in
            material  compliance with all applicable terms and requirements of
            each  Contract  under  which  it  has  or had  any  obligation  or
            liability  or by which it or any of the assets owned or used by it
            is or was bound, and any material non-compliance has been cured;

                  (ii)  each other  Person that has or had any  obligation  or
            liability  under any  Contract  under which the Company has or had
            any rights is, and at all times has been,  in material  compliance
            with all applicable terms and  requirements of such Contract,  and
            any previous non-compliance has been cured;

                  (iii) no event has  occurred  or  circumstance  exists  that
            (with  or  without  notice  or  lapse  of  time)  may  contravene,
            conflict  with, or result in a violation or breach of, or give the
            Company  or  other  Person  the  right to  declare  a  default  or
            exercise  any remedy  under,  or to  accelerate  the  maturity  or
            performance  of,  or  to  cancel,   terminate,   or  modify,   any
            Applicable  Contract; and

                  (iv)  the  Company  has not  given to or  received  from any
            other  Person,  at any time,  any  notice  or other  communication
            (whether  oral  or  written)   regarding   any  actual,   alleged,
            possible,  or potential  violation or breach of, or default under,
            any Contract.

            (d)   There are no renegotiations of, attempts to renegotiate,  or
outstanding  rights to renegotiate any material amounts paid or payable to the
Company  under  current or  completed  Contracts  with any Person  and, to the
Knowledge  of the  Company,  no such Person has made  written  demand for such
renegotiation.

      3.16  Insurance.  Except  as set  forth on Part  3.16 of the  Disclosure
Letter:

            (a)   All  policies  to  which  the  Company  is a  party  or that
provide coverage to the Company:  (i) are, to the Company's Knowledge,  valid,
outstanding, and enforceable;  (ii) are, to the Company's Knowledge, issued by
an insurer that is  financially  sound and  reputable;  (iii) to the Company's
Knowledge,  provide  adequate  insurance  coverage  for  the  Assets  and  the
Business  of the Company for all risks  normally  insured  against by a Person
carrying  on  the  same  business  as the  Company;  (iv) are  sufficient  for
compliance with all Legal  Requirements  and Contracts to which the Company is
a party or by which it is bound,  the breach of which would  result in Damages
to Buyer; and (v) do not provide for any retrospective  premium  adjustment or
other experienced-based liability on the part of the Company.

            (b)   The Company has not  received (i) any refusal of coverage or
any notice that a defense  will be afforded  with  reservation  of rights,  or
(ii) any notice of  cancellation  or any other  indication  that any insurance
policy  is no longer in full  force or effect or will not be  renewed  or that
the issuer of any policy is not  willing  or able to perform  its  obligations
thereunder.

            (c)   The Company has paid all premiums  due, and to the Company's
Knowledge has otherwise performed its obligations,  under each policy to which
it is a party or that provides coverage to the Company.

            (d)   The  Company  has given  notice to the  insurer of all known
claims that may be insured thereby.

      3.17  Environmental  Matters.  Except  as set  forth in part 3.17 of the
Disclosure Letter:

            (a)   The  Company  is,  and  at  all  times  has  been,  in  full
compliance  with, and has not been and is not in violation of or liable under,
any Environmental  Law. The Company has no basis to expect,  nor has it or any
other  Person  for  whose  conduct  they are or may be held to be  responsible
received,  any actual or Threatened order, notice, or other communication from
(i) any  Governmental  Body or private citizen acting in the public  interest,
or (ii) the  current or prior  owner or  operator  of any  Facilities,  of any
actual or  potential  violation  or failure to comply  with any  Environmental
Law, or of any actual or  Threatened  obligation to undertake or bear the cost
of any  Environmental,  Health,  and Safety Liabilities with respect to any of
the Facilities or any other properties or assets used by the Company.

            (b)   There  are  no  pending  or,  to  the  Company's  Knowledge,
Threatened  claims,  Encumbrances,   or  other  restrictions  of  any  nature,
resulting from any  Environmental,  Health,  and Safety Liabilities or arising
under or pursuant to any  Environmental  Law, with respect to or affecting any
of the Facilities or any other properties and assets used by the Company.

            (c)   The  Company has not  received  nor has any basis to expect,
any citation,  directive,  inquiry, notice, Order, summons,  warning, or other
communication that relates to Hazardous Materials, or any alleged,  actual, or
potential  violation  or failure to comply with any  Environmental  Law, or of
any alleged,  actual, or potential obligation to undertake or bear the cost of
any  Environmental,  Health, and Safety Liabilities with respect to any of the
Facilities  or any other  properties  or assets used by the  Company,  or with
respect to any property or facility to which  Hazardous  Materials  generated,
manufactured,  refined,  transferred,  imported,  used,  or  processed  by the
Company,  or any  other  Person  for  whose  conduct  they  are or may be held
responsible,  have been transported,  treated,  stored, handled,  transferred,
disposed, recycled, or received.

            (d)   The  Company  has  no  Environmental,   Health,  and  Safety
Liabilities with respect to the Facilities.

            (e)   There  are  no  Hazardous  Materials  present  on or in  the
Environment at the Facilities  except in full  compliance  with all applicable
Environmental Laws.

            (f)   There  has  been no  Release  or,  to the  Knowledge  of the
Company,  threat  of  Release,  of any  Hazardous  Materials  at or  from  the
Facilities  or at any other  locations  where  any  Hazardous  Materials  were
generated,  manufactured,  refined, transferred,  produced, imported, used, or
processed from or by the  Facilities,  or from or by any other  properties and
assets used by the Company.

            (g)   The Company has delivered to Buyer true and complete  copies
and results of any reports, studies,  analyses, tests, or monitoring possessed
or  initiated by the Company  pertaining  to  Hazardous  Materials  in, on, or
under the Facilities, or concerning compliance by the Company.

      3.18  Employees.

            (a)   Part  3.18  of  the  Disclosure   Letter  contains:   (i)  a
complete and accurate list of the following  information  for each employee or
director  of the  Company,  including  each  employee  on leave of  absence or
layoff status:  employer name; job title; current compensation paid or payable
and any change in  compensation  since January 1, 1996; and (ii) a list of all
written contracts of employment with the Company.

            (b)   To the Company's  Knowledge,  no employee or director of the
Company  is  a  party  to,  or  is  otherwise   bound  by,  any  agreement  or
arrangement,  including any employment,  confidentiality,  noncompetition,  or
proprietary rights agreement,  between such employee or director and any other
Person  ("Proprietary  Rights Agreement") that in any way adversely affects or
will  affect (i) the  performance  of his duties as an employee or director of
the  Company,  or (ii) the  ability of the  Company to conduct  its  business,
including  any  Proprietary  Rights  Agreement  with the  Company  by any such
employee or director.  To the Company's Knowledge,  no account managers of the
Business nor James  Hemphill,  Mark De Iorio or Elizabeth  Kolkman intends not
to accept employment with the Buyer following the Closing.

            (c)   There are no retired employees or directors of the Company.

      3.19  Labor  Relations;  Compliance.  The  Company  has not  been in the
past  and is not now a party  to any  collective  bargaining  or  other  labor
Contract.  There has not been,  there is not  presently  pending or  existing,
and to the  Company's  Knowledge  there  is not  Threatened,  (a) any  strike,
slowdown,  picketing,  work stoppage,  or employee grievance process,  (b) any
Proceeding  against or affecting the Company relating to the alleged violation
of any Legal Requirement  pertaining to labor relations or employment matters,
including  any  charge or  complaint  filed by an  employee  or union with the
National Labor Relations Board, the Equal Employment  Opportunity  Commission,
or any comparable Governmental Body,  organizational  activity, or other labor
or employment  dispute  against or affecting the Company or its premises,  the
breach of which would result in Damages to Buyer,  or (c) any  application for
certification of a collective  bargaining  agent. To the Company's  Knowledge,
no event has occurred or circumstance  exists that could provide the basis for
any  work  stoppage  or  other  labor  dispute.  There  is no  lockout  of any
employees by the Company,  and no such action is  contemplated by the Company.
The Company has complied in all respects with all Legal Requirements  relating
to employment, equal employment opportunity,  nondiscrimination,  immigration,
wages, hours, benefits,  collective bargaining, the payment of social security
and similar  taxes,  occupational  safety and health,  and plant closing where
the  failure of such  compliance  would  have an adverse  effect on the Buyer.
The  Company  is not  liable for the  payment  of any  compensation,  damages,
taxes, fines, penalties, or other amounts, however designated,  for failure to
comply with any of the foregoing Legal  Requirements where the failure of such
compliance would result in Damages to Buyer.

      3.20  Intellectual Property.

            (a)   Intellectual   Property  Assets.   The  term   "Intellectual
Property Assets" includes:

                  (i)   the  name  "Spectra  Services,  Inc.",  all  fictional
            business  names,   trading  names,   registered  and  unregistered
            trademarks,   service  marks,  and   applications   (collectively,
            "Marks");

                  (ii)  all   copyrights   in   both   published   works   and
            unpublished works (collectively, "Copyrights"); and

                  (iii) all    know-how,    trade    secrets,     confidential
            information,   customer  lists,   software,   recipes,   technical
            information,  data, process technology,  plans, drawings, and blue
            prints  (collectively,  the  "Trade  Secrets");  owned,  used,  or
            licensed by the Company as licensee or licensor.

            (b)   Agreements.  Part 3.20(b) of the Disclosure  Letter contains
a complete and accurate list and summary description,  including any royalties
paid  or  received  by  the  Company,   of  all  Contracts   relating  to  the
Intellectual  Property  Assets  to which  Company  is a party or by which  any
Company is bound,  except for any license implied by the sale of a product and
perpetual,  paid-up licenses for commonly  available  software programs with a
value of less than $5,000 under which the Company is the  licensee.  There are
no  outstanding  and, to the Company's  Knowledge,  no Threatened  disputes or
disagreements with respect to any such agreement.

            (c)   Know-How  Necessary  for  the  Business.   The  Intellectual
Property  Assets are all those used in the  operation of the Business as it is
currently  conducted.  The  Company  is the  owner of all  right,  title,  and
interest in and to each of the Intellectual  Property  Assets,  free and clear
of all liens, security interests, charges,  encumbrances,  equities, and other
adverse claims,  and has the right to use without payment to a third party all
of the Intellectual Property Assets.

            (d)   Patents.  The Company does not own any patents.

            (e)   Trademarks.  Other than a  common-law  trademark in the name
"Spectra Services," the Company does not own any trademarks.

            (f)   Copyrights.  The Company does not own any Copyrights.

            (g)   Trade Secrets.

                  (i)   The  Company  has  taken  reasonable   precautions  to
            protect  the  secrecy,  confidentiality  and  value  of its  Trade
            Secrets.

                  (ii)  To the  Company's  Knowledge,  the  Company  has  good
            title and an absolute  (but not  necessarily  exclusive)  right to
            use the  Trade  Secrets.  To the  Company's  Knowledge,  the Trade
            Secrets are not part of the public  knowledge or literature,  and,
            to the  Company's  Knowledge,  have not been  used,  divulged,  or
            appropriated  either  for  the  benefit  of any  Person  or to the
            detriment of the Company.  To the  Company's  Knowledge,  no Trade
            Secret is subject to any adverse  claim or has been  challenged or
            threatened in any way.

      3.21  Certain  Payments.  Except  as  set  forth  in  Part  3.21  of the
Disclosure Letter, since the Company's incorporation,  neither the Company nor
any director,  officer, agent, or employee of the Company, or any other Person
associated  with or acting for or on behalf of the  Company,  has  directly or
indirectly (a) made,  directly or indirectly,  any contribution,  gift, bribe,
rebate, payoff,  influence payment,  kickback, or other payment to any Person,
private  or  public,  regardless  of form,  whether  in  money,  property,  or
services,  in  violation of any Legal  Requirement  with respect to federal or
state laws,  rules or regulations  relating to payments to or from health care
providers or financial  reporting or  accounting  requirements  in  connection
therewith including without limitation  applicable medicare and medicaid laws,
rules and  regulations,  the breach of which would result in Damages to Buyer,
(b) received,  directly or  indirectly,  any rebates,  payments,  commissions,
promotional  allowances  or any  other  economic  benefits  from  any  vendor,
governmental  employee  or  other  Person  with  whom  the  Company  has  done
business,  directly  or  indirectly,  which  would  reasonably  be expected to
subject  the  Company  to any damage or  penalty  in any  civil,  criminal  or
governmental  litigation or proceeding,  or (c)  established or maintained any
fund or asset  that has not been  recorded  in the  books and  records  of the
Company.

      3.22  Fraud and Abuse;  Financial  Relationships.  The Company  does not
have  any  government  contract,  and the  Company  has not  made  any  claims
relating to Medicare, Medicaid CHAMPUS or other governmental reimbursements.

      3.23  Disclosure.

            (a)   To the Company's  Knowledge,  no  representation or warranty
of the Company in this  Agreement  and no statement in the  Disclosure  Letter
omits to state a material  fact  necessary  to make the  statements  herein or
therein,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  in  which  they  were  made,  not
misleading.

            (b)   No notice given  pursuant  to Section  5.6 will contain  any 
untrue  statement or omit to state a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  
statements  therein or in this Agreement,  in light  of the  circumstances  in
which  they  were  made,  not misleading.

            (c)   To the  Company's  Knowledge,  there  is no  fact  that  has
specific  application to the Company (other than general  economic or industry
conditions) that materially adversely affects the Assets, Business,  financial
condition,  or results of operations of the Company (on a consolidated  basis)
that has not been set forth in this Agreement or the Disclosure Letter.

      3.24  Relationships  with  Related  Persons.  Except for the  microwave,
refrigerator,  pictures and other  personal  effects  located at the principal
office of the  Company,  neither the Company nor any  Affiliate of the Company
has,  or in the past three (3) years has had,  any  interest  in any  property
(whether real,  personal,  or mixed and whether tangible or intangible),  used
in or  pertaining  to the  Business.  Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of
the  Company  owns,  or in the past  three  years has owned (of record or as a
beneficial  owner)  an  equity  interest  or any  other  financial  or  profit
interest  in,  a Person  that  has (i) had  business  dealings  or a  material
financial  interest in any  transaction  with the Company,  or (ii) engaged in
competition  with the  Company  with  respect to any line of the  products  or
services  of the  Company (a  "Competing  Business")  in any market  presently
served by the  Company  except for less than one  percent  of the  outstanding
capital  stock  of any  Competing  Business  that is  publicly  traded  on any
recognized exchange or in the over-the-counter  market. Except as set forth in
Part 3.23 of the Disclosure  Letter,  neither the Company nor any Affiliate of
the  Company  is a party  to any  Contract  with,  or has any  claim  or right
against, the Company.

      3.25  Brokers or  Finders.  The  Company  and its  Representatives  have
incurred no obligation or  liability,  contingent or otherwise,  for brokerage
or  finders'  fees  or  agents'   commissions  or  other  similar  payment  in
connection with the Contemplated Transactions.

                  4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

      Buyer represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

      4.1   Organization  and  Good  Standing.  Buyer  is a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Georgia.

      4.2   Authority; No Conflict.

            (a)   This Agreement  constitutes  the legal,  valid,  and binding
obligation of Buyer,  enforceable  against Buyer in accordance with its terms.
Upon  the  execution  and  delivery  by Buyer of the  Earnout  Agreement,  the
Employment  Agreements,  the  Bill of Sale and the  Noncompetition  Agreements
(collectively,   the  "Buyer's  Closing   Documents"),   the  Buyer's  Closing
Documents will constitute the legal,  valid, and binding obligations of Buyer,
enforceable  against Buyer in accordance with their  respective  terms.  Buyer
has the absolute and unrestricted  right,  power, and authority to execute and
deliver this  Agreement and the Buyer's  Closing  Documents and to perform its
obligations under this Agreement and the Buyer's Closing Documents.

            (b)   Except  as set forth in Part 4.2 of the  Disclosure  Letter,
neither  the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  by  Buyer  nor the
consummation or performance of any of the  Contemplated  Transactions by Buyer
will give any Person the right to prevent,  delay, or otherwise interfere with
any of the Contemplated Transactions pursuant to:

                  (i)   any provision of Buyer's Organizational Documents;

                  (ii)  any  resolution  adopted by the board of  directors or
            the shareholders of Buyer;

                  (iii) any Legal  Requirement  or Order to which Buyer may be
            subject; or

                  (iv)  any  Contract  to  which  Buyer is a party or by which
            Buyer may be bound.

      Except as set forth in Part 4.2 of the Disclosure  Letter,  Buyer is not
and will not be required to obtain any consent  from any Person in  connection
with the  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement or the  consummation  or
performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

      4.3   Certain  Proceedings.  There  is no  pending  Proceeding  that has
been commenced  against Buyer and that  challenges,  or may have the effect of
preventing,  delaying,  making illegal, or otherwise  interfering with, any of
the Contemplated  Transactions.  To Buyer's Knowledge,  no such Proceeding has
been Threatened.

      4.4   Brokers  or  Finders.  Buyer  and  its  agents  have  incurred  no
obligation  or liability,  contingent or otherwise,  for brokerage or finders'
fees or agents'  commissions or other similar  payment in connection  with the
Contemplated Transactions.

                         5. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

      5.1   Access and  Investigation.  Between the date of this Agreement and
the Closing Date,  the Company will,  and will cause its  Representatives  to,
(a)  afford  Buyer  and  its  Representatives  full  and  free  access  to the
Company's  properties,  contracts,  books and records, and other documents and
data at the Company's  principal office in Naperville,  Illinois,  (b) furnish
Buyer and it  Representatives  with  copies of all such  contracts,  books and
records,  and  other  existing  documents  and  data as Buyer  may  reasonably
request,  and (c) furnish Buyer and its  Representatives  with such additional
financial,  operating,  and other data and information as Buyer may reasonably
request.

      5.2   Operation  of  the   Businesses   of  the  Company.   Between  the
Effective Date and the Closing Date, the Company will:

            (a)   conduct  the  Business  only  in  the  Ordinary   Course  of
Business;

            (b)   use its good faith  efforts to  preserve  intact the current
business  organization  of the  Company,  keep  available  the services of the
current  officers,  employees,  and agents of the  Company,  and  maintain the
relations  and good  will with  suppliers,  customers,  landlords,  creditors,
employees, agents, and others having business relationships with the Company;

            (c)   confer  with  Buyer  concerning  operational  matters  of  a
material nature; and

            (d)   upon  request  of  Buyer,  report  to Buyer  concerning  the
status of the business, operations, and finances of the Company.

      5.3   No  Distributions.  Prior to the  Closing,  the Company  shall not
make or declare any dividend or  distribution to any of its  stockholders,  or
grant or declare any raises or bonuses to any employee of the Company,  except
in the Ordinary Course of Business,  and except for any  distributions  to Mr.
Hemphill of cash (which cash would otherwise  constitute an Excluded Asset) in
the form of salary or dividends.  Following the Closing,  the Company may make
distributions of the Purchase Price,  provided,  however,  that if the Company
distributes  some  or all of  the  Purchase  Price  to  its  shareholder,  the
shareholder  shall reimburse the Company for the amount of said  distributions
as may be  necessary  in order for the Company to pay any amounts due to Buyer
pursuant to this Agreement.

      5.4   Negative  Covenant.  Except as  otherwise  expressly  permitted by
this  Agreement,  between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the
Company will not,  without the prior  consent of Buyer,  take any  affirmative
action, or fail to take any reasonable action within its control,  as a result
of which any of the  changes  or events  listed in  Section  3.12 is likely to
occur.

      5.5   Required  Approvals.  As promptly as practicable after the date of
this  Agreement,   the  Company  will  make  all  filings  required  by  Legal
Requirements  to be  made  by it  in  order  to  consummate  the  Contemplated
Transactions.  Between the date of this  Agreement and the Closing  Date,  the
Company will (a)  cooperate  with Buyer with respect to all filings that Buyer
elects to make or is  required  by Legal  Requirements  to make in  connection
with the Contemplated Transactions,  and (b) cooperate with Buyer in obtaining
all consents  identified in Part 4.2 of the Disclosure  Letter;  provided that
this  Agreement  will not require the Company to dispose of or make any change
in any  portion  of its  business  or to incur  any  other  burden to obtain a
Governmental Authorization.

      5.6   Notification.  Between the date of this  Agreement and the Closing
Date,  the Company will  promptly  notify Buyer in writing if it becomes aware
of any fact or  condition  that causes or  constitutes  a Breach of any of the
Company's  representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement, or
if the  Company  becomes  aware  of the  occurrence  after  the  date  of this
Agreement  of  any  fact  or  condition   that  would   (except  as  expressly
contemplated  by this  Agreement)  cause or  constitute  a Breach  of any such
representation  or warranty had such  representation  or warranty been made as
of the time of occurrence  or discovery of such fact or condition.  During the
same period,  the Company will promptly  notify Buyer of the occurrence of any
Breach of  any  covenant of the Company in this Article 5 or of the occurrence 
of  any  event that may make the  satisfaction  of the conditions in Article 7
impossible or unlikely.

      5.7   Payment of  Indebtedness by Related  Persons.  Except as expressly
provided in this Agreement,  the Company will cause all  indebtedness  owed to
the Company by the Company or any  Affiliate of the Company to be paid in full
prior to its due date.

      5.8   Name  Change.  As soon as  reasonable  practicable  following  the
Closing,  the Company shall change its name to a name not  containing the word
"Spectra"  or any  word  or  phrase  substantially  similar  to  "Spectra"  or
"Spectra Services."

      5.9   No  Negotiation.  Until the earlier of April 15, 1998 or such date
on which Buyer  notifies the Company that it has  abandoned  the  Contemplated
Transactions,  the Company shall deal  exclusively  with Buyer with respect to
the  Contemplated  Transactions  and the Company will not, and will direct its
representatives  not to, (a) solicit the  submission  of  proposals  or offers
from  any  person  relating  to  any  acquisition  or  purchase  of all or any
material  part  of  the  assets  or  stock  of  the  Company  or  any  merger,
consolidation   or  similar   transaction   with   respect  to  the   Company;
(b) participate in any discussions or negotiations  regarding,  or furnish any
information  to any other  person  other than the Company with respect to such
possible  transaction,  or (c)  enter  into any  agreement  or  understanding,
whether  oral or in  writing,  that  would  prevent  the  consummation  of the
Contemplated  Transactions.  If,  notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Company
should  receive any such proposal from a third party or any inquiry  regarding
any such proposal, the Company shall promptly inform Buyer thereof.

                            6. COVENANTS OF BUYER

      6.1   Required  Approvals.  As promptly as practicable after the date of
this Agreement,  Buyer will make all filings required by Legal Requirements to
be made by it to consummate the  Contemplated  Transactions.  Between the date
of this  Agreement and the Closing Date,  Buyer will,  (a) cooperate  with the
Company  with  respect to all  filings  that the  Company is required by Legal
Requirements to make in connection  with the  Contemplated  Transactions,  and
(b) cooperate  with the Company in obtaining  all consents  identified in Part
3.2 of the  Disclosure  Letter;  provided that this Agreement will not require
Buyer to dispose of or make any change in any  portion of its  business  or to
incur any other burden to obtain a Governmental Authorization.

      6.2   Employment Matters.

            (a)   All  employees  of the Company who accept  Buyer's  offer of
employment  shall be eligible for  participation  in Buyer's  employee benefit
programs on the same terms and  conditions as similarly  situated  persons and
will  receive  credit for service  with the  Company  prior to the Closing for
participation  and vesting  purposes under Buyer's  employee  benefit programs
and  for  purposes  of   determining   paid-time  off  benefits  and  matching
contributions  under the Morrison  Health Care,  Inc. Salary Deferral Plan and
the Morrison Health Care, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

            (b)   Each  full  time   employee   of  the  Company  who  accepts
employment  with Buyer (other than Mr. DeIorio and Mr.  Hemphill)  shall enter
into an  employment  agreement  with  Buyer  pursuant  to which,  among  other
things,  such individuals shall receive a Stock Option to purchase two hundred
(200) shares of Buyer's  Common  Stock upon the Closing.  Mr. De Iorio and Mr.
Hemphill  shall  receive  Stock  Options to purchase  that number of shares of
Buyer's Common Stock as set forth in their respective Employment Agreements.

      6.3   Post  Closing  Covenants.  Buyer  agrees  to  assume  all  of  the
Assumed Liabilities from and after the Closing Date.

            7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

      Buyer's  obligation  to  purchase  the  Business  and to take the  other
actions  required  to be  taken  by Buyer at the  Closing  is  subject  to the
satisfaction,  at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions
(any of which may be waived by Buyer, in whole or in part):

      7.1   Accuracy    of    Representations.    All   of    the    Company's
representations  and warranties in this Agreement  (considered  collectively),
and each of these  representations and warranties  (considered  individually),
must  have  been  accurate  in all  material  respects  as of the date of this
Agreement,  and must be  accurate in all  material  respects as of the Closing
Date as if made on the Closing Date.

      7.2   The Company's Performance.

            (a)   All of the  covenants  and  obligations  that the Company is
required to perform or to comply with  pursuant to this  Agreement at or prior
to the Closing  (considered  collectively),  and each of these  covenants  and
obligations  (considered  individually),  must have been  duly  performed  and
complied with in all material respects.

            (b)   Each   document   required  to  be  delivered   pursuant  to
Section 2.5(a) must have been delivered.

      7.3   Due  Diligence.  Buyer  shall  have  completed  its due  diligence
inquiry into the business, affairs and financial condition of the Company.

      7.4   Consents.  Each of the  consents  identified  in  Part 3.2  of the
Disclosure  Letter,  and each consent identified in Part 4.2 of the Disclosure
Letter, must have been obtained and must be in full force and effect.

      7.5   Additional  Documents.  Each of the following  documents must have
been delivered to Buyer:

            (a)   an  opinion  of Nagle &  Higgins,  P.C.,  dated the  Closing
Date, in the form of Exhibit 7.4(a);

            (b)   estoppel  certificates  executed  on behalf of the  landlord
dated as of a date not more than twenty  (20) days prior to the Closing  Date,
in the form of Exhibit 7.4(b);

            (c)   such other  documents  as Buyer may  reasonably  request for
the purpose of (i) enabling  its counsel to provide the opinion referred to in
Section   8.4   (ii)   evidencing  the  accuracy  of  any  of  the   Company's 
representations  and  warranties,  (iii) evidencing   the performance  by  the
Company of, or   the  compliance by either  the Company  with, any covenant or  
obligation  required to be performed or complied  with by it, (iv)  evidencing 
the  satisfaction  of  any  condition  referred  to  in  this Section 7, or (v)
otherwise facilitating  the  consummation  or  performance  of any  of the  
Contemplated Transactions.

      7.6   No Proceedings.  Since the date of this Agreement,  there must not
have been  commenced  or  Threatened  against  Buyer,  or  against  any Person
affiliated  with Buyer,  any  Proceeding  (a) involving  any  challenge to, or
seeking  damages or other relief in connection  with, any of the  Contemplated
Transactions, or (b) that may have the effect of preventing,  delaying, making
illegal, or otherwise interfering with any of the Contemplated Transactions.

      7.7   No Claim Regarding  Stock  Ownership or Sale Proceeds.  There must
not have been made or Threatened by any Person any claim  asserting  that such
Person  (a) is  the  holder  or the  beneficial  owner of, or has the right to
acquire  or to  obtain  beneficial  ownership  of,  any stock of, or any other
voting,  equity, or ownership interest in, the Company,  or (b) is entitled to
all or any portion of the Initial Purchase Price payable for the Business.

      7.8   No Prohibition.  Neither the  consummation  nor the performance of
any of the  Contemplated  Transactions  will,  directly or indirectly (with or
without notice or lapse of time), materially contravene,  or conflict with, or
result in a material  violation  of, or cause  Buyer or any Person  affiliated
with  Buyer  to  suffer  any  material  adverse  consequence  under,   (a) any
applicable Legal  Requirement or Order, or (b) any Legal  Requirement or Order
that has been  published,  introduced,  or otherwise  formally  proposed by or
before any Governmental Body.

         8. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

      The Company's  obligation to sell the Assets of the Business and to take
the other  actions  required  to be taken by the  Company  at the  Closing  is
subject  to the  satisfaction,  at or  prior  to the  Closing,  of each of the
following  conditions (any of which may be waived by the Company,  in whole or
in part):

      8.1   Accuracy of  Representations.  All of Buyer's  representations and
warranties  in this  Agreement  (considered  collectively),  and each of these
representations  and  warranties  (considered  individually),  must  have been
accurate in all material  respects as of the date of this  Agreement  and must
be accurate in all material  respects as of the Closing Date as if made on the
Closing Date.

      8.2   Buyer's Performance.

            (a)   All of the covenants and obligations  that Buyer is required
to perform or to comply  with  pursuant to this  Agreement  at or prior to the
Closing   (considered   collectively),   and  each  of  these   covenants  and
obligations (considered  individually),  must have been performed and complied
with in all material respects.

            (b)   Buyer must have delivered each of the documents  required to
be delivered by Buyer pursuant  to Section  2.5(b) and must have made the cash 
payments  required to be made by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(i).

      8.3   Consents.  Each of the  consents  identified  in  Part  3.2 of the
Disclosure  Letter  must  have  been  obtained  and must be in full  force and
effect.

      8.4   Additional  Documents.   Buyer  must  have  caused  the  following
documents to be delivered to the Company;

            (a)   an opinion of Powell,  Goldstein,  Frazer & Murphy LLP dated
the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit 8.4(a);

            (b)   stock  option  agreements  executed  by Buyer in the form of
Exhibit 8.4(b) with all employees of the  Company (other than Mr. De Iorio and 
Mr. Hemphill) who accept  employment with Buyer; and

            (c)   such other  documents as the Company may reasonably  request
for the purpose of (i) enabling their counsel to provide the opinion  referred
to in  Section 7.5(a),  (ii) evidencing  the accuracy of any representation or
warranty  of  Buyer,  (iii)  evidencing  the  performance  by Buyer of, or the
compliance by Buyer with, any covenant or obligation  required to be performed
or complied with by Buyer,  (iv) evidencing the  satisfaction of any condition
referred to in this Section,  or (v) otherwise  facilitating  the consummation
of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

      8.5   No Injunction.  There must not be in effect any Legal  Requirement
or any injunction or other Order that  (a) prohibits  the sale of the Business
by the Company to Buyer, and (b) has been adopted or issued,  or has otherwise
become effective, since the date of this Agreement.

                                9. TERMINATION

      9.1   Termination  Events.  This Agreement may, by notice given prior to
or at the Closing, be terminated:

            (a)   by either  Buyer or the Company if a material  Breach of any
provision  of this  Agreement  has been  committed by the other party and such
Breach has not been waived;

            (b)   by Buyer if any of the conditions in Section 7. CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT  TO BUYER'S  OBLIGATION  TO CLOSE has not been  satisfied  as of the
Closing Date or if satisfaction  of such a condition is or becomes  impossible
(other than through the failure of Buyer to comply with its obligations  under
this  Agreement)  and Buyer has not  waived  such  condition  on or before the
Closing Date;

            (c)    by the Company, if any of the conditions in Section 8.
CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT  TO THE  COMPANY'S  OBLIGATION  TO  CLOSE  has not  been
satisfied  of the Closing  Date or if  satisfaction  of such a condition is or
becomes  impossible  (other than  through the failure of the Company to comply
with its  obligations  under this  Agreement)  and the  Company has not waived
such condition on or before the Closing Date;

            (d)   by mutual consent of Buyer and the Company; or

            (e)   by  either  Buyer  or the  Company  if the  Closing  has not
occurred  (other than  through the failure of any party  seeking to  terminate
this Agreement to comply fully with its  obligations  under this Agreement) on
or before April 30, 1998, or such later date as the parties may agree upon.

      9.2   Effect of  Termination.  Each party's right of  termination  under
Section 9.1 Termination  Events. This Agreement  may, by notice given prior to
or at the Closing,  be  terminated:  is in addition to any other rights it may
have  under  this  Agreement  or  otherwise,  and the  exercise  of a right of
termination  will  not be an  election  of  remedies.  If  this  Agreement  is
terminated pursuant to Section 9.1  Termination Events. This Agreement may, by
notice  given  prior  to  or at  the  Closing,  be  terminated:,  all  further
obligations of the parties under this Agreement  will  terminate,  except that
the  obligations  in Sections 12.1 and 12.2 will survive;  provided,  however,
that if this  Agreement is  terminated by a party because of the Breach of the
Agreement by the other party or because one or more of the  conditions  to the
terminating  party's  obligations  under this  Agreement is not satisfied as a
result of the other party's failure to comply with its obligations  under this
Agreement,  the  terminating  party's right to pursue all legal  remedies will
survive such termination unimpaired.

                        10. INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

      10.1  Survival;    Right   to   Indemnification   Not   Affected   by   
Investigation.  All representations,  warranties,  covenants,  and obligations
in this  Agreement,  the  Disclosure  Letter,  and any  other  certificate  or
document  delivered  pursuant to this Agreement will survive the Closing.  The
right to  indemnification,  payment of Damages or other  remedy  based on such
representations,  warranties,  covenants, and obligations will not be affected
by any  investigation  conducted with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of
or  compliance  with,  any  such  representation,   warranty,   covenant,   or
obligation.  The  waiver  of  any  condition  based  on  the  accuracy  of any
representation  or warranty,  or on the  performance of or compliance with any
covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification,  payment
of Damages, or other remedy if such  representations or warranties prove to be
inaccurate, or if such covenants and obligations prove to be nonfulfilled.

      10.2  Indemnification  and  Payment  of  Damages  by  the  Company.  The
Company will  indemnify and hold harmless Buyer for, and will pay to the Buyer
the amount of,  any loss,  liability,  claim,  damage,  or expense  (including
costs of investigation and defense and reasonable  attorneys'  fees),  whether
or not  involving a  third-party  claim  (collectively,  "Damages"),  arising,
directly or indirectly, from or in connection with:

            (a)   any Breach of any  representation  or  warranty  made by the
Company in this  Agreement,  the  Disclosure  Letter,  the  supplements to the
Disclosure  Letter,  or any other  certificate  or document  delivered  by the
Company pursuant to this Agreement;

            (b)   any Breach of any  representation  or  warranty  made by the
Company in this Agreement as if such  representation  or warranty were made on
and as of the Closing Date;

            (c)   any Breach by the Company of any covenant or  obligation  of
the Company in this Agreement;

            (d)   any  services  provided by the Company  prior to the Closing
Date; or

            (e)   any claim by any Person for  brokerage  or finder's  fees or
commissions  or similar  payments  based upon any  agreement or  understanding
alleged to have been made by any such  Person  with the Company (or any Person
acting on its behalf) in connection with any of the Contemplated Transactions.

      10.3  Indemnification   and  Payment   of  Damages  by  the  Company  -  
Environmental  Matters.   In addition  to  the provisions of Section 10.2, the 
Company will indemnify and hold  harmless  Buyer  for, and  will pay to  Buyer
the  amount  of,  any  Damages (including  costs of  cleanup, containment,  or
other remediation) arising, directly or indirectly, from or in connection with
any Environmental, Health, and Safety  Liabilities  arising out of or relating
to: (i) (A) the ownership, operation,  or  condition  at any time on or  prior
to the Closing  Date of any properties and assets used by the  Company, or any
Hazardous Materials or other contaminants that were present on such properties
and assets at any time on or prior to the Closing Date; or (ii) any  Hazardous
Materials  or other   contaminants,  wherever located,   that  were,  or  were
allegedly, generated,  transported,  stored,  treated,  Released, or otherwise
handled  by  the Company or by any  other Person for whose conduct they are or 
may be held responsible at any time on or prior to the Closing Date.

      10.4  Indemnification   and  Payment  of  Damages  by  the  Company  -  
Liabilities  which are not Assumed  Liabilities.  Notwithstanding  anything to
the  contrary  contained  herein,  (a) the  Company  will  indemnify  and hold
harmless  Buyer for,  and will pay Buyer the amount  of, any  Damages  arising
from  liabilities  or  obligations  of  the  Company  which  are  not  Assumed
Liabilities,  and  (b) such  indemnification  shall not be  limited in time or
amount or subject to any deductible or cap.

      10.5  Indemnification  and  Payment  of  Damages  by Buyer.  Buyer  will
indemnify  and hold  harmless  the  Company,  and will pay to the  Company the
amount of any Damages arising,  directly or indirectly,  from or in connection
with:

            (a)   any Breach of any  representation  or warranty made by Buyer
in this  Agreement or in any  certificate  delivered by Buyer pursuant to this
Agreement;

            (b)   any Breach of any  representation  or  warranty  made by the
Company in the  Agreement as if such  representation  or warranty were made on
and as of the Closing Date;

            (c)   any Breach by Buyer of any covenant or  obligation  of Buyer
in this Agreement;

            (d)   any  services  provided  by the  Buyer  from and  after  the
Closing Date;

            (e)   any claim by any Person for  brokerage  or finder's  fees or
commissions  or similar  payments  based upon any  agreement or  understanding
alleged to have been made by such Person  with Buyer (or any Person  acting on
its behalf) in connection with any of the Contemplated Transactions;

            (f)   any liabilities or obligations of the Buyer; or

            (g)   the Assumed Liabilities.

      10.6  Limitations  on  Indemnification.  Notwithstanding  the provisions
of  Sections 10.2,  10.3, 10.4, and 10.5 hereof, a party shall not be entitled
to be indemnified to the extent:

            (a)   that such party  acted in bad faith with  respect to a claim
or failed to reasonably attempt to mitigate damages with respect to a claim;

            (b)   that such party  receives  indemnity  and  collects  for any
Damages under the terms of any insurance policy then in force; or

            (c)   of the net amount of any income tax  deduction  available to
such party in the year in which the claim is made or any previous year.

      10.7  Time  Limitations.  If the Closing  occurs,  the Company will have
no liability  (for  indemnification  or otherwise) for a claim with respect to
any representation or warranty,  or covenant or obligation to be performed and
complied  with prior to the Closing  Date,  other than those in Sections  3.4,
3.9, 3.11 (with  respect to  matters  other  than Tax), 3.17,  3.21  and  3.22
unless  on  or  before  the  third anniversary  of  the  Closing  Date   Buyer
notifies  the  Company  of a  claim specifying the factual basis of that claim
in reasonable  detail to the extent then known by Buyer; a claim with  respect 
to Sections 3.9 or 3.11, shall  be  made  within  the  applicable  statute  of 
limitation for Tax matters;  a claim with respect to Sections  3.21 or 3.22 
shall be made within the applicable statute of limitations, provided, however,
that in no event  may such a claim be brought after  the  seventh  anniversary
of the Closing  Date; a claim with respect to Sections 3.4,  3.17,  or a claim
for indemnification or reimbursement based  upon any covenant or obligation to
be performed and complied with after the Closing Date, may be made at any time.
If the Closing occurs,  Buyer will have no liability (for  indemnification  or
otherwise)  with respect to any  representation  or  warranty,  or covenant or
obligation  to be  performed  and  complied  with prior to the  Closing  Date,
unless on or before the third  anniversary  from the Closing Date, the Company
notifies  Buyer of a claim  specifying  the  factual  basis  of that  claim in
reasonable detail to the extent then known by the Company, provided,  however,
that a claim for  indemnification  under  Section  10.5(f) or (g) shall not be
limited in time or amount or subject to any deductible or cap.

      10.8  Limitations on Amount - the Company.

            (a)   The Company will have no liability (for  indemnification  or
otherwise)  with  respect  to the  matters  described  in clause  (a),  clause
(b) or,  to the extent  relating to any failure to perform or comply  prior to
the Closing Date, clause (c) of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 until the  total 
of all Damages with respect to such matters exceeds $15,000, and then only for
the  amount by which  such  Damages  exceed  $15,000.  However,  this  Section
10.8(a)  will  not  apply  to  any  intentional  Breach by the  Company of any  
representation,   warranty,   covenant   or   obligation  contained  in   this 
Agreement,  and the  Company  will be liable for all Damages  with  respect to
such Breaches.

            (b)   The maximum  liability  the Company shall have under Section
10.2 shall be the $500,000;  provided,  however, that the foregoing limitation
shall  not  apply  to  any   intentional   Breach  by  the   Company   of  any
representation,  warranty, covenant or obligation contained in this Agreement,
and the Company will be liable for all Damages with respect to such Breaches.

      10.9  Limitations  on Amount -  Buyers.  Buyer  will  have no  liability
(for  indemnification  or otherwise) with respect to the matters  described in
clause  (a) or (b) or, to the  extent  relating  to any  failure to perform or
comply prior to the Closing  Date, clause (c) of Section 10.5  until the total
of all Damages with respect to such  matters  exceeds  $15,000,  and then only
for the  amount by which  such  Damages exceed $15,000.  However, this Section
10.9  will not apply to any intentional Breach by Buyer of any representation,
warranty,  covenant  or obligation contained in this Agreement, and Buyer will 
be liable  for all Damages with respect to such Breaches.

      10.10 Procedure For Indemnification - Third Party Claims.

            (a)   Promptly  after  receipt  by  an  indemnified   party  under
Section 10.2, 10.4, 10.5 of  notice  of  the commencement  of  any  Proceeding  
against it, such indemnified  party will, if a claim is to be made  against an
indemnifying  party under such  Section, give notice to the indemnifying party
of the  commencement of such claim, but the failure to notify the indemnifying
party will not relieve  the  indemnifying party  of any  liability that it may 
have to any  indemnified  party,  except to  the extent  that the indemnifying 
party  demonstrates that the defense of such  action  is   prejudiced  by  the 
indemnifying party's failure to give such notice.

            (b)   If any Proceeding referred to in Section 10.10(a) is brought
against  an  indemnified   party  and  it  gives  notice  to  the indemnifying
party of the commencement of such  Proceeding,  the  indemnifying  party will,  
unless the claim involves Taxes, be entitled to participate in such Proceeding
and,  to  the  extent  that  it  wishes  (unless  (i)  the indemnifying  party
is also a party  to such  Proceeding  and the  indemnified  party   determines 
in  good  faith  that joint representation would be inappropriate, or (ii) the
indemnifying party fails to provide   reasonable assurance to the  indemnified
party  of its financial  capacity  to   defend  such  Proceeding  and  provide  
indemnification  with respect to such Proceeding),  to assume  the  defense of
such  Proceeding  with  counsel  satisfactory  to the indemnified  party  and,
after  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party to the indemnified  party of its
election to assume the defense  of  such  Proceeding, the  indemnifying  party
will not,  as long as it  diligently  conducts  such defense, be liable to the
indemnified party under this Section  10 for  any fees of other counsel or any 
other expenses with  respect to the  defense of such Proceeding,  in each case
subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the  defense
of such Proceeding, other than  reasonable  costs  of  investigation.  If  the 
indemnifying  party  assumes  the  defense  of a  Proceeding,  (i) it will  be
conclusively  established for purposes of this Agreement that the  claims made 
in that Proceeding are within the scope of and subject to indemnification; ii)
no compromise or settlement of such claims may be effected by the indemnifying
party without the  indemnified  party's consent unless (A) there is no finding
or admission of any  violation of Legal  Requirements  or any violation of the
rights  of any  Person  and no effect  on any  other  claims  that may be made
against the  indemnified  party,  and (B) the sole relief provided is monetary
damages  that  are  paid in full by the  indemnifying  party;  and  (iii)  the
indemnified  party will have no liability  with respect to any  compromise  or
settlement of such claims effected without its consent.  If notice is given to
an  indemnifying   party  of  the  commencement  of  any  Proceeding  and  the
indemnifying  party does not,  within ten days after the  indemnified  party's
notice is given,  give  notice to the  indemnified  party of its  election  to
assume the defense of such Proceeding,  the  indemnifying  party will be bound
by any  determination  made in such Proceeding or any compromise or settlement
effected by the indemnified party.

            (c)   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if  an  indemnified  party
determines  in good  faith  that  there  is a  reasonable  probability  that a
Proceeding may adversely  affect it or its  affiliates  other than as a result
of monetary  damages for which it would be entitled to  indemnification  under
this  Agreement,  the  indemnified  party may,  by notice to the  indemnifying
party,  assume the  exclusive  right to  defend,  compromise,  or settle  such
Proceeding,  but the indemnifying party will not be bound by any determination
of a Proceeding so defended or any compromise or settlement  effected  without
its consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld).

      10.11 Procedure  for   Indemnification  -  Other  Claims.  A  claim  for
indemnification  for any  matter  not  involving  a  third-party  claim may be
asserted by notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought.

      10.12 Exclusive  Remedy.  The remedies provided in this Article 10 shall
be exclusive of and limit any other  remedies  that may be available at law or
in equity.


                            11. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

      11.1  Dispute Defined.  As used in this Agreement,  "Dispute" shall mean
any dispute or disagreement  between the Buyer and the Company  concerning the
interpretation of this Agreement,  the validity of this Agreement,  any breach
or  alleged  breach by any party  under  this  Agreement  or any other  matter
relating in any way to this Agreement.



      11.2  Dispute Resolution Procedures.

            (a)   If  a  Dispute   arises,   the  parties   shall  follow  the
procedures  specified in this Article 11. The parties shall  promptly  attempt
to resolve any Dispute by  negotiations  between  themselves.  Either Buyer or
the  Company  may give the  other  party  written  notice of any  Dispute  not
resolved  in the  normal  course of  business.  The  parties  shall  meet at a
mutually  acceptable  time and place within  fifteen (15)  calendar days after
delivery of such  notice,  and  thereafter  as often as they  reasonably  deem
necessary,  to  exchange  relevant  information  and to attempt to resolve the
Dispute.  If the Dispute has not been  resolved by the parties  within  thirty
(30) calendar days of the disputing  party's notice, or if the parties fail to
meet within such fifteen (15) calendar  days,  either Buyer or the Company may
initiate mediation as provided in Section 11.2(b) of this Agreement.  If a 
negotiator intends to be accompanied at a meeting by legal counsel, the other
negotiator shall be given at least three (3) business days' notice of such 
intention and may also be accompanied by legal counsel.
        
            (b)   If the  Dispute is not  resolved by negotiations pursuant to
Section 11.2(a), the parties shall attempt in good faith to  resolve any  such 
Dispute by  nonbinding  mediation.   Either  Buyer or the Company may initiate
a nonbinding  mediation  proceeding by a request in writing to the other party
(the "Mediation  Request"),  and both parties will then be obligated to engage
in a mediation.  The proceeding  will be conducted in accordance with the then
current Center for Public  Resources  ("CPR") Model Procedure for Mediation of
Business Disputes, with the following exceptions:

                  (i)   if the  parties  have not agreed  within  thirty  (30)
            calendar  days of the  Mediation  Request  on the  selection  of a
            mediator  willing to serve,  CPR, upon the request of either Buyer
            or the  Company,  shall  appoint  a member  of the CPR  Panels  of
            Neutrals as the mediator, and

                  (ii)  efforts to reach a settlement  will continue until the
            conclusion  of the  proceedings,  which  shall be  deemed to occur
            upon the earliest of the date that:  (A) a written  settlement  is
            reached,  or (B) the mediator concludes and informs the parties in
            writing  that  further  efforts  would not be  useful,  or (C) the
            parties agree in writing that an impasse has been reached,  or (D)
            a  period  of  sixty  (60)  calendar  days has  passed  since  the
            Mediation  Request  and  none  of  the  events  specified  in  the
            foregoing  clauses  (A),  (B) or (C) has  occurred.  No party  may
            withdraw before the conclusion of the proceeding.

            (c)   If a Dispute is not  resolved  by  negotiation  pursuant  to
Section 11.2(a) of  this  Agreement or by mediation pursuant to Section 11.2(b)
of this Agreement  within  one hundred (100) calendar days after initiation of 
the negotiation process pursuant to Section 11.2(a), such Dispute and any other
claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be resolved pursuant
to Section 12.2(d).

            (d)   The parties shall submit the dispute to binding  arbitration
in accordance with the following procedures:

                  (i)   Any  arbitration   proceeding   shall  take  place  in
            Nashville,  Tennessee,  and shall be conducted in accordance  with
            the then current  rules of the  Nashville  Chapter of the American
            Arbitration Association.

                  (ii)  The  parties  shall have ten (10) days after the first
            to occur of the events in Sections  11.2(b)(ii) (B), (C) or (D) or
            Section  11.2(c)  to agree  upon an  arbitrator  to  conduct  such
            proceeding.  If the parties  fail to so agree within such ten (10)
            day  period,  then  within five (5) days after the end of such ten
            (10) day  period,  each  party  shall  select an  arbitrator  and,
            within  ten (10) days  after the end of such five (5) day  period,
            such two (2)  arbitrators  shall select a third  arbitrator.  Each
            arbitrator  shall have  professional  experience  relating  to the
            business,  accounting  or  legal  aspects  of the  subject  of the
            arbitration. No arbitrators  shall have any material  interest in
            the result of the  arbitration  or be, or shall ever have been, an
            affiliate,   equity   holder  or  creditor  of,  or  an  attorney,
            accountant,   agent  or   consultant,   for  any   Party  to  such
            arbitration proceeding.

                  (iii) Each  arbitration  proceeding  shall  start as soon as
            reasonably  practical  after the  selection of the  arbitrator(s).
            Specific timing,  including the setting of the dates for hearings,
            shall be subject to the mutual agreement of each party,  including
            the arbitrator(s);  provided, however, that if agreement cannot be
            reached  within a reasonable  time, the  arbitrator(s)  shall have
            the sole  authority to settle all timing  issues after taking into
            account  the  needs of each  party to  prepare  for,  resolve  and
            dispose of the matter as soon as reasonably practicable.

                  (iv)  The decision of the  arbitrator or, if there are three
            (3) arbitrators,  the decision of any two (2)  arbitrators,  shall
            be  final  and  binding  upon the  Parties,  and  judgment  may be
            entered upon any such decision in any court having jurisdiction.

                  (v)   Except as otherwise  specifically provided herein, all
            costs  incurred in  connection  with any  arbitration  proceeding,
            including  the  American   Arbitration   Association   fees,   the
            arbitrator(s)  fees,  the cost of  using  any  facilities  for the
            arbitration  hearings  and the  reasonable  fees and  expenses  of
            expert witnesses,  legal counsel and accountants of the prevailing
            party may be  included in whole or in part in the award to be paid
            by the non-prevailing party.

      11.3  Provisional   Remedies.   At  any  time   during  the   procedures
specified in Sections 11.2(a) and 11.2(b) of this Agreement, a party may seek a
preliminary injunction or other provisional judicial relief in its judgment such
action is necessary to avoid irreparable damage or to preserve the status quo.  
Despite such action, the parties will continue to participate in good faith in 
the procedures specified in Section 11.2(a) and 11.2(b).

      11.4  Tolling  Statute  of  Limitations.  All   applicable  statutes  of 
limitation and  defenses based upon the passage of time shall be tolled  while
the procedures  specified in Sections 11.2(a) and 11.2(b)of this Agreement are
pending.  The  parties  will  take  such  action,  if  any,  as is required to
effectuate such tolling.

      11.5  Performance  to  Continue.  Each party  shall  continue to perform
its or his obligations  under this Agreement and the Earnout Agreement pending
final resolution of any Dispute.

      11.6  Extension of Deadlines.  All  deadlines  specified in this Article
11 may be extended by mutual agreement between the parties.

      11.7  Enforcement.  The parties  regard the  obligations in this Article
11 to  constitute  an essential  provision of this  Agreement  and one that is
legally  binding on them.  In case of a violation of the  obligations  in this
Article  11 by  either  Buyer or the  Company,  the  other  party may bring an
action to seek  enforcement of such  obligations in the United States District
Court for the Middle District of Tennessee.

      11.8  Costs.  The parties shall pay their own costs,  fees, and expenses
incurred in connection with the  application  of  the  provisions  of sections 
11.2(a) and 11.2(b) of this  Agreement.  In addition, the fees and expenses of 
CPR  and the mediator in connection with the application of the provisions  of 
Section 11.2(b) of this Agreement  shall  be borne fifty percent (50%) by  the
Buyer and fifty percent (50%) by the Company.

      11.9  Replacement.  If CPR is no  longer  in  business  or is  unable or
refuses or declines to act or to continue to act under Section 11.2(b) of this
Agreement. for any reason, then the functions  specified in Section 11.2(b) to
be performed by CPR shall be performed by another Person engaged in a business
environment to that conducted by the CPR as is agreed upon by the Parties (the
"Replacement"). If the parties cannot agree on the identity of the Replacement
within  ten (10) calendar days,  after  a  Request, the  Replacement shall  be 
selected by the Chief  Judge of  the  United  States  District  Court for  the 
Northern District of Georgia upon  application.  If a Replacement is  selected 
by either means, Section 11.2(b) shall be deemed appropriately amended to refer
to such Replacement.

                            12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

      12.1  Expenses.   Except  as  otherwise   expressly   provided  in  this
Agreement,  each party to this  Agreement  will bear its  respective  expenses
incurred in connection  with the  preparation,  execution,  and performance of
this  Agreement  and the  Contemplated  Transactions,  including  all fees and
expenses of agents, representatives, counsel, and accountants.

      12.2  Public   Announcements.   Any  public   announcement   or  similar
publicity  with  respect to this  Agreement or the  Contemplated  Transactions
will be  issued,  if at  all,  at  such  time  and in  such  manner  as  Buyer
determines.  Unless  consented  to by Buyer  and the  Company  in  advance  or
required by Legal  Requirements,  prior to the Closing the parties  shall keep
this Agreement  strictly  confidential and may not make any disclosure of this
Agreement  to any Person  other than their  representatives.  The  Company and
Buyer  will  consult  with  each  other  concerning  the  means by  which  the
Company's employees,  customers, and suppliers and others having dealings with
the Company will be informed of the Contemplated Transactions,  and Buyer will
have the right to be present for any such communication.

      12.3  Confidentiality.  The Confidentiality  Agreement dated October 27,
1997,  executed  by Buyer shall  remain in full force and  effect,  and to the
extent the  following  does not  contradict  such  Confidentiality  Agreement,
between  the  date of this  Agreement  and the  Closing  Date,  Buyer  and the
Company will maintain in confidence,  and will cause the directors,  officers,
employees,  agents,  and  advisors  of Buyer and the  Company to  maintain  in
confidence,  any written  oral,  or other  information  obtained in confidence
from another  party or the Company in  connection  with this  Agreement or the
Contemplated  Transactions,  unless (a) such  information  is already known to
such  party  or to  others  not  bound  by a duty of  confidentiality  or such
information  becomes  publicly  available  through no fault of such party, (b)
the use of such  information  is necessary or appropriate in making any filing
or  obtaining  any consent or approval  required for the  consummation  of the
Contemplated  Transactions,  or (c) the furnishing or use of such  information
is  required  by  or  necessary  or  appropriate  in  connection   with  legal
proceedings.  If the  Contemplated  Transactions  are  not  consummated,  each
party will return or destroy as much of such written  information as the other
party may reasonably request.

      12.4  Notices.    All   notices,    consents,    waivers,    and   other
communications  under this  Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to
have been duly given:

            (a)   when personally delivered;

            (b)   upon  delivery  by  United  States  Express  Mail  or  other
nationally  recognized  overnight  courier service which provides  evidence of
delivery when sent by such courier;

            (c)   five (5) days  after  posting  when  sent by  registered  or
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or

            (d)   upon   confirmation  of   transmission   when  delivered  by
facsimile  transmission,  provided a copy thereof is also delivered by regular
mail;

      in each case to the  appropriate  addresses  and  facsimile  numbers set
forth below (or to such other  addresses and facsimile  numbers as a party may
designate by notice to the other parties):

      Notice to the Buyer shall be sufficient if given to:

                  Morrison Health Care, Inc.
                  Suite 400
                  1955 Lake Park Drive, SE
                  Smyrna, Georgia  30080-3300
                  Attn:  General Counsel
                  Phone:  770-437-3300
                  Facsimile:  770-437-3342

      with a copy to:

                  Powell, Goldstein, Frazer & Murphy, LLP
                  191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                  Sixteenth Floor
                  Atlanta, Georgia  30303
                  Attn.:  Thomas R. McNeill, Esq.
                  Phone:  404-572-6681
                  Facsimile:  404-572-6999

      Notice to the Company shall be sufficient if given to:

                  Spectra Systems, Inc.
                  300 East 5th Avenue
                  Suite 340
                  Naperville, Illinois  60563
                  Attn:  James W. Hemphill
                  Phone:  630-961-2555
                  Facsimile:  630-961-3785

      with a copy to:

                  Nagle & Higgins, P.C.
                  1755 Park Street
                  Suite 260
                  Naperville, Illinois  60563
                  Attn:  Brien J. Nagle
                  Phone  630-355-8100
                  Facsimile :  630-355-8185

      12.5  Further  Assurances.   The  parties  agree  (a)  to  furnish  upon
request to each other such further information,  (b) to execute and deliver to
each  other such other  documents,  and (c) to do such other acts and  things,
all as the other party may reasonably  request for the purpose of carrying out
the intent of this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement.

      12.6  Waiver.  The rights and remedies of the parties to this  Agreement
are cumulative and not  alternative.  Neither the failure nor any delay by any
party in exercising  any right,  power,  or privilege  under this Agreement or
the documents  referred to in this  Agreement will operate as a waiver of such
right,  power,  or  privilege,  and no single or partial  exercise of any such
right,  power,  or privilege  will  preclude any other or further  exercise of
such right,  power, or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power, or
privilege.  To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (a) no claim or
right  arising  out of this  Agreement  or the  documents  referred to in this
Agreement can be discharged by one party,  in whole or in part, by a waiver or
renunciation  of the  claim or right  unless  in  writing  signed by the other
party;  (b) no waiver that may be given by a party will be  applicable  except
in the  specific  instance  for which it is  given;  and  (c) no  notice to or
demand on one party  will be deemed to be a waiver of any  obligation  of such
party or of the  right of the  party  giving  such  notice  or  demand to take
further  action  without notice or demand as provided in this Agreement or the
documents referred to in this Agreement.

      12.7  Entire Agreement and Modification.  This Agreement  supersedes all
prior  agreements  between the  parties  with  respect to its  subject  matter
(including the Letter of Intent between Buyer and the Company,  dated December
17, 1997, but excluding the Confidentiality  Agreement dated October 27, 1997)
and  constitutes  (along with the documents  referred to in this  Agreement) a
complete and  exclusive  statement of the terms of the  agreement  between the
parties with respect to its subject matter.  This Agreement may not be amended
except by a written  agreement  executed  by the party to be charged  with the
amendment.

      12.8  Disclosure Letter.

            (a)   The  disclosures in the  Disclosure  Letter must relate only
to the  representations  and  warranties  in the Section of the  Agreement  to
which they expressly  relate and not to any other  representation  or warranty
in this Agreement except that a disclosure may specifically  cross-reference a
duplicate disclosure.

            (b)   In the event of any inconsistency  between the statements in
the body of this Agreement and those in the  Disclosure  Letter (other than an
exception  expressly set forth as such in the  Disclosure  Letter with respect
to a specifically  identified  representation or warranty),  the statements in
the body of this Agreement will control.

      12.9  Assignments,   Successors,  and  No  Third-Party  Rights.  Neither
party may assign any of its rights  under  this  Agreement  without  the prior
consent of the other  parties  except  that Buyer may assign any of its rights
under this  Agreement to any  subsidiary  of Buyer.  Subject to the  preceding
sentence,  this  Agreement will apply to, be binding in all respects upon, and
inure to the benefit of the successors  and permitted  assigns of the parties.
Nothing  expressed or referred to in this  Agreement will be construed to give
any Person  other than the parties to this  Agreement  any legal or  equitable
right,  remedy,  or  claim  under or with  respect  to this  Agreement  or any
provision of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement and all of its  provisions  and
conditions  are for the sole and  exclusive  benefit  of the  parties  to this
Agreement and their successors and assigns.

      12.10 Severability.  If any provision of this  Agreement is held invalid
or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction,  the other provisions
of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.  Any provision of this
Agreement held invalid or unenforceable  only in part or degree will remain in
full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

      12.11 Section Headings,  Construction.  The headings of Sections in this
Agreement  are  provided  for  convenience   only  and  will  not  affect  its
construction  or  interpretation.  All  references  to "Section" or "Sections"
refer to the  corresponding  Section or Sections of this Agreement.  All words
used in this  Agreement  will be construed to be of such gender or number,  as
the  circumstances  require.  Unless otherwise  expressly  provided,  the work
"including" does not limit the preceding words or terms.

      12.12 Time of  Essence.  With  regard to all dates and time  periods set
forth or referred to in this Agreement, time is of the essence.

      12.13 Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  will be  governed by the laws of
the State of Illinois without regard to the laws of conflicts.

      12.14 Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  one or  more
counterparts,  each of which  will be  deemed to be an  original  copy of this
Agreement and all of which, when taken together,  will be deemed to constitute
one and the same agreement.


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  executed  and  delivered  this
Agreement as of the date first written above.

                                    BUYER:

                                    MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.

                                    By: /s/ John E. Fountain                  
                                    Name: John E. Fountain              
                                    Title: Vice President, General Counsel and
                                           Secretary

                                    THE COMPANY:

                                    SPECTRA SERVICES, INC.

                                    By: /s/ James W. Hemphill                 
                                    Name: James W. Hemphill             
                                    Title: President                          



      I, James W. Hemphill,  the sole shareholder of Spectra  Services,  Inc.,
hereby  agree  that in the event the  Company  distributes  some or all of the
Purchase  Price,  I shall  reimburse  the  Company  for  such  amount  of said
distributions  as may be necessary in order for the Company to pay any amounts
due to Buyer pursuant to the Agreement.


                                    /s/ James W. Hemphill               
                                    James W. Hemphill




/s/ Jarrett Franklin
Jarrett Franklin
WITNESS

MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.

EXHIBIT 11 - STATEMENT  REGARDING  COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
 (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>


                                                             Year ended
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------

                                      May 31, 1998          May 31, 1997            June 1, 1996
                                     ----------------     -----------------     -----------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                       <C>                 <C>                   <C>   

Basic
- -----
Average shares outstanding...........      11,938               11,785                11,673
                                      
Net income...........................     $11,552              $10,286               $ 9,280
                                     ================     =================     =================

Per share amount.....................     $  0.97              $  0.87               $  0.79
                                     ================     =================     =================

Diluted
- -------
Average shares outstanding...........      11,938               11,785                11,673

Net effect of dilutive stock
 options and nonvested stock awards-
 based on the treasury stock         
 method using average market price...         254                   56                    51
                                     ----------------     -----------------     -----------------

Total................................      12,192               11,841                11,724
                                     ================     =================     =================
                            
Net income...........................     $11,552              $10,286               $ 9,280
                                     ================     =================     =================
                          
Per Share amount.....................      $ 0.95              $  0.87               $  0.79
                                     ================     =================     =================
</TABLE>



EXHIBIT 13


Morrison Financials



1998 Financial Review
Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries



Selected Financial Data..........................................14

Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations....................15

Consolidated Financial Statements................................18

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................22

Report of Independent Auditors...................................32

Directors and Officers...........................................33

Shareowner Information...........................................33



Selected Financial Data
Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries

The following table  summarizes  certain  selected  financial  information  with
respect to Morrison  Health Care, Inc. (the Company or MHCI) and is derived from
the  Financial  Statements  of  MHCI.  The  Selected  Financial  Data of MHCI is
presented as if MHCI had been a separate  entity for fiscal years 1996, 1995 and
1994. The financial information presented below for 1996, 1995 and 1994, may not
be  indicative of MHCI's  future  performance  as an  independent  company.  The
information  set forth below should be read in  conjunction  with  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations,"  the
Financial  Statements  of MHCI and notes  thereto,  and the  Unaudited Pro Forma
Financial  Information  of MHCI included in Note 2 of the Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements. Weighted average shares for 1996 were determined as if the
shares issued in connection  with the  Distribution  were  outstanding  from the
beginning  of the  year.  Earnings  per share  and  dividend  data have not been
presented  for fiscal  years  1995 and 1994 as MHCI was not a separate  publicly
held company prior to March 1996.


Net income for fiscal year 1994 includes the results of education,  business and
industry ("B&I")  operations which were sold in fiscal year 1995. Net income for
fiscal year 1995  includes an after-tax  gain of $25.8  million from the sale of
certain B&I contracts and assets to Gardner Merchant  Services,  Inc. for a cash
payment of $100 million. The remaining B&I accounts were closed.

<TABLE>

                                                                 For the fiscal year+
                                                -----------------------------------------------------

(in thousands, except per share data)               1998       1997       1996        1995       1994
                                                -----------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>  
Consolidated statements of income data:
  Managed volume (estimated and unaudited)..... $504,400   $464,800   $435,600    $408,300          *
  Revenues..................................... $250,371   $221,011   $219,995    $225,392   $461,780
  Income before provision for income taxes..... $ 19,065   $ 17,576   $ 16,011    $ 65,295   $ 21,588
  Provision for federal and state income taxes.    7,513      7,290      6,731      28,469      8,351
  Net income................................... $ 11,552   $ 10,286   $  9,280    $ 36,826** $ 13,237

  Earnings per share - Basic................... $   0.97   $   0.87   $   0.79   
  Earnings per share - Diluted................. $   0.95   $   0.87   $   0.79

  Weighted average common shares - Basic.......   11,938     11,785     11,673
  Net dilutive effect of stock options and
    nonvested stock awards.....................      254         56         51
                                                --------  ---------   --------
  Weighted average common shares - Diluted.....   12,192     11,841     11,724
                                                ========  =========   ========
</TABLE>

   + Fiscal year 1998 is a 12-month year. Fiscal years 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994
are composed of 52 weeks.
   * Fiscal year 1994 information is not presented because it included B&I
information.
** Includes an after-tax gain of $25.8 million from the sale of the B&I
operations.
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>  

Other Financial Data:
      Total assets............................. $  84,374   $  60,203 $  61,101   $  69,028   $105,964
      Long-term debt........................... $  31,690   $  15,022 $  20,034   $  19,245   $  3,128
      Stockholders' equity..................... $   8,372   $   5,628 $   4,716   $   9,015   $ 51,164
      Cash dividends per share of common stock. $    0.82   $    0.82 $   0.205***        -          -
      Working capital.......................... $   7,344   $   3,891 $   8,677   $  13,318   $  9,239
      Current ratio............................     1.2:1       1.1:1     1.3:1       1.5:1      1.2:1
</TABLE>

***Dividends were not paid prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1996.



Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations


Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Financial  Statements and
related notes found on pages 18 to 31.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Effects of Distribution on Results of Operations
Effective  March 9, 1996,  Morrison  Health Care, Inc. (the Company or MHCI) was
spun-off (the  Distribution) from Morrison  Restaurants Inc. (MRI),  becoming an
independent  corporation  trading  under the  symbol  MHI on the New York  Stock
Exchange.  Management believes that the Distribution (see Note 2 of the Notes to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements) has had a material impact on the results of
operations  due to the added  separate  company costs that are incurred by MHCI.
The estimated  effect of the  Distribution  on the results of operations of MHCI
for the fiscal year ended June 1, 1996,  is presented in the Unaudited Pro Forma
Financial Information on pages 23 to 24. Such pro forma financial information is
presented as if the Distribution had been effective as of June 3, 1995.

1998 Compared To 1997

Overview
In MHCI's  second full year as an  independent  company,  fiscal year 1998 again
demonstrated  strong  financial  results,  with  increases  in  managed  volume,
revenue,  operating  profit  and  net  income.  The  accomplishments  are due to
continued focus on cost reductions in all accounts, growth in existing accounts,
strong new account sales,  and the  acquisitions of Drake  Management  Services,
Inc. (January 1998) and Spectra Services, Inc. (March 1998) in the senior living
market. (See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements for more
information.)
      MHCI  is the  only  national,  publicly  held  company  which  specializes
exclusively  in health  care food and  nutrition  services.  MHCI's  client base
includes  some of the  largest  and most  prestigious  hospitals  in the  United
States.

Managed Volume/Revenue
The Company  performs  its services  pursuant to one of two types of  contracts,
either  management fee or profit and loss.  While actual services  performed are
the same, revenue  recognition  varies by type of contract.  In a management fee
account, MHCI manages the services and facilities, but the client is responsible
for all or nearly all the costs. Revenues and fees are recognized for the amount
of the contractually  agreed-upon management fee plus any earned incentives plus
the amount of any  expenses  or employee  payroll  costs paid by the Company and
charged back to the client. In a profit and loss account,  MHCI assumes the risk
of profit or loss for the foodservice  operation.  For such accounts, the amount
of  revenue  reported  is the actual  revenue  generated  from  meals  served to
patients,  client employees and visitors.  Because of the difference between the
amount of revenue that is reported for the fee account (net management fees plus
reimbursed  expenses)  and the profit and loss account  (gross  revenues of meal
sales),  Management uses the concept of managed volume to evaluate the Company's
true  growth.  Managed  volume is defined by MHCI as the total cost of operating
the  foodservices,  regardless of which type of contract exists with the client.
Management  believes managed volume is a better indicator of performance because
it measures total  activity from all client  accounts and provides an indication
of what gross revenues would be if the Company  performed all services  pursuant
to profit and loss contracts.
      Managed  volume  increased  $39.6 million or 8.5% in fiscal year 1998 when
compared to fiscal year 1997.  Revenue  increased $29.4 million or 13.3% in 1998
as  compared  to 1997.  The primary  sources of these  increases  were growth at
existing accounts,  including adding vending operations and increasing  employee
payrolls,  opening more accounts and larger  accounts  than accounts  which were
closed, and key acquisitions.

Gross Profit
Gross profit, defined as revenue less operating expenses, increased $3.3 million
or 8.4% for 1998.  Growth of existing account  business,  continued  emphasis on
food  and  labor  cost  reductions,  and  acquisitions  all  contributed  to the
favorable results.

Selling, General and Administrative
Although selling,  general and administrative expenses increased compared to the
prior year,  they decreased as a percentage of managed  volume and revenue.  The
expenses  were  4.5% of  managed  volume  in  fiscal  year 1998 and were 4.6% of
managed  volume in fiscal year 1997.  In fiscal year 1998,  these  expenses were
9.2% of revenues versus 9.7% in fiscal year 1997.  Compared to fiscal year 1997,
the  expenses  increased  $1.5 million or 7.1%,  versus the revenue  increase of
13.3% for the same period.

Interest Expense, Net
Interest  expense  increased 39.0% compared to the prior year due to higher debt
levels  associated  with  the  Company's   acquisitions  and  increased  capital
expenditures for both the Advanced Culinary  Centers(TM) and improvements to the
management information systems.

Federal and State Income Taxes
The combined  federal and state  effective  tax rate  decreased to 39.4% in 1998
from 41.5% in 1997.  The  higher  effective  income  tax rate in fiscal  1997 as
compared to fiscal 1998 is primarily  due to higher  non-deductible  expenses in
fiscal 1997.

1997 COMPARED TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA 1996

Overview
In MHCI's  first full year as an  independent  company,  fiscal year 1997 showed
strong financial  results with increases in managed volume,  revenue,  operating
profit and net income.  These  achievements  were due to continued focus on cost
reduction in accounts and growth in existing accounts.

Managed Volume/Revenue
Managed volume is the Company's  method of measuring total growth by determining
the total amount of foodservices that the Company manages.  In fiscal year 1997,
managed  volume  increased  $29.2  million or 6.7% when  compared to fiscal year
1996.  This  increase  was due to growth at  existing  accounts  and to  opening
accounts with larger managed volumes than at accounts which were closed.
      Revenue  increased  $1.0 million or 0.5% in fiscal year 1997 when compared
to fiscal  year 1996.  The  increase  was due to the  increases  in  revenues at
existing  accounts,  attributable  primarily to adding  vending  operations  and
employee payroll at those accounts.

Gross Profit
Gross profit, defined as revenue less operating expenses, increased $0.4 million
or 1% for  1997.  The  continuing  emphasis  on food and labor  cost  reductions
combined  with  the  general  business  growth  at  numerous  existing  accounts
generated the improvements in gross profit.

Selling, General and Administrative
Selling,  general and administrative expenses decreased slightly as a percentage
of managed volume and revenue due to improved control of expenses.

Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense decreased 47% as the Company funded most of its activities with
internally-generated funds, resulting in lower debt levels in fiscal year 1997.

Federal and State Income Taxes
The combined  federal and state  effective  tax rate  decreased to 41.5% in 1997
from 42.1% in 1996.

IMPACT OF YEAR 2000

Currently,  there is significant  uncertainty  within the software  industry and
among  software users  regarding the impact of installed  software that has been
programmed to accept only two-digit entries in the date code fields and use such
two-digit entries in the software's  calculation and report generation  formats.
Current  versions of the Company's  products have been and are being assessed to
determine the impact of becoming "Year 2000"  compliant.  Similarly,  as part of
its continuing review and improvement of systems and operations,  the Company is
in the process of modifying or replacing  certain software programs to avoid any
detrimental  effects in its  installed  software  programs  while  upgrading and
enhancing the overall  effectiveness of its information  management systems. The
project is expected to be completed well in advance of December 31, 1999.  While
this  project  includes  both Year 2000  issues and  general  improvements,  the
estimate of the costs to address  both  issues is less than $5 million,  most of
which has already  been spent.  The Company does not expect this project to pose
significant  operational  problems for the Company.  However, the Company cannot
make any assurances that the Company will not be exposed to any potential claims
resulting  from the system  problems  associated  with the century  change.  See
"Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information."

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash Flow, Capital Expenditures and Financing
Due to the nature of its contract foodservice business, MHCI is able to maintain
a  relatively  steady  cash flow.  Cash flow from  operations  has  historically
financed MHCI's capital  investments.  MHCI plans for controlled  expansion over
the next  several  years and  anticipates  that cash flow from  operations  plus
utilization  of the existing  lines of credit will be  sufficient to provide for
this expansion. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information."
      To  partially  finance  its  activities  in fiscal  1998,  MHCI used a $50
million,  five-year credit facility from various financial institutions.  Of the
total facility, $30 million was revolving lines of credit. The Company had $17.5
million  outstanding  under the terms of these lines of credit at May 31,  1998.
The remaining $20 million of the credit facility was a five-year term note which
was being repaid in quarterly installments of $1.25 million since June 30, 1997.
The credit facility contained restrictions on incurring additional  indebtedness
and certain funded debt, net worth and fixed charge coverage requirements.
      The  Company  managed  the  interest  costs of the term  note  through  an
interest rate swap agreement. This swap agreement effectively fixed the interest
rate for the period of the term note at 6.7%.
      For  day-to-day  operating  activities,  additional  lines of credit allow
borrowing up to $5 million. The Company had $4.2 million under this agreement at
May 31, 1998.
      On May 31, 1998,  MHCI had $36.7  million  outstanding  in total debt,  an
increase of $16.7 million from the prior year.
      Subsequent to May 31, 1998,  the Company  replaced its $50 million  credit
facility  with  a  $75  million   revolving  credit  line  from  four  financial
institutions.  Concurrent  with this  transaction,  the  Company  cancelled  the
related  interest rate swap  agreement that had  effectively  fixed the interest
rate for the term portion of that  facility.  The new credit line has a variable
interest rate based upon LIBOR and variable interest payment  requirements.  The
principal is due no later than June 30, 2003.  The initial  amount  borrowed was
$35.4 million, all of which was used to repay the balance due on the $50 million
and $5 million credit facilities.
      Also in June  1998,  the  Company  entered  into two  interest  rate  swap
agreements to reduce the impact of changes in the interest rates on its floating
rate debt and to  exchange  floating  rate for fixed  rate  payments  at certain
dates.  These swap agreements  expire in June 2003 and June 2008 and effectively
convert $20 million of variable rate borrowings to fixed.
      Trade  accounts  receivable  make up the majority of MHCI's total  current
assets. Historically,  the average days outstanding in trade accounts receivable
is less than one month and bad debt expense has been minimal.
      MHCI  requires  capital   principally  for  acquisitions,   new  accounts,
equipment  replacement and remodeling of existing  accounts and the construction
of Advanced  Culinary  Centers,(TM) a food  preparation and delivery system that
was initiated in fiscal 1998. Cash provided by operating activities approximated
$10.3 million for fiscal year 1998. Capital expenditures were approximately $8.9
million,  an increase of $4.1  million or 83% compared to the prior year period.
Capital  expenditures  are  anticipated  to total $12  million to $15 million in
fiscal year 1999. MHCI plans to finance this amount primarily through internally
generated funds. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information."

Working Capital
As of May 31, 1998, working capital was $7.3 million while the current ratio was
1.2:1.  Working  capital  increased $3.5 million and the current ratio increased
0.1 when compared to the prior year.

Dividends
MHCI paid approximately $9.9 million in cash dividends to stockholders during
fiscal year 1998. The Company plans to pay annual dividends of approximately
$1.9 million in the next fiscal year. See "Special Note Regarding
Forward-Looking Information."

Deferred Tax Assets
The recognition of deferred tax assets depends on the  anticipated  existence of
taxable income in future periods in amounts  sufficient to realize the assets. A
valuation  allowance  must be provided for the deferred tax asset if such future
income is not likely to be generated.  Management  believes that future  taxable
income should be  sufficient to realize all of MHCI's  deferred tax assets based
on historical  earnings of MHCI;  therefore,  a valuation allowance has not been
established.

KNOWN EVENTS, UNCERTAINTIES AND TRENDS

Impact of Inflation
In the past, MHCI has been able to recover  inflationary  cost increases through
contract inflation  adjustments,  increased productivity and menu changes. There
have  been  and  there  may be in  the  future,  delays  in  contract  inflation
adjustments and competitive pressures which limit MHCI's ability to recover such
cost  increases  in their  entirety.  Historically,  the effects of inflation on
MHCI's net income have not been materially adverse.  See "Special Note Regarding
Forward-Looking Information."


Management's Outlook
In fiscal  year  1997,  Management  began an  extensive  program  of  expanding,
restructuring  and training of the sales team.  Management  anticipates that its
continued  focus on the sales team will  facilitate  increases in the number and
economic  value of  accounts  sold in fiscal  year 1999 and  beyond.  Management
believes  that growth  will also occur  through  expanding  services at existing
accounts and the Advanced Culinary  Centers,(TM) a food preparation and delivery
system that was initiated in fiscal 1998. In addition,  Management  believes the
acquisition of companies that  complement its core  competencies  will allow the
Company to increase its  presence in the senior  living  market while  providing
quality services for health care facilities nationwide.
      Several  MHCI  accounts  are among the  largest  acute  care and  teaching
hospitals in the United  States.  The Company  strives to maintain its long-term
partnerships  with these  facilities  while  continuing to increase  quality and
lower  costs.  MHCI  believes  that ongoing  investments  in people and programs
designed  to enhance  its  aggressive  sales  drive will add new  clients  while
building  stronger  relationships  with  current  accounts.  By  focusing on its
primary  market of hospitals and expanding  into the senior living  market,  the
Company  believes  that it is  strategically  positioned  to maintain its steady
growth. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information."

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information
The  foregoing  section  contains  various  "forward-looking  statements"  which
represent  the  Company's  expectations  or beliefs  concerning  future  events,
including the following: statements regarding account growth, impact of the Year
2000, future capital expenditures and borrowings,  the payment of dividends, the
impact of inflation and the effects of Management's  strategies for growth.  The
Company  cautions that a number of important  factors could,  individually or in
the aggregate,  cause actual results to differ materially from those included in
the forward-looking  statements,  including,  without limitation, the following:
health  care  spending  trends;  the  growth of  systems  and  group  purchasing
organizations;  changes in health care regulations; increased competition in the
health care food and nutrition  market;  customers'  acceptance of the Company's
cost saving  programs;  and laws and  regulations  affecting  labor and employee
benefit costs.



Consolidated Statements of Income
Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries
<TABLE>

                                                         For the Fiscal Year Ended
                                                --------------------------------------------
(In thousands, except per share data)           May 31, 1998    May 31, 1997    June 1, 1996
                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>   

Revenues.......................................     $250,371        $221,011        $219,995

Operating costs and expenses:
      Operating expenses.......................      207,265         181,233         180,607
      Selling, general and administrative......       22,919          21,395          20,670
Restructuring costs............................            0               0           1,398
Asset impairment...............................            0               0             193
Interest expense, net of interest
  income of $406 in 1998, $687 
    in 1997 and $428 in 1996...................        1,122             807           1,116
                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
      Total costs and expenses.................      231,306         203,435         203,984
                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
Income before provision for income taxes.......       19,065          17,576          16,011
Provision for federal and state income taxes...        7,513           7,290           6,731
                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
Net income.....................................     $ 11,552        $ 10,286        $  9,280
                                                ============    ============    ============
Earnings per share - Basic.....................     $   0.97        $   0.87        $   0.79
Earnings per share - Diluted...................     $   0.95        $   0.87        $   0.79

Weighted average common shares - Basic.........       11,938          11,785          11,673
Net dilutive effect of stock options 
 and non-vested stock awards...................          254              56              51
                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
Weighted average common shares - Diluted.......       12,192          11,841          11,724
                                                ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.



Consolidated Balance Sheets
Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries
<TABLE>

                                              ------------      ------------
(In thousands)                                May 31, 1998      May 31, 1997
                                              ------------      ------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                               <C>                <C> 
Assets
Current assets:
      Cash and short-term investments.........     $ 5,720           $ 6,347
      Receivables:
            Trade, less allowance for 
            doubtful accounts of $887 at 
            May 31, 1998 and $744 at 
            May 31, 1997......................      21,381            16,387
            Other.............................       6,372             4,884
      Inventories.............................       2,936             2,686
      Prepaid expenses........................       1,262             1,006
      Deferred income tax benefits............       1,949             1,929
                                              ------------      ------------
                  Total current assets........      39,620            33,239
                                              ------------      ------------
Property and equipment - at cost:
      Buildings and improvements..............       3,425             2,326
      Equipment...............................      16,037            13,251
      Construction in progress................       4,729               766
                                              ------------      ------------
                                                    24,191            16,343
      Less accumulated depreciation...........      10,232             8,471
                                              ------------      ------------
                                                    13,959             7,872
Deferred income tax benefits..................       2,503             1,610
Cost in excess of net assets acquired, net....      12,097             4,582
Notes receivable, less current portion........       3,729             3,817
Deferred charges..............................       4,083             2,830
Other assets..................................       8,383             6,253
                                              ------------      ------------
                  Total assets................     $84,374           $60,203
                                              ============      ============

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
      Accounts payable........................     $14,545           $12,977
      Accrued liabilities:
            Taxes, other than income taxes....       1,818             1,546
            Payroll and related costs.........       6,395             4,133
            Insurance.........................       2,289             3,436
            Other.............................       2,207             2,245
      Current portion of long-term debt.......       5,022             5,011
                                              ------------      ------------
               Total current liabilities......      32,276            29,348
                                              ------------      ------------
Long-term debt................................      31,690            15,022
Other liabilities.............................      12,036            10,205
Stockholders' equity:
      Common stock, $0.01 par value
      (authorized 100,000 shares;
      issued: 1998 - 12,379 shares,
      1997 - 12,165 shares)...................         124               122
      Capital in excess of par value..........      12,859             9,717
      Unearned ESOP shares....................      (3,195)           (3,517)
      Retained earnings.......................       2,322               647
                                              ------------      ------------
                                                    12,110             6,969
      Less cost of treasury stock.............       3,738             1,341
                                              ------------      ------------
              Total stockholders' equity......       8,372             5,628
                                              ------------      ------------
              Total liabilities and
                   stockholders' equity.......     $84,374           $60,203
                                              ============      ============
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

<TABLE>


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                                                                      For the Fiscal Year Ended
                                                             ------------------------------------------------
(In thousands)                                               May 31, 1998      May 31, 1997      June 1, 1996
- --------------                                               ------------      ------------      ------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>            <C>  
Operating activities:
Net income                                                       $ 11,552          $ 10,286       $    9,280
Adjustments   to  reconcile  net  income  to  
  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities:
      Depreciation and amortization..........................       2,538             1,992            2,330
      Amortization of intangibles............................         377               153              152
      Other, net.............................................           0             1,066            1,172
      Deferred income taxes..................................        (811)              514            4,927
      (Gain)/Loss on disposition of assets...................         (19)               29              170
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
            (Increase)/Decrease in receivables...............      (6,359)            2,486            1,345
            (Increase)/Decrease in inventories...............        (246)              (24)             218
            (Increase)/Decrease in prepaid and other 
               assets........................................        (675)              631           (2,005)
            Increase/(Decrease) in accounts payable,
               accrued and other liabilities.................       3,936             6,046          (12,112)
            Increase/(Decrease) in income taxes payable                 0              (935)           6,928
                                                             ------------      ------------      ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities....................      10,293            22,244           12,405
                                                             ------------      ------------      ------------
Investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment..........................      (8,850)           (4,843)          (2,170)
Proceeds from disposal of assets.............................         268               459              387
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired..............      (7,464)                0                0
Other, net...................................................      (2,745)           (1,456)             764
Net cash used by investing activities........................     (18,791)           (5,840)          (1,019)
Financing activities:
Net proceeds from long-term debt.............................      21,690                 0              800
Principal payments on long-term debt.........................      (5,011)              (11)             (11)
Net change in short-term borrowings..........................           0            (6,760)           6,760
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and issuance
  of stock, net of income tax benefits.......................       3,054               679            1,544
Dividends paid...............................................      (9,877)           (9,725)          (2,403)
Payments to acquire Treasury Stock...........................      (1,891)                0                0
(Increase)/Decrease in Treasury Stock held by Deferred
  Compensation Plan..........................................        (506)             (412)              29
ESOP shares released.........................................         412                84                0
Net transfers to Morrison Restaurants Inc....................           0                 0          (12,749) 
                                                             ------------      ------------      ------------
Net cash provided/(used) by financing activities.............       7,871           (16,145)          (6,030)
                                                             ------------      ------------      ------------
(Decrease)/Increase in cash and short-term investments.......        (627)              259            5,356
Cash and short-term investments at the beginning of the year.       6,347             6,088              732
                                                             ------------      ------------      ------------
Cash and short-term investments at the end of the year.......    $  5,720          $  6,347       $    6,088
                                                             ============      ============      ============

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information - 
  cash paid for:
      Interest...............................................       1,696             1,190            1,533
      Income taxes...........................................       7,933             8,000           18,586
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.



Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries
<TABLE>

                                                                    For the Fiscal Year Ended
                                             --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  May 31, 1998            May 31, 1997            June 1, 1996
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------
                                             Shares      Amounts     Shares      Amounts     Shares       Amounts
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------
(In Thousands except per share data)
CAPTION>
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>

Beginning balance........................... 12,165      $   122     11,791      $   118          0       $     0
Shares issued pursuant to spin-off from
  Morrison Restaurants Inc..................      0            0          0            0     11,678           117
Shares issued to ESOP.......................      0            0        255            3          0             0
Shares issued under Stock Incentive Plans...    214            2        119            1        113             1
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------
            Ending balance.................. 12,379          124     12,165          122     11,791           118
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------
Capital in Excess of Par Value
Beginning balance...........................               9,717                   5,441                        0
Shares issued to ESOP.......................                   0                   3,592                        0
Shares issued under Stock Incentive Plans,
  net of income tax benefits................               3,052                     678                    1,543
Shares released from ESOP...................                  90                       6                        0
Distribution of Morrison Restaurants
  Inc.'s investment in the Company
    to Morrison Restaurants Inc. 
      stockholders..........................                   0                       0                    3,898
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------
            Ending balance..................              12,859                   9,717                    5,441
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------

Morrison Restaurants Inc. Equity Investment
Beginning balance...........................                   0                       0                    9,015
Net income..................................                   0                       0                    6,791
Cash transfers to Morrison Restaurants Inc..                   0                       0                  (12,749)
Distribution of Morrison Restaurants Inc.'s.
   investment in the Company to Morrison
     Restaurants Inc. stockholders..........                  0                       0                   (3,057)
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------
            Ending balance..................                   0                       0                        0
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------

Unearned ESOP Shares
Beginning balance...........................   (249)      (3,517)       (255)     (3,595)                       0
Shares issued to ESOP.......................      0            0           0           0                        0
Shares released from ESOP...................     23          322           6          78                        0
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------
            Ending balance..................   (226)      (3,195)       (249)     (3,517)                       0
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------

Retained Earnings
Beginning balance...........................                 647                      86                        0
Net income..................................              11,552                  10,286                    2,489
Cash dividends of $0.82 per share in fiscal
    1998 and 1997 and $0.205 per share in
      fiscal 1996...........................              (9,877)                 (9,725)                  (2,403)
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------
            Ending balance..................               2,322                     647                       86
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------

Treasury Stock
Beginning balance...........................              (1,341)                   (929)                       0
Distribution of Morrison Restaurants
  Inc.'s investment in the Company to
    Morrison Restaurants Inc. stockholders..                   0                       0                     (958)
Purchase of Treasury Stock..................              (1,891)                      0                        0
(Purchase)/Sale of Treasury Stock -
      held by Deferred Compensation Plan....                (506)                   (412)                      29
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------
            Ending balance..................              (3,738)                 (1,341)                    (929)
                                             -------------------     -------------------     --------------------
Total Stockholders' Equity..................            $  8,372                $  5,628                   $4,716
                                             ===================     ===================     ====================

</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.



NOTE 1         SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis  of  Presentation
On March 9, 1996,  Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company" or
"MHCI")  was  spun off  ("the  Distribution")  from  Morrison  Restaurants  Inc.
("MRI"). Prior to the Distribution, MHCI was a wholly owned health care contract
food and nutrition business of MRI.
      The  accompanying  financial  statements  for fiscal 1998 and 1997 reflect
MHCI as a stand-alone entity. The financial statements for fiscal 1996 have been
prepared as if MRI's  health  care  contract  food and  nutrition  business  had
operated  as a  stand-alone  entity  for  fiscal  year  1996.  The  fiscal  1996
statements  include the assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses  that are
directly related to the Company's operations. They also include an allocation of
certain  assets,  liabilities  and general  corporate  expenses of MRI,  such as
executive payroll, legal, data processing and interest, which are related to the
Company.  Amounts  were  allocated  on a specific  identification  method  where
appropriate  and  on  a  pro  rata  basis  otherwise.  Management  believes  the
allocation methods used are reasonable.

Use of estimates
The preparation of financial  statements in accordance  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  at the date of the
financial  statements,  and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company  primarily  competes in the health care food and nutrition  services
industry,  and  encounters  significant  competition  in the  market in which it
operates.  The length of contract  varies by customer.  Concentration  of credit
risk with respect to accounts  receivable are limited due to the large number of
customers that make up the Company's  customer base, thus spreading trade credit
risk. The Company maintains reserves for potential  uncollectible amounts which,
in the aggregate, have not exceeded Management's expectations.

Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying  consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MHCI
and its wholly owned  subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany  accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.

Fiscal Year
Effective with the fiscal year ended in 1998, the Company's  fiscal year ends on
May 31. The fiscal years ended May 31, 1997 and June 1, 1996 were each comprised
of 52 weeks.  Starting with fiscal year 1998,  the Company  changed from a 52-53
week fiscal year to a 12-month fiscal year ending May 31 each year.

Cash and Short-Term Investments
The Company's cash management program provides for the investment of excess cash
balances in short-term  money market  instruments.  Short-term  investments  are
stated at cost, which  approximates  market.  The Company  considers  marketable
securities  with a  maturity  of  three  months  or less  when  purchased  to be
short-term investments.

Inventories
Inventories consist of materials, food supplies, china and silver and are stated
at the lower of cost (first in-first out) or market.

Property and Equipment and Depreciation
Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at cost  and are  being  depreciated  for
financial  reporting purposes using the straight-line  method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets. Annual rates of depreciation range from 3% to 5% for
buildings and from 8% to 34% for kitchen and other equipment.  Costs incurred in
connection  with the  construction at major  facilities or of Advanced  Culinary
Centers(TM) are capitalized as construction in progress until such facilities or
centers become  operational.  Interest is  capitalized in connection  with these
capitalized  construction costs. The capitalized interest is recorded as part of
the asset to which it relates and is amortized over the asset's estimated useful
life. In fiscal 1998, $127,000 of interest cost was capitalized. No interest was
capitalized in fiscal 1997 and 1996.
      Property and equipment are  periodically  reviewed for impairment based on
an assessment of future  operations.  The Company records  impairment  losses on
long-lived  assets used in operations  when indicators of impairment are present
and the  undiscounted  cash flows  estimated to be generated by those assets are
less than the assets' carrying amount.

Intangible Assets
Excess  of costs  over the fair  value of net  assets  acquired  with  purchased
businesses  generally is amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging
from 10 to 40  years.  At May 31,  1998,  May 31,  1997  and June 1,  1996,  the
accumulated  amortization  for costs in excess of net assets  acquired  was $1.9
million, $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively.
      The  carrying  value  of  goodwill  and  other  intangibles  is  evaluated
periodically in relation to the operating  performance  and future  undiscounted
cash flows of each operating business acquired.  Adjustments are made if the sum
of  expected  future net cash  flows is less than net book  value.  The  Company
believes that the remaining amounts of these assets have continuing value.

Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized  upon  performance of services.  The Company  performs its
services  pursuant to one of two types of contracts,  either  management  fee or
profit  and  loss.  While  actual  services  performed  are  the  same,  revenue
recognition  varies by type of  contract.  In a  management  fee  account,  MHCI
manages the services and  facilities,  but the client is responsible  for all or
nearly all the costs.  Revenues  and fees are  recognized  for the amount of the
contractually  agreed-upon  management fee plus any earned  incentives  plus the
amount of any expenses or employee payroll costs paid by the Company and charged
back to the  client.  In a profit and loss  account,  MHCI  assumes  the risk of
profit or loss for the foodservice  operation.  For such accounts, the amount of
revenue reported is the actual revenue  generated from meals served to patients,
client employees and visitors.

Income Taxes
For the first three quarters of 1996,  the 1996 statement of income  reflects an
income tax  expense  representing  the  Company's  allocated  share of MRI's tax
expense,  which  approximates  the tax expense of the  Company on a  stand-alone
basis.  Beginning with the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1996, the  accompanying
statements of income reflect the Company's actual tax expenses.
      Deferred income taxes are determined utilizing a liability approach.  This
method  gives  consideration  to the future  tax  consequences  associated  with
differences   between   financial   accounting  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities.

Stock-Based Compensation
Stock  options are  recorded in  accordance  with  Accounting  Principles  Board
Opinion  ("APB") No. 25, with pro forma  disclosures  of net income and earnings
per share as if Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123 had
been applied.

Earnings Per Share
The Company has adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128,
"Earnings Per Share" (SFAS No. 128), and has restated earnings per share amounts
reported in prior periods in accordance  with SFAS No. 128.  Basic  earnings per
share is based on the weighted average number of shares  outstanding during each
quarter.  Diluted  earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of
shares  outstanding  during each  quarter plus the effect of  outstanding  stock
options using the treasury stock method.

New Accounting Standards
In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statements of Financial
Accounting  Standards  No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income" and No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information." In 1998,
the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  Statements  of  Financial
Accounting Standards No. 132,  "Employer's  Disclosures about Pensions and other
Postretirement Benefits." These statements, which are effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997, expand or modify disclosures and will have no
impact on the Company's consolidated  financial position,  results of operations
or cash flow. In June 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued
Statement  No.  133,   "Accounting   for  Derivative   Instruments  and  Hedging
Activities," which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments.  The statement is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years
beginning  after June 15, 1999 and will be adopted by the Company in fiscal year
2001. Based upon the Company's current limited use of derivative instruments and
hedging  activities,  Management  does not  believe  the  statement  will have a
material impact on the Company's  consolidated  financial  position,  results of
operations or cash flows.

Pre-Opening Expenses
Pre-opening costs, such as salaries, personnel training costs and other expenses
of opening a new account,  are often reimbursed by the client.  In circumstances
when they are not reimbursed, these costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Financial Instruments
The Company's  financial  instruments  at May 31, 1998, May 31, 1997 and June 1,
1996  consisted  of  cash  and  short-term   investments,   accounts  and  notes
receivable,  long-term debt and interest rate swap agreements. The fair value of
these financial  instruments  approximated  the carrying amounts reported in the
balance  sheets.  Cash is deposited in financial  institutions  which carry FDIC
insurance. From time to time, the cash balances at these institutions exceed the
insured amount.  Management does not believe that this is a significant  risk to
the Company.
      Although  substantially all of the Company's trade accounts receivable are
from health care institutions, Management believes that concentrations of credit
risk are limited due to the geographic diversity of the Company's customer base.
The Company  performs  periodic credit  evaluations of its customers'  financial
condition and generally does not require collateral.  Historically,  the Company
has not experienced significant losses related to trade accounts receivable from
individual customers or from groups of customers in any geographic area.

Reclassification
Certain prior year amounts and balances have been reclassified to conform to the
current year presentation.

NOTE 2         DISTRIBUTION
On March 7, 1996, the  stockholders  of MRI approved the  Distribution by MRI of
all the outstanding shares of common stock of MHCI, a wholly owned subsidiary of
MRI. The Board of Directors of MRI  believed  that the  Distribution  was in the
best interests of MRI and its stockholders because the separation of MRI's three
lines of business,  among other  things,  (i) allowed  management of each of the
three  companies to  concentrate  its full attention on its business and allowed
each company to reward  management and employees based on the performance of its
business;  (ii) allowed each company to access the capital  markets  directly to
raise capital; (iii) established a value for each company that is independent of
the other  businesses and provided  investors and securities  analysts a clearer
basis on which to understand and analyze the three businesses;  and (iv) allowed
each  company to  establish  equity-based  benefit  plans which can hold its own
common stock.
      The  following  Unaudited Pro Forma  Consolidated  Statement of Income has
been prepared to illustrate certain estimated effects of the Distribution.  This
statement includes  adjustments for the effect of costs and expenses which might
have been incurred had the Distribution  occurred June 3, 1995.  Adjustments are
based on the assumptions set forth below the statement.
<TABLE>

(In thousands, except per share data)

                                           For the fiscal year ended
                                                 June 1, 1996
                                    -----------------------------------------
                                                    UNAUDITED
                                                    PRO FORMA      UNAUDITED
                                    HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                    ----------     -----------     ----------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                   <C>         <C>                <C>     
Revenues...........................  $219,995     $         0        $219,995
Operating costs and expenses:
      Operating expenses...........   180,607               0         180,607
      Selling, general and 
        administrative.............    20,670           1,420(a)       22,090
      Restructuring cost...........     1,398               0           1,398
      Asset impairment.............       193               0             193
      Interest expense, net........     1,116             400(b)        1,516
                                   ----------     -----------      ----------
                                      203,984           1,820         205,804
Income before provision for
  income taxes.....................    16,011          (1,820)         14,191
Provision for federal and state 
  income taxes ....................     6,731            (760)(c)       5,971
                                   ----------     -----------      ----------
Net income.........................  $  9,280     $    (1,060)        $ 8,220
                                   ==========     ===========      ==========
Earnings per common and common
  equivalent share.................                                   $  0.70
Weighted average common and 
  common equivalent shares.........                                    11,811(d)
</TABLE>


The pro forma  adjustments to the accompanying  historical  statements of income
for the fiscal year ended June 1, 1996 are described below:

(a) To record the  increase in selling and general and  administrative  expenses
which  presumably  would have been incurred by MHCI had MHCI been a separate and
stand-alone entity.

(b) To record the increase in interest expense which would have been incurred by
MHCI had MHCI been a separate and stand-alone entity.

(c) To  record  the  estimated  income  tax  benefit  associated  with pro forma
adjustments  (a) and (b) at an  assumed  combined  state and  federal  effective
income tax rate of 41.8% for the year ended June 1, 1996. The assumed  effective
income tax rate is comprised  of a 35%  statutory  federal  income tax rate plus
applicable  state income taxes and permanent  differences,  less  applicable tax
credits.

(d) The number of  equivalent  shares for periods prior to the spin-off is based
on the number of MRI's common and common  equivalent  shares  adjusted for the 1
for 3 distribution ratio.


NOTE 3         ACQUISITIONS
In January 1998,  the Company  acquired all of the  outstanding  common stock of
Phoenix-based  Drake  Management  Services,  Inc.  In March  1998,  the  Company
acquired substantially all of the assets of Chicago-based Spectra Services, Inc.
Both companies,  which provide  nutrition  services in the senior living market,
were  acquired  for  cash,  with a total  acquisition  price  of  $6.1  million.
Additional  contingent  payments of $950,000 (of which  $400,000 was paid during
June 1998) may be earned by the  sellers in fiscal year 1999.  The  acquisitions
were  accounted for using the purchase  method.  The resulting  goodwill of $6.7
million is being  amortized over 20 years using the  straight-line  method.  The
operating  results of these  companies have been included from their  respective
acquisition dates. Pro forma results are not presented for these acquisitions as
they are not significant during the periods presented.

NOTE 4         NOTES PAYABLE 
Notes payable consists of the following:

(In thousands)                                Fiscal Year Ended
                                         ------------------------------
                                         May 31, 1998      May 31, 1997
                                         ------------      ------------
Variable rate revolving credit facility
      due in full 3/11/01................     $17,500           $     0
Variable rate demand lines of credit.....       4,190                 0
Term note due in equal quarterly
  installments of $1,250 from 
    1998-2001............................      15,000            20,000
Other notes and mortgages................          22                33
                                         ------------      ------------
                                               36,712            20,033
Less current maturities..................       5,022             5,011
                                         ------------      ------------
                                              $31,690           $15,022
                                         ============      ============

      Aggregate maturities of long-term borrowings over the next
five years are as follows: 1999 - $5,022; 2000 - $5,000; and
2001 - $26,690.

      In March 1996, the Company entered into a five-year $50 million  unsecured
credit facility with various banks.  The credit facility  includes a $30 million
revolving  line of credit  which  allows  the  Company to borrow  under  various
interest  rate  options.  Commitment  fees of 0.25% per annum are payable on the
unused  portion of the credit  facility.  At May 31, 1998, the Company had $17.5
million in borrowings under the revolver,  with a weighted average variable rate
of approximately 6.6%.
      The balance of the $50 million  credit  facility,  $20 million,  is a term
note which will be repaid in quarterly  installments of $1.25 million commencing
June 30, 1997. At May 31, 1998, the balance on the term note was $15 million. In
order to control the interest cost on the term note, the Company entered into an
interest rate swap agreement. This swap agreement effectively fixes the interest
rate on the  outstanding  term note  balance at 6.7% per annum for the period of
the term note.
      In addition,  the Company had uncommitted demand lines of credit amounting
to $5 million.  At May 31, 1998, the Company had $4.2 million  outstanding under
these lines, at a rate of 6.4%.
      The credit facility contains certain  restrictions on incurring additional
indebtedness  and  certain  funded  debt,  net worth and fixed  charge  coverage
requirements.
      See Note 11 regarding Subsequent Events.

NOTE 5         INCOME TAXES
The components of income tax expense are as follows:

(In thousands)                     For the Fiscal Year Ended
                      -------------------------------------------------
                      May 31, 1998      May 31, 1997       June 1, 1996
                      ------------      ------------       ------------
Current:
Federal...............     $6,875             $5,960             $1,479
State.................      1,449                816                325
                            8,324              6,776              1,804
Deferred:
Federal...............       (670)               440              4,127
State.................       (141)                74                800
                             (811)               514              4,927
                      ------------      ------------       ------------
                            $7,513            $7,290             $6,731
                      ============      ============       ============

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

(In thousands)                                 Fiscal Year Ended
                                         ------------------------------
                                         May 31, 1998      May 31, 1997
                                         ------------      ------------
Deferred tax assets:
Employee benefits........................      $4,346            $3,547
Insurance reserves.......................       1,366             1,841
Bad debt reserve.........................         349               293
Other....................................         487               438
                                         ------------      ------------
Total deferred tax assets................       6,548             6,119
                                         ------------      ------------  
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation.............................         282               254
Retirement plans.........................         479               452
Prepaid deductions.......................         131               133
Other....................................       1,204             1,741
                                          -----------     -------------
Total deferred tax liabilities...........       2,096             2,580
                                          -----------     -------------
Net deferred tax asset...................      $4,452            $3,539
                                          ===========     =============  
      SFAS 109  specifies  that  deferred  tax  assets  are to be  reduced  by a
valuation  allowance  if it is more  likely  than not that some  portion  of the
deferred  tax assets  will not be  realized.  Management  believes  that  future
taxable  income will be sufficient to realize all of the Company's  deferred tax
assets based on historical earnings of the Company and,  therefore,  a valuation
allowance has not been established.
      A  reconciliation  from the  statutory  federal  income tax expense to the
reported income tax expense is shown below:

(In thousands)
                                             For the Fiscal Year Ended
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                May 31, 1998      May 31, 1997      June 1, 1996
                                ------------      ------------      ------------
Statutory federal income taxes..      $6,673            $6,152            $5,604
State income taxes, net of
 federal income tax benefit.....         853               804               732
Other, net......................         (13)              334               395
                                ------------      ------------      ------------
                                      $7,513            $7,290            $6,731
                                ============      ============      ============

      The effective income tax rate was 39.4%, 41.5% and 42.0% in 1998, 1997 and
1996,  respectively.  The higher effective income tax rates in fiscal years 1997
and 1996 were due to the nondeductibility of certain expenses.
      In  connection  with the  Distribution,  the  Company  entered  into a tax
allocation agreement with Morrison Fresh Cooking, Inc. ("MFC") and Ruby Tuesday,
Inc.  ("RTI").  This  agreement  provides that the Company will pay its share of
RTI's  consolidated  tax  liability  for the  periods in which the  Company  was
included in MRI's  consolidated  federal income tax return. It also provides for
sharing,  where  appropriate,  of state, local and foreign taxes attributable to
periods  prior to the date of  Distribution.  Management  does not believe  this
agreement will have a material effect on the Company.


NOTE 6         EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Salary Deferral Plan
Under the  Morrison  Health Care,  Inc.  Salary  Deferral  Plan,  each  eligible
employee  may elect to make  pre-tax  contributions  to a trust  fund in amounts
ranging  from 2% to 10% of  their  annual  earnings.  Employees  contributing  a
pre-tax  contribution  of at least 2% may elect to make after-tax  contributions
not in excess of 10% of annual earnings.  The Company's contribution to the Plan
is based on the  employee's  pre-tax  contribution  and years of service.  After
three years of service  (including  service with MRI prior to the Distribution),
the Company  contributes 20% of the employee's pre-tax  contribution,  30% after
ten years of  service  and 40%  after 20 years of  service.  Normally,  the full
amount  of each  participant's  interest  in the  trust  fund  will be paid upon
retirement or total disability.  However,  the Plan allows  participants to make
early  withdrawals  of pre-tax and after-tax  contributions,  subject to certain
restrictions. Under the provisions of the plan, highly compensated employees, as
defined by the Internal  Revenue Code,  are limited to  contributions  of 3% and
receive a maximum of a 20% match. The Company's  contributions to the trust fund
approximated   $414,000,   $257,000  and  $244,000  for  1998,  1997  and  1996,
respectively.
      During  fiscal year 1997,  the Company  began  sponsorship  of an employee
stock ownership  feature ("ESOP")  covering  participants in the Salary Deferral
Plan.  The Company  loaned the Plan $3.6 million (with  outstanding  balances of
$3.2 million and $3.5 million at May 31, 1998 and May 31, 1997, respectively) to
purchase  approximately  255,000 shares of common stock,  at an interest rate of
5.47%.  The  loan is  payable  in 120  monthly  installments  of  principal  and
interest. The Company makes monthly contributions  sufficient to cover principal
and interest on the loan made to the Plan.  Shares are released and allocated to
participant accounts monthly as loan repayments are made.
      The Company adopted the provisions of AICPA Statement of Position No. 93-6
which requires that compensation  expense be measured based on the fair value of
the shares over the period the shares are earned.  Dividends paid on unallocated
shares held by the Plan are used to make principal and interest payments and are
not charged to retained  earnings,  and shares not yet  committed to be released
are not  considered  outstanding in the  calculation of earnings per share.  The
fair value of unearned shares at May 31, 1998 and May 31, 1997 was approximately
$3,874,000 and $4,046,000, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company maintains the Morrison Health Care, Inc. Deferred  Compensation Plan
for certain selected employees. The provisions of this Plan are similar to those
of the Salary Deferral Plan. Differences include which employees are eligible to
participate  and the  limitations on the amount of deferrals that may be elected
by  participants.  The  Company's  contributions  under  the  Plan  approximated
$104,000,  $125,000 and $137,000, for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  Assets
of the Plan are held by a rabbi trust.  Under current  accounting rules,  assets
and liabilities of a rabbi trust must be accounted for as if they are assets and
liabilities  of the Company.  Therefore,  all earnings and expenses of the rabbi
trust are recorded in the Company's financial statements. Assets and liabilities
of the Plan  approximated  $6,043,000  and  $4,667,000 at May 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively,  and include  $1,848,000  and  $1,341,000,  respectively,  of MHCI
common stock, which is accounted for as treasury stock at cost.

Retirement Plan
The Retirement Plan was frozen by RTI (formerly  Morrison  Restaurants  Inc.) on
December 31, 1987.  The Company is a joint  sponsor of the  Retirement  Plan. No
additional benefits accrued and no new participants  entered the Plan after that
date.  The  Company  will  continue  to share in  future  expenses  of the Plan.
Participants will receive benefits based upon salary and length of service.  The
Plan's  assets  include  common  stock,  fixed  income  securities,   short-term
investments and cash. There were no contributions made to the Plan in 1998, 1997
or 1996.

Executive Supplemental Pension Plan
Under the Morrison  Health  Care,  Inc.  Executive  Supplemental  Pension  Plan,
employees with average  compensation  of at least $100,000 for five  consecutive
years  (including  service with MRI prior to the  Distribution)  in a qualifying
position become  eligible to earn  supplemental  retirement  payments based upon
salary  and  length of  service  (including  service as part of MRI prior to the
Distribution),  reduced  by  Social  Security  benefits  and  amounts  otherwise
receivable under the Retirement Plan.

Management Retirement Plan
Under the Morrison Health Care, Inc. Management Retirement Plan, individuals who
have 15 years of  credited  service  (including  service  with MRI  prior to the
Distribution)  and earn an average annual  compensation  of at least $40,000 for
the immediately preceding three years become participants.  Participants receive
benefits  based upon salary and length of service  (including  service  with MRI
prior to the  Distribution),  reduced by social  security  benefits and benefits
payable under the Retirement Plan and Executive Supplemental Pension Plan.
      To  provide  a  funding  source  for the  payment  of  benefits  under the
Executive  Supplemental  Pension Plan and the  Management  Retirement  Plan, the
Company owns various life insurance  contracts on some of the participants.  The
cash value of these policies,  net of loans, was $1,897,000 at May 31, 1998, and
$1,256,000 at May 31, 1997. The policies have been placed in a rabbi trust which
will hold the policies and death benefits as they are received.
      The following table presents the components of pension expense, the funded
status and amounts  recognized in the  Company's  financial  statements  for the
Retirement  Plan,  the Executive  Supplemental  Pension Plan and the  Management
Retirement Plan.

<TABLE>
                                                                           Accumulated Benefits Exceed Assets -
                                   Assets Exceed Accumulated Benefits -     Executive Supplemental Pension Plan
(IN THOUSANDS)                              Retirement Plan                    and Management Retirement Plan
- --------------                    -------------------------------------    -------------------------------------

For the Fiscal Year Ended            May 31,      May 31,      June 1,           May 31,      May 31,    June 1,
                                       1998         1997         1996              1998         1997       1996
                                  -------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>           <C>       <C>
Components of pension
  (income)/expense: 
    Service cost.................   $     0       $    0       $    0           $   108      $    81    $    63
    Interest cost................       347          341          354               270          230        251
Actual return on plan assets.....    (1,046)        (700)        (833)                0            0          0
Amortization and deferral........       629          341          526               149          122        122
                                 --------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
                                    $   (70)      $  (18)      $   47           $   527      $   433    $   436
                                 --------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
Plan assets at fair value........   $ 4,425       $4,859       $4,766           $     0      $     0    $     0
                                 --------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
Actuarial present value of
  projected benefit 
   obligations:
      Accumulated benefit
        obligations:
            Vested...............     3,895        4,210        4,691             2,615        1,950      1,606
            Nonvested............         0            0            0               274            0          0
Provision for future salary 
  increases .....................         0            0            0             1,429        1,296      1,116
                                 --------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
Total projected benefit
   obligations...................     3,895        4,210        4,691             4,318        3,246      2,722
                                 --------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
Excess (deficit) of plan 
  assets over projected
    benefit obligations..........       530          649           75            (4,318)      (3,246)    (2,722)
Unrecognized net loss (gain).....       407          150          642               913          258        216
Unrecognized prior service cost..         0            0            0               276          289        351
Unrecognized net transition
  obligations....................       280          348          412               516          576        541
Additional minimum liability.....         0            0            0              (658)        (452)      (376)
                                  -------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
Prepaid (accrued)
  pension cost...................   $ 1,217       $1,147       $1,129           $(3,271)     $(2,575)   $(1,990)
                                  =====================================    =====================================
</TABLE>


The weighted average discount rate for all three plans was 7.5%, 8.25% and 7.75%
for 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The rate of increase  in  compensation
levels for the Executive  Supplemental  Pension Plan and  Management  Retirement
Plan was 4% for all three years presented. The expected long-term rate of return
on Plan assets for the Retirement Plan was 10% for all three years.

NOTE 7         POSTRETIREMENT  BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
The  Company  provides  health  care  benefits  and life  insurance  benefits to
eligible  retirees.  Benefits  are funded as medical  claims and life  insurance
premiums are incurred.  Retirees become eligible for retirement benefits if they
have met certain service and minimum age requirements at date of retirement. The
Company  accrues  expenses  related  to  postretirement  health  care  and  life
insurance benefits during the years an employee provides services.
      The  actuarial  present  value  of  accumulated   postretirement   benefit
obligations  and the amounts  recognized in the  Company's  balance sheet are as
follows:

(In thousands)                                  Fiscal Year Ended
                                         ------------------------------
                                         May 31, 1998      May 31, 1997
                                         ------------      ------------
Retirees.................................     $1,504             $1,609
Fully eligible active plan participants..        245                202
Other active plan participants...........        170                123
Accumulated postretirement
  benefit obligation.....................      1,919              1,934
Unrecognized net loss....................       (366)              (328)
                                         ------------      ------------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost......     $1,553             $1,606
                                         ============      ============
The postretirement benefit cost is as follows:

(In thousands)                        For the Fiscal Year Ended
                          ------------------------------------------------
                          May 31, 1998      May 31, 1997      June 1, 1996
                          ------------      ------------      ------------
Service cost.............      $     7           $     7           $     8
Interest cost............          147               140               155
Amortization of 
  unrecognized net loss..            4                23                28
                          ------------      ------------      ------------
Postretirement benefit
  cost...................      $   158           $   170           $   191
                          ============      ============      ============


      The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the  accumulated
postretirement  benefit obligation was 0% because the Company has frozen current
and future  contribution  levels.  Increases  in health care cost due to factors
such as  inflation,  changes in health care  utilization  or delivery  patterns,
technological  advances  and changes in the health  status of Plan  participants
will be borne by the participants. Measurement of the accumulated postretirement
benefit  obligation was based on an assumed 7.50%, 8.25% and 7.75% discount rate
for fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

NOTE 8         PREFERRED STOCK
Under its  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  the Company is  authorized  to issue
preferred  stock  with a par value of $0.01 in an amount  not to exceed  250,000
shares which may be divided into and issued in designated series,  with dividend
rates, rights of conversion,  redemption,  liquidation prices and other terms or
conditions as determined  by the Board of  Directors.  No preferred  shares have
been issued as of May 31, 1998. The Board of Directors has designated  50,000 of
such  shares as Series A Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock and has  issued
rights to acquire such shares, upon certain events, with an exercise price to be
determined,  but substantially above the expected trading price. The rights will
expire ten years  after the date such  rights are  issued,  and may be  redeemed
prior to ten days after the  acquisition of 20% or more of the Company's  common
stock.

NOTE 9         STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS
Under the Company's stock incentive  plans,  incentive and  non-qualified  stock
options may be granted to  Management,  key employees  and outside  directors to
purchase  shares of Company  stock.  The Morrison  Health Care,  Inc. 1996 Stock
Incentive  Plan and the Morrison  Health Care,  Inc.  1996  Non-Executive  Stock
Incentive Plan (the "Plans") are  administered by a Committee,  appointed by the
Board, which has complete discretion to determine participants and the terms and
provisions  of stock  incentives,  subject  to the Plans.  The Plans  permit the
Committee to make awards of a variety of stock  incentives,  including  (but not
limited to) dividend equivalent rights,  incentive stock options,  non-qualified
stock options,  performance  unit awards,  phantom  shares,  stock  appreciation
rights and stock awards. These discretionary awards may be made on an individual
basis or pursuant to a program  approved by the  Committee  for the benefit of a
group of eligible persons.  All options awarded under the Plans have been at the
prevailing  market value at the time of issue or grant. All options granted have
five- or ten-year terms and become  exercisable at the end of two or three years
of continued  employment.  At May 31, 1998 and 1997,  the Company had reserved a
total of 1,704,376 and 804,376 shares,  respectively,  of common stock under the
Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.

      In March 1997,  the Board of Directors  approved a resolution to offer the
Company's  non-executive  employees the  opportunity to reprice  certain options
which were  originally  granted under the  Company's  1996  Non-Executive  Stock
Incentive  Plan.  The repricing  occurred on March 25, 1997, and resulted in the
cancellation of approximately  290,000 options and the granting of approximately
174,000 new options with an exercise  price equal to $13.125,  the closing price
on March 24, 1997. The canceled  options were replaced with fewer new options in
accordance with a formula to result in economic  equivalence between the old and
new options.  The new options were granted  with  two-year  vesting  periods and
ten-year  terms.  At May 31, 1998 and 1997,  the Company had reserved a total of
1,464,820 and 2,582,127 shares, respectively, of common stock for this Plan.
      The Morrison Health Care,  Inc. Stock Incentive and Deferred  Compensation
Plan for Directors provides nonmanagement  directors with opportunities to defer
the  receipt  of their  retainer  fees or to  allocate  their  retainer  fees to
purchase  shares of the Company.  In general,  the Plan sets a target  ownership
level for nonmanagement  directors. To facilitate attaining the target ownership
level,  the Plan  provides  that the  directors  must use at least  60% of their
retainer to purchase shares of the Company until they reach the target ownership
level. Each director purchasing stock receives additional shares equal to 15% of
the shares  purchased  and three times the total  shares in options,  which vest
after six months and become  exercisable for five years from the grant date. All
options  awarded under the Plan have been at the prevailing  market value at the
time of grant. Pursuant to this Plan, a one-time restricted stock award totaling
5,000  shares  was made in  fiscal  year  1997 to a  nonmanagement  director.  A
Committee,  appointed  by the  Board,  administers  the  Plan on  behalf  of the
Company.  At May 31, 1998 and 1997,  the Company had reserved  81,917 and 85,251
shares, respectively, of common stock for this Plan.

      Under the terms of the Distribution, holders of MRI stock options received
adjusted,  substitute  options  in MHCI,  MFC and RTI which,  in the  aggregate,
preserved  the  economic  value as well as the  material  terms,  such as option
period,  vesting  provisions and payment terms, the optionee had in the original
MRI options prior to the  Distribution.  For SFAS No. 123  disclosure  purposes,
these  options,  if granted in fiscal year 1996,  were valued as of the original
grant date.

      The Company applies APB No. 25 and related interpretations in
accounting for its stock incentive plans. Under APB No. 25, because the
exercise price of the Company's employee stock options equals the market
price of the stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is
recognized.
      Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share has been
determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee  stock options under
the fair value  method of SFAS No.  123.  The fair value for these  options  was
estimated at the date of grant using a  Black-Scholes  option pricing model with
the  following   weighted   average   assumptions   for  1998,  1997  and  1996,
respectively:  risk-free  interest  rates of 5.7%,  6.6%  and  6.0%;  volatility
factors  of .24,  .19 and .22;  dividend  yields  of 0.9%,  4.3% and  4.7%;  and
weighted average expected lives of 7.5, 7.6 and 4.8 years.
      For purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the  estimated  fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period.  The Company's
pro forma information follows (in thousands, except earnings per share amounts):
<TABLE>

                                                      For the Fiscal Year Ended
                                          ------------------------------------------------
                                          May 31, 1998      May 31, 1997      June 1, 1996
                                          ------------      ------------      ------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>               <C>               <C>   
Pro forma net income......................    $10,771           $9,618            $9,157
Pro forma earnings per share - Basic......    $  0.90           $ 0.82            $ 0.78
Pro forma earnings per share - Diluted....    $  0.89           $ 0.82            $ 0.78
</TABLE>

The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in this pro forma disclosure are not
indicative of future amounts. SFAS No. 123 does not apply to awards made
prior to fiscal year 1996, and additional awards are anticipated.
      A summary of the Company's stock option  activity and related  information
for the years  ended  May,  31,  1998,  May 31,  1997 and June 1, 1996  follows:
<TABLE>

                                   May 31, 1998            May 31, 1997            June 1, 1996
                               --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                           Weighted                Weighted                Weighted
                                           Average                 Average                 Average
                               Options     Exercise    Options     Exercise    Options     Exercise
                               (000)       Price       (000)       Price       (000)       Price
                               -------------------     --------------------    --------------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Outstanding - 
   Beginning of year........   2,307       $15.82      2,368       $15.97          0        $ 0.00
Converted MRI options.......       0         0.00          0         0.00      1,493         15.55
Granted.....................     357        17.76        493        13.21        950         16.50
Exercised...................    (274)       12.05       (200)        9.69        (57)        11.38
Forfeited...................    (144)       15.55       (354)       16.78        (18)        24.44
                               ------------------      ------------------      -------------------
Outstanding - End of year...   2,246       $16.45      2,307       $15.82      2,368        $15.97
                               ==================      ==================      ===================
Exercisable at end of year     1,110       $17.09      1,068       $15.95      1,056        $14.52
                               ==================      ==================      ===================                   

Weighted average fair value of options
      granted during the year              $ 6.66                  $ 1.89                   $ 2.70
</TABLE>

The following table summarizes  information  about stock options  outstanding at
the end of:

<TABLE>
                                                           May 31, 1998
                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Options Outstanding                                   Options Exercisable
                    ------------------------------     ------------------------------------------------------

                                                       Weighted Average
Range of            Number        Weighted Average     Remaining                Number       Weighted Average
Exercise Prices     Outstanding   Exercise Price       Contractual Life         Exercisable  Exercise  Price
- ---------------     -----------   ----------------     ----------------         -----------  ---------------
<CAPTION>
<S>       <C>          <C>             <C>                    <C>                   <C>             <C>   
$ 8.98 -  $14.38         567           $12.77                 5.70                    187           $11.93
$14.50 -  $16.38         469           $14.78                 1.83                    432           $14.68
$16.50 -  $16.50         578           $16.50                 3.11                    110           $16.50
$16.56 -  $31.59         632           $20.94                 4.48                    381           $22.51 
                    -----------   ----------------     ----------------         -----------   ---------------
                       2,246           $16.45                 3.88                  1,110           $17.09
                    ===========   ================     ================         ===========   ===============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>


                                                           May 31, 1997
                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Options Outstanding                 Options Exercisable
                   ------------------------------     ------------------------------------------------------

                                                       Weighted Average
Range of            Number        Weighted Average     Remaining                Number       Weighted Average
Exercise Prices     Outstanding   Exercise Price       Contractual Life         Exercisable  Exercise  Price
- ---------------     -----------   ----------------     ----------------         -----------  ----------------
<CAPTION>
<S>       <C>            <C>           <C>                    <C>                     <C>           <C>   
$ 8.98 -  $13.13         676           $12.16                 5.96                    317           $11.15
$13.50 -  $15.75         596           $14.56                 2.70                    475           $14.62
$16.50 -  $16.50         622           $16.50                 3.84                      0           $ 0.00
$17.03 -  $31.59         413           $22.61                 2.40                    276           $23.72
                    -----------   ----------------     ----------------         -----------   ---------------
                       2,307           $15.82                 3.91                  1,068           $15.95
                    ===========   ================     ================         ===========   ===============
</TABLE>



NOTE 10        CONTINGENCIES

At May 31, 1998,  the Company was  contingently  liable for  approximately  $4.6
million in letters of credit,  issued  primarily in connection with its Workers'
Compensation and Casualty insurance programs.
      The Company is presently, and from time to time, subject to pending claims
and lawsuits  arising in the ordinary course of its business.  In the opinion of
Management,  the ultimate resolution of these pending legal proceedings will not
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  operations  or  financial
position.
      Prior to the Distribution,  the Company entered into an agreement with MFC
and RTI providing for  assumptions of  liabilities  and  cross-indemnities.  The
agreements  are  designed  to  allocate  generally,  among the three  companies,
effective as of the Distribution date, financial  responsibility for liabilities
arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  business  activities  prior  to  the
Distribution.  No significant  amounts were incurred under this agreement during
fiscal year 1998 or 1997.

NOTE 11        SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Subsequent to May 31, 1998, the Company replaced its $50 million credit facility
with a $75  million  revolving  credit  line from four  financial  institutions.
Concurrent with this  transaction,  the Company  cancelled the related  interest
rate swap  agreement that had  effectively  fixed the interest rate for the term
portion of that facility. The new credit line has a variable interest rate based
upon LIBOR and variable interest payment  requirements.  The principal is due no
later than June 30, 2003. The initial amount borrowed was $35.4 million,  all of
which was used to repay the balance due on the $50 million and $5 million credit
facilities.
      Also in June  1998,  the  Company  entered  into two  interest  rate  swap
agreements to reduce the impact of changes in the interest rates on its floating
rate debt and to  exchange  floating  rate for fixed  rate  payments  at certain
dates.  These swap agreements  expire in June 2003 and June 2008 and effectively
convert $20,000,000 of variable rate borrowings to fixed.

NOTE 12         SUPPLEMENTAL  QUARTERLY  FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)
Quarterly financial
results for the years ended May 31, 1998 and May 31, 1997 are summarized  below.
For the year ended May 31, 1998, all quarters are composed of three months.  For
the year ended May 31, 1997, all quarters are composed of 13 weeks.
<TABLE>

                                            First        Second       Third        Fourth
(Amounts presented are in thousands)      Quarter       Quarter     Quarter       Quarter      Total
- ------------------------------------      -------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                       <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>
For the year ended May 31, 1998
Revenues................................. $57,754       $60,646     $63,337       $68,634      $250,371
                                          =============================================================
Gross profit*............................ $10,027       $10,688     $10,541       $11,850      $ 43,106
Income before income taxes............... $ 4,674       $ 5,035     $ 4,292       $ 5,064      $ 19,065
Provision for federal and state
  income taxes...........................   1,846         1,989       1,695         1,983         7,513
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------
Net income............................... $ 2,828       $ 3,046     $ 2,597       $ 3,081      $ 11,552
                                          =============================================================
Earnings per share:
      Basic.............................. $  0.24       $  0.25     $  0.22       $  0.26      $   0.97
      Diluted............................ $  0.24       $  0.25     $  0.21       $  0.25      $   0.95


For the year ended May 31, 1997
Revenues................................. $52,658       $54,355     $57,483       $56,515      $221,011
                                          =============================================================
Gross profit*............................ $ 9,634       $10,291     $ 9,416       $10,437      $ 39,778
Income before income taxes............... $ 4,619       $ 4,648     $ 3,695       $ 4,614      $ 17,576
Provision for federal and state 
  income taxes...........................   1,923         1,922       1,533         1,912         7,290
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------
Net income............................... $ 2,696       $ 2,726     $ 2,162       $ 2,702      $ 10,286
                                          =============================================================
Earnings per share:
      Basic.............................. $  0.23       $  0.23     $  0.18       $  0.23      $   0.87
      Diluted............................ $  0.23       $  0.23     $  0.18       $  0.23      $   0.87

</TABLE>

*The Company defines gross profit as revenue less operating expenses.

Common Stock Market Prices and Dividends
Morrison Health Care, Inc. common stock is publicly traded on the New York Stock
Exchange  (NYSE) under the ticker symbol MHI. The following table sets forth the
reported high and low prices on the NYSE or the high and low bid prices for each
quarter during fiscal years 1998 and 1997.

                               First      Second       Third       Fourth
                             Quarter     Quarter     Quarter      Quarter
                             ----------------------------------------------

1998 market price per share:

      High..................  $17.250     $19.750     $20.188     $22.875
      Low...................  $15.375     $15.750     $17.063     $16.250

1997 market price per share:
      High.................   $15.000     $14.375     $14.875     $16.500
      Low..................   $11.125     $10.750     $13.250     $13.000

      Cash dividends on the common stock of Morrison Health Care, Inc. were paid
during each quarter of fiscal years 1998 and 1997 as follows:
<TABLE>

                               First      Second      Third       Fourth
                             Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Total
                             -------     -------     -------     -------     -----
<CAPTION>
<S>                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>              
1998 cash dividends
   per share................ $0.205      $0.205      $0.205      $0.205      $0.820
1997 cash dividends 
  per share................. $0.205      $0.205      $0.205      $0.205      $0.820
</TABLE>

      On July 1, 1998,  the  Company's  Board of Directors  declared a quarterly
dividend of $0.04 per share,  payable July 31,  1998,  to 5,525  shareowners  of
record on July 13, 1998.



Report of Independent Auditors
Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Stockholders and Board of Directors
Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries

     We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Morrison
Health Care, Inc. and  Subsidiaries as of May 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related
consolidated  statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the three  fiscal years in the period  ended May 31,  1998.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   Management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
Management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Morrison Health
Care,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  at May 31, 1998 and 1997,  and the  consolidated
results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the three  fiscal
years in the period ended May 31, 1998, in conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.



/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
June 23, 1998




   MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.

   EXHIBIT 21.1          List of Subsidiaries
   -------------------------------------------------------------------


   State of Incorporation - Arizona
             Drake Management Services, Inc.

   State of Incorporation - Georgia
             Culinary Solutions, Inc.

   State of Incorporation - Tennessee
             Culinary Concepts, Inc.

   State of Incorporation - Pennsylvania
             Custom Management Corporation
             Custom Management Corporation of Pennsylvania
             Morrison Custom Management Corporation of Pennsylvania
             John C. Metz & Associates, Inc.

   State of Incorporation - Texas
             Morrison's Health Care of Texas, Inc.





   MORRISON HEALTH CARE, INC.

   EXHIBIT 23            Consent of Independent Auditors


     We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in this Annual  Report (Form
     10-K) of Morrison  Health Care,  Inc. and  Subsidiaries of our report dated
     June 23,  1998,  included  in the 1998  Annual  Report to  Stockholders  of
     Morrison Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries.

     Our audits  also  included  the  financial  statement  schedule of Morrison
     Health Care, Inc. and Subsidiaries  listed in Item 14(a).  This schedule is
     the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to
     express an opinion  based on our  audits.  In our  opinion,  the  financial
     statement  schedule  referred to above,  when considered in relation to the
     basic  financial  statements  taken  as a  whole,  presents  fairly  in all
     material respects the information set forth therein.

     We also  consent to the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  Registration
     Statements of Morrison Health Care, Inc. and  Subsidiaries  listed below of
     our report dated June 23, 1998, with respect to the consolidated  financial
     statements incorporated herein by reference, and our report included in the
     preceding  paragraph  with  respect  to the  financial  statement  schedule
     included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Morrison Health Care, Inc.
     and Subsidiaries for the year ended May 31, 1998.


      -Registration  Statement No. 333-2098 on Form S-8 dated March 8, 1996
        and related Prospectus
      -Registration  Statement No. 333-2100 on Form S-8 dated March 8, 1996
        and related Prospectus
      -Registration  Statement No. 333-2102 on Form S-8 dated March 8, 1996
        and related Prospectus
      -Registration  Statement No. 333-2104 on Form S-8 dated March 8, 1996
        and related Prospectus
      -Registration  Statement No. 333-2106 on Form S-8 dated March 8, 1996
        and related Prospectus
      -Registration  Statement No. 333-2108 on Form S-8 dated March 8, 1996
        and related Prospectus
      -Registration  Statement No. 333-4504 on Form S-8 dated May 3, 1996
        and related Prospectus
      -Registration  Statement No. 333-4508 on Form S-8 dated May 3, 1996
        and related Prospectus
      -Registration  Statement No. 333-20197 on Form S-8 dated January 22, 1997
        and related Prospectus
      -Registration  Statement No. 333-40177 on Form S-8 dated November 13, 1997
        and related Prospectus



   /s/ Ernst & Young LLP



 Atlanta, Georgia
 August 28, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     This schedule  contains summary  financial  information  extracted from the
     consolidated balance sheets and consolidated  statements of income on pages
     18 through 19 of the Company's  1998 Annual Report to  Stockholders  and is
     qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.

</LEGEND>
<CIK>     0001007507     
<NAME>    Morrison Health Care, Inc.                    
<MULTIPLIER>   1,000
       
<S>                                           <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                      12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                             MAY-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                  MAY-31-1998
<CASH>                                              5,720
<SECURITIES>                                            0
<RECEIVABLES>                                      22,268
<ALLOWANCES>                                          887
<INVENTORY>                                         2,936
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                   39,620
<PP&E>                                             24,191
<DEPRECIATION>                                     10,232
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                     84,374
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                              32,276
<BONDS>                                            31,690
                                   0
                                             0
<COMMON>                                              124
<OTHER-SE>                                          8,248
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                       84,374
<SALES>                                           250,371
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                  250,371
<CGS>                                             207,265
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                     207,265
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                        0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  1,528
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    19,065
<INCOME-TAX>                                        7,513
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                11,552
<DISCONTINUED>                                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                         0
<CHANGES>                                               0
<NET-INCOME>                                       11,552
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0.97
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0.95
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission